Citation
Catalogue of the Arabic manuscripts in the Library of the India Office

Material Information

Title:
Catalogue of the Arabic manuscripts in the Library of the India Office
Creator:
India Office Library
Storey, Charles Ambrose
Arberry, A.J ( Arthur John ), 1905-1969
Loth, Otto
Levy, Reuben
Sims-Williams, Ursula
Place of Publication:
London
Publisher:
India Office
Publication Date:
Copyright Date:
1877
Language:
English
Arabic
Edition:
1st edition
Physical Description:
2 v. in 6. :

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Manuscripts, Arabic -- Catalogs -- England -- London ( lcsh )
Temporal Coverage:
1950 - 1939
Spatial Coverage:
Asia -- Saudi Arabia
Asia - Syria
Asia -- Iran
Asia -- Iraq

Notes

General Note:
Funded by JISC in collaboration with Yale University and its funder the USA National Endowment for the Humanities

Record Information

Rights Management:
This item is in the Public Domain
Resource Identifier:
x194339 ( notis )
x194339172
444441 ( ole )
EC93.6 ( SOAS classmark )

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
CATALOGUE OF ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS.




A CATALOGUE
of the
ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS
in the
LIBRARY OF THE INDIA OFFICE.
by
OTTO LOTH, Ph.D.,
professor extraordinarius in the university of leipzig.
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR INDIA IN COUNCIL.
LONDON: 1877.


Stephen Austin and Sons,
Printers, Hertford.


PREFACE.
Early in 1870 I was honoured by the Indian Government with the commission to prepare
a Catalogue raisonné of the Arabic MSS. in the Library of the India Office. I was engaged
on this task, in London, from April 1870 to July 1872. Unfortunately nearly double
that time has been spent in carrying the work through the press.
The larger half of the MSS. belong to the great collection of Muhammadan MSS.
of the East India House. This collection was formed from the libraries of Warren Hastings,
Tippu Sultan, Richard Johnson, the Gaikwar, Dr. Leyden, etc. It comprised above
3000 volumes, which were not even classed according to the different languages (Arabic,
Persian, Urdu, Malay, etc.). In 1869 the Arabic portion was picked out, for the first time,
by Dr. G. Hoffmann (now Professor in Kiel), who also drew up a list, in which the numbers
were arranged according to subjects. The original numeration was left unaltered.
With the exception of the library of Tippu,—of which Major Charles Stewart had
prepared a catalogue, whilst it was still in the College of Fort William,*—these Arabic MSS.
have remained comparatively little known, and only one has, to my knowledge, been used
for an edition.†
The remaining MSS. belong to the Bîjâpûr collection, which consists almost entirely
of Arabic books, only a few being Persian. A full account of the discovery of this collection,
and of the transactions connected with its removal from Bîjâpûr, may be found in the
Bombay Government Records, No. XLI., New Series, pp. 210 sqq. It was once the Royal
Library of the 'Âdil-Shâhs, but was subsequently removed to the Asar Maḥall ائر محل, an
ecclesiastical establishment, which owed its name to the possession of some relics of the
Prophet. There the library was still to be found in 1849, when the attention of the
Government of Bombay was drawn to it by a report of Mr. H. B. E. (now Sir Bartle)
Frere (see Bomb. Gov. Rec., l.c., pp. 215 sqq.). This gentleman also prevailed on a learned
Muhammadan, named Ḥamîd al-dîn Ḥakîm, to prepare a catalogue in Urdu, which was
translated by Mr. Erskine (Bomb. Gov. Rec., l.c., pp. 221 sqq.). After being removed, in
* A Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Library of Tippoo Sultan of Mysore, etc. etc. Cambridge, 1809. These MSS. are now
described partly as MSS. of Tippu, and partly as MSS. of the College of Fort William.
† 1442 Johnson (No. 382 of this Catalogue).


1851, to Satara, the whole collection was finally sent to London in 1853. Here it was
examined, and a catalogue of it drawn up, in Arabic, by Mr. Rizḳallah Ḥassoun, in 1869.
In order to distinguish these MSS. from those of the old stock, the letter B has been prefixed
to their numbers.
These Bîjâpûr MSS. were, on the whole, in a sad condition. Damp, vermin, and
habitual neglect, had combined to do their work of destruction on the treasures of the Asar
Maḥall. They were generally deprived of their bindings; most of them were defective
and in disorder; some were mere bundles of rubbish. However, I did not spare time and
trouble in ascertaining the doubtful fragments, in re-arranging the leaves, and in noting
the sometimes numerous defects. Now that they have been duly bound and mended, these
MSS. will, I hope, still be considered a valuable portion of the Library.
In most of these MSS. there is a note, stating the dates at which they were incorporated
with the Library of Bîjâpûr; to which the names of the former owners are frequently added.
I have usually quoted these statements at the foot of the single articles, with the abbrevia-
tion Bîj. Libr. Subsequently to the taking of Bîjâpûr by Aurangzîb, a. h. 1097 (= a. d. 1686),
the Library of the Asar Maḥall was inspected by an officer of the latter, named Ḳâbil Khân.
It was again surveyed, by order of Âṣaf Jâh,—حسب امر صدر فوج حضرت آصفجاه—a. h. 1146
(= a.d. 1733). Identical notes (and seals) to this effect being in most of the books, I have
not taken any special notice of them. As to the Catalogue Ḥakîm-Erskine, it was easy to
identify most of its items, by means of the inscriptions, however inaccurate, which Ḥakîm
himself had given to the fragments. This is the meaning of the abbreviation Catal., or
Cat., which will usually be found at the end of the articles.
In the literary notes, I have referred, as far as possible, to Ḥâjjî Khalîfah's Biblio-
graphical Dictionary, as edited by Fluegel (Ḥ. Kh.), and to the printed Catalogues of
various collections; but I have avoided needless quotations.
A list of Addenda et Corrigenda which occurred to me, after the respective sheets
were printed, will be found on a subsequent page.
In conclusion, I have to express my best thanks to Dr. Rost, the Librarian of the
India Office Library, who first conceived the plan of cataloguing all the collections under his
charge; and to Professor Wm. Wright, for his kindness in reading a proof of each sheet as
it passed through the press, in order to correct faults of style and idiom. That in doing so
he also saved me from some more material errors need scarcely be said.
O.LOTH.
Leipzig,
December 2, 1876.


CONTENTS.
The Koran: page
Kûfic Fragments, Nos. 1–5 1
Naskh Copies, Nos. 6–40 2
Koranic Science, Nos. 41–116 7
Tradition, Nos. 117–195 26
Science of Tradition, Nos. 196–201 49
Law:
Ḥanafites, Nos. 202–277 51
Shâfi'ites, Nos. 278–288 68
Shî'ites, Nos. 289–291 71
Principles of Jurisprudence, Nos. 292–333 73
Prayers and Charms, Nos. 334–379 83
Scholastic Theology, Nos. 380–471 100
Philosophy, Nos. 472–591 130
Appendix. Philosophy and Theology mixed, Nos. 592–596 163
Sufism and Ethics, Nos. 597–699 164
Biography and History, Nos. 700–721 199
Geography and Cosmography, Nos. 722–730 208
Mathematics and Astronomy, Nos. 731–772 212
Medicine, Nos. 773–797 226
Poetry and Elegant Prose, Nos. 798–844 232
Prosody, No. 845 244
Rhetoric, Nos. 846–887 244
Grammar, Nos. 888–990 252
Dictionaries, Nos. 991–1027 276
Encyclopedia, Nos. 1028–1029 285
Miscellanies, Nos. 1030–1048 285
Karshunic, Nos. 1049–1050 303
Index: Titles of Works 307
" Authors' Names 317


ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA.
PAGE LINE
10a. 2, for مطولا read مطولا.
21a. 4, " Khûshḥâl " Khushḥâl.
23b. 12, " المبرود " المبرود.
37b. 8, " منار " ‎انوار.
" 20, " Mas'ûb " Mas'ûd.
38b. 27, " Yaḥṣubî " Yaḥṣabî.
58b. 19, 25, " Khûshḥâl " Khushḥâl.
61b. 12, omit commonly called.
65b. 20, for 93 read 101.
71a. 7, for Cf. Ḥ. Kh. iv. 369 read It is en-
titled عيون المسائل المهمة. Cf. Ḥ.
Kh. iv. 292 sq., 369.
86b. 1, omit probably.
97b. pen. " the words: (probably . . . 950)
98a. 8, for الاحمر read الاحمرفى.
" pen. omit Ibn.
122b. 7, add:
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 517, v. مسائل الستين; vi.
82, v. مقدمة الزاهد. According to Ḥ. Kh.,
the name of the author is Aḥmad b. Mu-
ḥammad Miṣrî (d. a.h. 818), and the com-
mentary is the work of Aḥmad b. Muḥammad
b. 'Abd al-salâm (d. a. h. 931). It is entitled
تذكرة العابد.
128a. 18, add:
See, regarding the author, Zeitschrift der
D. M. G. xxix. 676 sq.
134b. 25, for ii. read iii.
140b. 12, " Maḥmûd " Muḥammad.
155b. 6, The name is more probably, Ilâhdâd.
158b. 8, for the same author read Bâḳir Dâmâd.

PAGE LINE
164a. note, The name is more probably النفرى
Nafzî.
170b. 8, add:
and also Zeitschrift der D.M.G. vi. 436 sqq.
176b. 23, for النصوص read الفصوص.
179b. 25, for not mentioned read Muḥammad
Shîrîn. See no. 1032, VI.
" 26, omit the sentence: A treatise . . . 483.
193b. 6, for which is . . . Shâdhilî read The
author is Abu'l-mawâhib Muḥam-
mad b. Aḥmad Shâdhilî. See no.
1038, xix.
212b. 26, for (?) بف read ابن.
213a. 8, for some kind of burning-glasses read
parabolic burning-mirrors.
" 12, for-glasses read-mirrors.
220b. 15, for 'Âmulî العاملى read 'Âmilî.
" 22, add:
and also Zeitschrift der D.M.G. xxix. 677 sq.
223b. note 2, add:
Cf. Intorno al Liber Karastonis, lettera di M.
Steinschneider a D. B. Boncompagni, Roma
1863. قرسطون is the Greek χαριστιων.
241a. 29, for 'Âmulî read 'Âmilî.
272b. 31, " Ajurrûmî " Ajurrûm.
274b. 20, " Urdu " Persian.
279a. 7, " النظير " ‎النثير.
" " " iv. " vi.
298a. 33,
" b. 2, " 'Âmulî " 'Âmilî.
299a. 19,


ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS.
THE KORAN.
KÛFIC FRAGMENTS.
1.
Size 3¼ in. by 5 in.; foll. 64. Five lines in
a page.
Kûfic MS. on parchment, containing fragments
/?/rahs 36–39, viz. (foll. 2v.–6) Sû. 36, 26–40; (foll.
/?/, 7–8)1 47–71; (foll. 9–11) 74 to the end; (foll. 12,
/?/) Sû. 37, 1–15; (foll. 21–28) 20–64; (foll. 29–31)
/?/ (foll. 32–38) 102–145; (foll. 39–47) 151 to Sû.
/?/; (foll. 48–59) 16–50; (foll. 60–61) 59–65; (fol. 62)
the end, and the title of Sû. 39; (fol. 63, in four
and in another handwriting) Sû. 39, 31–32, with
/?/words كتبه على ابوطالب (sic).
/?/und characters; wide spaces; occasional red dots
/?/wels. Verses divided by gold ornaments; every
verse likewise marked by larger ones. The titles
/?/e Sûrahs have not been filled in. The whole MS.
more recently been bordered with thick paper,
/?/h is entirely gilt and ornamented. At the beginning
1 and 2r.) Sûrah 1; at the end the usual epilogue,
صدق ال, both within ornaments. Bound in leather,
overed with silk.
/?/ MS. is said to have been "brought into Hindostan by
lane, and sent from Lahore to Paris."

2.
39 a. Size 4 in. by 6 in.; foll. 52. Three lines
in a page.
Another Kûfic fragment, containing (foll. 1–34) Sû.
2, 254–282, and (foll. 35–51) Sû. 3, 14–32.
Large characters, rather cursive; the لا flourished in
a peculiar way. A few red dots for vowels. Verses
marked in the same way as in the preceding MS.
Bordered with paper, highly ornamented and gilt. The
last leaf—on the back of which are also Kûfic charac-
ters, but nearly effaced—bears on the recto, within
ornaments, the words كتب حسن بن على (sic).
On some pages the letters have vanished; the margin is slightly
injured. Bound in gilt leather.
3.
40 a. Size 4¾ in. by 7 in.; foll. 46. Nine lines in
a page.
Another Kûfic fragment, containing Sû. 1, 6 نعمت
— 2, 160 كحب; large, long-shaped characters; vowel-
points red, green, or yellow, in a few cases also blue.
Sometimes, as if to indicate various readings, small
lines are added on د, in green or red, instead of dia-
critical points. Verses divided by gold ornaments; every
tenth marked by larger ones, which contain the number.
The title of Sû. 2 is on a gold ground.
The first eighteen leaves have been misplaced in binding.


One leaf is missing between foll. 7 and 8, and two
between foll. 32 and 33.
The last leaf, which is half destroyed, belongs to another frag-
ment (in five lines). Both this and the first page have been
entirely gilt. In a leather binding, covered with silk. Some one
has noted that the MS. was written by 'Alî (fol. 46).
4.
41 a. Size 6 in. by 8¼ in.; foll. 20. Ten lines in
a page.
Another Kûfic MS., containing the following parts
of Sûrahs 6 and 7:1 (fol. 13*) Sû. 6, 57–61; (fol. 5*)
69–74; (fol. 11) 80–84; (foll. 4* and 9*) 91–96; (fol. 2)
Sû. 7, 28–33; (fol. 14) 39–42; (fol. 1) 45–47; (foll. 8*,
7*, 17, 6, 18, 10, 15*, 3) 55–94; (foll. 19, 16*, 12)
155–166.
The last leaf (six lines) contains parts of Sû. 7,
168, 169, with the colophon كتبه على بن حمدان on the
recto.
Clumsy characters, rather cursive. Mostly red, some-
times green dots for vowels. Verses divided in the
same way as in the preceding MSS. On several pages
the writing has nearly disappeared.
The last page bears six seals, with signatures: viz. of two
Ṣafawî kings named Ismâ'îl and 'Abbâs; of Akbar; of two
servants of Shâhjahân, 'Inâyat Khân and Fâḍil Khân; and of
I'timâd Khân, a servant of 'Âlamgîr. On the first page is written
a treaty between several chiefs of Sindh, dated 25 Jumâda I., 1254,
in Persian. This MS. belonged to the Sindh Prize property, and
was presented to the Library of the East India House by Lord
Dalhousie, 1853.
5.
42 a. Size 6¾ in. by 9½ in.; foll. 181. Sixteen lines
in a page.
A large fragment of a Kûfic Koran, containing (foll.
13–20)2 Sû. 5, 112–6, 95; (foll. 25–34) 6, 108–7, 63;
(fol. 36) 7, 104–126; (foll. 37–38) 7, 138–160; (fol. 35)
8, 20–34; (fol. 39) 9, 7–19; (fol. 21) 9, 38–51; (fol. 41)
9, 74–86; (fol. 42) 9, 108–118; (fol. 24) 10, 12–23; (fol.

22) 10, 34–50; (fol. 23) 11, 29–44; (foll. 1–4)
99–16, 70; (foll. 5–12) 20, 34–21, 68; (foll. 6/?/
116–125, 86–105, 76–85) 21, 88–31, 38; (foll
44-51, 43, 53, 140–147, 56, 63) 34, 18—39,
(foll. 57–64) 41, 20 — 43, 37; (foll. 65, 54, 134–136
86 — 46, 11; (foll. 137–139, 55, 126) 46, 35 — 48,
(foll. 163–166, 162) 50, 1 — 53, 7; (foll. 133, 127
148–151, 130–132, 152–161, 106–115, 167–176)
36—89, 3; (foll. 177–181) 93, 10 to the end.
Written in rather slender characters, approachi/?/
Naskh. Frequent red dots for vowels. Titles of Sû
in a still more cursive character, and in red, are /?/
larly inserted, but often differ from the usual /?/
being always derived from the first word. Every /?/
verse is marked with the letters serving for fig
according to the older or Maghribî order. Also /?/
two hundredth verse is marked on the margin.
At the end, in the same hand, نبه عثمان بن عفان
Seal and signature of Akbar and others on the last
"Presented to the Library of the East India House by
Rawlinson, C. B., the Hon., Company's Political Agent in /?/
Arabia, and H. M.'s Consul at Baghdad, March, 1845."
NASKH COPIES.
6.
1371. Size 7¾ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 318. Fou/?/
lines in a page.
Neatly written and richly ornamented. With:/?/
of pauses, sections, etc. Ends with the usual epi
صدق الله الخ. Notes for practical use, in Persia/?/
added on the margin.
Preceded by a Persian introduction (foll. 1–16),
piled by order of Tippu.
It contains—
1. Foll. 1–13. Tables stating the place of revel./?/
the number of verses, words, letters, and ركوع, a/?/
peculiarities, of every Sûrah.
2. Fol. 13. A table showing how often each/?/
of the alphabet occurs in the Koran.
1 The leaves have been entirely misplaced in binding; several
are also bound upside down, marked above with an asterisk.
2 The leaves have been entirely misplaced in binding.


3. Fol. 14. A list of the verses distinguished by
سجد.
4. Fol. 15. A list of grammatical mistakes in
/?/ the Koran, which would be blasphemous.
5. Fol. 16. Some mnemonic verses, enumerating
/?/ verses which treat of certain subjects.
This introduction is written in Shikastah.
/?/In the original binding, which is highly gilt, both outside
/?/ inside, and bears the favourite inscription:1
لايمسه الا المطهرون تنزيل من رب العالمين
[Tippu.]
7.
/?/5. a. Size 8in. by 5 in.; foll. 522. Eleven lines
in a page.
A splendid copy; gilt throughout, with double front
naments. Marks of pauses, sections, etc.
/?/ On the last page is the prayer usually recited after
/?/using the Koran, with an introduction in Persian.
Well written, "under royal auspices," by Ḥâjjî
/?/bdallah.
This copy was intended for the especial use of Tippu,
/?/ is stated in a note at the end (fol. 520). Various
otes and directions, in different hands, on the margin,
/?/ often resembling those in the preceding MS.
/?/preceded, also, by the same introduction.
/?/ One leaf is missing after fol. 22. Fol. 26 is much
/?/rn.
In a red leather binding, bearing all the marks and inscriptions
/?/ mentioned in Stewart's Catalogue, Pref. p. v.
8.
/?/996. Size 8¾ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 341. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Well written, highly ornamented and gilt. Marks of
sections, etc.
At the end the following colophon: بخط . . . ‎تمت

الضعيف محمد حيات شب پنجشنبه وقت چهارم پاس
هجرى سنه ۱۰۱٢ جلوس سنه ٣٧
The last two pages have been filled up with a prayer
in a different hand.
[Tippu.]
9.
730. Size 15 in. by 10 in.; foll. 363. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Beautifully written on a dyed ground, sprinkled with
gold. The first, middle, and last lines in Thulth.
Tastefully ornamented throughout. Marks of pauses,
sections, etc.
In a red leather binding, bearing the inscription لا يمسه الا
المطهرون
[Tippu.]
10.
1267. Size 11¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 31. Forty-
one lines in a page.
A remarkable specimen of penmanship, written on
dyed paper, in minute characters. Each line begins
with an ا, which is in red. Every two pages contain
exactly one of the thirty sections (اجزاء). Highly
ornamented and gilt.
Seal of Dhu'l-faḳâr Khân, a. h. 1141.
[Tippu.]
11.
1376. Size 17 in. by 9½ in.; foll. 31. Thirty-nine
lines in a page.
Another thirty-leaved copy. Arranged and executed
like the preceding MS.
[Tippu.]
12.
25 a. Size 12½ in. by 7½ in.; foll. 31. About fifty
lines in a page.
Another thirty-leaved copy; closely written in minute
characters. Foll. 7–10 should be placed after fol. 29.
According to a note on the fly-leaf, this copy formerly belonged
to Tippu.
[East India College.]
1 Sûrah 56, 78 and 79.


13.
14 b. Size 6½ in. by 4 in.; foll. 322. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Imperfect at the beginning, the first leaf commencing
with فيكون, the last word of Sû. 2, 111. Neatly
written, marks of pauses, etc. On the first thirty
leaves glosses are added, in the same hand, extracted
from different works on orthography and on the various
readings of "the Seven." Concluding: تم شد فرقان
‎.حميد بيد ضعيف عبد النبى‏
Various notes in different hands on the margin.
In a red leather binding. Inscriptions prove that the MS.
formerly belonged to Tippu's library.
[East India College.]
14.
1254. Size 18½ in. by 11¼ in.; foll. 60. Thirty-one
lines in a page.
An elegant copy, richly ornamented. Marks of
pauses, sections, etc.
Written by Muḥammad Ṣâdiḳ Astarâbâdî, a. h. 1137.
[Tippu.]
15.
1252. Size 18½ in by 10 in.; foll. 390. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Written in large characters, without ornaments.
Marks of pauses, sections, etc. At the end: تمت
كلام الله
In the original binding, on which the inscription لايمسه الخ
is frequently repeated.
[Tippu.]
16.
32 a. Size 13¼ in. by 8½ in.; foll. 325. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A very elegant copy, resembling that described in Cat.
Bodl. ii., p. 60. The first two pages contain within
two large circles, ornamented with gold, blue, etc.,
the verse, Sû. 17, 90. The next two pages, entirely
ornamented in the same way, contain in the middle

Sûrah 1, written in white Thulth on a golden gro/?/
with the words لايمسه الخ underneath. The next
pages, which contain the beginning of Sû. 2,
entirely gilt. All the following pages are written /?/
dyed ground, sprinkled with gold. The first, middle/?/
last lines are in large Thulth, the middle line a/?/
each page in two equal squares. The last two Sûrahs
written and ornamented like the first; and the next /?/
pages, entirely ornamented, contain the same prayer a/?/
found in the Bodl. MS. The last two pages cont
(like the Bodl. MS.) rules of divination in Persian ven
Written in large Nasta'lîḳ.
The scribe names himself Ḥusain Fakhkhâr.
The whole MS. has been carefully mended and bordered /?/
modern paper.
17.
1475. Size 6 in. by 4 in.; foll. 418. Eleven li/?/
in a page.
Written in small characters, with marks of pa/?/
sections, etc. Ornamented and gilt. The leaves /?/
been misplaced in binding. Foll. 146–148 should /?/
between 136 and 137; after fol. 286 the following
the correct order of the leaves: 295, 296, 288–29/?/
297, 294, 287, 298; after fol. 308 they should sta/?/
thus: 310, 311–315, 309, 316; and after fol. 386, th/?/
389–398, 387, 388.
According to a note on the fly-leaf, this is the Koran on /?/
Shujâ' al-daulah "swore to the treaty of 1768." It was "given/?/
J. Cartier, Esq., and by him presented to the Library through /?/
hands of Sir H. Inglis." The first leaf bears the seal of Shujâ'/?/
daulah, and on it are written, in somewhat illegible Shikastah, /?/
terms of a treaty of alliance with the English, but dated 8 Dh/?/
ḳa'dah, 1183 (=5 March, 1770).
18.
14 a. Size 18 in. by 10 in.; foll. 387. Eleven
lines in a page.
Written in very large characters; the first letter/?/
every line in red. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. Orna/?/
mented and gilt.
Transcribed by Ḥâfiẓ Luḳmân.
[East India College.]


19.
1383. Size 13 in. by 8½ in.; foll. 347. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Elegantly written; highly gilt and ornamented.
/?/rks of pauses, sections, etc.
Transcribed by Aḥmad b. Muḥammad, a. h. 1094.
Foll. 22 and 23, foll. 286–293, and foll. 312–315 have
been misplaced in binding.
In the original cover, with the inscription لا يمسه الخ.
[Johnson.]
20.
24 a. Size 12¾ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 62. Thirty-one
lines in a page.
A sixty-leaved copy; but the distribution of each
section on four leaves is not quite exactly maintained.
Written in small characters, each line beginning
with an ا. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. Each
page within lines of gold, the first four and the last
highly gilt and ornamented.
At the end the words تمت القران در شصت ورق,
followed by a long prayer.
[East India College.]
21.
3113. Size 14½ in. by 9½ in.; foll. 209. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A splendid copy, with various ornaments in colours
and gold. Marks of a double division, viz. the usual one
into thirty sections (جزء), and another into seven portions
(سبع), with the subdivisions (fourths) of both; notes
of pauses, etc. Readings of Abu Bakr.
Dated a. h. 1141.
The binding is of green velvet, worked with silver thread.
22.
1389. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 62. Twenty-seven
lines in a page.
Arranged on sixty pages, each four of which contain

a section (جزء). Each line begins with an ا, written in
red. Marks of pauses and sections.
[Johnson.]
23.
1592. Size 8 in. by 4½ in.; foll. 360. Eleven and
nine lines in a page.
The First Part of the Koran, to Sû. 18, 2 (last words
ويبشر).
Plainly written; marks of pauses, sections, etc.
Modern. Much used; pencil notes in a European hand.
[Johnson.]
24.
1593. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 346.
The Second Part of the Koran, from Sû. 18, 2
(المومنين), to the end.
[Johnson.]
25.
18 a. Size 9 in. by 5½ in.; foll. 394. Twenty-four
lines in a page.
Plainly written, marks of pauses, etc. With a
Persian interlinear translation, written in a small Nas-
ta'lîḳ, in red. Ornamented and gilt.
Foll. 256 and 257 should be transposed; likewise
foll. 260 and 261.
The signature of R. Johnson (in Persian) on the title-page.
[East India College.]
26.
17 a. Size 9¾ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 437. Eleven lines
in a page.
Plainly written; ornamented and gilt. Marks of
pauses, etc.; various readings of "the Seven."
Some glosses in the same hand, and others in Persian,
in a different hand, concerning the division of the verses.
Names of R. Johnson, Brinsley Fitzgerald, and a succession
of later owners, down to 1848.
[East India College.]


27.
1655. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 321. Twenty-six
lines in a page.
The Koran, with Persian interlineation and glosses.
Written in a Persian hand, the interlineation in red.
Marks of sections, etc. Ornamented and gilt.
Fol. 191 should follow 201. At the end a prayer,
and rules for obtaining omens (فأل) from the Koran;
written in Nasta'lîḳ (except the Arabic passages), and
highly gilt.
In the original binding, with the usual inscription.
[Johnson.]
28.
1. a. Size 9¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 329. Fifteen lines
in a page.
An elegant copy, transcribed by one Muḥammad, a. h.
1267. Marks of pauses, sections, etc.; Persian glosses.
"Received from Dr. Royle, July, 1856."1
29.
3 a. Size 7½ in. by 4½ in.; foll. 364. Fourteen
lines in a page.
Resembles the preceding MS. Copied apparently
by the same scribe, who here calls himself Muḥammad
Kâẓim.
30.
10 a. Size 10 in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 436. Twenty-four
lines in a page.
The Koran, with a Persian interlinear translation.
Written and ornamented almost like the preceding
MS., but in larger characters. The translation is in
small Nasta'lîḳ, in red.
Scribe, Muḥammad Kâẓim; date, a. h. 1266. At
the end a short prayer.
31.
5 a. Size 7¼ in. by 4¼ in.; foll. 336. Fifteen lines
in a page.
Similar to the preceding copy, and evidently written
by the same scribe. Foll. 280–284 have been misplaced
in binding.

32.
2 a. Size 10½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 144. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
An elegant copy. Every sixth line in larger charac-
ters and between green lines. The first two pages con-
tain only Sû. 1, in two small circles, all the rest being
ornament. Written evidently by the same scribe as
the preceding MSS.
33.
6 a. Size 6½ in. by 4 in.; foll. 281. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Neatly written and ornamented like the preceding
MSS.
In an illuminated binding.
34.
13 a. Size 12¼ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 30. About fifty
lines in a page.
Well written in minute characters, excepting the
first, middle, and last lines of each page. Marks of
sections. Highly gilt. Persian glosses. Dated a. h. 1266.
Scribe, Walî.
35.
36 a. Size 4½ in. by 2½ in.; foll. 362. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Written in a minute but very legible character, with
marks of pauses, sections, etc.; ornamented and gilt.
Dated Jumâda II., 1101.
36.
33 a. An octagon, perimeter 4¾ in.; foll. 285.
Fifteen lines in a page.
Written in a minute character, without division of
verses; ornamented. The scribe names himself Mîrzâ
'Alî, the secretary of Yazd, a resident of Shîrâz.
A defect after fol. 256; the following leaves (to
fol. 270) have been bound upside down.
In an elegant binding, illuminated in the inside, and in a double
case of filigree and stone.
1 The same note is found in the following six MSS.


37.
34 a. An octagon, perimeter 6½ in.; foll. 346.
Twelve lines in a page.
Written in a minute but very legible character, with
marks of pauses, etc. The first four pages bear golden
ornaments. Part of the margin has been cut off.
Bound in green leather, with a gold clasp.
38.
3090. Size 7¾ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 10. Fourteen
lines in a page.
A fragment of the Koran, between blank leaves.
Well written, with marks of pauses, etc.
It contains the end of the 11th and nearly the whole
of the 12th section, i. e. Sû. 10, 107—12, 48; the rest
of the 12th section (to v. 52) has been supplied in a
clumsy modern hand.
On a page near the beginning is a note in Persian, stating that
the title of this incomplete Arabic book could not be found out (!).
39.
3048. Size 8 in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 28. Thirteen
lines in a page.
The 23rd and 24th جزء of the Koran (Sû. 36, 27–41,
46). Plainly written in a Malay hand.
40.
B. 268. Size 7 in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 12. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Sûrah 18 of the Koran. Mostly without division
of verses. Vowel-points are but seldom added.
KORANIC SCIENCE.
41.
B 270. Size 6¼ in. by 4½ in.; foll. 89. Sixteen
lines in a page.
(sic) كتاب التيسير لحفظ مذاهب القراي
السيعة الخ
The celebrated treatise on the Seven Versions of the

Koran, by Abu 'Amr 'Othmân b. Sa'îd b. 'Othmân
Dânî (d. a. h. 444). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 487; Cat. Mus. Brit.
69; Bodl. ii., No. lxxxiii, 4 (where is the same title
as in this MS.); Nöldeke, Gesch. d. Qorâns, p. 337.
Neatly written; concluding (fol. 87), تم كتاب التيسير
فرغ من تعليقه يوم الائنين الثامن عشر . . . . ‎بحمد الله.
من شهر الله الاعظم رجب الاصب لسنة اربع عشرين
وسبعماية العبد اسمعيل بن احمد الحافظ رحم الله لمن (sic)
نظر ودعا لكاتبه ولصاحبه
Fol. 87 v. The form of the استعاذة, as given by the
different readers (مذهب القرآ فى الاستعاذة), followed
by a Persian tract on fasting in Ramaḍân, beginning
ان سيدى‎ ‎ . . .1 قال النبى عم صام رمضان وقام لياليها
كى شمه ازنعت او شنيدى چنين مى فرمايذ, written
in the same hand.
On one of the fly-leaves is a list of the ten readers, قرا,
with their principal disciples. Seven foll. have been prefixed
to the MS., on the last of which is a new title, written by
علم الله بن عبد الرزاق, who bequeathed the MS. to the
Bîjâpûr Library, a. h. 1028. Catalogue, p. 234, Tujweed i.
42.
B 269. Size 6 in. by 5 in.; foll. 114. From twelve
to fifteen lines in a page.
Another copy of the Taisîr, imperfect both at the
beginning and end. Clearly written; of the 10th
century of the Hijrah.
It begins with the words: ام لم تنذرهم وشبهه وورش
بضمها (= fol. 12 of the preceding MS.), and ends
with ابن كثير ومناة الثالثة بالمد والهمز والباقون (= fol.
78 of the preceding MS.)
Injured by damp, especially near the beginning. There is written,
upon the edge, مختصر قراءت السبعة, and fol. 13 is wrongly
inscribed بحرتجريد. Cf. Catal. 234, v.
1 Various reading ليلها.


43.
B 272. Size 9½ in. by 7½ in.; foll. 116. Seven
lines (verses) in a page.
I. (foll. 1–92). A metrical version of the preceding
work, by Abu'l-ḳâsim b. Fîrruh b. Khalaf b. Aḥmad
Ru'ainî Shâṭibî (d. a. h. 590). It is entitled: حرزالامانى
ووجه التهانى, but commonly called الشاطبية. See Ḥ.
Kh. iii., 43; Catal. Bodl. ii., p. 323; Nöldeke, Gesch.
d. Qorâns, p. 337 sq.
Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. The
first two pages ornamented with red lines. Interlinear
and marginal notes.
II. Several tracts on the versions of the Koran:
Fol. 93r. The first Sûrah, with all the unusual
readings, inscribed سورة الفاتحة بقراءة الشاذة; written
in a large character.
Fol. 93v. A short Persian tract, beginning بعضى از
احكام ورش اگر ميان كسره ورا ساكنى حايل باشد.‏‎‎‎‏‎
Fol. 95v. A list of the ten readers and their disciples.
Fol. 96v. The beginning of a treatise on Orthoepy,
ascribed to Muḥammad Samarḳandî. It commences:
هذى رسالة سمرقندى من مصنفات الحافظ محمد
سمرقندى الاول فى تجويد فاتحة الكتاب. All the
general principles of reading are exemplified from the
first Sûrah, as usual. Abbreviations are used for the
names of the readers, according to the system of Shâṭibî.
Some confusion begins on fol. 105v., where a passage
from fol. 102r. (الوقف على الهمزة الخ) is repeated, but
with a different conclusion on fol. 107r., where the MS.
abruptly ends. After some blank leaves, it recom-
mences in the middle of fol. 108r. with the heading
ذكر ذال اذ (which is also added as a catch-word to
the former passage). It remains, however, doubtful
whether this latter fragment belongs to the same
treatise. Badly written.
Worm-eaten and stained by damp. Bîj. Libr. a. h. 1003. Catal.
p. 234, Tujweed ii.

44.
B 272 a. Size 7¼ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 153. Eight
lines (hemistichs) in a page.
Another copy of the Shâṭibîyah. Well written, with
vowel-points; has the following colophon:
تمت بحمد الله و حسن توفيقه غداة يوم الاثنين سلخ
رجب المرجب لسنة احدى وثمانين وتسعمائة على
يدى العبد الضعيف المنتقر الى رحمة ربه الغنى البارى
على بن محمد بن محمد بن محمد بن الجابرى القارى
رزقه الله يقينا تاما وعلما عاما كتابة لاقراءة.‏ ‎
Inscribed on the edge, رساله قرات. Bîj. Libr. a. h. 1024.
45.
B 274. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 58. Nineteen lines
in a page.
I. (foll. 16–49). A treatise on the Readings of
Nâfi', as handed down by his two pupils Ḳâlûn and
Warsh; derived from Shâṭibî.
Beginning: الحمد لله الذى فتح علينا ابواب العرفان
وبعد فهذه رسالة فى بيان قراءة الامام البارع الحافظ . . . .
الثقة امام نافع المدنى رضه برواية الامامين قالون وورش
على ما رواه الامام الهمام ولى الله ابو القاسم الشاطبى
رضه.‏ ‎‎‏‏
In two chapters: the first treating of the general
principles of Nâfi (الاصول), and the other giving a detailed
account of his Readings, following the order of the Sûrahs
(فى فرش الحروف). Preceded by an introduction on
technical terms: مقدمة فى بيان اصطلاحات اهل القراءة.
II. (foll. 50–58). A list of passages or words of the
Koran (styled حرف), according to the order of the
Sûrahs, the purpose of which is not indicated.
There is no preface. Beginning, after the Basmalah:
سورة البقرة فيه هدى قيل لهم لا تفسدوا.‏‎‏‏‎
Plainly written. Inscribed in a later hand: رساله
عجيبه
There precedes a fragment of a Persian treatise on
the Reading of the Koran.


46.
879. Size 9¾ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 158. Fifteen
lines in a page.
وقوفى سجاوندي
A List of the Pauses to be observed in Reading the
Koran, according to the system of Sajâwandî (Mu-
ḥammad b. Ṭaifûr, sixth century). This is probably
an abridgment of the fundamental work of Sajâwandî,1
who is quoted at the beginning (fol. 3). The real author,
perhaps, is introduced immediately afterwards, viz.:
فى عصره المولى الحاج قوام الملة (r. البشر) ‎استاذ البشير
والدين عبد الله بن الفقيه نجم الملة والدين محمود اعلى
الله تعالى در جتهما فى عليين.‏‎‎‏
Beginning: سورة فاتحة الكتاب سبع آيات وهى مكية
ثم مدنية وركوع واحد بسم الله الرحمن الرحيم‘ كوفى
العالمين لاالرحيم لاالدين نستعين
Written in large characters, by Muḥammad Bâḳi (?)
b. 'Abd al-laṭîf. All the signs of pause, the marks of
every fifth and tenth verse, the superscriptions, in red.
Red lines round the pages. Some notes.
A list of the abbreviations used for the names of the principal
قراء on the title-page. The book is wrongly ascribed to Sajâwandî
himself, who, moreover, is thereby confounded with a renowned
namesake, viz. Muḥammad b. Muḥammad b. 'Abd al-rashîd S.
So also in Stewart's Catal. p. 173.
[Tippu.]
47.
2165. Size 9½ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 92. Seventeen
lines in a page.
كتاب سجاوندى مسمي بوقوفي
Another copy of the preceding work, well written.
The following Persian couplet is written twice at the
beginning:
بفهم آيت بصرى وكوفى
وقوفى خوب ميخواهد وقوفى
نيك

At the end the following tetrastich:
روزيكه روح دامن عمرم رها كند
وين خاك تيره بند زبندم جدا كند
يا رب نگاهدار تو ايمان آنكسى
كين خط من بخواند وبر من دعا كند
The seal of Muḥammad Nadîm Allah (a. h. 1180), with several
Persian poems of his; an explanation of the different kinds of
pauses and their signs, in Persian couplets; a dialogue between
Abu Bakr and 'Alî, intended to show the equality of their
dignity; and various other notes are on the blank pages at the
beginning and end.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
48.
1435. Size 9¾ in. by 6 in. Twelve lines in a page.
Foll. 6–16. Ibn Jazarî's (Muḥammad b. Muḥammad,
d. a. h. 833) المقدمة, or Treatise in Verse on the Pro-
nunciation of the Koran. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 78; Cat.
Bodl. ii. 190.
Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. In
narrow columns. The margin is wholly filled up with
Persian glosses, written in small Shikastah. Leaves
have been frequently inserted on which other glosses
are written.
The rest of the volume contains Persian treatises on
similar subjects.—See Persian MSS.
[Johnson.]
49.
B 273. Size 9¼ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 72. Twenty-
two lines in a page.
A Fragment of a Commentary on Ibn Jazarî's المقدمة
by 'Alî b. Sulṭân Muḥammad Ḳâri' (Harawî, d.
a. h. 1014).
This Commentary is not mentioned anywhere. It
begins: الحمد لله الذى اودع جواهر المعانى الضيائية‘‏
قوالب زواهر المبانى من الحروف الهجائية. The
author says afterwards (fol. 1v.): ان المقدمة المنسوبة
الجزرى‘ قدس الله سره السرى ‘ ما رايت . . . . . ‎للعلامة
بيانا شاملا‘ يكون لتحقيق (sic) لها شرحا كاملا‘ بين
1 كتاب الوقف والابتداء See Nöldcke, Qor. p. 352; Flügel,
Hdss. Wien, iii. p. 60.


الحقائق كافلا‘ فسخ ببالى ان اضع عليها شرحا معتدلا‘‏‎
لا مخهرا مخلا‘ ولا مطولا مملا‘ فاقول وبالله التوفيق الخ.‏
There are defects after foll. 24 and 48; the last fol. ends
with the commentary on the words: الابفتح اوبنصب.
Somewhat injured by damp.
Catal. p. 234, iv.
50.
784. Size 9½ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 271. Twenty-one
lines in a page.
An old Shî'ah Commentary on the Koran, by Abu'l-
ḥasan 'Alî b. Ibrâhîm (b. Hâshim Ḳummî, flourished
in the fourth century). See Ṭûsî, p. ٢۰٩; Bibl. Spren-
ger. 406; and Nöldeke, Gesch. d. Qor., xxix.
Imperfect at the beginning. The name of the author,
as given above, appears at the commencement of Sû. 2
(fol. 1v.). This commentary, which may be regarded as
the fundamental work of Shî'ah Tafsîr, is, on the whole,
concise; only the causes (اسباب) of several revelations
are related at greater length. It is founded chiefly on
alleged sayings of the Imâms Abu Ja'far (Muḥammad
Bâḳir), and Abu 'Abdallah (Ja'far Ṣâdiḳ), quoted
either directly (by قال) or by an Isnâd, which always
begins with the author's father.
The first words are: عن النضربن سويد واحمد بن
محمد; and the conclusion: قد وقع الفراغ من تسويد
(sic) . . . . هذا الكتاب المبارك ضحوة يوم الخامس من
On the last fol. begins a treatise or extract, باب ما
المومن والكفار.‏ (sic) يعابن
Clearly written, about the tenth century of the Hijrah.
Worm-eaten.
51.
B 301. Size 10½ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 263. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The First Part of a Commentary on the Koran,
ascribed to the celebrated Ḳushairî (Abu'l-Ḳâsim
'Abd al-karîm b. Hawâzin, d. a. h. 465). Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
ii. 376.
This commentary is merely mystical, quoting even
mystical poetry, but always without naming the authors.

Only the beginning of the passages commented is given,
introduced قوله تعالى. This volume concludes with
Sû. 18, and is imperfect at the beginning. The first
words are: النعمى واكرم الحسنى.
Written in a bad Nasta'lîḳ hand; red lines round the
pages. Worm-eaten and injured by damp.
Cat. p. 223, xvii.
52.
1113. Size 12¼ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 534. Forty-one
lines in a page.
Zamakhsharî's (d. a. h. 538) Commentary on the Koran,
called الكشاف. Cf. the edition of Col. Nassau Lees.
Well written; finished on 23 Dhu'l-ḥijjah, 977, by
'Abd al-ḳâdir b. Zain al-dîn Ḳarâfî Azharî, of Makkah.
Coloured lines round the pages. The first fol. has been
supplied in a more modern hand; the last fol. is muti-
lated. One leaf is missing after fol. 6. Foll. 28 and 37
should be transposed.
[Johnson.]
53.
563. Size 14 in. by 7½ in.; foll. 796. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
Another copy of the Kashshâf. Well written, by
Burhân b. Ḥâmid. Ornamented and gilt. Some glosses.
54.
B 275, 276, 277, 278. Size 12¼ in. by 7½ in.; foll.
726. Twenty-six lines in a page.
Another copy of the Kashshâf, including the whole
text of the Koran. Well written. Dated Shawwal, 921.1
This MS. has been spoiled by damp. It has also many
defects, which were supplied in a later hand; but since
then a number of leaves of both sets have again fallen out.
Originally in four volumes. The first concludes with
Sûrah 6 (fol. 184); the second with Sû. 18 (fol. 376);
the third with Sû. 38 (fol. 559v.). The beginning of the
fourth, being in the second hand, is on the same page.
Catal. p. 219, i.
1 The beginning of the colophon, containing the name of the
scribe, has been erased.


55.
B 280. Size 11¼ in. by 8¼ in.; foll. 237. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
The First Part of the Kashshâf, imperfect both at the
beginning and end. The first words are والكشف (= p. ٢۱
Lees), and it ends with Sû. 8, 54.
Written in two different hands. Coloured lines
round the pages. Many illegible glosses in the first
portion.
56.
B. 281. Size 11 in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 230. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The third quarter of the Kashshâf, comprising
Sûrahs 19–37.
Beautifully written, of about the ninth century.
The final portion, however, has been supplied in a more
modern hand.
The first leaf and the last but one are wanting.
Much injured by insects.
57.
B 283, 282. Size 12¾ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 251.
Twenty-three lines in a page.
الربع الرابع من تفسير الكشاف عن حقائق التنزيل
مولف الامام العلامة ذى الشان الجليل استاذ الدنيا شيخ
العرب والعجم حجة الاسلام وقدوة اهل العالم ابى اقاسم
محمود بن عمر الزمخحشرى البسه الله تعالى لباس الغفران
ورزقة الاتكأ‘ على رفرف خضر وعبقرى آمين بالنبى
1 الامين
The last quarter of the Kashshâf; beginning with
Sû. 18. Beautifully written, of about the eighth
century. Rubrics sometimes omitted. At the end
the author's epilogue. In two volumes, the first ending
with Sû. 48 (fol. 99). Both the beginning and (in a
less degree) the end are injured by damp.

58.
23. Size 12¼ in. by 7¾ in.; foll. 454. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
An edition of the Kashshâf "mixed" with the text
of the Koran, entitled كاشف الكاشف. The Editor,
who calls himself Darwîsh, says in his short Preface:
البصائر غوامض (sic) نحمده على ما شرح صدور اولو
اما بعد فيقول العبد المغمور بكثرة التشويش‘‏ . . . ‎الحكم
العبد الاقل درويش‘ ان العلامة الزمخشرى قد ابدع فى
وبذل جهده واناف‘ كما قيل (r. الك) '‎تفسيره للكشاف
وان من بينها الكشاف * ‎ان التفاسير فى الدنيا بلا عدد
لكنه لزخارة فضله ووفور علمه اقتصر فى اكثر * ‎كالشافى
المواضع على بيان اللفظ بالتفسير‘ فكان ادراكه على الطلاب
فخطر ببال هذا العبد الضعيف المعترف بقلة (sic) ‘عسير‎
البضاعة‘ ولسوالف ايامه بالاضاعة‘ ان يشت قبل التفسير
(sic) ‘بالات‘ وان يكون للاية كلها او بعضها بات
This is the First Part, concluding with Sû. 16.
Well written. Foll. 256 and 263 should be transposed.
[Hastings.]
59.
B 287. Size 10½ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 501. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The last part of a voluminous Super-commentary on
the Kashshâf, by Sharaf al-dîn al-Ḥusain b. Muḥammad
Ṭaiyibî, (d. a. h. 743), from Sû. 35 to the end. Cf. Ḥ.
Kh. v. 185, and Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii., 74.
Beginning: قوله وعن ابن عباس ما كنت ادرى ما فاطر
السموات. Written in Nasta'lîḳ, of about the tenth
century. Various defects, and the whole final portion,
have been supplied in another, indifferent handwriting.
One leaf, containing the end of the author's epilogue, is
missing at the end. Injured at the beginning.
Cat. p. 221, i. 8 (?).
1 This inscription was written on the title-page in Rabî' I.,
921. The name of the owner who wrote it has been erased.


60.
B. 285. Size 8½ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 217. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Glosses of Saiyid Sharîf Jurjânî ('Alî b. Muḥammad,
d. a. h. 816) on the Kashshâf, terminating at Sû. 2, 23.
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 187.
Clearly written. Dated Sunday, 4th Rajab, 939. In
good preservation; one defect after fol. 88.
Bîj. Libr., a. h. 1003. Cat. 221, i. 2.
61.
598. Size 10½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 510. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
The First Part of a large Commentary on the
Koran, entitled مجمع البيان لعلوم القران. The
author, who is not named here, is Abu 'Alî al-Faḍl
b. al-Ḥasan b. al-Faḍl Ṭabarsî, a Shî'ite (d. a. h. 548).
Cf. Catal. Mus. Brit. 671; Bodl. i. 50, and below, No. 64.
Ḥ. Kh. v. 400 sq. confounds the author with the well-
known Ṭûsî (d. a. h. 460).
The Preface has a double Ḥamdalah, beginning
البحمد لله الذى ارتفعت عن مطارح الفكر جلالته and
الحمد لله الذى انزل الفرقان هدى للناس respectively.
The author says afterwards (fol. 3v.): قدمت فى
مطلع كل سورة ذكر مكيها ومدنيهائم ذكر الاختلاف
فى اعداد آياتهائم ذكر تلاوتلائم ذكرتلاوتهائم اقدم فى كل آية
الاختلاف فى القرآة ئم ذكر العلل والاحتجاجات ئم
ذكر العربية واللغات ئم ذكر الاعراب والمشكلات ئم ذكر
الاسباب والنزولات ئم ذكر المعانى والاحكام والتاويلات
والقصص والجهات ئم ذكر انتظام الآيات.‏
In three volumes, bound together; the second begins
on fol. 240, the third on fol. 427; it terminates
abruptly at the beginning of Sûrah 7. Plainly written;
the second volume in a different hand. Coloured lines
round the pages.
[Johnson.]

62.
599. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 448.
The Second Part of the same work, continuing the pre-
ceding MS. with the words فان قراها فى كل يوم جمعة
It also consists of three separate volumes; the first
concludes on fol. 120, and in the colophon is called
الجز الرابع; the second ends with fol. 306, after which
something seems to be wanting. The third terminates
abruptly in the commentary on Sû. 18, 59–63. The
greater part of it has been collated and emended.
Written in the same hand as the first and third
volumes of the preceding MS.
[Johnson.]
63.
600. Size 10¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 770. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
The Third Part of the same work, continuing the pre-
ceding MS. with the words اى الناس اعلم.
A sixth volume concludes on fol. 41v. The colophon
contains the author's epilogue, viz.: تم الجز العاشروهو
آخر كتاب مجمع البيان لعلوم القران حكاية خط المصنف
وهى الحمد لله اولا وآخرا وباطنا وظاهرا على تسهيله وتيسيره
وتقدر الفراغ منه الخميس منصف ذى القعدة من سنة
ست‘ وخمسمانة اللهم لك الحمد الخ.‏
Written in the same hand as the preceding MS.; but
foll. 1–70 have been supplied by a later hand.
[Johnson.]
64.
1790. Size 11½ in. by 7½ in.; foll. 399. Twenty-
five and twenty-seven lines in a page.
Another, more concise Commentary on the Koran, by
Ṭabarsî,2 called كتاب جامع الجوامع, and composed
in a. h. 542 and 543. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 638, جوامع
الجامع, and also v. 401. His statements are, however,
very incorrect.
1 Here the words وثلثين seem to have fallen out. See Cat.
Mus. Brit. 672 b.
2 His full name, as given above, is found in the colophon.


The Preface begins: الحمد لله الذى اكرمنا بكتابه
الكريم ومن علينا بالسبع المثانى والقران العظيم وما
ضمنه من الايات والذكر الحكيم. The author relates
that, after finishing his مجمع البيان, he read for the
first time Zamakhsharî's Kashshâf, and made extracts
from it, which he afterwards published as a separate
book, serving as a Supplement to his first work,
and entitled الكافى الشافى. Finally, at the instance
of his son, Abu Naṣr al-Ḥasan, he combined the con-
tents of both in a third and more abridged work,—the
present one. As to the time of its composition, the
author writes as follows in the Epilogue (fol. 398v.):
وكان ابتدائى بتاليفه سنة ائنتين واربعين وخمسمائة فى
يوم السبت الثامن عشر من صفر وفراغى منه بعون الله
ومنه لست بقين من المحرم الشهر الثانى عشر فى مدة
شهور العام وعدة نقبا موسى الاعلام بارض الشام فى سالف
الايام وخلفاء نبينا محمد عليه وعليهم السلم ائمة الاسلام
وحجج المهيمن السلام
This MS. consists of two volumes of the same paper,
executed by different hands. The first (to Sû. 18) is
well written, and has some marginal notes. The two
following lines have been added at the end (fol. 196v.):
فلم ارودهم الا خداعا
ولم اردينهم الا نفاقا
together with the following notice : هذا الكتاب من اوله
الى هاتين القسيمتين الجديدتين بخط محمد بن على
بن محمد بن ابراهيم بن اجمد المعلم غفر الله له ولوالديه
وتاريخه كما كتبه يوم الاحد الرابع من شهر شعبان احد
شهور سنة ست وتسعين وثمانمائة
The second volume, from Sû. 19 to the end, is likewise
well written. The scribe was also a Shî'ite, for at
the end he blesses 'Alî and all the Imâms.
Fol. 21 should follow fol. 15, and fol. 48 should come
after fol. 6.
Seals and notes of several owners on the title-page, one of them
of a.h. 963.
[Hastings.]

65.
43 a. Size 25 in. by 15¾ in.; foll. 503. Fifty lines
in a page.
The First Part (to Sû. 18) of the large Commentary
on the Koran التفسير الكبير, properly styled مفاتيح
الغيب, by Fakhr al-dîn Abu'l-faḍl Muḥammad b. 'Omar
Râzî (d. a.h. 606), who finished it in a.h. 602. Cf. Ḥ.
Kh. vi. 5; Ibn Khallikân, ed. Wüstenfeld, No. ٦١١;
and Cat. Bodl. ii. 701.
It begins with a long and detailed explanation of the
first Sûrah, which forms a separate book.1 The first words
are (fol. 9): الحمد لله الذى وفقنا لاداء افضل الطاعات
ووقفنا على كيفية اكتساب اكمل السعادات وهدانا
الى ان قلنا—followed by الامستعاذة and البسملة, and a
paraphrase of Sûrah 1. Then the commentary begins:
اما بعد فهذا كتاب مشتعمل على شرح بعض ما رزقنا الله
من علوم سورة الفاتحة It contains a مقدمة in three
فصول, the beginning of the first of which is quoted
in Ḥ. Kh., and three books, each subdivided into ابواب
and مسائل. They are:
I. Fol. 10v. فى العلوم المستنبطة من قوله اعوذ بالله;
II. Fol. 19. فى مباحث بسم الله الرحمن الرحيم; and
III. Fol. 26. الكلام فى سورة الفاتحة.
The commentary on the following Sûrahs (Sû. 2
from fol. 37v. to 177) is also very extensive, consisting
rather of separate tracts, which are often subdivided
into different مسائل. The whole text of the Koran is
inserted in portions.
The present MS. consists of two volumes. The first,
which concludes with Sû. 3 (on fol. 220), has the
following colophon:
تم السفر الاول من التفسير الكبير الذى صنفه الامام
(sic) العالم البارع الفيلسوف فخر الملة وجر الامة علامة
الرازى برد الله مضجعه وشكر سعيه بحمد الله ومنه وسعة
لطفه وعونه على يد احقر عباد الله حمزة بن محمد بن
1 See Sû. 5, 15.
1 Cf. Ibn Khallik., no. p. ١٣۳, l. 15.


المحمود حقق الله رجاه ومن المخاوف نجاه ظهيره يوم
الاحد التسع من شهر الله الاصب رجب المرجب سنة
ثلث وثلثين بعد الالف من الهجرة النبوية المصطفوية عليه
وعلى آله الصلوات والف والف الف النحية
The second volume contains the date of the author,
relating to Sû. 18: تم تفسير هذه السورة يوم الثلثاء
السابع عشر من شهر صفر سنة اثنتين وستمائة فى
بلدة غزنين ونسال اكرم الاكرمين وارحم الراحمين
ان يخصنا بالمغفرة والفضل فى يوم الدين. The
colophon runs as follows: تم المجلد الاول من كتاب
تفسير الكبير امتثالا لامر مخدومنا ومخدوم اهل العالم
صاحب الفضل والكرم جامع المعقول والمنقول حاوى
الفروع والاصول شيخ محمد الشهير بابن الخاتون العاملى
ادام الله ظلال افادته وافاضته على مفارق الطلاب بحسب
الجد والطاقة على يد اقل الخليقة بل لاشى فى الحقيقة
محمد امين ابن فضيلت پناه مرحومى مولانا مهدى
رستمدارى فى يوم الاحد ثالث عشر شهر ذى القعدة
واربعين بعد الالف من (sic) الحرام من شهور سنة ائنى
ولمن نظر (sic) الهجرة النبوية المصطفوية اللهم اغفر كاتبه
فيه آمين يارب العالمين
Beautifully written; the words of the Koran in the
Thulth character and in gold, headings in red and blue.
The beginning of each volume is splendidly ornamented
and gilt; gold lines round the pages.
The whole is preceded by a lengthy Memoir of Râzî,
including a list of his works and a survey of the present
commentary. It begins: فى بعض فضائل مولانا الامام فخر
الملة والدين وذكر مصنفاته التى شهرت ووصلت
هذه البلاد مصدرة بخطبة بليغة. Written in a similar style,
also with an ornament at the beginning.
In a very elegant native binding, illuminated both outside and
inside.

66.
22. Size 13 in. by 8¼ in.; foll. 439. Thirty-seven
and thirty-three lines in a page.
A portion of the same work, containing Sûrahs 3 to 9.
Plainly written.
Foll. 414–15 and 424–25 should be transposed.
[Johnson.]
67.
971. Size 13¾ in. by 8 in.; foll. 532. Thirty-
three lines in a page.
A portion of a Commentary on the Koran, styled
التفسير الكبير, from Sûrah 32 to the end; apparently
belonging to the preceding work, or rather to one of
its continuations, either by Najm al-dîn Ḳamûlî (d.
a.h. 727), or by Shihâb al-dîn Khuwaiyî (d. a.h. 639).
See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 5.
Beginning: لما ذكر الله فى السورة . . . ‎سورة السجدة
المقدمة دلائل الوحدانية وذكر الاصل الاخر وهو الحشر
لبيان الرسالة قى هذه السورة (sic) وختم السورة بها بل
فقال الم
Well written. Colophon: تمت هذا الكتاب التفسير
الكبير الاعظم الكاتب الفقير الحقير الى الله المحتاج حافظ
عزلت نشين ساكن دار السلطنة احمد آباد (?) ‎جيون
The first pages are highly ornamented and gilt; gold
and coloured lines round each page.
[Johnson.]
68.
B 308. Size 8½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 398. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The first half of a Commentary (ممزوج) on the
Koran (to Sû. 18); without any title, but, as it appears
from a comparison with the following MS., belonging
to the بحر الحقائق والمعانى of Najm al-dîn Abu Bakr
'Abdallah b. Muḥammad Asadî Râzî, commonly called
Dâyah (d. in Rabî' I., 618). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 17, and
iv. 282.
There is no introduction but الحمد لله رب العالمين
والصلوة على محمد واله اجمعين


The work begins with a very extensive and detailed
interpretation of Sû. 1 (foll. 1–17): سورة فاتحة الكتاب
سبع آيات قال الشيخ رضى الله عنه سميت الفاتحة فاتحة
لمعنيين الخ
The name of the author is not mentioned; but the
chain of his authorities is more than once given at full
length, leading up to the celebrated Abu Isḥâḳ Tha'labî
(d. a. h. 427) in this way:
1. The author.
2. Al-Mu'ayyad b. Muḥammad b. 'Alî Muḳri' Ṭûsî.
3. Al-'Abbâs b. Muḥammad Ṭûsî.
4. Muḥammad b. Sa'îd b. Farrukhzâd.
5. Tha'labî.
Written in different hand-writings, partly in Nas-
ta'lîḳ. Red lines round the pages.
69.
B 312. Size 10¼ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 595. Seventeen
lines in a page.
المجلد الثانى من كتاب بحر الحقائق والمعانى فى
المثانى من مولفات السيد العالم الفاضل (sic) تفسير سبع
شيخ الورى قطب الابدال نجم الملة والدين ابى بكربن
محمد بن شاهاورى الاسدى الرازى قدس الله ارواحهم
وافاض علينا من فتوحاتهم واعاد الينا من بركاتهم
The Second Part of the preceding work, from Sû. 10
to 52. Begins: آلرتلك آيات الكتاب الحكيم الاشارة فى
نحقيق الايتين ان فى قوله آلر اشارة من الحق للحق الى
لنبيه (r. واشارة) ‎عبده المصطفى وحبيبه المجتبى واشار
3 واليه

An indifferent copy, boldly written, with the follow-
ing colophon: وقد تم المجلد الثانى من بحر الحقائق
والمعانى فى شهر رمضان المبارك من يدالفقير الحقير سيد
عبدالحكيم قادرى تاريخ ثانى عشر شهر المذكور يوم الخميس
مسنة شاهى احد عشر اللهم اغفرلى ولوالدى
Catal. p. 222, x.
70.
B 279. Size 10 in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 570. Twenty-
five, twenty-three, and twenty-one lines in a
page.
Baiḍâwî's (d. a.h. 685) Commentary on the Koran,
entitled انوار التنزيل واسرار التاويل. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. i.,
469 sqq., and the edition of Professor Fleischer. On the
author, Catal. St. Petersb. p. 17, and Lugdun. iv. 31.
Complete in one volume; written in a good Persian
hand, of the ninth century. With numerous notes.
The first leaf is wanting; both the beginning and end
of the MS. are injured, and it is also stained by damp.
Fol. 567, which was taken for the final one, bears the correct
title. The three following leaves were erroneously attributed to the
تفسير مدارك (see below), and the whole volume was also de-
scribed as Zamakhsharî' scommentary.1 Cf. Cat. p. 222, ix. and xiv.
71.
593. Size 11 in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 531. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Baiḍâwî's Commentary in two volumes. The second
begins with Sû. 19, on fol. 287. Numerous extracts
from the Glosses of 'Abd al-ḥakîm, 'Iṣâm, Khaṭîb, etc.,
and from other works, have been added on the margin.
Coloured lines round the pages; an ornament on the
first page.
Foll. 18 and 24 should be transposed; likewise
foll. 60 and 61.
Injured by damp both at the beginning and end.
Cf. Stewart's Catalogue, p. 169.
[Tippu.]
1 The words السبع المثانى as contained in the title, here and
in Ḥ. Kh., must not be understood in their usual meaning, viz. the
first Sûrah, but as denoting the whole Koran.
2 The above form of the name nearly agrees with that found
in Ḥ. Kh. vi. 120, viz. شاهانورى; elsewhere he reads شاهادر.
3 This passage runs in the preceding MS. (fol. 306) as follows:
الاشارة فيها ان فى قوله تعالى اشارتين اشارة من الحق
للحق الى عبده المصطفى وحبيبه المجتبى واشار
من الحق لنبيه واليه (r. واشارة)
1 See fol. 5.


72.
334. Size 11½ in. by 7½ in.; foll. 534. About
twenty-five lines in a page.
Baiḍâwî's Commentary in two volumes. The second
begins on fol. 303, with Sû. 19. Written in Nasta'lîḳ,
chiefly by two hands. The following account of the MS.
is given in the colophon:
والمستعد بالكتابة من اولها اكثر الاجزآ وبعض الاوسط
عمى واستادى وسندى عبد الولى غفر الله له وبعض الاوسط
والاكثر من الاخر على يد الضعيف الراجى الى الله القوى
عبد الحفيظ الحافظ محمد حافظ ابن ابو اسلم ابن ابو
هاشم ابن قاضى كرم الله ابن قاضى مباركشاه سنكهانوى
Dated Monday, 23rd Jumâda II., 1136.
The first few leaves are covered with glosses. Two
leaves are missing after fol. 5; fol. 48 should come after
53, and fol. 477 after 482. Pencil notes by an English
reader.
[Hastings.]
73.
2042. Size 9¾ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 612. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work.
At the end the epilogue of the author, as contained
in Prof. Fleischer's edition, followed by the words:
تم الكتاب بعون الله الملك الستار وبتوجه محبوب الله
العزيز الغفار
An ornament on the first page, coloured lines round
the others.
[College of Fort William.]
74.
592. Size 11¼ in. by 7 in.; foll. 676. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work. Well written and
ornamented.
A short prayer is added at the end.

75.
380. Size 10¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 312. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The first portion of an elegant copy of Baiḍâwî's
Commentary. Neatly written, much ornamented and
gilt. Many corrections on the margin. It ends with
the words ولقد بعثنا فى كل امة رسولا (Sû. 16, 38).
Foll. 283 and 284 should come after fol. 288.
[Tippu.]
76.
369. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 294.
The latter portion of the same copy; beginning with
the words ان اعبدوا الله واجتنبوا الطاغوت On fol. 40
ends the original first volume. The second volume begins
with Sû. 19, on fol. 41 v., which bears an ornament.
Both volumes have been wrongly described as تفسير حسينى.
77.
B 291. Size 10¾ in. by 7 in.; foll. 314. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The First Part of Baiḍâwî's Commentary, as far as
Sû. 18. Well written; gold and blue lines round the
pages, and an ornament at the beginning. Revised.
The first portion has numerous glosses, chiefly from
'Iṣâm, and interlineations. A defect after fol. 30.
'Alawî b. 'Abdallah بروم is noted as owner on the title-page.
Cat. p. 222, iii. 2.
78.
B 292. Size 10¾ in. by 6¾ in.; fol. 366. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The Second Part of the same work, from Sû. 19 to
the end. Well written; finished, as is stated in a
long colophon, on Wednesday, 20 Ṣafar, 1107, by Ḥâfiẓ
Fatḥ Muḥammad b. Ḥâfiẓ Muḥammad Sharîf b. Shaikh
Ilâh-bakhsh, at شاخى (?).
Ornamented like the preceding MS.
Cat. p. 222, iii. 2.


79.
2679. Size 11 in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 353. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
The first half of Baiḍâwî's Commentary, to Sû. 18.
Plainly written in a.h. 1069.
Colophon: قد انتهى تحرير الجلد الاول من تفسير
الانوار فى الغرة الاول من شهر رمضان المبارك
تسع وستون والف سنة بيد العبد الضعيف النحيف
اللهيف الراجى الى رحمة الله تعالى فقير حافظ ابوبكر
بن حافظ مخدوم سليمان بن مخدوم جعفر مدرس بن
مخدوم بها الدين الخ
Coloured lines round each page. Marginal notes
of 'Iṣâm, 'Abd al-ḥakîm, and others, in the first por-
tion.
[Bibl. Leydeniana.]
80.
B 292 a. Size 11¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 50. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A fragment of Baiḍâwî's Commentary, from Sû. 2,
181, to 3, 95. Plainly written, in two hands, of the
tenth century. Eight leaves are missing after fol. 20,
and two after fol. 30.
81.
B 292 b. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 115. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1-107. A fragment of a Ḥâshiyah on
Baiḍâwî's Commentary, by Shams al-dîn Muḥammad
Amîn, commonly called Amîr Bâdishâh, Ḥusainî
Bukhârî (a resident of Makkah, who flourished at the
end of the eighth century). See Ḥ. Kh. i. 479.
Ends: تمت الحاشية المنسوبة الى سيدنا و مولانا
العالم العلامة البحر الفهامة شمس الدين محمد‎
امين الشهير بامير بادشاه البخارى الحسينى الى اواخر
سورة النساء
II. Foll. 108–115. Some leaves of 'Iyâḍ's الشفاء,
on the excellency of the Prophet (see No. 163).
Injured by insects.

82.
B 284. Size 10½ in. by 7½ in.; foll. 633. Twenty
or seventeen lines in a page.
Jalâl al-dîn Suyûṭî's (d. a.h. 911) Annotations on
Baiḍâwî's Commentary, entitled 1 نواهد الابكار وشوارد
ارفكار. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. i. 474.
The author relates in his long and very polemical
preface (fol. 2v.) that he compiled his work chiefly
from the glosses on the Kashshâf, and from several
grammatical works, viz. the two تذكرة, by Abu 'Alî
Fârisî and by Ibn Hishâm, some treatises of Ibn Jinnî,
the امالى of Ibn Shajarî and of Ibn Ḥâjib, and others.
He is very prolix in the beginning of his work. The
annotations on Sûrahs 1–11, on which the author used
to lecture during the years a.h. 880–890, occupy more
than three quarters of the volume.
Plainly written in two different hands. The first
leaf is wanting. Beginning: والعلامة شرف الدين. The
final leaves are much injured.
Cat. p. 221, i. 6.
83.
B 297. Size 9½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 395. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Marginal notes on Baiḍâwî's Commentary, by Abu'l-
faḍl Khaṭîb (Kâzarûnî, who died about a.h. 940).
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. i. 474.
Beginning without a preface: الحمد للع الذى نزل
نزيرا قال صاحب الكشاف فى خطبته الحمد لله الذى
انزل القران كلاما مولفا منظما وقال الشريف العلامة في
الحاشية دل بلامى التعريف والملك الخ
Written in Jum. I., 996. Coloured lines round the
pages. Slightly injured near the beginning and the end.
Cat. p. 222, iii. 6.
84.
752. Size 11 in. by 6½ in.; foll. 412. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Marginal notes on Baiḍâwî's Commentary, as far as
Sûrah 6, by 'Iṣâm al-dîn (Ibrâhîm b. Muḥammad b.
1 The MS. (fol. 2v.) has شواهد.


'Arabshâh Isfarâ'inî, d. a. h. 943). See Ḥ. Kh. i. 477,
and Codd. Havn. ii. p. 44.
This MS. begins with the last words of the preface:
رجاء يهدينى الى صراط مستقيم قوله الحمد لله الذى
نزيرا اقتبس اقتباسا لطيفا من قوله تعالى تبارك
الذى نزل الفرقان
Well written in Nasta'lîḳ, by Muḥammad Fâḍil.
In the original binding of Tippu's library.1
[Tippu.]
85.
B 286. Size 9¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 335. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Annotations on the latter portion of Baiḍâwî's Com-
mentary (from Sû. 11), by Mulla Chalabî2 (i.e. Sa'd-
allah b. 'Îsa, commonly called Sa'dî Chalabî, d. a.h. 945).
See Ḥ. Kh. i. 477; De Jong, Catal. Codd. Acad. 160.
The beginning of the present copy is wanting. It
commences with the 12th sheet (جزء), at Sû. 19, 10:
ويجوز ان يكون الكاف; and concludes قال المولف وقع
الاختتام الملك المهيمن العلام
Additional notes of the author on the margin.
Neatly written. Coloured lines round each page.
Much injured by insects.
Described by mistake as glosses on the Kashshâf by Mulla Jalâl
al-dîn. Cf. Catal. p. 221, i. 10.
86.
B 293. Size 9¾ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 575. Thirty-one
lines in a page.
Glosses on Baiḍâwî's Commentary, by Muḥammad b.
Jamâl al-dîn b. Ramaḍân Shîrwânî. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. i. 475.3
The author says: ولما كانت فوائد هذه الكتاب العظيم
الشان اكثر من ان تحصى فاقترح على مع اعترافى

بالقصور وقلة البضاعة وقصر الباع فى هذه الصناعة
ان اجمع فيه ما تمس اليه الحاجة بقدر الاستطاعة
وانخب ما هو المعول عليه على حسب الطاقة واشرح
مفردات اللغة الغير الواضحة واذكر الاعرابات النحوية
اللائحة وابين خواص التراكيب بحسب علم المعانى
واظهر التصرفات البيانية من المجاز والاستعارة والكناية الخ
The MS. ends: تمت الحشية لقد اتفق الفراغ من
تاليف هذه النسخة لعبد الضعيف الراجى الى رحمة ربه
محمد الشيروانى ابن جمال الدين المسكرى غفر الله
له ولوالديه وللمسلمين والمنسامات بتاريخ بيستم ماه
ربيع الثانى روز جمعه سنه ١.٦۳
Hence it would appear that it was transcribed from
the author's own copy.
Well written in a minute character. Foll. 18–34
are supplied in a different hand.
Cf. Cat. p. 222, iii.
87.
B 294. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 385. Twenty-
one and twenty-three lines in a page.
The first part of Shîrwânî's Glosses, as far as Sû. 5.
It appears, however, from a small blank on fol. 305 v.,
that the whole portion from Sû. 2, 255, to 4, 28, has
been omitted.
Bîj. Lib., a.h. 1088.
88.
B 295. Size 10 in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 544. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The second part of Shîrwânî's Glosses, from Sû. 6 to
the end.
Carelessly written. Coloured lines round each page.
Injured both at the beginning and the end.
Cat. 222, iii. 5.
89.
B 296. Size ab. 9¼ in. by ab. 5¼ in.; foll. 456.
Twenty-one lines in a page.
A fragment of the latter portion of the preceding
1 See Stewart's Catal., Pref. p. v.
2 Thus the author is called in the inscriptions of the single sheets.
3 These glosses must not be confounded with those of Muḥammad
Amîn Sharwanî, on which see Ḥ. Kh. i. 479.
4 Viz., Baiḍâwî's commentary.


Glosses, imperfect at the beginning and, slightly, at the
end. Well written, but much injured by insects.
It begins in Sû. 17, with the words التنكيرئم افادتنا.
The title is found on the edge of the book.
90.
B 288. Size 10½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 403. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Annotations on the beginning of Baiḍâwî's Com-
mentary, by 'Abd al-ḥakîm b. Shams al-dîn Siyâl-
kûtî (السيالكوتى — of Siyâlkût in the Panjâb; flourished
under Shâhjahân, and died shortly after a.h. 1060).
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vii. p. 798, l. 3 sqq.
One leaf is missing at the beginning. The first
words are: وجمع شتات (sic) حتى جذب ضيعى
عمرى دولة السطان
The preface dwells upon the merits, and especially
the orthodoxy, of Shâhjahân (ابو المظفر شهاب الدين
محمد شاه جهان بادشاه), to whom the author dedi-
cated his work as soon as it had reached the end of the
firs جز of the text of Baiḍâwî. The MS. ends abruptly
with the words قوله والجمهور آه اى اكثر الفقها على
ان الخلع بلا شقاق
This may be the end of the work, which, according
to Ḥ. Kh., remained unfinished.
Well written. Single leaves are missing after foll.
58, 182, 261.
Wrongly described on fol. 193 as a commentary on the
Kashshâf. Cf. Catal. 221, i. 7.
91.
2220. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 348. Twenty-four,
afterwards twenty-one, lines in a page.
Another copy of the Annotations of Siyâlkûtî, im-
perfect at the beginning. The first words are: قوله وقيل
اصله لاه عطف على قوله اصله اله. The end is some-
what earlier than that of the preceding MS.
Written in two different Nasta'lîḳ hands. Coloured
lines round the pages.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 169.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]

92.
B 289. Size 11¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 168. From
twenty-one to twenty-six lines in a page.
A fragment of a Ḥâshiyah on Baiḍâwî's Commentary,
by an unknown author. Imperfect both at the be-
ginning and the end, and with many other defects. It
comprises only the first two Sûrahs. The first words
are: ‎‏‎قوله ليكون اى العبد او الفرقان.‎1
This is the rough copy of the author, written in
Nasta'lîḳ, in the tenth or eleventh century. Sundry
passages are crossed or emended; numerous additions
on the margin. The text of the Koran is added
throughout.
93.
B 309. Size 8 in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 181. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Short Notes on select passages of Baiḍâwî's Com-
mentary, imperfect both at the beginning and end.
The author cannot be ascertained.
The present fragment begins at Sû. 3, 106,2 with
the words ذلك اى كانوا آمربن (sic) امرهم خلاف
بالمنكر وناهين عن المعروف
There is a defect after fol. 158, comprising nearly
the whole of Sûrahs 60–70. The end is also wanting.
Carelessly written; the titles of the Sûrahs are often
omitted or misplaced in the latter portion. Coloured
lines round each page.
Inscribed on fol. 97: تفسير القران. Cf. Catal. 222, xiii.
94.
24. Size 13 in. by 7½ in.; foll. 705. Forty-one
lines in a page.
التفسير النيسابورى
A large Commentary on the Koran, properly entitled
غرائب القران ورغائب الفرقان, by al-Ḥasan b. Mu-
ḥammad Ḳummî, commonly called Niẓâm Nîsâbûrî (a
1 Referring to Sû. 2, 229.
1 Cf. i. p. Ù¢, l. 2 of Fleischer's edition.
2 i. p. ١٧., l. 21 Fleischer.


pupil of Naṣîr al-dîn Ṭûsî; flourished at the beginning
of the eighth century). See Ḥ. Kh. iv. 306 for an abridg-
ment of the introduction and of the epilogue, in which
the author mentions his authorities. His chief authority
is the التفسير الكبير or مفاتيح الغيب of Fakhr al-dîn
Râzî (see No. 65). The explanation of the single
passages of the Koran usually consists of two parts,
التفسير and التاويل, preceded by two paragraphs on
the reading القراءة and on the pauses الوقوف.
Beginning: رب يسر وتمم بالخير عونك ياكريم الى
الله الكريم ارغب فى ابداء غرائب القران وبفضله العميم
اتاهب لابداع رغائب الفرقان واليه ينتهى الامل والسول
وهذا حين افتح فاقول الحمد لله الذى جعلنا ممن
شرح صدره للاسلام فهو على نور من ربه
The last words of the epilogue are wanting in this
MS., which ends with the words واما الاحكام فمنها.‎1
Well written in a small hand; with some marginal
notes.
Splendidly ornamented and gilt. Two leaves are
missing after fol. 568.
95.
1658. Size 11¾ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 285. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
The first portion of a concise Commentary on the
Koran, called مدارك التنزيل وحقائق التاويل, by Ḥâfiẓ
al-dîn Abu'l-barakât 'Abdallah b. Aḥmad b. Maḥmûd
Nasafî (d. a.h. 710).
The introductory remarks of the author on the
purpose of his work are almost verbally reproduced by
Ḥ. Kh. v. 470. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. p. 64. The work
has been printed at Bombay, a.h. 1279.
Begins: الحمد لله المنزه بذاته عن اشارة الاوهام
المقدس بصفاته عن ادارك العقول والافهام
This MS. is plainly written, and ends abruptly at
Sû. 7, 101. It was transcribed from a copy which

had been made in the author's lifetime. Foll. 34–41
and 42–48 should be transposed.
The following note is found on the title-page: هذه النسخة
مدارك تفسير القران من اوله الى الجزو السابع منه يسرها
الله سبحانه لعبده محمد ذاكر فوقفها وجعل متوليها ابنه
محمد سعد الدين طال عمره كان ذلك بمرشد آباد
هجرى ‎١١٢٢ ‎‏‎بنكاله فى سنة
Seals of Muḥammad Ibrâhîm, a servant of the Emperors 'Âlam-
gîr and Bahâdur Shâh, a.h. 1115 and 1120.
[Hastings.]
96.
B 305. Size 8½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 8. Seventeen
lines in a page.
The first sheet of another copy of the preceding
work. Plainly written. Ends at Sû. 2, 1.
Cf. Catal. 222, ix.
97.
B 299. Size 10½ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 690. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
A Commentary (ممزوج) on the Koran, entitled تبصير
الرحمان وتيسير المنان بعض ما يشير الى اعجاز القران,
and ascribed by Ḥ. Kh. ii. 182, to Zain al-dîn 'Alî b.
Aḥmad b. 'Alî b. Aḥmad Umawî Ḥanbalî, "who died in
a.h. 710." This date, however, is incorrect. For it appears
from the preface that the work was written in a.h. 831.
The author says, alluding to the first Muhammadan
conquerors (fol. 1v.): حتى اعرضوا عن المعارضة بالحروف
الى المقارعة بالسيوف فاحتملوا بذل المهج فلم يعارض
الى مدة ثمانمائة واحدى وثلثين من الحجج الا معارضة
ركيكة. Cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 47 and ii. 566. Printed at
Dehli, a.h. 1286.
This commentary is preceded by a long introduction
(foll. 1–6). It begins: الحمد لله الذى انار بكلامه قلوب
اولى الالباب ليصروا به مع عقولهم طريق الصواب
Written in two different hands, of the tenth century.
1 See the abridgment in Ḥ. Kh. p. 308, 1. 9.


Red lines round each page. One leaf is wanting after
fol. 32. The first few leaves are worm-eaten.
Seal and signature of Muḥammad 'Âdil Shâh of Bîjâpûr, on
the title-page. The MS. belonged previously to Ḳâḍi Khûshḥâl
(a.h. 1030), and before him to Ibrâhîm b. Dâ'ûd الوصالى
(a.h. 981).
Catal. p. 222, v. 2.
98.
B 300. Size 9¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 113. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A fragment of the preceding work, from the beginning
to the words: بنهر سالتموه لخروجكم (Sû. 2, 250).
Well written in a Persian hand of the tenth century.
Several leaves near the beginning have been supplied
by more modern hands. The first page ornamented
in various colours, the others within coloured lines.
Catal. p. 222, v. 1.
99.
B 304. Size 9½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 315. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
كتاب تفسير القران الكريم تاليف الشيخين الامامين
العالمين العارفين الكاملين هما سيدنا وشيخنا جلال
الدين السيوطى الشافعى مولف النصف الاول والشيخ
جلال الدين المحلى الشافعى مولف النصف الثانى من
اول سورة الكهف الى آخر سورة الفاتحة نفعنا الله تعالى
بهما آمين
A concise Commentary on the Koran, commonly
called تفسير الجلالين, by Jalâl al-dîn Muḥammad b.
Aḥmad Maḥallî (d. a.h. 864) and Jalâl al-dîn 'Abd
al-raḥmân Suyûṭî (d. a.h. 911). Cf. De Jong, Codd.
Bibl. Acad. 161; Cat. Bodl. ii. 64, etc. Printed
a.h. 1257, at Calcutta, and many times afterwards.
The share of each author in the work is correctly
defined in the above inscription.1 This appears from
Suyûṭî's epilogue, at the end of Sû. 17, هذا آخر
ما كملت به تفسير القران العظيم الذى الفه الامام العلامة
المحقق جلال الدين المحلى الخ. Maḥallî began with
Sû. 18, and when he had come to the end of the Koran,

he turned to the first part, but never finished more
than the first Sûrah. The rest, from Sû. 2 to 17,
was afterwards done by Suyûṭî. He relates in the
same epilogue that he was engaged on this task from
Wednesday, 1st Ramaḍân, to Sunday, 10th Shawwâl,
870, and completed the first clean copy on Wednesday,
6th á¹¢afar, 871. His work is naturally placed at the
beginning, and the commentary to Sû. 1, as belonging
still to Maḥallî's share, is put at the end of the whole.
Plainly written. The colophon runs as follows: تم
التفسير ووقع الفراغ من نساخته وكتابته علي يد الفقير
علوى بن السيد عبد الله بروم با علوى لطف الله به فى
عشر خلت من شهر رجب (sic) ثلثى نهار الجمعة وتسعة
المرجب المبارك سنة ست وئلائين ومائة بعد الالف
من الهجرة النبوية ... فى البلدو المسمى بعركات من
قريب جندى فى دولة العزيز سعادت خان اسعد الله
صباحه ومساءه واحسن عاقبته آمين
Frequent extracts from Baiḍâwî on the margin.
Used and stained.
Catal. p. 222, iv.
100.
1361. Size 8¼ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 419. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the تفسير الجلالين.
In two volumes, the first of which contains the
portion by Suyûṭî, preceded by Maḥallî's exposition of
Sû. 1. At its end (fol. 194) the same epilogue as in the
preceding MS. Next to this the account of a vision of
Kamâl al-dîn, the brother of Maḥallî, given on the
authority of Shaikh Muḥammad b. Abu Bakr Khaṭîb.
Written in a small clear hand, by عبد الرسول ولد
عبد الصمد ساكن پرگنه رسول نگر. With marginal and
interlinear notes.
101.
1394. Size 11¾ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 600. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The first part of another Commentary on the Koran
by Suyûṭî, entitled الدر المنشور فى التفسير المائور. Cf.
Ḥ. Kh. iii. 192, and Bibl. Sprenger. 444.
1 Ḥ. Kh. ii. 358, is wrong.


This commentary consists entirely of traditions. The
author relates in his preface that he abridged it from
another work of his called ترجمان القران‎1, by omitting
the Isnâds, with the sole exception of his own imme-
diate authorities and of the author of each tradition.
Accordingly, the explanation of Sû. 1 begins: سورة
فاتحة الكتاب واخرج عبد بن حميد فى تفسيره عن
ابرهيم قال سالت الاسود عن فاتحة الكتاب امن القران
هى قال نعم. Only the first words of the passages to
be explained are given.
The present MS. ends with Sû. 5. It is well written
and ornamented. Foll. 77–80 and 81–84 should be
transposed. Injured, especially near the end, the leaves
having stuck together.
[Hastings.]
102.
21. Size 13 in. by 8¼ in.; foll. 787. Thirty-five
lines in a page.
ارشاد العقل السليم الى مزايا الكتاب الكريم
A large Commentary (ممزوج) on the Koran, by
Abu'l-su'ûd Muḥammad b. Muḥammad 'Imâdî (d. a.h.
982), being the most valued after those of Zamakhsharî
and Baiḍâwî, upon which it chiefly depends. It is
dedicated to the Turkish Sultan Sulaimân I. See Ḥ. Kh.
i. 249; Fleischer, Cat. Dresd. 368; Cat. Lugd. iv. 41.
Printed at Bûlâḳ, a.h. 1285.
Begins: سبحان من ارسل رسوله بالهدى ودين الحق.
In two volumes bound together; well written in a
small hand; richly ornamented and gilt. The first
volume ends with Sû. 12, and has the following
colophon: كتبه الفقير اقل عباد الله الشيخ جمال الدين
حافظ ابن الشيخ عبد الملك الحنفى مذهبا السنى
عقيدة القادرى طريقا الهندى مولدا البغدادى موطنا عفى
عنهما. The second volume concludes with the author's
epilogue.
Foll. 33–36 are misplaced. Worm-eaten.
[Johnson.]

103.
B 290. Size 9¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 485. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A Commentary (ممزوج), or Paraphrase of the Koran,
by Muḥammad b. Aḥmad b. Naṣîr . .,1 styled التفيسر
المحمدى, and composed in a.h. 981–2, according
to the author's conclusion, which runs as follows:
وقد اتفق اتمام هذا التفسير المشتمل على ربط كل آية
باية اخرى رباطا تاما الموسوم بالتفسير المحمدى فى الشهر
الرمضان فى يوم الاثنين واسال الله سبحانه ان يعم نفعه
للطلاب ولايخلى سعى من نظر فيه من الاجر والثواب
وكان ابتداوه فى شهر شعبان فى السنة ٩٨١ التسعمائة
والاحدى والثمانين واختتامه فى السنة ٩٨٢ التسعمائة
والائنتين والثمانين
The preface begins: الحمد لله الذى انزل على عبده
الكتاب معجزا قائما على امر الدور
Well written, by Shâh Muḥammad b. Kabîr Mu-
ḥammad, and dated 28 Ṣafar, 1013. Coloured lines
round each page.
Catal. p. 222, vi.
104.
896. Size 10¼ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 530. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A Commentary (ممزوج) on the Koran, entitled
سواطع الالهام, by Abu'l-faiḍ b. Mubârak, commonly
known by the poetical name of Faiḍî (born a.h. 954, at
Agra, died a.h. 1004). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. iii. 629; Cat. Lugd.
iv. 42; and Sprenger Cat. MSS. Oudh, p. 127.
A very curious composition, in which all letters with
diacritical points are avoided. The author began it at
the suggestion of his father Mubârak (d. a.h. 1001),
and having been interrupted in his labours by a political
mission in the service of Akbar,2 completed it in a.h.
1002 at Lahore.
1 See on it Ḥ. Kh. ii. 277.
1 The rest of the name, which occurs in the preface, is mutilated;
the following words are still legible: المعروف ميانجيو
بن نصير
2 Apparently his mission into the Dekhan. See Elphinstone's
India, p. 534.


The preface begins: ‘الله لا اله الا هو‘ لا اعلمه ما هو
وما ادركه كما هو‘ احامد امحامدع‘ ومحامد الاحامد‘ لله
لوامع العلم وملهم سواطع الالهام (r. مصعد) ‎مصعدا. It is
followed by a succession of introductory remarks in two
chapters. In the first, which is entitled: السواطع الصالح
لاحوال محرر‎‎‎ (1 الحوامل) ‎لصدر الكلامل (r. الصوالح)
سواطع الالهام, the author gives an account of himself
and his family, as well as of the origin and nature of his
work. Those names and dates which contain letters with
diacritical points are expressed by logogriphs. This
chapter is concluded by a poem in praise of the present
work. The second chapter (foll. 8–16) treats of general
subjects, and is inscribed السواطع اللوامع لعلوم كلام
الله العلام‘ واسراره الصلوالح لصدر المرام.‏
An indifferent copy, written in two hands. It ends
in the author's epilogue, the last leaf being wanting.
Coloured lines round each page.
Foll. 193–206 are misplaced, and should stand thus:
201–6, 199, 200, 193–198.
Seal of Khiradmand Khân, a servant of 'Âlamgîr, a.h. 1115.
105.
796. Size 10 in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 226. Fifteen
lines in a page.
تفسير سواطع الالهام لشيخ العلامة فيضى افاض الله عليه
نعيم دارالسلام
Two fragments of the preceding work. The first
contains the beginning as far as Sû. 5, 65. The
other (fol. 176) comprises from Sû. 17, 1 to Sû. 21, 36,
and terminates abruptly.
Written in different ways; more correct than the
preceding MS. The text of the first portion has all the
vowels. Some of the names which are paraphrased in
the introduction are added between the lines.
[Hastings.]

106.
333. Size 10½ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 251. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The first part of a Shî'ah Commentary on the Koran,
entitled نور الثقلين, by 'Abd 'Alî b. Jum'ah Arûsî
Ḥawîzî, who completed it in a.h. 1065 at Shîrâz, as
appears from the following conclusion (fol. 251):
تم الجز الاول من نور الثقلين واتفق الفراغ منه على
يد مولفه العبد الفقير . . . عبد على بن جمعة العروسى
الحويزى بدار العلم شيراز . . . فى المدرسة المباركة عمرها
الله بتعمير بانيها . . . . الخواجة المعظم والماجد المكرم
محمد مقيم بن الله المرحوم المبرود محمد امين الشهير
بالكاشى امده الله بالعمر السعيد . . . وكان ذلك يوم
الجمعة السابع والشرين من شعبان المبارك احد شهور
السنة الخامسة بعد الستين والالف من هجرة سيد الاولين
والآخرين الخ.‏
In the preface, the author speaks as follows on the
purpose and principles of his present composition: اما
بعد فيقول العبد . . . . انى لما رايت خدمة كتاب الله
والمقتبسين من انوار وحى الله سلكوا مسالك مختلفة
‏‏‏..... احببت ان اضيف الى بعض آيات الكتاب
المبين ‘ شيا من آثار اهل اذكر المنتجبين ‘ ما يكون
مبديا بشموس بعض التنزيل ‘ وكاشفا عن اسرار بعض
التاويل ‘ واما ما نقلب مما ظاهره مخالف لاجماع الطائفة
المحقة فلم اقصد به بيان اعتقاد ولا عمل وانما اوردته
ليعلم الناظر المطلع كيف نقل وعمن ليطلب له من
التوجيه ما يخرجه عن ذلك مع انى لم اخل موضعا
من تلك المواضع من نقل ما يضاده ويكون عليه المعمول
فى الكشف والابدآ الخ.‏
He also apologizes for inaccuracies in quoting his two
chief authorities, the commentary of 'Alî b. Ibrâhîm,1
and the مجمع البيان of Ṭabarsî.2
The whole work is a mere compilation from these
and from other Shî'ah books, such as اخبار الرضا by Ibn
1 From the following MS.
1 See No. 50.
2 See No. 61.


Bâbawaih1; تهذيب الاحكام, by Ṭûsî; Ṭabarî's كتاب
‎ الاحتجاج‎2; كتاب الخصال; ‎معانى الاخبار or بحر الفوائد;
and اصول الكافى. The Isnâds are generally reproduced.
Beginning: الحمد لله الذى نزل الفرقان على عبده
ليكون للعالمين نذيرا.‏‎
The present MS. comprises Sûrahs 1–6. Well
written, by Muḥammad (b. ?) Fakhr al-dîn Aḥmad, in
a.h. 1089. The titles of the books quoted are written
in red. Gold lines round the pages.
[Hastings.]
107.
B 306. Size 8¼ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 472. Seventeen
lines in a page.
The first part of a Mystical Commentary on the
Koran, imperfect both at the beginning and the end.
It now begins with Sû. 2, thus: سورة البقرة قوله
تعالى آلم معناه ان الالف اشارة الى وحدانلية الذكات
واللام اشارة الى ازلية الصفات والميم اشارة الى ملكه فى
اظهار الآيات, and terminates abruptly near the end of
Sû. 15. Plainly written.
108.
B 307. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 406.
The second part of the preceding Commentary, im-
perfect at the beginning. The first words are: عن
فناء الفناء, referring to Sû. 17, 1.
Part of it written in a different hand. Frequent
blanks in the final portion. One sheet is missing after
fol. 20.
Both this and the preceding MS. are wrongly said to be Nasafî's
مدارك التنزيل. Cf. Catal. p. 222, ix. 3.
109.
1570. Size 9½ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 411. Fifteen,
afterwards about twenty-three lines in a page.
The first part of a Mystical Commentary, or rather
annotations on single verses of the Koran, following the
order of the Sûrahs. The title and the author cannot
be ascertained. This MS. is imperfect and mutilated at

the beginning. Ends with Sû. 18. Colophon: تمت
(?) تمام شد هذا الكتاب الحقائق من تفسير مسهات
However, this title (as well as that of the following
MSS.) seems only to be taken from one of the para-
graphs into which the commentary is usually divided;
viz., لطائف ,حقائق and الملتقط The author, who
quotes numerous mystical authorities of all times,
belongs to a very modern period. Some passages of his
work are in Persian.
Begins: الادراك وحكى عن الشبلى انه قال
Plainly written. Foll. 1–38 in a different hand.
[Hastings.]
110.
B 302. Size 10¾ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 294. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, imperfect both at the
beginning and end. The first words are: يدعون ربهم
بالغداة (= fol. 34 of the preceding MS.). Ends: ان المرء
سيبلغ على (beginning of Sû. 14, = fol. 308 of the pre-
ceding MS.). Written in different hands and at different
dates. The apparently older portion has all the vowel-
points. Much injured by insects.
Inscribed اجزاء تفسير الملتقط Cf. Cat. 231, i. (?).
111.
B 303. Size 10¾ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 525. Seventeen
lines in a page.
The second part of the preceding work, from Sû. 19
to the end. Written in a large plain hand. A lacuna
comprising nearly seven Sûrahs (from the end of Sû. 21
to Sû. 28) is indicated by part of fol. 47v. remaining
blank. The MS. terminates abruptly in the com-
mentary on the last Sûrah.
Inscribed: تفسير ملتقط نصف آخر تصنيف سيد محمد
1 حسينى كيودار. It remains, however, doubtful whether this
be the correct title, or a misnomer derived from the often occurring
heading الملتقط. There is a ملتقط المعالم فى التفسير
mentioned in Ḥ. Kh. vi. 108. Cf. Catal. 222, xi., where the
author is called Bunduh Nowaz (بنده نواز).
1 See below, No. 145.
2 See No. 166.
1 Sic, r. كبوذانى? — ‎كبودان or كبوذان is a village near
Nîsâbûr. See Marâṣid, ed. Juynboll, ii. ۴۷۷, and Johnson's
Persian Dict. s.v.


112.
B 311. Size 9¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 421. Twenty-
three and twenty-five lines in a page.
The final portion of a concise Commentary (ممزوج)
or paraphrase of the Koran, in the mystical way; title
and author not ascertained.1
It begins with Sûrah 7, thus: سورة الاعراف سميت
بها لانها من المنازل الرفيعة لاهل الكمال المقتضين على
سائر الطوائف فشانها اولى بالاعتبار من سائر الشيون
المذكورة فى هذه السورة بسم الله الجامع للكملات.‏‎
The commentary on each following Sûrah begins in
the same way (به or سميت). Next follows an
ever-varying paraphrase of the Basmalah; and it con-
cludes with a pious peroration.
Clearly written in two different hands for, and pro-
bably in part by, Shâh Makhdûm Ḳâdirî, about a.h.
1100. Imperfect at the end. Single leaves are wanting
after foll. 150, 293, and 412.
113.
B 303a. Size 8½ in. by 5 in.; foll. 21. Fifteen
lines in a page.
An explanation of Sûrah 1, by 'Abdallah b. 'Abd
al-ḥakîm b. Shaikh Shams al-dîn Siyâlkûtî, the son of
the prolific author above-mentioned.2 Preceded by an
introductory treatise مقدمة (foll. 2–6).
Begins: الحمد لله الذى الذى نزل الكتاب بالحق هدى
وذكرى لاولى الالباب.‏
Well written, by 'Abd al-dâ'im. Marginal notes.
A defect after fol. 17.
Cf. Cat. p. 222, xii., where the treatise is styled اسرار الفاتحة.
114.
1063. Size 7½ in. by 5 in.; foll. 294. Nine lines
in a page.
A Commentary on the 12th Sûrah (سورة يوسف),

combined with the legendary history (القصة) of Joseph.
It is ascribed to the celebrated Ghazzâlî (d. a.h. 505).
Begins (fol. 2v.): تفسير سورة يوسف وقصة يوسف
عليه السلام‘ والسورة مكية با جماعهم وهى مائة واحدى
عشرة آية والف وستمائة كلمة وسبعة آلاف ومائة وستة
فى سبب نزولها (fol. 3) ‎وستون حرفا قال المصنف الغزالى
قولان.‏
This is not a real commentary, but rather a kind of
homily on the double text aforesaid, illustrating it
with moral stories, sentences, poetry, etc. It ends
with v. 102. The rest of the Sûrah is given with the
Persian Commentary of Ḥusain Kâshifî, introduced by
the following words (fol. 288): تمت تفسير العربى من
تصنيف الامام محمد الغزالى رحمه الله تعالى وما بقى
من السورة يفسر من تفسير حسينى.‏
Ends: تمت قصة يوسف الصديق عليه السلام بعون
الملك العزيز العلام.‏
Written in a large, plain hand. Coloured lines round
each page.
The first two pages contain a prayer.
115.
B 314. Size 8 in. by 4½ in.; foll. 49. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A short treatise on the abrogated verses of the Koran
(الناس والمنسوخ), following the order of the Sûrahs,
by an unknown author. The beginning is wanting;
the first words are: فعلى هذا التفسير يكون حكم القائل به
ثابتا غير منسوخ.‏
At the end a computation, according to which there
are 150 abrogated (منسوخ) and 86 abrogating verses
(ناسخ) in the Koran.
Plainly written. A defect after fol. 17.
116.
B 331. Size 8½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 281. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A fragment of a work on the ordinances of law and
religion which are derived from the Koran. It
belongs to the kind usually called احكام القران (see
1 On the title-page (sic) تفسير الحر
2 See No. 90.


Ḥ. Kh. i. 173). As the MS. is imperfect at the begin-
ning, the title and the name of the author cannot be
ascertained. The latter lived, however, as appears
from his quotations, not earlier than the tenth century.
He goes over the whole Koran, selects those verses
which contain ordinances of the said kind, and illus-
trates them at some length.
Begins: سورة الفاتحة ام القران واصله ورئيسه تشتمل
اجمالا على جملة ما فى القران تفصيلا وكيف لا والكتاب
من (sic, r. ‎ثابتة‎?) يعرف بعنوانه وديبا دةه ففيها شابتة
احكام الفقه وقواعد الاصول ومسائل الكلام.‏
After enumerating the various ordinances derived
from the first Sûrah, the author proceeds to Sû. 2, and
in the first place explains v. 27 as an illustration of the
question, مسئلة ان الاباحة اصل فى الاشياء
Imperfect at the end, terminating at Sû. 16, 77.
Plainly written on European paper, in the middle of
the twelfth century.
Erroneously inscribed اجتهادات شيخ اكبى محبى الدين
ابن على العربى در علم فقه. Cf. Catal. 229, xxii. 2.
TRADITION.
117.
347. Size 11¼ in. by 8½ in.; foll. 478. Twenty-
eight lines in a page.
The Collection of Traditions of Abu 'Abdallah Mu-
ḥammad b. Ismâ'îl Bukhârî (d. a.h. 256). Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
ii. 512 sqq., and Professor Krehl's edition (Leyden,
1862, etc.), and also Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgen-
länd. Ges. iv. 1 sqq. Printed at Bûlâḳ, a.h. 1280.
A good copy, transcribed by a scholar, probably at
Damascus, of the latter part of the eighth century.
The text has been collated with several copies of note.
An account of these is given in a note on the title-page,
which, however, is partly obliterated, the beginning
and the end of the MS. having suffered from damp.
Fol. 474 should stand after 476.
A former owner, Muḥammad Sharaf al-dîn, ascertained with
the aid of one 'Abd al-'azîz of Dehli, that this copy was complete.
[Tippu.]
118.
1004. Size 9¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 646. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, very neatly
written on thin paper stained brown. Headings in
larger characters, and in various colours, or in gold.
Originally in four parts, each having an ornament
at the beginning.

Several passages, including the beginning and the
end, have been supplied by a later hand. The whole
MS. is bordered with thick, modern paper. Foll.
89–96 should stand between foll. 80 and 81.
[Hastings.]
119.
588. Size 11 in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 852. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, in two volumes,
bound together. Well written, and richly ornamented,
but incorrect. Frequent emendations on the margin of
the first portion.
It begins with the following Isnâd of an old copy:
اخبرنا الشيخ ابو زرعة ابن احمد بن محمد الهروى الحافظ
قراءة عليه فى المسجد الحرام بمكة سنة احدى واربعمائة
قال ابا ابو محمد عنبد الله بن احمد بن حموية السرخسى
بهراة سنة ثلث وسبعين وثلثمائة وابو اسحق ابرهميم بن
احمد بن ابرهيم المستملى ببلخ سنة اربع وسبعين
وثلثمائة وابو الهيم محمد بن المكى بن محمد بن زراع
الكشميهنى قالوا ابا ابو عبد الله محمد بن يوسف بن
‏‏‏قال ثنا ابو عبد (r. الفربرى‏‏‏‎) مطر بن صالح القريرى هزيرى
الله محمد بن اسمعيل البخارى.‏


The colophon runs as follows: تمت هذه النسخة
الميمونة المباركة بعون الملك الوهاب بتاريخ بيست ويكم
ماه رجب تمام شد.‏
Of the eleventh century of the Hijrah.
120.
B 96. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 609. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, plainly written,
of the tenth century. Ornamented. The first pages
covered with interlinear and marginal notes, the latter
taken from commentaries. The last folio is wanting.
The beginning is much injured.
According to the inscription, this MS. was once the property of
'Abd al-bâḳi Tabrîzî Ḥusainî. Seal of Muḥammad 'Adil Shâh.
Bîj. Libr. a.h. 1059.
Cat. p. 223, i. 6.
121.
B 94, 95. Size 11½ in. by 8 in.; foll. 363. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The first half of the Ṣaḥîḥ. With frequent marginal
notes, taken from the commentaries. The various
readings of the first editors of the work are added in
the beginning portion. A list of the abbreviations used
for their names is on the title-page. The first part has
several defects, as may be seen from the original pagi-
nation.
Plainly written in different hands. At the end the
following note: اين كتاب مبارك حضرت خان عاليشان
حضرت احمد خان . . . بن خداوند عبد الله خان
محض لله وفى الله نويسانيده اند ومحض لله بخشش
شيخ اسماعيل طالب (sic) وهبت كرده اند براى حضر
العلم قادرى فمن بدله بعد ما سمعه فانما اثمه على
الذين يبدلونه إن الله سميع عليم.‏
Cat. p. 223, i. 3.

122.
B 97. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 290. Seventeen
lines in a page.
The first quarter of the Ṣaḥîḥ, beginning with the
same Isnâd as No. 119. Clearly written. Extracts
from various commentaries (chiefly those of 'Othmân
and 'Ainî, besides those of Karmânî and Ḳasṭalânî, and
the فتح البارى) in different hands on the margin and
between the lines.
Cat. 223, i. 2.
123.
B 98. Size 7 in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 221. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The final portion of the same work, commencing
with كتاب اللباس. The first folio is wanting;
begins: صلوات فرايت
Written in a small, good hand. Dated Sunday, 19
Jum. II., 919. Injured by damp, especially fol. 2.
Cat. 223, i. 5.
124.
732. Size 13½ in. by 8¾ in.; foll. 127. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The second quarter of the Ṣaḥîḥ, from كتاب البيوع
to مناقب عائشة. Boldly written. Headings in red.
Seal of 'Abd al-wahhâb Khân Nuṣrat Jang, a.h. 1175.
[Tippu.]
125.
B 101. Size 10½ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 270. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
Ibn Ḥajar 'Asḳalânî's (Shihâb al-dîn Abu'l-faḍl
Aḥmad b. 'Alî, d. a.h. 852) Introduction to his large
Commentary on the Ṣaḥîḥ called فتح البارى. Cf.
Ḥ. Kh. ii. 525; Cat. Mus. Brit. 111; Bibl. Sprenger.
498; and on the author, Quatremère, Hist. des Sultans
Mamlouks, i. 2, p. 209 sqq.
This introduction was written in a.h. 813, and en-
titled هدى السارى. It is divided into ten sections
1 Sû. 2, 177.


(فصل), treating of the object and materials of the
Ṣaḥîḥ, of its method of quoting traditions, of the
names of traditionists, etc., and concludes with a notice
of Bukhârî. The present copy is imperfect both at the
beginning and end; it commences with the end of the
first section. The second section1 is inscribed: فى بيان
موضوعه والكشف عن مغزاه فيه
Written in a good, clear hand, of the ninth century.
Both the beginning and the end are much injured by
insects.
126.
B 102. Size 11 in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 441. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The first portion of a large Commentary on the
Saḥîḥ, by Badr al-dîn Abu Muḥammad Maḥmûd b.
Aḥmad 'Ainî Ḥanafî (of 'Aintâb, flourished at Cairo,
where he died in a.h. 855),2 entitled: عمدة القارى
.فى شرح البخارى
See Ḥ. Kh. ii. 527, whose statements are partly
taken from the preface, which treats of the origin of
the work, of the Isnâds connecting the author with
Bukhârî, etc. (foll. 1–7). The commentary is very
prolix, especially at the beginning.
The text of Bukhârî is always added, marked with
ص. This MS. ends abruptly in Book IV. كتاب الوضوء,
chap. باب الاستثناء فى الوضوء. It is neatly written,
but not correct. Several blanks.
Cat. 223, i. 4.
127.
2659. Size 11½ in. by 7¾ in.; foll. 479. Thirty-
three lines in a page.
The final portion of a Commentary (ممزوج) on the
Ṣaḥîḥ, by Shihâb al-dîn Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ḳasṭa-
lânî (d. a.h. 923), entitled ارشاد السارى. Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
ii. 535 sq. This commentary was printed at Bûlâḳ,
a.h. 1285, and at Lakhnau, a.h. 1286.

It contains the last quarter, beginning with the chap.
باب صلوة الاستقاء فى المصلى from Book xv. كتاب
الاستسقاء
Plainly, but inelegantly written.
Seals of a servant of 'Âlamgîr, of H. Vansittart, and of C.
Boddam, and signature of the latter, Calcutta, 1787.
128.
1409. Size 11¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 230. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
A fragment, apparently belonging to the preceding
commentary.
Plainly written. It contains from near the be-
ginning of كتاب المساقات (fol. 29) to the end of
كتاب الوصايا (fol. 230), and also (beginning afresh)
part of the book next following, كتاب الجهاد والسير.
This latter has been placed by mistake at the com-
mencement (foll. 1–28). A defect after fol. 151. Foll.
13–18 are mutilated.
[Johnson.]
129.
B 99. Size 12¼ in. by 9 in.; foll. 375. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
A Commentary on the Ṣaḥîḥ, entitled غاية التوضيح
للجامع الصيح, by 'Othmân b. Ibrâhîm Ṣiddîḳî Ḥanafî,
who appears to have lived in the tenth century of the
Hijrah.
The author says in his preface that he compiled his
work from the commentaries of Karmânî, 'Asḳalânî,
Ḳasṭalânî, and Zarkashî, and also, in the first portion,
from the فيض البارى, a commentary by Saiyid 'Abd
al-awwal. There precedes (foll. 2–6) an introduction in
nine sections (فصل), treating in general of the science
of tradition, of Bukhârî, of the names and chronology
of traditionists, etc. The commentary itself consists of
annotations on single passages of the text, the first words
of which are only given, introduced by قوله.
Begins: الحمد لله الذى شرح صدور المحدثين بالهام
السنة النبوية
Written in different hands, about a.h. 1000. The final
leaves are mutilated, and the beginning is also injured.
Cat. p. 223, i. 7.
1 An extract of it may be read in Ḥ. Kh. ii. 514 sq.
2 See for an account of him, Quatremère, Sult. Maml. i. 2, p.
219 sqq.


130.
B 100. Size 10½ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 896. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A copy taken from the preceding MS. in its present
injured condition. Plain handwriting. Blanks instead
of the mutilated passages of the original. Rubrics
omitted in the latter portion. The scribe calls himself
Shaikh Muḥammad b. Shaikh 'Abd al-laṭîf.
131.
2390. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 313. Fifteen
lines in a page.
الفيض النبوى فى اصول الحديث وفهاريس البخارى
وشرح الكتابين من اول صحيحه الايمان والعلم جامعه
ومالكه عمر بن محمد عارف عبد الغفور جماد
النهروالى مولدا والمدنى موطنا (sic ?) تاحخان
An Introduction to the Ṣaḥîḥ, with a commentary
on the beginning of that work, compiled by 'Omar b.
Muḥammad 'Ârif Nahrwâlî الفتنى,‎1 for the benefit of
his ignorant countrymen.
The preface begins: الحمد لله الذى حفظ كلام نبيه
عن ادلاس اهل الضلال والاضلال
The work begins with a general introduction, (fol. 8)
مقدمة فى بيان اصول الحديث واصطلاحها, and fourspecial
chapters. I. (fol. 14) فى اقسام الحديث; II. (fol. 34)
فى الجرح والتعديل; III. (fol.40) فى كيفية سماع الحديث;
IV. (fol. 50) فى اسماء الرجال. Then follow various discus-
sions, (fol. 52) مسائل شتى لها تعلق بما نحن فيه, con-
cluded by notes on Bukhârî and his work, (fol. 74)
خاتمة فيما يتعلق بالبخارى; (fol. 99) فيما يتعلق
بصحيحه
Added, (fol. 109) a survey of all the books and
chapters of the Ṣaḥîḥ with regard to their number;
(fol. 112) another pointing out the principles of their
arrangement, taken from Balḳainî's commentary;2
(fol. 121) another telling the traditions, and espe-

cially the تعاليق and the متابعات‎1 ‎contained in each
chapter; and (fol. 127) an alphabetical list of the
Companions of the Prophet on whose authority tradi-
tions are related in the Ṣaḥîḥ.
The commentary (foll. 132–313) is very copious. It
does not, however, go as far as is stated in the in-
scription, but terminates abruptly in the very beginning
of the كتاب الايمان. A sham conclusion has been
added by a different hand.
Well written; of the twelfth century. Ornamented
in colours. The copy was made by a calligraph for the
use of the author, who revised it afterwards, and wrote
the above title. Two leaves (foll. 134 and 135) were
also inserted by him as a supplement (تتمة).
A list of contents on foll. 1–3.
[Sir Charles Wilkins.]
132.
641. Size 9½ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 280. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
The Second Part of the الجامع الصحيح or Collection
of Traditions of Muslim b. al-Ḥajjâj Ḳushairî Nîsâbûrî
(d. a.h. 261). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 541; Cat. Mus. Brit.
112 and 719; Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 25. Printed at
Calcutta, a.h. 1265.
This part contains from كتاب الاضاحى‎ to كتاب الصوم.
Well written, by جلويه بن محمد شاه بن محمد بن
محمود شاه الحاجب التبريزى. Collated with another
MS. in Sha'bân, 791. Coloured lines round the pages.
Foll. 1–37 have been supplied by a modern hand. Foll.
95, 157, and 235 have been misplaced in binding; they
should stand after foll. 86, 154, and 227 respectively.
[Tippu.]
133.
618. Size 9¼ in. by 5 in.; foll. 143. Nine lines
in a page.
شمائل النبى
An Account of the person, manners, and character of
the Prophet, by Abu 'Îsa Muḥammad b. 'Îsa b. Saurah
Tirmidhî (d. a.h. 279). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. iv. 70; Catal. Mus.
1 Thus the author names himself in his preface. His native
place is Nahrwâlah, or Pattan, in Gujarât.
2 See Ḥ. Kh. ii. 531.
1 See on these terms, Ḥ. Kh. ii. 534.


Brit. 98; Bibl. Sprenger. 107. Printed at Calcutta,
a.h. 1252, with a Hindûstânî translation, entitled
انوار محمدى.
In fifty-six chapters. The following is a list of them1
as they occur in the present MS.: Fol. 1 خلق; fol. 10
خاتم النبوة; fol. 14 شعر; fol. 16 ترجل; fol. 17 شيب;
fol. 19 خضاب; fol. 21 كحل; fol. 22 لباس; fol. 27 عيش;
ib. خف; fol. 28 نعل; fol. 31 خاتم; fol. 33 تختم; fol. 35
سيف; fol. 36 درع; ib. مغفر; fol. 37 عمامة; fol. 38
ازار; fol. 39 مشية; fol. 40 تقنع; ib. جلسة; fol. 41
تكاة; fol. 42 اتكاء; fol. 43 اكل; fol. 44 خبز; fol. 46
إدام; fol. 56 وضو; fol. 57 قوله قبل الطعام وبعد ما
يفرغ منه; fol. 59 قدح; ib. فاكهة; fol. 61 شراب;
fol. 63 شرب; fol. 65 تعطر; fol. 67 كلام; fol. 68 ضحك;
fol. 71 مزاج; fol. 74 كلامه فى الشعر; fol. 77 كلامه فى
السمر; fol. 80 نوم; fol. 82 عبادة; fol. 90 صلوة; fol. 92
صلوة التطوع فى البيت; fol. 93 صوم; fol. 97 قراءة;
fol. 99 بكاء; fol. 102 فراش; ib. تواضع; fol. 108 خلق;
fol. 115 حياء; fol. 116 حجامة; fol. 117 اسماء; fol. 118
عيش; fol. 123 سن; fol. 125 وفاة; fol. 134 ميراث;
fol. 137 رويته فى المنام
The text consists entirely of traditions. It is intro-
duced by the following words only: الحمد لله وسلام
على عباده الذين اصطفى
Well written, with vowel-points, by Muḥammad
Yaḥya. Collated in Rabî' I., 1107. Numerous inter-
linear and marginal notes in the earlier portion.
The verso of the last folio contains several sayings
of Muḥammad, relating to eating, etc., compiled by
Abu'l-Wazîrân Aḥmad الايهوى.
[Tippu.]
134.
2115. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 120. Eleven lines
in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, with the same
introduction as in the preceding MS.

Plainly written. Conclusion: تم الكتاب شريفا وعم
الثواب جميلا وكاتب الخط تحت الارض مدفون الخط
يبقى زمانا بعد كاتبه
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang.
[Coll. of Fort William, 1825.]
135.
B 69 a. Size 7½ in. by 5 in.; foll. 64. Nine lines
in a page.
Some fragments of a copy of the Shamâ'il. The
first (foll. 1–8) contains the end of chap. 8 (لباس),
chap. 9 (عيش), and the greater part of chap. 52 (عيش),
which follows next. The second fragment (foll. 9–32)
comprises from chap. 24 (اكل) to chap. 35 (ضحك);
the third (foll. 33–64), from chap. 39 (نوم) to chap. 50
(حجامة).
Well written and collated. Vowel-points and various
glosses in Arabic and Persian have been added sub-
sequently.
136.
B 69. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 167. Twenty-
eight lines in a page.
A copious Commentary on the Shamâ'il, by Ibn
Ḥajar Haithamî (Shihâb al-dîn Aḥmad Makkî, d.
a.h. 973). It was composed in Ramaḍân, 949, and
entitled اشرف الوسائل الى فهم الشمائل. Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
iv. 70; Cat. Mus. Brit. 98; Bibl. Sprenger. 111.
Of the main text, originally only the passages to be
explained are given; but the rest are added, with the
mark ص يل, on the margin.
Plainly written, by Zain b. 'Abdallah Muḳaibil, for
his own use. Dated 9th Rajab, 1088. Collated with
another MS. The first leaves are much injured by
insects.
Cat. 223, viii.
137.
2208. Size 8 in. by 4½ in.; foll. 173. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another, more concise Commentary on the Shamâ'il,
including the whole text.
1 For the sake of brevity, only the names of the subjects are
given, instead of the full phrase introducing each chapter, viz.
باب ما جاء فى . . . رسول الله


It has no preface. The before-mentioned commentary
of Ibn Ḥajar is quoted in it.
Well written, by Jamâl 'Alî, for his own use. The
final portion is worm-eaten.
[Coll. of Fort William, 1825.]
138.
1662. Size 11¾ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 18. Nine
lines in a page.
مائة كلمة علية عالية مرتضوية
The celebrated Hundred Sayings of 'Alî, with a
paraphrase in Persian distichs. See on the editions of
the former, Cat. Mus. Brit. p. 511.
Beginning:
بهترين هر كلام اى نور جشم مردمان
هست نام خالق بسيار بخش مهربان
قال على عليه الصلوة والسلم
A splendid copy on tinted paper, sprinkled with gold.
The words of 'Alî written in the Thulth character,
alternately in gold and blue, with all the vowel-points,
the Persian paraphrase in Nasta'lîḳ. With gold and
coloured borders; the first and final pages richly illu-
minated and gilt.
Concluding: اللهم اغفر رمزات الالحاظ وسقطات الالفاظ
وهفوات اللسان وشهوات الجنان
يا الهى بى رضايت گر زبان وچشم ودل
زشت گويد يا به بيند يا رود جائى مهل
Seals of 'Abd al-wahhâb Khân, a servant (فدوى) of Muḥam-
mad Shâh, a.h. 1157, and 'Abd al-razzâḳ Khân, a.h. 1187, on
the title-page. The following is written, in large Nasta'lîḳ, on a
vacant page near the end: بموجب نويسانيده غلام محمد
خان نوابصاحب قبله شهيد نواب انور الدينخان جنت
سرير رحمة الله عليه بن حاجى محمد انور بن شيخ نعم
الله بن شيخ عبد الحى بن شيخ عبدالقادر بن (r. نعمت)
قاضى, and below it is added a list of the descendants of the
aforesaid Ni'mat-allah, followed by the pedigree of the above
Ghulâm Muḥammad Khân, both written in Shikastah.
Cf. Stewart's Cat. p. 80.
[Tippu.]

139.
2180. Size 9¼ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 19. Nine lines
in a page.
صد كلمه امير المومنين على ابن ابى
طالب عليه السلم
Another copy of the preceding text, well written, the
Arabic text in the Thulth, the Persian verses in the
Naskh character, with all the vowel-points. At the
end an address to 'Alî. Transcribed by Jamâl al-dîn
Turkumân. Ornamented and gilt. The first page is
injured by damp.
[Coll. of Fort William, 1825.]
140.
1179. Size 8½ in. by 5 in. by 5 in.; foll. 18. Nine lines
in a page.
The same Hundred Sayings of 'Alî, with another
paraphrase in Persian couplets. Beginning:
هذه مائة كلمة من كلام امير المومنين على عليه السلام
گفت شير خداى عزوجل هادى خلق ومقتداى انام
باد برجان او فزون ازحد هر زمان بيگران درود وسلام
The same paraphrase is found in the autographed
edition of Major Yule, Edinburgh, 1832.
A plain copy. Each page contains three Arabic
lines, with the second half of one couplet above, two
complete couplets between, and the first half of a
fourth couplet below them.
Inscribed on the title-page: صد كلمه حضرت مرتضى على
كرم الله وجهه ورضى الله عنه مترجم منظوم ازكتب قديم
درسلوك واخلاق
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang, a.h. 1174.
[Tippu.]
141.
607. Size 11 in. by 7¾ in.; foll. 21. Ten lines
in a page.
مائة كلمة لامير المومنين على عليه السلم
The Hundred Sayings of 'Alî and his Testamentary
Advice to his son Ḥusain, with a Persian interlinear
translation.


The testamentary advice begins: اوصى امير المومنين
على ولده الحسين صلوات الله عليها وسلامه فقال يا
بنى اوصيك بتقوى الله
A fine copy, arranged so that the text of the sentences
and that of the testament alternate with each line,
the former written in a large Thulth, the latter in
the Naskh character, with all the vowel-points. The
Persian interlineation is in Nasta'lîḳ, in red. Gold
and coloured lines round the pages.
In the original binding of brown gilt leather.
[Johnson.]
142.
1158. Size 9¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 10. Six lines in
a page.
The same Testamentary Advice (وصايا) of 'Alî as in
the preceding MS.
Begins: اوصى امير المومنين على ابن ابى طالب ولده
الحسين صلوات الله عليهما وعلى الائمة الابرار من ذريتهما
وسلامه يا بنى
A splendid copy, written on the inner sides of the
leaves only, with all the vowels. Transcribed by
'Abdallah Ṭabbâkh, for his own use. Imperfect at
the end.
143.
932. Size 7 in. by 3¾ in.; foll. 302. Twelve
lines in a page.
A Collection of Shî'ah Traditions on the universal
knowledge, divine right, and spiritual powers of the
Holy Imâms, entitled فى علوم آل) ‎بصائر الدرجات
محمد وما خصهم الله به,‎1 and ascribed to Muḥammad
b. al-Ḥasan al-Ṣaffâr (Abu Ja'far Ḳummî, d. a.h.
290). See Ṭûsî, p. ٢٨٨.2
The work is divided into chapters (باب), each
headed by a brief sketch of its contents.

The Imâms are always spoken of collectively (الائمة
عليهم السلام), and the work vindicates the boldest Shî'ah
doctrines regarding them. Its chief authorities are
'Alî, Abu Ja'far (Muḥammad Bâḳir), and Abu 'Abd-
allah (Ja'far Ŝdiḳ) themselves. The connexion of the
Isnâds with the compiler is generally not expressed.1
Beginning: الجزو الاول من كتاب بصائر الدرجات
بسم الله الرحمن باب فى العلم ان طلبه فريضة على
عن ابرهيم (sic) الناس محمد بن الحسن المعروف بمهزلة
بن على بن الحسين (r. زيد) ‎بن هاشم عن الحسن بن يزيد
عن ابيه عن ابى عبد الله عليهم السلام قال قال رسول
الله صلى الله عليه وآله طلب العلم فريضة على كل مسلم
In four separate parts (جزء). Part II. begins on fol.
94; III. on fol. 186; IV. on fol. 250. Well written,
the titles in gold, and the names of the authorities in
red. Gold lines round the pages. An ornament at the
beginning.
Foll. 64–77 should be placed between foll. 190 and
191, in the following order: 64, 66–77, 65.
Fol. 302 contains extracts from the بحار الانوار, and from the
الرجعة of Muḥammad b. al-Ḥasan al-Ḥurr, in which the
present work, and another one with the same title, by Sa'd b.
'Abdallah,2 and also an abstract of the latter by Ḥasan b. Sulaimân,
are noticed. There probably exists some relation between the
two books. To conclude from the evidence of Ṭûsî before
mentioned, the present work might be considered an augmented
edition of the original work of Sa'd. This would also account for
the strange introduction of the Isnâds noticed above.
144.
568. Size 11½ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 884. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The famous Collection of Shî'ah Traditions, entitled
الكافى, by Abu Ja'far Muḥammad b. Ya'ḳûb Kulînî
1 The words in brackets are added in the titles of Parts III.
and IV.
2 Ṭûsî, however, in speaking of the works of the author, only
mentions a زيادة كتاب بصائر الدرجات of his. See below.
1 i.e. حدثنا and the like are omitted at the beginning of the
Isnâds.
2 He died about a.h. 300. His work is also mentioned by
Ṭûsî, p. ١٥٣, 1. 9, and described as being divided into four parts.
Cf. Fihrist of Ibn al-Nadîm, ed. Flügel, p. ٢٢٣, where the same
work is called تصدير الدرجات.


(d. a.h. 328). See on it and on the author, Ṭûsî, p. ۳٢٦;
Ibn al-Athîr, ed. Tornberg, viii. p. ٢٧۳;1 Liber as-
Sojutii de nomin. relat., ed. Veth, p. ٢٢۴; Sprenger,
Life of Mohammad, p. 68. Copies are rare in Europe.2
A few extracts from the work are to be found in
Cat. Mus. Brit., p. 452, vi., and a commentary on
it in De Jong, Cat. Bibl. Acad. Reg. Scient., p. 174.
The preface begins: الحمد لله المحمود لنعمته المعبود
لقدرته. The work is divided into twenty-nine or thirty
books, according to the subjects. Their order in the
present copy differs from the list of Ṭûsî. Besides,
some portions are in a strange state of confusion, of
which the owner of this copy must have been conscious,
and which he tried to conceal by spoiling the text
at the end and at the beginning of several books with
ornaments.3 Owing to the identity of their first words,
foll. 287 sqq. and 555 sqq. have been misplaced, but
they cannot be re-arranged properly, in the present con-
dition of the MS. The only way of making the whole
run coherently is to break the connexion of كتاب الصوم
and كتاب الحج (foll. 474 and 475). Then the books
would stand in the following order:
I. (fol. 7v.) العقل والجهل; II. (fol. 22v.) التوحيد;
III. (fol. 45) الحجة, containing the Shî'ah doctrines on
the Imâmate; IV. (fol. 155) الايمان والكفر; V. (fol. 251 v.)
الدعاء; VI. (foll. 280–286, 555, 556) فضل القران ; VII.
(foll. 557-565) العشرة;‎4 VIII. (foll. 475–554, 287–302)
الحج; IX. (fol. 302v.) no title (الطهارة); X. (fol. 318)
الحيض; XI. (fol. 325) الجنائر; XII. (fol. 358 v.) الصلوة;

XIII. (fol. 414) الزكوة; XIV. (foll. 446–474) الصوم;
XV. (fol. 566) الجهاد; XVI. (fol. 581 v.) العتق والتدبير
والكتابة; XVII. (fol. 587 v.) الصيد; XVIII. (fol. 593)
الذبائح or الاطعمة (the former title is given at the
beginning, the latter at the end of this book; more likely
they are two separate books, as in Ṭûsî's list; then the
latter begins on fol. 595, where is the heading باب
علل التحريم وهو اول الاطعمة); XIX. (or XX.) (fol. 627v.)
الابشربة; XX. الزى والجمل والمروة; XXI. (fol. 667v.)
الدواجن; XXII. (fol. 672v.) الوصايا; XXIII. (fol. 690)
المواريث; XXIV. (fol. 716v.) الحدود; XXV. (fol. 741)
الديات; XXVI. (fol. 770) الشهادات; XXVII. (fol.
777) الاحكام; XXVIII. (fol. 785) الايمان والنذور
والكفارات; XXIX. (or XXX.) (fol. 793) الروضة, on
'Alî and the early Imâms personally.
A very elegant copy, transcribed by order of a Saiyid
of Iṣfahân, by Muḥammad Ḥusain b. Ḥâjjî Jalâl al-dîn
Shîrâzî. Dated Friday, 1 Jumâda II., 1162. The
names of the original authorities (Muḥammad and the
Imâms) in gold, and those of the Shaikhs of the author
in red. The titles in red, but the words كتاب and باب
in gold. The beginning of each book is ornamented
and gilt. Gold and blue lines round the pages.
The table of contents (foll. 1–7) comprises only Books
I—VII, and is inscribed accordingly: فهرست ما
فى اصول محمد بن يعقوب الكلينى رحه من الكتب
والابواب اما الكتب فسبعة بهذا التفصيل. The chapters
are said to be 498 in number.
[Johnson.]
145.
1293. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 101. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A Collection of Shî'ah Traditions, entitled معافى
الاخبار, by Abu Ja'far Muḥammad b. 'Alî . . . Ibn Bâba-
waih Ḳummî (d. a.h. 381). Cf. Ṭûsî, p. ۳٠۴ penult.
The work is—apparently without a system—divided
into numerous chapters, illustrative of single points of
1 Read وقيل instead of وقتل in the text in question.
2 I am informed by Prof. Wright, of Cambridge, that there is
another copy in the library of Trinity College, Dublin.
3 A gross mistake occurs also in the concluding words on
fol. 302r.: تم كتاب الاصول ويتلوه كتاب المياره. In reality
this is the end of كتاب الحج, and no books with the above titles
occur in the work. The book following next, on the verso of the
same fol. (كتاب الطهارة), is without title.
4 This book, which is entirely detached, is inserted here
according to the table of contents. It does not occur in Ṭûsî's list.


Shî'ah theology. Each of them begins . . . باب معنى
or . . . باب معانى. The present volume contains
about 170 of these chapters. A complete list of them
is found on the fly-leaves. According to this list1 and
to the conclusion, this is only the first part (جزء) of the
work.
Begins: ‎‏‎ابواب الكتاب الباب الذى. . . . ‎الحمد لله‎
قال الشيخ (sic) سمينا هذا الكتاب كتاب معانى الاخبار
ابو جعفر محمد بن على بن الحسين بن موسى بن
(r. الرى الرازى) ‎بابويه الفقيه القمى نزيل الراى الراى
مصنف هذا الكتاب رضه حدثنا ابى ومحمد بن الحسين
بن احمد بن الوليد رحه قالا الخ
Clearly written in Nasta'lîḳ, of the eleventh century.
A rich ornament on the first page, gold lines round the
others. With marginal notes, partly in the same, and
partly in a different hand, the latter being in Persian,
and written in red ink. Injured by insects.
Signature of Abu'l-ḥasan Ibn Muḥammad Ismâ'îl Ḥusainî
Mûsawî on the title-page.
[Johnson.]
146.
975. Size 13¼ in. by 7¾ in. ; foll. 428. Fourteen
lines in a page.
عيون اخبار الرضا
An account of the life and the alleged sayings and
doctrines of 'Alî Riḍa, the eighth Imâm of the
Shî'ites, ascribed to Ibn Bâbawaih Ḳummî. Cf. Catal.
Mus. Brit. 730; Aumer, Hdss. Münch. p. 188; and
also Ḥ. Kh. iv. 270, عنوان اخبار الرضا; it is not men-
tioned by Ṭûsî.
A beautiful copy, written in a bold hand; of the
latter part of the eleventh century. Ends: تم الكتاب
وهو كتاب عيون اخبار الرضا عليه افضل الصلوة والسلم
تصنيف الشيخ السعيد ابى جعفر الخ
The first two pages are richly ornamented and gilt;
gold lines round the other pages.
In a rich native binding.
[Hastings.]

147.
2147. Size 10 in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 276. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A work on Morals, founded upon the Tradition, entitled
تنبيه الغافلين; by Abu'l-Laith Naṣr1 b. Muḥammad b.
Ibrâhîm b. al-Khaṭṭâb Samarḳandî (d. a.h. 383 or 375).
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 428, and Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 268,
no. 1837, which, however, appears to be a different
and incomplete version.
This MS., agreeing with Ḥ. Kh., contains ninety-four
chapters, a list of which is on the last page. They
are: 1. فى الاخلاص, (fol. 2); 2. فى هول الموت, (fol. 7v.);
3. فى عذاب القبر (fol. 12v.); 4. اهوال يوم القيامة (fol.
19); 5. صفه اهل النار (fol. 25); 6. صفة اهل الجنة (fol.
30v.); 7. ما يرجى من رحمة الله (fol. 35); 8. الامر
بالمعروف والنهى عن المنكر (fol. 39v.); 9. فى التوبة, (fol.
42v.); 10. The same (fol. 48v.); 11. فى قص الشارب
(fol. 55); 12. حق الوالدين على الولد (fol. 56v.); 13.
حق الولد على الوالدين (fol. 60v.); 14. صلة الرحم
(fol. 62); 15. حق الجار على الجار (fol. 65v.); 16.
الزجر عن شرب الخمر (fol. 67v.); 17. الزجر عن الكذب
(fol. 73); 18. الغيبة (fol. 75v.); 19. النميمة (fol. 80);
20. الحسد (fol. 82v.); 21. الكبر (fol. 86); 22. الاحتكار
(fol. 89); 23. الزجر عن الضحك (fol. 90); 24. كظم الغيظ
(fol. 93v.); 25. حفظ اللسان (fol. 97v.); 26. الحرص
وطول الامل (fol. 101); 27. فضل الفقرآء (fol. 104v.);
28. رقص الدنيا (fol. 108v.); 29. الصبر على البلاء والشدة
(fol. 113); 30. الصبر على المصيبة (fol. 117v.); 31.
فضل الوضوء (fol. 121v.); 32. الصلوات الخمس (fol.
124); 33. فضل الاذان والاقامة (fol. 131); 34. الطهارة
والنظافة (fol. 134); 35. فضل الجمعة (fol. 135); 36.
حرمة المساجد (fol. 137v.); 37. فضل الصدقة (fol.
139v.); 38. ما يدفع الصدقة عن صاحبها (fol. 143); 39.
شهر رمضان (fol. 145); 40. ايام العشر من ذى الحجة
(fol. 148v.); 41. فضل عاشورا (fol. 151); 42. فضل صوم
التطوع وصوم البيض وشهر رجب (fol. 152v.); 43. النفقة
1 It is followed (fol. 2v.) by the beginning of an index to the
second part: (sic) فهرست جلد ثانى مفتاح المعانى.
1 The MS. has, incorrectly, نصير.


على العيال‎ (fol. 154v.); 44. الرعاية على ملك اليمين
(fol. 156); 45. الاحسان الى اليتيم (fol. 157v.); 46.
الزجر عن الزنا (fol. 159); 47. اكل الربا (fol. 161); 48.
ما جاء فى الذنوب (fol. 162v.); 49. الظلم (fol. 166);
50. الرحمة والشفقة (fol. 168); 51. خوف العبد من الله
(fol. 170v.); 52. ما جاء فى ذكر الله (fol. 173); 53.
الدعاء (fol. 176); 54. ما جاء فى التسبيح (fol. 178);
55. فضل الصلوة على النبى (fol. 179); 56. ما جاء فى
فضل لا اله الا الله (fol. 181); 57. ما جاء في فضل القران
(fol. 184); 58. فضل طلب العلم (fol. 186v.); 59.
فضل العلم بالعمل (fol. 189); 60. فضل مجالس اهل العلم
(fol. 191v.); 61. ما جاء فى الشكر (fol. 194); 62. فضل
الكسب (fol. 196v.); 63. آفة الكسب والحذر من الحرام
(fol. 198); 64. فضل اطعام الطعام وحسن الخلق (fol.
200); 65. التوكل على الله (fol. 201v.); 66. الورع (fol.
204v.); 67. الحياء (fol. 206v.); 68. العمل بالنية (fol. 208);
69. العجب (fol. 210); 70. فضل الحج والعمرة (fol. 212);
71. فضل الغزو والجهاد (fol. 214); 72. فضل الرباط (fol.
216); 73. فضل الرمى (fol. 217); 74. ادب الغزو (fol.
218); 75. فضل امة محمد (fol. 218v.); 76. حق الزوج
(fol. 222); 77. حق المرأة على الزوج (fol. 223); 78.
الاصلاح بين الناس والنهى عن المهارشة (fol. 224); 79.
مخالط السلطان (fol. 226); 80. فضل المريض وعبادة
المريض (fol. 228); 81. صلوة النفل والضحى‎1 ‎(fol. 230);
82. ‎الصلوة غير التام‎‏1 (fol. 231v.); 83. الدعوات
والتسبيحات (fol. 233v.); 84. الرفق (fol. 237); 85.
العمل بالسنة (fol. 240); 86. الحزن فى امر الاخرة (fol.
240v.); 87. ما قيل بصبح الرجل (fol. 242v.); 88. التفكر
(fol. 244); 89. علامات الساعة (fol. 247v.); 90.
احاديث عن ابى ذر الغفارى (fol. 251); 91. الاحتياط
فى الطاعة (fol. 254v.); 92. عداوة الشيطان (fol. 258);
93. ما جاء فى فضل الرضا بالقضاء (fol. 261v.); 94.
المواعظ والحكايات (fol. 263v.).2
Well written. Red lines round the pages. Notes
and corrections in the earlier portion.

A number of traditions in Persian, relating to the
use of the tooth-brush (مسواك), an advice how to pray
for the release of a prisoner, and various notices are
added at the end (fol. 274 sqq.).
Seal of 'Abd al-majîd Khân, a.h. 1145.
[Coll. Fort William.]
148.
674. Size 8 in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 38. Fifteen lines
in a page.
One thousand Sentences of the Prophet, without the
Isnâds. The book was originally inscribed: الجزاء من
شهاب الاخبار, and although this title has been can-
celled afterwards, it appears to be correct, when com-
pared with Ḥ. Kh. iv. 83. The author, then, would
be Abu 'Abdallah Muḥammad b. Salâmah Ḳuḍâ'î
(d. a.h. 454). See for other MSS. of his work, Cat.
Lugd. iv. 61, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 592, and for com-
mentaries, Cat. Mus. Brit. 115 (cf. 767) and 406.
The present text is not divided into chapters, as is
noticed in Ḥ. Kh. (l. c.), nor does it contain the ap-
pendix mentioned there. It concludes with the
following sentence: اجود الناس من جاد بنفسه فى
سبيل الله وابخل الناس من بخل بالسلام
Plainly, but inelegantly written. The final portion
is injured by fire.
The book bears the erroneous titles عقد الفرائد, and الف
كلمة من الحكمة, the latter being words of the preface.
[Tippu.]
149.
B 103 a. Size 9½ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 296. Nine-
teen lines in a page.
كتاب مصابيح الدجى من صحيح حديث المصطفى
تاليف الامام الاجل الاوحد المحقق ناصر الحديث
محيح السنة افضل المتا خرين ابى محمد الحسين بن
مسعود البغوى الفراء قدس الله روحه الخ
The celebrated Collection of Traditions of al-Ḥusain
b. Mas'ûd Baghawî (d. a.h. 510 or 516), who compiled
it from the seven canonical collections of Bukhârî,
1 This rubric is omitted in the text.
2 Thus in the index; in the text, two different chapters.


Muslim, (Abu Dâ'ûd) Sajastânî, Nasâ'î, Tirmidhî, (Ibn
Mâjah) Ḳazwînî, and Dârimî. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 564;
Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 85; Cat. Lugd. iv. 74, etc.
Written in a good hand, the diacritical points
often omitted; of about the eighth century. The
transcriber names himself al-Ḥasan b. 'Abdallah b.
Muḥammad b. Abu'l-Ḳâsim Gharâbîlî. Much worn.
The earlier portion is covered with marginal and
interlinear notes. The vacant leaves at the end are
filled up with various extracts and notices. On the
last fol. begins a table of contents.
Signature of Muḥammad 'Âdil Shâh. Frequent impressions of
a seal which offers no name, on the title-page. Cf. Cat. 223, iii. 1.
150.
B 105. Size 12¾ in. by 9½ in.; foll. 318. Nine-
teen lines in a page.
Another good copy of the preceding work, imperfect
and much injured at the beginning.1 Boldly written,
with many vowel-points. Numerous marginal notes,
derived from Jârabardî's (d. a.h. 746) commentary, in
the first portion. Has the following colophon, written
in a cursive style, difficult to read:
تم الكتاب وربنا محمود وله المكارم والعلى والجود
صلى الاله على النبى محمد ما اخضر ريحان واورق عود
وقع الفراغ من تحريره فى سنة اثنتين وثلثين‏(و) سبعمائة
فى العشر الاخر من شعبانها العاذل واتفق الابتدآء فى
تبريز حماها الله تعالى من نسخ اهاليها المحشاة بشرح
المولى المنظم فخر الملة والدين الجاربردى حرس الله
‏‎‎‎المخدومية الاعظم العلامة‎ 2. . فضائله الى النصف والباقى فى
وفق الله تعالى العبد‎ 3. . بخراسان‎ 2. . من نسخ فقهاء
الكاتب ليصححه ويكتب حواشيه فهو المرجو وما
التوفيق الا منه وان حال القضاء على خلاف ذلك
فالمتوقع من الولد الاعز عبد اللطيف ابقاه الله ان يتممه
ويصححه ويبالغ فى تصحيحه وتحشيته وانا العبد الضعيف
المحتاج الى رحمة ربه اللطيف عبد العظيم بن محمد

‎‎‏ ابن ابى الفضائل محمد . .1 ‏العراقى القمى اصلح الله
شانه وصانه عما شانه ورده الى اوطانه سالما الخ
Foll. 318v. and 319. A list of technical terms used
in tradition.
The MS. is erroneously described as الصحيح of Ibn Ḥibbân.
Cf. Catal. 223, i. 8.
151.
B 106. Size 10½ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 68. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A fragment of a concise Commentary on Baghawî's
المصابيح, by an unknown author, containing about one-
third of the whole. It begins with باب الامان, from
كتاب الجهاد, and ends in the paragraph مناقب على
of the last book.
Of the original text, only the passages to be explained
are given, usually preceded by2 . . وفى حديث. The
commentary is introduced by قال الشارح.
Boldly written, the diacritical points frequently
omitted; of about the tenth century. Single leaves
are missing after foll. 22, 29, and 52.
Erroneously inscribed: اوراق شرح مشكات شريف از ابن
حجر مكى. Cf. Catal. 223, iii. 2.
152.
2016. Size 12¼ in. by 9 in.; foll. 381. Fourteen
lines in a page.
The first volume of the مشكاة المصابيح, i.e. the
revised and enlarged edition of Baghawî's المصابيح,
by Walî al-dîn Abu 'Abdallah Muḥammad b.
'Abdallah Khaṭîb Tabrîzî, who completed it on Friday,
the last of Ramaḍân, 737. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 567. It
has been translated into English by Capt. Matthews,
Calcutta, 1809–10. It was printed at Dehli, a.h.
1268, and at Bombay, a.d. 1865.
Begins: الحمد لله نحمده ونستعينه ونستغفره ونعوذ
با لله من شرور انفسنا
An elegant but incorrect copy. Preceded by a list
of the chapters.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 Originally of 325 foll.
2 One word doubtful.
3 One word obliterated.
1 One word doubtful.
2 Here follows the name of the authority.


153.
2122. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 384.
The second volume of the Mishkât, from كتاب
النكاح to the end. It contains the date of the author
as given above.
The copy is dated a.h. 1085. It was transcribed
by Jalâl al-dîn b. 'Alî, a student at the Mausoleum
(روضه منوره) of Ibrâhîm 'Âdilshâh (of Bîjâpûr). Fre-
quent marginal notes in the first portion. Preceded
by a list of contents.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
154.
2143. Size 10½ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 712. Eleven,
fifteen, and seventeen lines in a page.
Another, plain copy of the preceding work, completed
at the beginning of Rabî' I., 1094, at Shâhjahân-
âbâd. Red lines round the pages. Numerous notes.
Foll. 684–691 have been supplied by a different hand.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
155.
2237. Size 11 in. by 6½ in.; foll. 504. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, written in several
hands.
Colophon: وقع الفراغ من كتابته فى يوم الاربعاء وقت
الظهر من اثنى وعشرين فى جمادى الاول سنة الف
ومائة وثمانية عشر من الهجرة النبوية مطابق سنة .ه
جلوس عالمكير سلمه الله وذلك على يد اضعف العباد
واحقرهم عنايت الله بن مولينا ملا امين محمد بن نور
الدين محمد المعروف المشهور كاتب الصك ساكن
معظم احمداباد من حويلى اكبربور نزديك كهاريه
الحنفى مذهبا الخ
Notes in the first portion. Fol. 170 should be placed
after fol. 165.
Prefixed is an index to the contents of an entirely
different work on law.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang, a.h. 1175.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]

156.
772. Size 11 in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 285. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A fragment of the Mishkât, beginning1 in the
chapter الافلاس والانظار; the rest complete.
Well written, with all the vowel-points, and with
frequent marginal notes. Some leaves, containing
extracts from the منار المشكاة,‎2 have been recently
inserted to serve as supplements to single chapters.
Slightly injured both at the beginning and end.
[Johnson.]
157.
B 113, 114. Size 11¼ in. by 7 in.; foll. 323.
Twenty-seven lines in a page.
The final portion of a Commentary on the Mishkât,
by Ḥusain3 b. Muḥammad Ṭaiyibî (d. a.h. 743),
entitled الكاشف عن حقائق السنن. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 567.
Begins with كتاب القصاص. The text of the Mishkât
is not included. Written in a good Nasta'lîḳ hand.
Dated 3rd Ramaḍân, 888. Scribe, 'Abdallah b. Mas'ûb
b. سيدى Kâzarûnî. A defect after fol. 163.
158.
313. Size 14¾ in. by 9 in.; foll. 598. Thirty-
seven lines in a page.
The first volume of a large Commentary (ممزوج) on
the Mishkât, by 'Alî b. Sulṭân Muḥammad Harawî
Ḳâri', a Ḥanafite (d. a.h. 1014). It is entitled مرقاة
المفاتيح بمشكاة المصابيح. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 568.
The preface begins: الحمد لله الذى فتح قلوب العلماء
بمفاتيح الايمان‘ وشرح صدور العرفاء بمصابيح الايقان
The author says in it that he began to read the
Mishkât with several Shaikhs of Makkah (الحرم
المحترم), but found them neither critics nor in
possession of a good text. He therefore exerted him-
self in collecting a number of correct and authentie
1 Fol. ٢٧١ of the original pagination.
2 See Ḥ. Kh. v. 568 sq.
3 Alias Ḥasan, and so originally in this MS.


copies, of which he gives an account. From these he
has made a new, and what he hopes will become the
standard edition of the text. To write also a com-
mentary he was induced by the consideration, that
almost all the labour bestowed upon the work was due
to the Shâfi'ites.
This volume concludes with كتاب الوصايا. Well
written, in a small hand. Richly ornamented and gilt.
Foll. 50 and 57 should be transposed.
[Johnson.]
159.
314. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 580.
The second volume of the preceding commentary,
from كتاب النكاح to the end.
No date. Occasional blanks in the text seem to
indicate that the original MS. was mutilated.
The leaves after fol. 9 should stand thus: 11, 12,
10, 15, 13, 14, 16; and after fol. 95, thus: 103, 102,
98–101, 97, 96, 104. foll. 120 and 127 should be
transposed.
[Johnson.]
160.
343. Size 11½ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 439. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
A fragment of the same commentary, containing
about one-third of the whole, viz. from كتاب النكاح
to the commencement of باب1 الرويا where it ends
abruptly.
Plainly written; coloured lines round the pages.
Seals of Iḳtidâr Khân (a.h. 1179) and Nuṣrat Jang (a.h. 1186).
Bound in red leather, which is highly gilt.
[Tippu.]
161.
1053. Size 7½ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 252. Eleven
lines in a page.
A Collection of Traditions, apparently an abridgment
of the Mishkât. The order of the books and chapters
is the same as in that work, but many traditions, as

well as whole chapters, are omitted. It begins: الحمد
لله رب العالمين والصلوة على خير خلقه محمد وآله
وصحبه اجمعين. Next comes a tradition of 'Omar,
taken from the end of the introduction of the Mishkât,
then begins كتاب الايمان.
The title and the name of the author cannot be found.
Plainly written. All rubrics omitted after fol. 20.
A list of the chapters precedes.
[Gaikwar.]
162.
2263. Size 8¾ in. by 5 in.; foll. 160. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A Collection of Apophthegms of 'Alî, without the
Isnâds, arranged alphabetically. It is entitled غرر
الحكم ودرر الكلم. The author is 'Abd al-wâḥid b.
Muḥammad b. 'Abd al-wâḥid Âmidî Tamîmî, who
flourished, according to Ḥ. Kh. ii. 646 sq., at the
beginning of the sixth century. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. iv. 318;
Cat. Mus. Brit. 331 sq.; and Cat. Lugd. i. 193.
Written in a good Persian hand, of about the tenth
century. The end is missing. Thin paper. Worm-eaten.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
163.
1046. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 209. Twenty-one
lines in a page.
'Iyâḍ b. Mûsa Yaḥṣubî's (d. a.h. 544) celebrated
work on the excellency of Muḥammad, entitled
الشفاء بتعريف حقوق المصطفى. A full account of it
is given in Ḥ. Kh. iv. 56 sq. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit.
97, etc. Printed at Cairo, a.h. 1276.
Clearly written. The colophon runs as follows:
قد وقع الفراغ من تنميق هذا الكتاب . . .بيد الضعيف‎
الراجى الى رحمة الله القوى برهان عبد الوهاب برهان
(sic) امام الزبيرى قدس الله ارواهم مولدا ومسكنا
وقد تم هذا الكتاب فى التاريخ الثالث والعشر من شهر
وقت الظهر. . . .‏‎‎‎ (sic) محرم المكرم فى يوم الثالث
سنة سبع وسبعين وتسعمائة من هجرة نبى الله الخ
1 The MS. has كتاب.


Coloured lines round the pages. Glosses in Arabic
and Persian. Somewhat injured by insects. Foll.
1–26 have been supplied by a different hand.
[Gaikwar.]
164.
B 71. Size 10¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 301. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, executed by
two hands. Colophon: كتبه الكاتبان اولهم قاضى علاو
الدين وآخرهم عبد الملك غفر الله ذنوبهما تمت
الكتاب فى سلخ شهر ذو القعدة يوم الخميس سنة اربع
1. (sic) سبعين والف سنة ١٠٨۴
Frequent marginal notes, taken from different com-
mentaries on the present and on other works. Nine
leaves are missing after fol. 38.
Cat. 224, xiv.
165.
2312. Size 8¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 197. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Another copy of the Shifâ.
Legibly written, by Molla 'Abd al-'azîz b. Ḥusain
b. Muḥammad b. 'Abd al-'azîz Aḥsâ'î, who finished
it on Thursday, 24 Ramaḍân, 1089. Collated.
After several other owners, whose signatures are to be found on the
title-page, the MS. came into the possession of Ḥâjjî Jalâl al-dîn,
of Palembang, in a.h. 1177. A notice in Malay on the fly-leaf
refers to his pilgrimage to Makkah, which was performed in the
years 1175–6.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
166.
1302. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 225. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
An account of the various controversies between
the twelve Imâms and their opponents, according
to the Shî'ah tradition. It is in all probability the
كتاب الاحجاج of Abu 'Alî al-Faḍl b. al-Ḥasan
Ṭabarsî (d. a.h. 548).2

Although, as a rule, the Isnâds are omitted, yet that
leading up to the eleventh Imâm, al-Ḥasan 'Askarî, is
given at full length at the beginning of the work
(fol. 2v.). It runs thus: ما حدثنى به السيد العالم
العابد ابو جعفر مهدى بن ابى حرب الحسينى المرعشى
رضه قال حدثنى الشيخ الصدوق ابو عبد الله جعفر بن
محمد بن احمد الدوريستى رحه قال حدثنى ابى
محمد بن احمد قال حدثنى الشيح السعيد ابو جعفر
محمد بن على بن الحسين بن بابويه القمى رضه قال
حدثنى ابو الحسن بن محمد الفسم الاسترابادى المفسر
قال حدثنى ابو يعقوب يوسف بن محمد بن زياد وابو
الحسن على بن محمد بن سيار وكانا من الشعية الامامية
قالا حدثنا ابو محمد الحسن بن على العسكرى عليها
السلام
Another Isnâd connects the author with Abu Ja'far
Ṭûsî (d. a.h. 460), in the following way (fol. 25v.):
حدثنى السيد العالم العابد ابو جعفر مهدى بن ابى
رضه قال اخبرنا الشيخ ابو على (sic) حرب الحسنى
الحسن بن الشيخ ابى جعفر محمد بن الحسن الطوسى
رضه قال اخبرنا الشيخ السعيد الوالد ابو جعفر قدس الله
روحه
The preface begins: الحمد لله المتعالى عن صفات
المخلوقين
The author complains of the slackening spirit of his
sect. He quotes, by way of introduction, what is
said in favour of religious contention in the Koran,
to which he subjoins an account of the various disputes
of the Prophet with idolaters, Jews, and Christians.
He then proceeds to relate at great length the claims
and arguments of 'Alî, and subsequently those of the
other Imâms in succession. Each of them is repre-
sented as pleading his cause in speeches and disputa-
tions, or in letters. The work is accordingly divided into
sections (فصل), each of which is inscribed1 . . . التجاج
The "pleading" of the twelfth Imâm, al-Mahdî (الحجة
1 Only a.h. 1084 agrees with the rest of the date.
2 See regarding him No. 61. On the title-page we find the
inscription: التجاج طبرسى.
1 Here follow the name of the Imâm and the subject of the
controversy.


القائم المنتظر المهدى صاحب الزمان, chiefly consists
of his correspondence with Muḥammad b. 'Abdallah
Ḥimyarî1 and others, and is further supported by the
arguments of Mufîd (d. a.h. 413) and Saiyid Murtaḍa
(d. a.h. 436), two great Shî'ah divines.
Neatly written, and collated with another MS.
Some notes.
[Hastings.]
167.
B 88. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 135. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
كتاب رياض الصالحين
تصنيف الشيخ الامام العالم العامل محيى الدين النواوى
غفر الله له ولوالديه ولمن دعا له بالمغفرة ولوالديه ولجميع
المسلمين آمين
A Collection of sound Traditions bearing on morals
and asceticism, by Muḥyi al-dîn Nawawî (d. a.h. 676).
See Ḥ. Kh., iii. 518, and Aumer, Hdss. Münch.,
p. 30 sq.
An old copy, carefully written in a firm hand, with
constant distinction of the un-pointed letters. Con-
cludes (fol. 133): آخر الكتاب والحمد لله رب العالمين
حمدا يوافى نعمه ويكافى مزيده قال مولفه رحمه الله
تعالى فرغت منه يوم الاثنين رابع شهر بمضان سنة
سبعين وستمائة
Corrections on the margin, mostly in the original hand.
A notice of Nawawî, which begins (fol. 133v.):
الحمد لله . . . شرح ترجمة الشيخ محيى الدين النواوى
مختصرا, and some poetry alluding to him, fill up the
vacant space at the end.
A list of the chapters of the work has been added on
the first and last pages in two different hands. It
concludes (fol. 135v.): تمت الابواب وعدتها ثلثمائة
وستة وخمسون بابا والله اعلم. The number given here,
though varying from the statements of Ḥ. Kh. and

Aumer (l. c.), fairly agrees with the number of the
chapters marked in the present text.
According to a note on fol. 133v., 'Alî b. Hârûn b. Yûsuf
العحلوى (sic) bought this copy in Muḥarram, 790. Signature
of 'Abd al-raḥmân b. 'Alawî . . . al-'Aidarûs at the end of the
text.
Cat. p. 223, iv.
168.
B 77. Size 8¾ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 313. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, ill written; headings
in red. Concludes: تم هذا الكتاب من احاديث
(sic) الصالحين بخط الفقير الحقير (sic!) النبوية من رياضة
A list of the chapters of the work (264 in this MS.)
is inserted after the preface (foll. 3–9). Notes in the
earlier portion.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1059. Seal of Muḥammad 'Âdil Shâh.
169.
2294. Size 8½ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 372. From
fifteen to twenty lines in a page.
كتاب شرح الاربعين الحديث للشيخ
الامام . .احمد حجر الهيثمى
A copious Commentary (ممزوج) on the Forty
Traditions of Nawawî (d. a.h. 676), by Aḥmad b.
Ḥajar Haithamî (d. a.h. 973), properly entitled الفتح
المبين لشرح الاربعين. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. i. 241, and Stewart's
Catal., p. 158, iii.
The author says in his preface: ولذا عن لى ان
اكتب عليها شرحا يعرف رواتها ويبين احكام ويوضح
غريبها ويعرب مشكلها ويشير الى بعض ما يستنبط منها
من الاصول والفروع والادب مع ايثار الايجاز ومجانبة
الاطناب وان كانت حرية بالتطويل والاكثار لما اشتملت
عليه من بدائع الفوائد والاسرار الخ
Ill written, by Saiyid 'Omar b. Muḥammad الهندوان.
Dated 1st Rabî' I., 1151.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 See regarding him Ṭûsî, p. ٢٩٨.


170.
B 108. Size 9¼ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 230. Twenty
lines in a page.
Another, imperfect copy of the same Commentary.
Clearly written in Nasta'lîḳ.
Single leaves are missing after foll. 39, 96, 217, and
223, and the last fol. is lost.
Cat. 223, xiii.
171.
1227. Size 7¾ in. by 4¼ in.; foll. 76. Thirteen
lines in a page.
هذا كتاب نصاب الاخبار لتذكرة الاخيار من تصنيف
الشيخ الامام الاجل الافضل الكبير الخطير شيخ الاسلام
ركن الدين صفى الامة مقتدى الائمة امام الحرمين
بن عثمان بم محمد الاوشى الخ (sic) محمد بن عيسى
One thousand sound Traditions bearing on moral
subjects, compiled by Sirâj al-dîn Ûshî (Abu Mu-
ḥammad 'Alî1 b. 'Othmân, flourished in the sixth
century). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 345 and iv. 317, and Aumer,
Hdss. Münch. 29.
This work is an abridgment of the author's غرر
الاخبار. It is divided into a hundred chapters, a list of
which is inserted after the preface.
Begins: قال العبد . . . . هذا ما اختصرته من كتاب
غرر الاخبار‘ ودرر الاشعار‘ الذى مسبق منى جمعه
وتصنيفه‘ ونظمه وتاليفه‘ فى عيون الالفاظ الشريفة النبويه‎‎‎
الهادية الى مراتب جنات علية‘ على حسب ما
تمنته الخواطر‘ واستحسنته النواظر‘ مقتصرا على ايراد
الف حديث صحيح‘ مودعا كل عشرة منها فى ضمن
باب مليح
Written in a cursive hand, except the preface and
the list of the chapters, which are executed in a fine
Naskh. Coloured lines round the pages. Some mar-
ginal notes. A table of abbreviations on the title-page.
Worm-caten.
[Gaikwar.]

172.
B 87. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 331. Fifteen lines
in a page.
A diffuse treatise on the state of the soul after death,
inscribed on the title-page: كتاب روح الارواح فى
تحقيق احوال ما بعد الموت والاخر والبرزخ. The
author does not give his name; but as he professes to
be a disciple of the famous Ibn Taimîyah Ḥanbalî
(d. a.h. 728), he is very probably Shams al-dîn
Muḥammad b. Abu Bakr Dimishḳî Ḥanbalî, commonly
called Ibn Ḳaiyim al-Jauzîyah (d. a.h. 751).1 A
work of this author, with the title كتاب الروح, is
mentioned by Ḥ. Kh. v. 88,2 and with this the present
treatise appears to be identical. It is based on twenty-one
questions, though by mistake only nineteen are counted
in the present MS. It was compiled from the tradition
and from old authors, e.g. Ibn Abu'l-dunya (d. a.h. 281),
whose كتاب القبور is quoted, Muḥammad b. Naṣr
Marwazî (d. a.h. 294), Ibn Ḥazm, the author of the
كتاب الملل والنحل, (d. a.h. 456), etc.
Begins: الحمد لله معز من اطاعه واتقاه‘ ومذل من
خالف امره وعصاه. The twenty-one questions are:
I. (fol. 2v.) المسئلة الاولى هل يعرف الموتى بزيارة الاحياء
II. (fol. 20) ان ارواح الموتى هل تتلاقى; III. (fol. 24v.)
انه تتلاقى ارواح الاحياء وارواح الاموات; IV. (fol. 45)
ان الروح هل تموت ام الموت للبدن وحده; V. (fol.
51) هل الروح قديمة او محدثة مخلوقة; VI. (fol. 69v.)
خلق الارواح على الاجساد او تاخر خلقها ‎تقدم‎ (‎هل)
عنه; VII.3 (fol. 92) ان الارواح بعد مفارقة الابدان اذا
تجردت باى شى تتميز بعضها من بعض الخ; VIII.
(fol. 107?)4 هل عذاب القبر على النفس والبدن او
على النفس دون البدن الخ; IX.5 (fol. 121) ما جوابنا
للملاحدة والزنادقة المنكرين لعذاب القبر; X. (fol. 137v.)
ما الحكمة فى كون عذاب القبر لم يذكر فى القران الخ;
XI. (fol. 140) ما اللاسباب التى يعذب بها اصحاب
1 Thus he is always called; the above form of the name is
evidently incorrect.
1 See on other works of his, Cat. Lugd. iv. 253 sq.
2 He describes, however, only an abridgment of it.
3 Wrongly numbered v.
4 Not marked.
5 Numbered vii., and so on.


القبور; XII. (fol. 143) ما هى الاسباب المنجئة من
عذاب القبر; XIII. (fol. 148v.) ان السوال فى القبر هل
هو عام فى حق المسلمين والمنافقين والكفار الخ; XIV.
(fol. 152) ان سوال منكر ونكير هل هو مختص بهذه
الامة الخ; XV. (fol. 153v.) ان الاطفال هل يمحنون فى
قبورهم; XVI. (fol. 155) هل عذاب القبر دائم او منقطع;
XVII. (fol. 157) ان مستقر الارواح فى ما بين الموت
الى يوم القيامة ها هو فى السماء ام فى الارض; XVIII.
(fol. 187v.) هل تنتفع ارواح الموتى بشى من سعى الاحياء
ام لا; XIX. (fol. 216) ما هى حقيقة النفس هل هى جزء
من اجزاء البدن الخ; XX. (fol. 264v.) هل الروح والنفس
شى واحد الخ; XXI. (fol. 268v.) هل النفس واحد ام
ئلائة. The work concludes with a succession of dis-
tinctions (fol. 322v.), فصل ونحن نختم الكتاب باشارة
لطيفة الى الفروق الخ
Inelegantly written, by Ḥasan b. Yûsuf Sindî.
Date, a.h. 887.
Signature of 'Abd al-raḥmân b. 'Alawî al-'Aidarûs, among
others, on the title-page.
Cat. 232, xxvii. (?)
173.
2234. Size 12¼ in. by 8½ in.; foll. 138. About
thirty-two lines in a page.
كتاب بهجة المحافل‘ وبغية الامائل‘ فى السير والاخلاق
والشمائل‘ فى سيرة سيد الاواخر والاوائل
A compendious work on the life, person, and cha-
racter of Muḥammad, by Abu Zakarîyâ 'Imâd al-dîn
Yaḥya b. Abu Bakr 'Âmirî (d. a.h. 893), who com-
pleted it, according to the epilogue, in Ramaḍân, 855.1
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 74, and Stewart's Catal. 33.
This work is divided into three parts (قسم), a survey
of which is given at the beginning. Part I. فى
تلخيص سيرته صلعم من مولده الى وفاته وما يتعلق
بذلك, in six chapters. II. القسم الثانى فى اسمائه
الكريمة وخلقته الوسيمة وخصائصه ومعجزاته وباهر آياته

in four chapters. III. القسم الثالث فى شمائله وفضائله
واقواله وافعاله فى جميع احواله, in three chapters.
The author used the works of various predecessors,
among whom he points out Ibn Isḥâḳ and Ṭabarî,
Tirmidhî and Ibn Ḥibbân, and 'Iyâḍ.
Plainly written, by Sa'îd b. Ṣalâḥ الفقيلى (?), ap-
parently in Southern Arabia. Headings in large cha-
racters. Coloured lines round the pages of the first
portion. Notes. Foll. 106 and 116 have been mis-
placed; they should stand together between foll. 60
and 61.
Signatures of various owners: first a prince named احمد بن
حسن بن اسحق بن امير المومنين المهدى لدين الله
احمد بن حسن, Ramaḍân, 1158; then 'Abd al-rabb, of
Kaukabân, a.h. 1159; after him his daughter Fâṭimah,
a.h. 1177, etc.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
174.
2296. Size 8 in. by 4½ in.; foll. 500. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work. Well written,
by Jamâl 'Alî.
The epilogue of the author varies from the preceding
MS. The date is also different, and apparently correct,
namely Sunday, 14 Ramaḍân, 855.
[Coll. Fort William, (1809) 1825.]
175.
B 72. Size 8½ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 160. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A portion of the same work, containing the 3rd and
4th chapters of the first part.
Clearly written.
176.
829. Size 7¾ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 415. Mostly
nine lines in a page.
A detailed description of the world to come, founded
upon the Koran and the tradition, and entitled البدور
السافرة فة امور (احوال) الاخرة, by Jalâl al-dîn
Suyûṭî (d. a.h. 911). See Ḥ. Kh. ii. 30.
1 The present MS. has the date, Friday, 10 Ramaḍân, which
is not correct.


Beginning: قال الشيخ الامام العالم العلامة جلال
الدين ابن سيدنا الشيخ الامام العلامة كمال الدين
ابى بكر السيوطى الشافعى نفعنا الله تعالى ببركته ورحم
سلفه وسلفنا به الحمد لله الذى خلق السموات والارض
وجعل الظلمات وانورالخ.‏
In about a hundred and forty chapters, a list of which
precedes (foll. 1–8). The first treats of the end of the
world (انقراض الدنيا والنفخ فى الصور).
The author's epilogue contains no date.
Clearly written in Nasta'lîḳ, breadthways like Sanskrit
books. The colophon runs as follows: وقد وقع الفراغ من
تحرير هذه النسخة الكريمة الجليلة المسمى ببدور السافرة
فى احوال الآخرة من تاليف الشيخ الامام العلامة الفاضل
شيخ جلال الدين السيوطى تغمده الله بغفرانه فى سبع
وعشرين من شهر الشوال يوم الجمعة سنة ۱۰٩٩ فى بلدة
دار السرور برهانپور حرسها الله عن الآفات واشرور بيد
الضعيف العاصى الراجى الى رحمة الله الحنان المنان
فقير قطب الدين ولد محمد سعيد الصوفى البرهانپورى
اب شهباز (؟) خان غفر الله لهما الخ.‏‎
Explanatory notes, drawn from various works, on
the margin.
One leaf is wanting after fol. 411.
Seal of Amjad Khân, a servant of 'Âlamgîr II.
[Johnson.]
177.
2738. Size 8¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 116. Nineteen
lines in a page.
الجان تاليف الشيخ (sic) لقط المرجان فى احكام
الامام العلامة الرحلة الفلامة المحقق المدقق عبد
الرحمن ابو الفضل جلال الدين الاسيوطى رحمه الله
تعالى.‏
A treatise of Suyûṭî on the nature and history of
demons and the devil, according to the tradition, pro-
perly styled لقط المرجان فى اخبار الجان. Cf. Ḥ. Kh.

v. 328, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 257. It is an abstract
(تلخيص) of Badr al-dîn Shiblî's (d. a.h. 769) work
on the same subject, entitled آكام المرجان فى احكام
الجان, on which see Ḥ. Kh. i. 386.
This treatise begins with a succession of short para-
graphs, ذكر خلقم ,ذكر وجودهم, etc., and concludes
with two long chapters, جامع من اخبار الجان and
جامع من اخبار الشيطان‏.‏
Well written. Dated 5 Shawwâl, 1115 (فى خمس
شهر شوال سنة خمس عشر ماية الف). Preceded by
a list of contents. Worm-eaten. The leaves have been
misplaced in binding; they should stand in the following
order: foll. 1–9, 26–57, 18–25, 10–17, 58–116.
[Bibl. Leydeniana.]
178.
B 82. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 12. Fifteen lines
in a page.
In what manner Muḥammad, and the other pro-
phets, remain alive in their graves. A discussion by
Suyûṭî, being in answer to a question which was put
to him on that subject. It is entitled, according to the
conclusion, انباه الاذكياء بحياة الانبياء. See Ḥ. Kh. i.
443, and Bibl. Sprenger. 1960.
Begins: قال رحمه الله الحمد لله وسلام على عباده
الذين اصطفى وقع السوال قد اشتهر ان النبى صلعم
حى فى قبره وورد انه صلعم قال ما من احد يسلم فظاهره
الارد الله على روحى حتى ارد عليه السلام فظاهره
مفارقة الروح له فى بعض الاوقات فكيف الجمع وهو
سوال حسن بحتاج الى النظر والتامل فاقول حياة النبى
.صلعم فى قبره هو وسائر الانبياء معلومة عندنا علما قطيعا
Well written, of the twelfth century.
The title of the book is in a different hand. Signature of
'Abd al-raḥmân b. 'Alawî al-'Aidarûs. Cat. 223, xi. 1.


179.
351. Size 11¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 364. Thirty-
one or thirty-three lines in a page.
A Biography of Muḥammad, compiled by Shihâb
al-dîn Aḥmad Ḳasṭalânî (d. a.h. 923), and entitled
المواهب اللدنية بالمخ المحمدية. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 245;
Flügel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 341; Cat. Mus. Brit. 98.
Printed with the commentary of Zarḳânî, at Bûlâḳ,
a.h. 1278, in 8 vols.
The author's conclusion is wanting. Written alter-
nately in two small hands, on tinted paper. Coloured
lines round the pages.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang, a.h. 1175.
[Tippu.]
180.
764. Size 10¾ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 429. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, containing at the
end the author's conclusion. He completed his work
on the 2nd Shawwâl, 898, and finished the fair copy
on the 15th Sha'bân, 899. The original of the present
copy was dated 10th á¹¢afar, 904, Makkah.
Well written. Some notes. Preceded by indices.
On the first fol. is a sketch of the life of the author, taken from
the biographical history of the tenth century,1 by Ibn 'Abdûs.
According to this, Abu'l-'Abbâs Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Abu
Bakr Ḳaisî Ḳasṭalânî Miṣrî Shâfi'î was born at Cairo on the 12th
Dhu'l-ḳa'dah, 851, and became a pupil of Khâlid Azharî, Sakhâwî,
and others. His controversy with Suyûṭî, alluded to by Ḥ. Kh.
(l. c.), is also related here.
The MS. has once been a وقف.
181.
2264. Size 8½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 191. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
A defence of the orthodox doctrine on the Khalifate,
or the righteousness of the three predecessors of
'Alî, against Shî'ahs and heretics, by Shihâb al-dîn
Aḥmad b. Ḥajar Haithamî Makkî (d. a.h. 973).
It is entitled الصواعق المحرقة.

See Ḥ. Kh. iv. 110,1 for an abstract of the preface.
Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 708, and Stewart's Catal. 136.
This work is mainly founded on the Sunnî tradition
and on old authors. The above title, and the name
of the author, do not occur in the text. There are
really eleven chapters instead of ten, as stated in
the preface,2 viz.: I. (fol. 6v.) فى بيان كيفية
خلافة الصديق; II. (fol. 40v.) فيما جاء عن اكابر
اهل البيت من مزيد الثناء على الشيخين; III. (fol.
44) فى بيان افضلية ابى بكر على سائر هذه الامة; IV.
(fol. 68v.) فى خلافة عمر; V. (fol. 70v.) فى فضلائله
وخصوصياته; VI. (fol. 80v.) فى خلافة عثمان; VII.
(fol. 83) فى فضائله ومآئره; VIII. (fol. 89) فى خلافة
على; IX. (fol. 92v.) فى مآئره وفضائله; X. (fol. 103v.)
فى خلافة الحسن وفضائله; XI. (fol. 108–158) فى فضائل
اهل البيت النبوى. There follows (fol. 158–168)
a supplement to the last chapter, containing extracts
from a treatise on the same subject (فى مناقب اهل
البيت), by Sakhâwî (Muḥammad b. 'Abd al-raḥmân,
d. a.h. 902), with which the author became acquainted
fourteen years after the completion of the present work,
when numerous copies of the latter had spread all
over the world ("the farthest West, Transoxania,
Kashmîr, India, Yaman, etc."). Though these extracts
were not considerable, and could easily be added as
marginal notes, yet it seemed to him impossible to
gather all the copies of the text for that purpose (!).
He therefore gives them separately, divided into four
short chapters (باب). The work concludes with a
double appendix (خاتمة), fol. 168v.: فى امور مهمة,
and fol. 174: فى بيان اعتقاد اهل السنة والجماعة
الصحابة الخ.‏ (r. فى) ‎من
Carefully written, by Sulaimân b. 'Abd al-karîm
Khaṭîb Sanabânî (السنبانى, sic)3 Shâfi'î. Dated Wed-
1 النور السافر فى اخبار اهل القرن العاشر
1 The correct title of the work is given in Add. et Corr. vii.
780.
2 See Ḥ. Kh. l. c.
3 Probably of Sanabân in Yaman. See Yâḳût, iii. ۱٥٦.


nesday, 10 Rajab, 995. An index to the work is on
the title-page.
The last pages (foll. 188v.–191) are filled with
extracts from Suyûṭî's منهاج السنة, etc., ill written.
The book bears only a modern inscription, which begins:
كتاب الصواعق المحرقة لاخوان الشيطان والابتداع والضلال
والزندقة تاليف الامام الخ.‏. In an Oriental binding of brown
leather.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
182.
603. Size 10¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 221. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, which appears
to have been made for Prince 'Âẓim, the son of
Aurangzîb. Well written. Dated 5 Ramaḍân, year
43 of 'Âlamgîr (= a.h. 1111). Prefixed is a detailed
list of contents, which, however, seems to be simply
copied from the original MS. This latter was dated
Thursday (يوم الخمسا, sic), 7 Ṣafar, 1078. Worm-
eaten.
Seals of a servant of 'Âẓim Shâh, and of Arshad Khân, a
servant of Shâh 'Âlam, a.h. 1120.
[Johnson.]
183.
B 374. Size 6½ in. by 4 in.; foll. 157. Between
twenty-two and fourteen lines in a page.
An incomplete copy of the same work, written in
various Nasta'lîḳ hands.
The beginning is wanting, and there are defects
after foll. 58, 64, 94, and 148. The work terminates on
fol. 151v., 1. 1, where it is immediately followed by
an extract from Abu'l-Sa'âdât [Ibn] al-Athîr's كتاب
1 المختار فى مناقب الاخيار. Imperfect at the end.
Fol. 157, a stray leaf, probably belongs to the same
extract.
Cat. 226, xxxvi.
184.
B 457. Size 8¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 22. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A fragment of the same work, containing the preface
and part of Chap. I.

Plainly written, on European paper, of the middle of
the twelfth century.
Inscribed: اين رساله در تحقيق خلافت شيخين در
علم كلام. Cf. Catal. 226, xxxviii.
185.
B 363. Size 10¼ in. by 7¾ in.; foll. 461. Nine-
teen lines in a page.
كتاب الزواجر عن اقتراف الكبائر تصنيف الامام العالم
العلامة العارف بالله الشيخ احمد بن حجر الهيثمى
مصنف التحفة وغيرها الخ.‏
A diffuse treatise on mortal sins, founded upon the
tradition, by Aḥmad b. Ḥajar Haithamî. It has been
printed at Bûlâḳ, a.h. 1284. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 151.
The author, who does not give his name, tells us that
he began this treatise in a.h. 953, at Makkah (ام القرى),
and that he made use of a work of Abu 'Abdallah
Dhahabî (d. a.h. 748). The treatise consists of an in-
troduction (مقدمة), on the definition of mortal sin,
etc., and two parts (باب), one (fol. 23) treating of the
"internal" or mental sins (الكبائر الباطنة), and the other
(fol. 108) of the "external" sins, or crimes in practise
(الكبائر الظاهرة). The latter is divided into special
chapters, according to the system of the law-books, باب
الطهارة, etc. The appendix (الخاتمة, fol. 436) treats of
four subjects: I. of penitence (التوبة); II. (fol. 440) of
the day of judgment; III. (fol. 448v.) of Hell; and
IV. (fol. 452) of Paradise, and it concludes with a
prayer.
Well written. Dated as follows: عشية يوم الخميس
وعشرون خلت من شهر المحرم عاشورا سنة الف
ومائة واثنى عشر من الهجرة. This copy was made by
'Abd al-raḥmân b. Sulaimân1 . . Bâ Faḍl, by order
of Wajîh al-dîn Saiyid 'Abd al-raḥmân b. 'Alawî b.
Aḥmad al-'Aidarûs Bâ 'Alawî Ḥusainî.
The signature of Wajîh al-dîn is at the end and on the title-
page; the above title is also in his hand-writing.
Cat. 223, x.
1 Sic. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 438.
1 The following word is effaced.


186.
2222. Size 7½ in. by 4½ in.; foll. 54. Fifteen
lines in a page.
A short Collection of Traditions and Sentences, for
devout purposes, styled منبهات. It is ascribed here
(and also in Stewart's Catal. 159, xi.) to Ṣafî al-dîn
Aḥmad b. 'Alî, commonly called Ibn Ḥajar, but else-
where to Aḥmad b. Muḥammad Ḥajarî. See Ḥ. Kh. vi.
161, and Catal. St. Petersb., 213, 5 (where the patronymic
is pronounced الحجرى). Which form of the name is
correct, and whether one of the two famous Ibn Ḥajar
is to be understood, is not ascertained. The work
is divided into ten chapters, arranged by the numbers
1–10, so that the sentences contained in each chapter
have a relation to its number by their structure and
partition, or enumerate as many things, etc.
This copy begins: الحمد لله الذى علم بالقلم علم
الانسان ما لم يعلم والصلوة والسلام على نبيه محمد سيد
العرب والعجم فهذا الكتاب المسمى بالمنبهات تصنيف
العالم العلامة زين القضاة شارح (sic) الشيخ السلام
احاديث النبى صلعم صفى الملة والدين احمد بن على
وجميع (sic) المعروف بابن حجر رحمة الله عفى عن
المسلمين آمين هذا منبهات على الاستعداد ليوم الميعاد
ورباع الى عشار فاما ما (sic) فان منها مثنى وثلث
يكون مثنى فمنه ما روى عن النبى الخ.‏
As the exordium differs from that quoted in Ḥ. Kh.,
and from that of the following MS., none of them
seems to be authentic.
Well written, by one Ya'ḳûb; of the twelfth century.
The last pages contain a saying of the Prophet, con-
cerning the visits of the spirits of the deceased to their
old haunts; an explanation of the word صوفى, in
Persian, extracted from the كشف اللغات, etc.
[Coll. Fort William.]

187.
1242. Size 8¼ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 31. Mostly
fifteen lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, somewhat
abridged.
Begins: الحمد لله فى كل حين واوقات ‘ والصلوة
والسلام على رسوله اشرف الخلق والبريات ‘هذه منبهات
معتمدا (sic) على الاستعداد ليوم المعاد صنفها صفى
للنصح والوداد مما صنفه الشيخ زين القضاة رحمه الله
تعالى فان منها ما يكون مثنى مثنى ثلث ثلث الى
تمام العشر.‏
The concluding portion is omitted. Boldly written.
The colophon runs as follows: كتبه فقير حقير خدا
پرست خاكپى درويشان حق جا نمحمد ولد مخدوم
حسن على ادام الله ز . . . . يوم السبت فى وقت
الظهر بتاريخ ۱۰ شهر ربيع الاول سنة ۱۰٧٨
Additions to the text in the same hand, and various
Persian notes and interlineations. The title-page is
filled with several apophthegms of the Prophet.
[Tippu.]
188.
B 111. Size 10½ in. by 7 in.; foll. 140. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A fragment of a large Collection of Traditions. The
name of the author is not to be found, the first leaf
being wanting. It appears, however, from the detailed
index to the whole book which fills up the first eleven
leaves, and from recent inscriptions, running الاكمال
لمنهج العمال and اجزا منهاج اعمال, that this is the
work of 'Alî b. Ḥusâm al-dîn Muttaḳi (d. a.h. 975),
described in Ḥ. Kh. iii. 553 and 616, as a com-
bined and newly arranged edition of Suyûṭî's الجامع
الصغير and the supplement to it (الزيادة). It is entitled
منهاج العمال فى سنن الاقوال.‏
The single books (كتاب) are arranged alphabetically,
and subdivided into chapters (باب) and sections (فصل).
Each of the latter has a double appendix, inscribed
الاكمال and الافعال. The books from which the tradi-
1 Cf. Sû. 96, 4, 5.
2 ما يكون is added on the margin.


tions are taken are always marked, the same abbre-
viations being used as in Suyûṭî's work.1
The present fragment comprises only two books, viz.,
I. كتاب الايمان والاسلام, in three chapters: 1. فى
‎‎ تعريفهما‎; 2. فى الاعتصام بالكتاب والسنة; ‎3. فى لواحق
كتاب الايمان; and II. (fol. 54) فى الاخلاق, in two
chapters: 1. فى الاخلاق والافعال المحمودة; 2. ‎فى الخلاق
والافعال المذمومة. The details of both these chapters
are also arranged alphabetically.
Plainly written in three different hands, and ter-
minating abruptly. Marginal notes. The final leaves
much injured. A slight defect after fol. 43.
Cat. 224, xxii.
189.
2060. Size 8½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 367. Nineteen
lines in a page.
كتاب روضة الابرار فى سير النبى المختار
A compendious work (مختصر) on the life and the
excellency of the Prophet, by 'Abdallah b. Khiḍr
b. Abu'l-mafâkhir Tamîmî. Cf. Stewart's Catal.
31, cix.
The author says in the preface that his work is
an abridgment of the مولد المصطفى, a work written
in Persian, by (Sa'îd al-dîn) Muḥammad b. Mas'ûd
Kâzarûnî (d. a.h. 758),2 to which he added extracts
from the معالم التنزيل of Muḥyi al-sunnah (Baghawî),
from the كتاب السير by Ḳiwâm al-sunnah Abu'l-
Ḳâsim Ismâ'îl (b.) Muḥammad b. al-Faḍl Iṣfahânî
(d. a.h. 535),3 and also from Ibn Ḳutaibah's (d.
a.h. 276) كتاب المعارف and 'Iyâḍ's الشفاء. The
arrangement he adopted unaltered from Kâzarûnî's
work. The first part (قسم) contains seven4 chapters,
the second and the third eight,5 and the fourth eleven

chapters, each of the latter comprising one of the years
of the Hijrah. The appendix (خاتمة الكتاب, fol. 288)
treats of various more dogmatic questions, in seven
chapters, I.فى ثناء الله تعالى عليه الخ; II. فى جامع
اوصافه الخ, etc. To this is added another appendix
(fol. 363, after the original conclusion) in three sections,
on which the author speaks as follows: يشتمل على
ذكر من راى النبى فى المنام وآداب من اراد زيارته
وذكر اهل بيت رسول الله والصحابة على طريق
الاجمال الخ.‏
Plainly written. The name of the transcriber and
the date are found in a note on the title-page, which
runs as follows: اما بعد فقد حصل هذا الكتاب المكرم
عوض بن (sic) المعظم لنفسه افقر العباد واحوجهم اليه
با عقيل السقاف (sic) بن عوضه (?) ‎السيد شيخ بن طه
عامله الله ووالديه وجميع المسلمين بالطافه . . . . وكان
الفراغ من تحصيله يوم الاحد ٢۱ فى صفر الخير سنة ۱۱٢٨
من الهجرة الخ.‏
The end is wanting. Fol. 240 should be placed after
242, and fol. 247 after 244.
[College of Fort William, (1809) 1825.]
190.
B 107. Size 10¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 82. Fifteen
lines in a page.
A treatise on the ascent of Muḥammad, رسالة المعراج,
by 'Alam Allah b. 'Abd al-razzâḳ Makkî Ḥanafî.
The preface begins: الحمد الله الذى جعل المعراج الى
اوج قربه دينه وطاعته. The author relates in it that he
was driven from his former dwelling-place, Burhânpûr,
by religious disturbances (فلما حدث فيها ما حدث
من فتنة الدين الخ), and that, after having wandered
about for some time, he was invited to the court of a
prince, whom he calls (fol. 2) مويد الدين المحمدى
To him he dedicates the present work, which he had
begun several years before.
The treatise commences (fol. 3v.): الحمد لله المبدع
1 See Ḥ. Kh. iii. 550.
2 Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 167, where it is called المنتقى فى سير النبى
المصطفى.‏
3 Perhaps the same as the دلائل النبوة mentioned in Ḥ.
Kh. iii. 237.
4 Instead of eight, as stated in Ḥ. Kh.
5 Instead of nine, as Ḥ. Kh. has.


المختار الواحد القهار. Various authorities, as late as
Ibn Ḥajar Haithamî (d. a.h. 973), are quoted in it.
Conclusion: هذا ما تيسر لى فى بيان المعراج المحمدى
وابراز اسرار ما وقع له صلعم فى الليلة المباركة من
العنايات الربانية والرعايات الصمدانية الخ.‏
Well written, of the eleventh century. A defect
after fol. 11.
Cat. 224, xvi.
191.
2341. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 46. Fifteen lines
in a page.
I. Foll. 1–2: A prayer for Muḥammad, supposed to
have been communicated by him to Maḥmûd of Ghaznah
in a dream.
Begins: اين درود معظم محمود غزنوى را در خواب
محمد رسول الله آموخته.‏
II. Foll. 3–44: A Collection of Traditions from the
Prophet, entitled لباب الاخبار, by Aḥmad b. 'Abdallah.
It is divided into forty chapters, each of which
contains ten traditions. The Isnâds are generally
omitted. Each tradition is followed by a Persian
translation. This collection was printed at Bombay,
a.h. 1280. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 164, xliv.
Beginning: الحمد لله رب العالمين‘ قيوم السموات
والارضين. The first chapter is inscribed: الباب الاول
فى فضيلة العلم والعلماء. A list of all the chapters is
inserted after the preface.
Dated 1 Muḥarram, 1157.
III. Foll. 44v.–46: Various pious stories in Persian,
concluding with blessings on Muḥammad.
Well written.
Seal of Tippu on the first page.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
192.
2340. Size 8¾ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 8. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Forty Sayings of the Prophet, with a paraphrase in
Persian verse, preceded by a preface also in Persian.
Cf. Stewart's Catal. 158.

The preface begins: صحيح ترين حديثى كه راويان
مجالس دين الخ. The first tradition is: لا يومن احدكم
حتى يحب لاخيه ما يحب لنفسه.‏
Conclusion: تمت ترحمى الاربعين بتوفيق من هو
خير نا صر ومعين الخ.‏
Neatly written in Nasta'lîḳ, by Muḥammad Mahdî
b. Ḥâjjî 'Abd al-hâdi. Ornamented.
[Coll. Fort William.]
193.
630. Size 9¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 8. Eleven lines
in a page.
Another elegant copy of the same work, without the
preface. The text of the traditions written in Thulth,
the paraphrase in Naskh. Tastefully ornamented in
colours.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang.
[Tippu.]
194.
2040. Size 11¼ in. by 7½ in.; foll. 8. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same, also without the preface.
Well written in Thulth and Nasta'lîḳ, and ornamented
in gold and blue. Scribe, بخش الله ولد سلطان محمود.
الخوافى.‏
Seal of 'Abd al-ṣamad Khân Dilîr Jang, a.h. 1189.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
195.
2279. Size 8¼ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 99. Fourteen
lines in a page.
A selection of Traditions from the Prophet, made by
order of Tippu, by 'Abd al-raḥmân b. 'Abd al-mâlik.
It is derived from the six canonical collections, and
divided into ninety-two chapters, according to the
numerical value of the name محمد, and hence entitled
الجامع المحمدى. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 157, xciii. (?).
The text is accompanied by a Persian interlinear
translation.
Begins: . . . . نحمدك اللهم والمحامد راحهة اليك
واما بعد فيقول العبد المنتقر الى رحمة الله تعالى عبد


الرحمن شيخ العارفين عبد المالك غفر الله ذنوبهما
لما اشار السلطان الاعظم والخاقان الاعلم الاكرم . . . . .‏
السلطان المنصور المويد تيپو سلطان غازى قريشى نسبا . .‏
‎ ‎‏‎‏... الى انتخاب احاديث سيد الانام على عدد اسم
عليه الصلوة والسلام لفوائد جمهور اهل (sic) المحمدى
الاسلام فاقتبست من مصابيح الصحاح الستة احاديث
والخبارا ومن آيات كلام الله انورا . . . . فسميته بجامع

الخ.‏ (sic) المحمدى
The first chapters treat of the holy war.
Written in a large plain hand, the Persian inter-
lineation in Nasta'lîḳ. Preceded by a list of contents
in Persian (foll. 1–2).
[College of Fort William, 1825.]

SCIENCE OF TRADITION.
196.
B 86. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 65. About
twenty lines in a page.
كتاب المغيث من مختلف الحديث
A treatise on Discrepancies in Traditions, by Maḥ-
mûd b. Ṭâhir b. al-Muẓaffar Sanjarî.
This MS. is imperfect at the beginning and end;
it commences now with the following verses, which
belong to the preface:
جوده يسبق جود المطر (sic) حسن الخلق جميل خلقه
عالم بل عالم فى جسد قرنت أراوه بالظفر
لست ادرى خلقه احسن ام خلقه ام لفظه كالدرر
ليست الشمس تضاهيه سنا وجهه أخجل نور القمر
راحة الزوار فى راحته خلقت للنفع لا للضرر
The author says subsequently that in the course
of his studies he read the مختلف الحديث of Ḳutabî
(i.e. Ibn Ḳutaibah, d. a.h. 276).1 The present treatise
is an abridgment of that work, with additions by
the author. It tries to solve the discrepancies be-
tween single traditions, as well as between traditions
and the Koran. The discrepant traditions are intro-

duced, the one by حديث آخر, the opposite by
فان قيل, and the solution by الجواب. The author
dedicated his work to المجلس العالى المويدى النظامى
القوامى العضدى الجلالى, for whom he had already
‏written a treatise on Koranic science, فى حقائق التنزيل
وبدائع التاويل ومختلف القراءات.‏
Written in different hands, of about the tenth century.
Much is wanting at the end. Single leaves are also
missing after foll. 7, 10, and 11. Fol. 3 is much torn.
Wrongly inscribed كتاب عقايد تنزيل. Cf. Cat. 226, xxxiii.
197.
2347. Size 7½ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 44. Thirteen
lines in a page.
الالفية
A treatise in verse on the Science of Tradition, by
'Abd al-raḥîm b. al-Ḥusain Atharî 'Irâḳî (d. a.h. 806),
composed in a.h. 768. It is chiefly an abstract of
the علوم الحديث of Ibn al-Ṣalâḥ (d. a.h. 643). Cf.
Ḥ. Kh. i. 416, and Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 82.
Well written, by Abu'l-su'ûd b. 'Izz al-dîn المنوفى,
and dated Thursday, 2nd Dhu'l-ḥijjah, 1146. With
vowel-points. The headings in the Thulth character.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 See on this work, Ḥ. Kh. v. 463 and i. 198, and Cat. Lugd.
iv. 54.


198.
B 104. Size 7¼ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 147. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
الجزء الاول من كتاب الايضاح بتكملة التكيت على
ابن الصلاح جمع شيخنا العلامة . . شهاب الدين ابن
حجر تغمده الله برحمته.‏
Ibn Ḥajar 'Asḳalânî's (Abu'l-faḍl Aḥmad b. 'Alî,
d. a.h. 852) Glosses on the علوم الحديث of Ibn
al-Ṣalâḥ (Abu 'Amr 'Othmân Shahrazûrî, d. a.h. 643),
and on the annotations on that work by 'Irâḳî. Cf.
Ḥ. Kh. iv. 250.
These glosses begin with the preface (خطبة) of Ibn
al-Ṣalâḥ. The last heading which occurs is (fol. 142):
القسم الثانى والعشرون معرفة المقلوب, and from a note
at the end (هذا آخر ما وجد بخط شيخ الاسلام رضه)
it would appear that the work was never continued
beyond this first volume.
Written in a good small hand, probably transcribed
from the author's own copy. The passages commented
are preceded by قوله, with ص or ع written over it, in
order to distinguish the original text (الاصل) and the
annotations of 'Irâḳî (الفرع). Several blanks, intended
in the author's copy for the full text of some quo-
tations, which were never inserted, appear likewise
in the present MS.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1046. Seals of Muḥammad 'Âdil Shâh, and of
two servants of 'Âlamgîr (Aurangzîb), namely 'Inâyat Khân and
Ḳâbil Khân. Cat. 224, i.
199.
2182. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 58. Fifteen lines
in a page.
Ibn Ḥajar 'Asḳalânî's Commentary (ممزوج) on his
own نخبة الفكر, on the technical terms used in Tradi-
tion, entitled نزهة النظر توضيح نخبة الفكر. Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
vi. 316. Edited by Col. Nassau Lees, Calcutta, 1862
(Bibl. Indica).
Plainly written. Dated a.h. 1184. The distinction

of the text and the commentary is often inaccurate.
Frequent glosses in the first portion.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
200.
B 109. Size 10 in. by 5½ in.; foll. 102. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A Commentary on the preceding work, probably
that of 'Alî Ḳâri' (b. Sulṭân Muḥammad Harawî,
d. a.h. 1014), which is entitled مصطح اهل الاثر
على شرح نخبة الفكر. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 316, and Bibl.
Sprenger. 485.
This commentary contains the complete text of Ibn
Ḥajar. Begins: الحمد لله حمدا يوافى نعمه ويكافى
مزيده.‏
Well written. The colophon runs as follows: نسخة
الفقير . . . اضعف عباد الله شريف ضبف1 الله بن
المغفور المرحوم شر[يف] محمود الحسينى المكى بن
شاه محمد خادم بيت الله الحرام (sic) المبرور المكروم
غفر الله له . . . وكان فراغه فى بلد الدكن يدپور فى ٢٩
ربيع الثانى سنة ۱۰٥٢
Some marginal notes.
Fol. 102v. An account of the seals of Muḥammad and
his three successors, and of those of Abu Ḥanîfah, Abu
Yûsuf, and Shaibânî, beginning: فى البستان لا بنقش
محمد, and concluding: تم مختصر الوقاية (sic).
Cat. 224 (Osoole Hudeeth), ii.
201.
B 110. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 157. Seventeen
lines in a page.
An indifferent copy of the same work, apparently
transcribed from the preceding MS. The last sheet but
one is missing (after fol. 147).
Cat. 224 (Osoole Hudeeth), iii.
1 Sic, r. صبغة or ضيف.


LAW.
ḤANAFITES.
202.
1157. Size 9¾ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 116. Thirteen
lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1–4. A short treatise in explication of the
following eight law terms: سنة ,واجب ,فرض,
مكروه ,محرم ,مباح ,مستحب, and مفسد, in as
many chapters. According to the conclusion,1 the
materials were taken from the following works: المحيط
المنتفى ,الهداية وحاشيتها ,الفتاوى الخانية ,الكبير and
ميزان الاصول. Begins: الحمد لله . . . اعلم ان العبد
مبتلا.‏
It appears from a work printed at Dehli (about a.d.
1870), which contains glosses on the present treatise, that
the name of its author is Tâj al-dîn الركالى, and it seems
to be entitled عمدة اليقين.
II. Foll. 5–115. كتاب القدورى. An abstract of
Ḥanafite Law, by Abu'l-Ḥusain Aḥmad b. Muḥammad
Ḳudûrî (Baghdâdî, d. a.h. 428). It is also called
مختصر القدورى, or merely القدورى. See Ḥ. Kh.
v. 451; Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 84; Fleischer, Cat.
Lips. 477, etc. Printed at Dehli, 1847, and sub-
sequently.
This MS. begins: الحمد لله رب العالمين . . . قال
احمد بن محمد البغدادى (sic) الشيخ الامام ابوالحسن
رحمة الله عليه كتاب الطهارات الاصل فى وجوب
قال الله تعالى الخ (sic) الطهارات
Well written in Nasta'lîḳ, by Shaikh Farîd al-dîn
Muḥammad b. Shaikh Ḥasan Muḥammad. Dated 5th
Rabî' I., 1091. Covered with notes in different hands,
and preceded by a table of contents.
Library of Faiḍâbâd (Oudh). Seal of Mîr Muḥammad Asad
Khân, a.h. 1185.
["Tippu" (Johnson?)]

203.
2059. Size 8½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 97. From
fifteen to twenty-two lines in a page.
Another copy of the مختصر القدورى, somewhat
differing from the preceding.
It begins: هذا كتاب الطهارة يا ايها الذين آمنوا,
and concludes with two Persian verses. Boldly
written. Occasional notes. Interleaved with European
paper, the first few pages of which contain notes and
explanations in English.
This MS. came into the possession of A. Locket, at Baghdâd, a.d.
1811. The following note is on the title-page: قد انتقل فى
تصرفى تولية من الحاج عبد الحاج عبد الفتاح افندى امام جامع
حسين باشا, and some notes in Turkish, in the same hand, are
on the last page. The MS. had been a وقف.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
204.
11. Size 13½ in. by 8 in.; foll. 243. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
A portion of the المبسوط, or system of Ḥanafite
Law, by Shams al-a'immah Abu Bakr Muḥammad b.
(Aḥmad b.) Abu Sahl Sarakhsî (d. a.h. 490 or 500),
who dictated the whole work during his imprisonment
at Ûzjand. See on it Ḥ. Kh. v. 363, and on the
author, Flügel, Class. d. hanefit. Rechtsgel., p. 303,
and also Hdss. Wien, iii. 201.
This seems to be the only fragment of the work
extant. It is said to be the ninth volume, and contains
the following books, each of which is subdivided into
chapters: العتق فى المرض ;العين والدين (fol. 53);
الدور (fol. 79v.); الفرائض (fol. 97v.); فرائض الخنثى
(fol. 161v.); الخنثى (fol. 166); حساب الوصايا (fol.
170v.); الشروط (fol. 190v.); الحيل (fol. 205v.); الكسب
(fol. 218); الرضاع (fol. 235). The name of the author
1 The text is very inaccurate.


is introduced at the commencement of each book,
together with the notice, that it is his dictate. The
last book is dated Thursday, 22nd Jum. II., 477.
Beginning: كتاب العين والدين قال الشيخ الامام
الاجل الزاهد شمس الائمة وفخر الاسلام ابو بكر محمد بن
ابى سهل السرخسى رحمه الله املآ اعلم بان مسائل
هذا الكتاب وترتيبها من عمل محمد بن الحسن رحمه
الله.‏
Written in a large hand. Dated 25th Jum. I., 1150.
The beginning and end are worm-eaten.
[Hastings.]
205.
B 349. Size about 10¼ in. by about 7¾ in.; foll.
229. Between twenty-four and twenty lines in
a page.
The first part of a work on details of Ḥanafite Law,
entitled خلاصة الفتاوى, by Iftikhâr al-dîn Ṭâhir b.
Aḥmad b. 'Abd al-rashîd Bukhârî (d. a.h. 542, at
Sarakhs). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. iii. 165 and 136; Flügel, Class.
hanef. Rechtsgel. 318; and Stewart's Catalogue, 148.
This is a concise manual for judges, which the
author wrote subsequently to his larger works, خزانة
الواقعات and نصاب الفقيه. The preface begins:
الحمد لله الذى نهج الدين ‘ونصب عليه البراهين.‏
The present volume contains the following books,
each subdivided into sections (فصل), which are num-
bered: الصلوة ;الطهارة (fol. 22); الحيض (fol. 74);
الزكوة (fol. 76); الصوم (fol. 84); الحج (fol. 94); النكاح
(fol. 97); الطلاق (fol. 128); الايمان (fol. 168).
Ends: آخر المجلد الاول من كتاب خلاصة الفتاوى
ويتلوه فى الثانى كتاب البيوع‏.‏
Exquisitely written. Several portions, including
the commencement and the end, restored by more
modern hands. A lacuna on fol. 57. The first leaves
much injured.
Erroneously inscribed خزانة الواقعات. Cf. Catal. 228, xvii.

206.
976. Size 14¼ in. by 9 in.; foll. 596. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The first half of a Ḥanafite law-book, styled المحيط,
the same as the محيط سرخسى of Ḥ. Kh. v. 433,
۱۱٥٦٣, or one of the editions of the work of Raḍî al-
dîn Sarakhsî (Muḥammad b. Muḥammad, d. a.h. 544).
See also Ḥ. Kh. v. 431 sq., and Flügel, Class. hanef.
Rechtsgel. 317.
The authenticity of this work has been questioned
from the very beginning, and it has also been con-
founded with the المحيط البرهانى (Ḥ. Kh. v. 431)—
the latter certainly without reason, as both works are
very clearly distinguished in Ḥ. Kh. l. c. The identity
of the present text with the محيط سرخسى is proved
from the beginning and extracts of the preface as
given by Ḥ. Kh. Less certainly may be attributed to
his statement, that this is the larger edition in ten vols.
The present text, at least, is complete in two vols.
No other copy of the work is known to exist.
The present volume extends from كتاب الطهارة to
كتاب الاصطيادات. The order of arrangement differs
much from that usually followed in Ḥanafite law-books.
Plainly, but not carefully, written in different hands.
There is a colophon on fol. 305, according to which
the preceding portion was finished at the beginning
of Sha'bân, 24 Julûs. Coloured lines round the
pages. Foll. 560v. and 561r. have been left blank by
mistake.
[Johnson.]
207.
977. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 464.
The second volume of the preceding work, extending
from كتاب الذبائح to كتاب الفرائض.
Written in the same way as the preceding MS.
Gold and blue lines round the pages. Rubrics occa-
sionally omitted. Foll. 342–3 should stand after 347,
and foll. 400–1 after 407.
Inscribed on the title-page: من كتاب (sic) الجزو الاول
محيط سرخسى. Both this volume and the preceding bear a
note of a.h. 1196, in which the work is styled فتاوى محيط.
[Johnson.]


208.
B 356. Size 10½ in. by 7 in.; foll. 268. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
A Commentary on a work on Ḥanafite Law, im-
perfect at the beginning, and without title. The
author of the original work is only alluded to
by the words السيد الامام المنصف; however, from
occasional quotations of other works, especially his
‏‎المنشور‎,1 he appears to be Saiyid Nâṣir al-dîn Abu'l-
Ḳâsim Muḥammad b. Yûsuf Samarḳandî Madanî (d.
a.h. 556),2 and the work commented on here, his الفقه
النافع. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 291; Fleischer, Cat. Lips.
477 sq.; and Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 94.
The author of the commentary is the well-known
Abu'l-barakât 'Abdallah b. Aḥmad Nasafî (d. a.h. 711).
This commentary is described by Ḥ. Kh. (l.c.), who
also gives an abstract of the epilogue. It is probably
entitled المستصفى. The chief authority of Nasafî
is Badr al-dîn Kardarî (Muḥammad b. Maḥmûd),
commonly called Khwâharzâdah (d. a.h. 651), the
nephew of that Kardarî (Shams al-a'immah Mu-
ḥammad b. 'Abd al-sattâr, d. a.h. 642) who is men-
tioned in the epilogue.3 Very likely, therefore, the
"commentary by a disciple of Kardarî," subsequently
noted by Ḥ. Kh.,4 is not different from the present
work. Cf. Flügel, Class. 323.
Only the first words of the passages commented are
given (with قوله), but the books, chapters, and sections
of the original work are marked throughout. Hence
it would appear that the Leipzig MS. is incomplete.
The following headings are to be inserted into the list
given in Fleischer's Catal. 478. After No. 11, الظهار;
after No. 14, الحدود; الايمان; الولاء; المكاتب; العتاق;
السير ;السرقة. No. 29 is here only a "chapter"
(باب). After No. 32, which is here inscribed القسمة,

is to be added الاجارات; after No. 34,الرجوع عن
الحوالة ;الكفار ;الوكالة ;الاقرار ;الدعوى ;الشهادات
المضابة ;الرهن ;الصلح‎‏‎;‎‏‏‎ احياء الموات ;المزارعة
الديات ;الجنايات ;الماذون ;الحجر ;الاكراه ;الاشربة;
الوصايا ;المعاقل; and after No. 35, الخنثى.
The beginning of this MS. (20 foll.) has been
wanting for at least two centuries. The first words
are: مرضه بالتحرك. The final portion has been partly
destroyed by white-ants. Still, the MS. is valuable
enough, as it is written in a very good hand, though
without diacritical points, and, as far as can be made
out from the conclusion, seems to have been transcribed
by the author himself. Unfortunately, the passage is
much injured. After a short prayer, the author says:
رتب ‎... ‏...احمد النسفى [‎عيف] ‎قال العبد الض
له ولوالديه واحسن اليهما واليه [‎غفرالله‎‎]1.. هذا ا (?).
Then follows the statement quoted by Ḥ. Kh. The
last fol. is lost.
Corrections and additions in the same hand, but of
different dates. Indistinct characters have been occa-
sionally rendered clear on the margin (marked with
بيان), and various readings added from another MS.
Inscribed اجزا جلد رابع هدايه, and again (fol. 140),
كتاب فتاوى نسفى در علم فقه جلد دويم. Cf. Catal.
227, i. 5 and 229, xxii.
209.
2239. Size 11½ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 392. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A Commentary (ممزوج) on Rukn al-islâm's (Mu-
ḥammad b. Abu Bakr Imâmzâdah Samarḳandî Ḥanafî,
d. a.h. 573) شرعة الاسلام, by Ya'ḳûb b. Saiyid 'Alî
(Rûmî, d. a.h. 931). It is entitled: مفاتيح الجنان
ومصابيح الجنان. See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 1 and iv. 42, and
for a full analysis of the شرعة الاسلام, Krafft, Hdss.
orient. Akad. Wien, 163 sq. Cf. Catal. St. Petersb.
44, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 82.
1 See on this work, Ḥ. Kh. vi. 186.
2 This is undoubtedly the correct date, as it occurs severally in
Ḥ. Kh., not 656, which he gives in describing the present work.
Cf. especially Ḥ. Kh. vi. 107.
3 Cf. Ḥ. Kh. l.c. See on the two Kardarî, Flügel, Class.
319 sq. and 322.
4 Here I do not follow Flügel's translation.
1 This word has been erased.


This commentary has been compiled from 120 works,
such as commentaries on the Koran, collections of tra-
ditions, law-books, works on morals, dictionaries,
grammars, etc. A list of them is given at the end
of the work.
Begins: حمدا لمن من على عباده نعمة الاسلام وجله
شرعة ومنهاجا. The original work commences (fol. 4v.):
الحمد لله الذى دلنا الطريق بالشواهد والاعلام.‏
Well written. The colophon runs as follows: كاتبه
احقر الناس محمد نصير قريشى تحرير فى التاريخ پانزدهم
شعبان روز چهار شنبه سنه ۱۰٩٦
A list of the sections of the شرعة الاسلام is written
on the fly-leaves. Worm-eaten.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
210.
744. Size 11¾ in. by 7½ in.; foll. 271. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The first half of the فتاوى قاضيخان, or Legal
Decisions, compiled by Fakhr al-dîn Abu'l-maḥâsin
al-Ḥasan b. Manṣûr b. Maḥmûd Ûzjandî, commonly
called Ḳâḍîkhân (d. a.h. 592). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. iv. 364;
Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 240; Cat. Mus. Brit. 724;
and Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 89. Printed at Calcutta
(Asiat. Lithograph. Press), 1835, in 4 vols.
This MS. is founded upon a dictate of the author's,
given at his house, on the 6th Muḥarram, 578.
Well written. Concluding: تم النصف الاول من
الخانية المسمى بفتاوى قاضيخان الخ. Dated 24 Rabî 'I.,
1108. Preceded by a table of contents.
۱۱٦٨
The following note runs over fol. 117v.–118r.: اين كتاب وقف
شداز ملك قطب شاه‘ هركه خواند دعاء بكند در حق
(sic) اين بى نواه. Seal and signature of Ṣibghat-allah Khân,
a.h. 1182.
[Hastings.]

211.
605. Size 10¼ in. by 7 in.; foll. 385. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The first half of Burhân al-dîn Abu'l-Ḥasan 'Alî b.
Abu Bakr b. 'Abd al-jalîl Marghînânî's (d. a.h. 593)
الهداية, which is a commentary on his own بداية
المبتدى, on Ḥanafite Law. See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 479;
Flügel, Hdss Wien, iii. 202 sq., and Class. 316. The
work was printed at Calcutta, a.h. 1234, and translated
into English by C. Hamilton, London, 1791, and this
translation edited for the second time by S. G. Grady,
London, 1870.
Concludes with كتاب الوقف. Well written, by
'Alî b. Ḥasan Azharî, in Shawwâl, a.h. 861, فى يوم
شوال المبارك سنة (sic) السبت المبارك تاسع عشرين
احدى وستين وثمانى مائة
A table of contents is on the fly-leaves. Foll. 1 and
2, which are of a much smaller size, belong to a
Persian treatise.
A splendid ornament, in gold and blue, is on the title-page
(fol. 6r.), containing the following inscription: الاول من الهداية
رحمه الله (sic) للشيخ الامام العالم عبد الجليل المغرى نانى
According to notes at the end and on fol. 3, the book had been
taken from Muḥammadâbâd-Bîdar, and came into the Royal
Library of Bîjâpûr, in a.h. 1029. Seals of Maḥmûd Khwâjah
Jahân, and 'Abd al-majîd Khân (a.h. 1145). In a rich Oriental
binding.
[Tippu.]
212.
146. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 373. Seven lines
in a page.
The first part of the Hidâyah, concluding with كتاب
الزكاة.
Plainly written in three different hands, Naskh and
Nasta'lîḳ, with frequent marginal notes.
[Tippu.]
213.
147. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 419.
The second part of the same, from كتاب النكاح to
كتاب الوقف.


Written in different hands, Nasta'lîḳ prevailing,
with numerous notes. Preceded by a table of contents.
Both this volume and the preceding bear the seal of Khân
Jahân. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 144, i.
[Tippu.]
214.
1776. Size 12½ in. by 8 in.; foll. 174. Twenty
lines in a page.
The first half of the Hidâyah.
Mostly written in an inelegant Nasta'lîḳ hand,
approaching Shikastah. Dated 25th Rabî' I., 1017.
Colophon:تمت هذه النسخة المعظمة المكرمة المصنفة
فى علم الفقه من يد الضعيف النحيف الراجى الى
بن ملا اله بخش فى (?) ‎رحمة الله تعالى محمد زمان
يوم الثلثاء فى . . الخامس والعشرون من شهر ربيع الاول
(sic) سنة ۱۱۷.
Covered with notes. On fol. 174 recipes.
Signature of R. Johnson.
215.
1419. Size 10¼ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 232. Eighteen
lines in a page.
The second half of the same work, from كتاب البيوع
to the end.
Mostly written in a bold Nasta'lîḳ hand; not quite
finished, though a conclusion has been added, with
the date, a.h. 1052. Copious marginal notes. Some
portions supplied in two different hands.
[Johnson.]
216.
B 343a. Size 11½ in. by 7 in.; foll. 387. Eleven,
afterwards nine lines in a page.
The first portion of the Hidâyah, as far as كتاب الحج,
with copious notes.
Plainly written in a Persian hand, of about the
tenth century. Imperfect at the beginning1 and end;
single leaves are missing after foll. 47 and 96. Injured
on the margin and stained.

217.
B 343b. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll.
244.
Another fragment of the same, extending from كتاب
الطلاق to كتاب اللقطة, with copious notes.
Written in two different hands. Imperfect at the
beginning and end, and in many other places. Stained.
Part of fol. 124 torn off.
This MS. and the preceding had been mixed together in utter
confusion. Fol. 380 of the latter is inscribed: اجزاشرهدايه.
Cf. Catal. 227, i. 7, 8 (?).
218.
1393. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 335. Twenty-
nine and twenty-one lines in a page.
The first part of a copious Commentary on the
Hidâyah, entitled النهاية فى شرح الهداية. The author
is Ḥusâm al-dîn al-Ḥusain b. 'Alî Ṣighnâḳî (d. a.h.
711), who completed his work in a.h. 700. See Ḥ. Kh.
vi. 480, and Flügel, Class. 327. Cf. Stewart's Catal.
144, iii. No other copy seems to be extant.
This is the first commentary that was written
upon the Hidâyah. The author began it at the
exhortation of his Shaikh, 'Alâ al-dîn Muḥammad b.
Aḥmad b. 'Omar الساغرى. Of the two Isnâds con-
necting him with Marghînânî, the one consists of three,
and the other of two intermediate persons. He can by
no means be called his pupil, as he is by Ḥ. Kh. (l. c.).
The original text is distinguished by the word قوله.
The present volume consists of two separate portions.
The first (foll. 1–183) contains the books الطهارات and
الصلوة, and the second (foll. 184–335) the books الزكوة,
الصوم, and الحج. Plainly written. Two blanks on
foll. 270 and 271, intended for drawings of the
Mosque of Makkah, have never been filled up. Worm-
eaten.
Seal and signature of a Saiyid named Ashraf b. 'Abdallah.
who bought this MS. of Nûr Muḥammad صحاف, and seals of
Faiḍ 'Alî Khân (a.h. 1174), and Muḥammad Khiḍr Khân
(a.h. 1191).
[Tippu.]
1 Forty-five foll. are wanting.


219.
778. Size 8¾ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 539. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The first part of a Commentary on the Hidâyah,
entitled العناية, by Muḥammad b. Maḥmûd b. Aḥmad
Ḥanafî1 (Akmal al-dîn Bâbartî, d. a.h. 786). Cf.
Ḥ. Kh. vi. 485; Cat. St. Petersb. 40; and Flügel,
Class. 334 sq. The work was printed at Calcutta,
a.h. 1247, in four vols.
This is also a commentary by قوله. The present
volume comprises the first half of the Hidâyah, or the
first two volumes of the aforesaid edition, and con-
cludes: نجز الجزو الثانى من العناية فى شرح الهداية
بحمدالله .. ويتلوه الجزو الثالث كتاب البيوع; but the
beginning of the second جزء is not marked.
Inelegantly written; the first two leaves restored by
a more modern hand. Owing to the bad quality of the
ink, the leaves had stuck together, and often could
not be separated without injuring the writing.
This MS. was once a وقف.
[Hastings.]
220.
B 344, 347. Size 10½ in. by 7 in.; foll. 624.
Thirty-one, twenty-nine, and twenty-seven lines
in a page.
Another Commentary (by قوله) on the Hidâyah,
called الكفاية, by Burhân al-sharî'ah Maḥmûd b.
'Ubaidallah b. Maḥmûd Tâj al-sharî'ah Maḥbûbî,
who flourished at the beginning of the eighth century
(see the following MS.). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 483. The
work was printed, together with the Hidâyah, at
Calcutta, a.h. 1249, in four vols., and also at Bombay,
a.h. 1280.
Originally in two separate volumes, each containing
two of the Calcutta edition. Written in different
hands, part of the second volume in a bad Nasta'lîḳ.
Vol. I. (as far as fol. 297) is revised throughout, and
concludes with the date of the original copy (Rama-

ḍân, 832). It is preceded by a different commentary
on the preface of the Hidâyah (foll. 4–8), which, after
an introductory line, begins: الحمد لله افتح الكتاب
بالتسمية والتحميد. Both vols. have tables of con-
tents, in a modern hand. One leaf is wanting after
fol. 21, and six after fol. 43. Fol. 39 is much injured.
Stained.
Vol. I. has the correct title, but vol. II. is inscribed: نهايه
حاشيه هدايه جلد چهارم. Cf. Catal. 227, ii., and i. 4.
221.
2555. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 329. Twenty-
one or nineteen lines in a page.
A Commentary on Burhân al-sharî'ah's الوقاية, or
abridgment of the Hidâyah, compiled by his grandson
(Ṣadr al-sharî'ah) 'Ubaidallah b. Mas'ûd b. Tâj al-
sharî'ah b. Ṣadr al-sharî'ah (d. a.h. 747 or 745), who
completed it in a.h. 743. It is called simply شرح
الوقاية, but also goes by the name of its author, viz.
صدر الشريعة. See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 460; Flügel, Hdss.
Wien, iii. 209; Cat. Mus. Brit. 119, etc. Copies are
frequent.
Written in different styles. Date, a.h. 965. Scribe,
'Abd al-raḥîm (b. ?) 'Omar. Frequent marginal notes;
the margin, however, is injured. Stained.
Foll. 1–9 and 320–329 are filled with various extracts
and notes.
Signature of Muḥammad Afḍal at the end.
[Bibl. Leydeniana.]
222.
2148. Size 10 in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 336. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the شرح الوقاية.
Well written, and finished on the 2nd Dhu'l-ḥijjah,
1055, by Naẓar Muḥammad b. Molla Muḥammad
Khuwârazmî. Notes have been frequently added on
the margin by different hands.
Frequent impressions of the seal of 'Abd al-majîd Khân
(a.h. 1145).
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
1 Thus the author names himself in the preface.


223.
362. Size 10¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 554. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the شرح الوقاية.
Well written, by Muḥammad 'Âḳil b. 'Abd al-
ghafûr. Copious notes have been added, partly by
the same, and partly by Jamâl 'Alî, who also revised
the latter portion.
Seals of 'Abd al-razzâḳ Khân (a.h. 1177) and 'Abd al-wahhâb
Khân.
[Tippu.]
224.
1669. Size 10½ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 244. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Commentary.
Plainly written. Conclusion: تمت هذه الكتاب
الشريفة المسمى بشرح الوقاية بوقت مبارك ضحى تمام
شود تحرير فى التاريخ الحادى والعشرين من شهر مبارك
رمضان سنة الف ثمان وتسعين ‘ بعون الله الملك العزيز
العلام مالك كمال محمد ابن محمد جيو مقدم ائمة
(sic) كتب هذا الكتاب فقير عبد الكريم بن امى جى
1.بوهره ساكن قصبة بيجابور غفرالله لكاتبه ومالكه الخ
Prefixed is a table of contents, in the same hand.
225.
1440. Size 11 in. by 6½ in.; foll. 293. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Another copy of the same.
Plainly written, by the same scribe as the preceding
MS. The colophon runs as follows: ختمت هذا
الكتاب المسمى من شرح وقاية فى يوم الثانى بوقت
عصر فى التاريخ التاسع عشر من شهر شعبان المعظم سنة
‏بيبى امتوالسلام‏‎ 2 ..الف ومائة واربع‘ هذا الكتاب
بنت ميان عمر شاه بن شاه محمد كتبه فقير عاجز
محتاج الى شفاعة النبى صلعم عبد الكريم بن محمد
امين ابن عبد الرحمن مرحوم غفرالله لكاتبه ومالكه الخ‎‏
Worm-eaten.
[Johnson.]

226.
348. Size 12¼ in. by 8 in.; foll. 284. Nineteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same.
Well written in Nasta'lîḳ. The colophon runs as
follows: قد وقع الفراغ من تحرير هذه الكتاب المسمى
‎‎‎ بيد فقيرالحقير دين محمد ‎(?) بشرح الوقاية فى بلد الپسرور
ابن دولت محمد بن شير محمد عرب جها نملكى ومن
هجرة النبوى صلعم الف ومائة واربعون وتسعة سنة فى
يوم الجمعة بوقت الضحى فى تسعة شهر محرم الحرام
ومن سنة الجلوس محمد شاه تسعة عشر اللهم اغفر
لكاتبه الخ
With marginal notes. Stained by damp.
[Johnson.]
227.
B 351. Size 9¾ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 214. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Another copy of the same.
Neatly written in two hands, with marginal notes.
Of the eleventh century. Defects after foll. 41, 71,
and 121. Part of fol. 13 is torn off. Injured and
worm-eaten.
Seal of 'Inâyat Allah on the title-page, together with the fol-
lowing note: در اورنك آباد خجسته بنياد اين نسخه
شريفه ميسر شد
Cat. 227, viii.
228.
B 348. Size 8¼ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 286. Seven-
teen or sixteen lines in a page.
An imperfect copy of the شرح الوقاية.
Neatly written in Nasta'lîḳ, with some notes.
The first portion (thirty-three foll.) is wanting.
Begins: ش اى من احدث فى ركوعه. There are
also defects after foll. 126, 156, 176, and 183, and the
last fol. is lost. Foll. 11, 105, and 106 are injured.
Cat. 227, viii. 5.
1 Compare the colophon of the following MS.
2 One word erased. A note on the fly-leaf referring to the lady
owner is also partly erased.


229.
B 341. Size 10 in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 145. Twenty-
two lines in a page.
Another copy of the شرح الوقاية, imperfect at the
beginning.
Well written in Nasta'lîḳ, with copious notes. Con-
clusion : تمت هذه النسخة الشريفة على يد عبد الضعيف
الراجى الى رحمة الله العالى جلمة بن عبد على بن ملا
امين شرعا فى يوم العشرين من شهر العشور سنة ثمان
واربعين وتسعمائة فى مدرسة عالية الغ بيك ميرزا
المعمورة فى بلدة المحفوظة بخارا والله اعلم.‏‎
The beginning is much injured, and the whole is
stained by damp. Begins: رأت الدم.
One portion is inscribed اوراق جلد دويم شرح مختصر
الوقاية, and the other, اوراق شرح هدايه. Cf. Catal. 227, i.
6 (?) and 228, viii. 8.
230.
B 341b. Size 10 in. by 6½ in.; foll. 193. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the
beginning, and much injured by insects, and by damp.
The earlier portion is in a lamentable condition.
Single leaves are missing after foll. 5 and 49.
Written in Nasta'lîḳ, about a.h. 1000, and collated.
At the end an "introduction" on technical terms (اما
الاصطلاحات الخ (sic) المقدمة فهى), and Persian poetry
concerning Muḥammad.
231.
B 364. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 444. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A Super-commentary on the شرح الوقاية, by Akhî
Yûsuf b. Junaid (Tuḳâtî, commonly called Akhî Cha-
labî, d. a.h. 905), who compiled it during the years a.h.
891–901. It is entitled ذخيرة العقبى فى شرح صدر الشريعة
العظمى, and dedicated to the Ottoman Sultan (Bâyazîd
b. Muḥammad Khân) b. Murâd Khân.1 Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
iii. 327 and vi. 460, 464, and also Flügel, Class. 346.

The preface begins : الحمد لله الذى شرح صدر الشريعة
الغراء‘ فملاه باحكام الشريعة الحنفية البيضاء. In the
epilogue, the author styles himself اخى يوسف بن
جنيد عفى الله عنهما الحميد المجيد المدرس باحد
(sic) الثمانية الكائنة فى البلد القسطنطنية, and dates his
work as follows: (ى)‎وكان ابتداء التاليف تقريبا فى احد
وتسعين وثمانمائة وختامه فى ثمان ذى الحجة من حجة
احدى وتسع مائة من الهجرة الخ
This copy was transcribed for, and apparently in
part by, A'azz al-dîn Muḥammad b. Shaikh Abu'l-
ma'âli. worm-eaten towards the end.
232.
B 350. Size 9½ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 244. Nine-
teen lines in a page.
الجزو الاول من حاشية حل الوقاية
من تصنيف اخى زاده چلبى
Another copy of the same work.
Well written, but not very correct. It was tran-
scribed in a.h. 1029, at Burhânpûr, for Ḳâḍi Khûshḥâl,
who wrote the following note at the end : تم استكتابه
وقت الاشراق يوم السبت ۱۷ شهر ذى القعدة سنة ۱۰٢٩
حين رجع العسكرمن الدكن الى برهانپور ووقع ما وقع
علينا من المصائب1 وانا العبد الراقم خوشحال الخ.‏‎
A similar note is on the title-page.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1054, from Khûshḥâl. Seals of the latter and
of Muḥammad 'Âdil Shâh.
233.
B 352, 369. Size 9¾ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 264.
Twenty-one lines in a page.
An incomplete copy of the same work, indifferently
written, and in some places supplied by another hand.
Fifteen foll. are wanting at the beginning. The first
words are: الشرب ان لا يعرف شيا. Defects after
foll. 38, 60, 61, 62, 86, 87, 89, and 162.
Cat. 227, viii. 6 and 228, xx.
1 The names in parenthesis are taken from the following MS.,
there being a blank left for them in the present copy.
1 He evidently alludes to the retreat of the Moghul army
before Malik 'Anbar. See Elphinstone's India, 5th edition, p. 562.


234.
792. Size 9¾ in. by 7 in.; foll. 284. Six lines in
a page.
An Abridgment of the Wiḳâyah, commonly called
مختصر الوقاية, by (Ṣadr al-sharî'ah) 'Ubaidallah b.
Mas'ûd b. Tâj al-sharî'ah, the author of the preceding
commentary. It is sometimes styled النقاية , though
this title is not mentioned in the author's preface. Cf.
Ḥ. Kh. vi. 373, and Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 92. It has
been published by Mirza Kazem-Beg, Kazan, a.h. 1260
(= a.d. 1845).
Well written in a large hand, by Molla Muḥammad
'Alawî b. Molla Ibrâhîm Samarḳandî, in Rabî' I., 1045.
Copious notes have been added in some places, and
occasionally written on leaves inserted for the purpose.
Fol. 1, which is in a different hand, is reversed.
Slightly injured by damp.
[Johnson.]
235.
826. Size 8 in. by 4¼ in.; foll. 154. Eleven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, well written, with
copious notes on the margin.
The vacant pages at the end (from fol. 138) are filled
up with various extracts, written partly in Shikastah,
viz., كتاب الفرائض ; a devotional formula, explained in
Persian, وظيفه سلسله عليه قادرية الخ; some glosses by
Shumunnî and others ; extracts from the فتاوى
عالمگيرى; short regulations for purification, prayer,
alms, fasting, and اعتكاف, etc.
Seal of 'Abd al-ṣamad Khân Bahâdur Dilîr Jang, a.h. 1185.
[Tippu.]
236.
1697. Size 9½ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 839. Fifteen
lines in a page.
A copious Commentary (ممزوج) on the preceding
work. The author is, according to Ḥ. Kh. vi. 375,
Abu'l-makârim b. 'Abdallah b. Muḥammad, who com-
pleted it in a.h. 907. See also Aumer, Hdss. Münch.,
p. 93, no. 283.
Boldly written. Some blanks on the first pages.
Inscribed مكارمى شرح مختصر وقايه. Seal of Nuṣrat
Jang, a.h. 1174.
[Tippu.]

237.
2158. Size 10 in. by 5½ in.; foll. 296. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The first part of another Commentary (ممزوج) on
the same work, styled جامع الرموز, by Shams al-dîn
Muḥammad Khurâsânî Ḳuhistânî (d. a.h. 962 or 950),
who completed it in a.h. 941. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 374;
Aumer, Hdss. Münch. No. 284; and Cat. Lugd. iv.
121. Printed at Calcutta, 1858, by Col. W. Nassau
Lees.
This vol. extends to the end of كتاب الايمان. It
begins: اصول مبسوط (sic) الحمدلله الذى فضلنا بتعظيم
الجامع الكبير
Plainly, but not carefully written. Conclusion : جلد
بتاربخ نهم شهر جمادى (sic!) اول شرح مختصر وقايع
الاول سنه 2‏
Foll. 210 and 215 should be transposed.
Seals of 'Abd al-majîd Khân (a.h. 1145) and 'Abd al-khâliḳ
Khân, a.h. 1162.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
238.
B 345, 346. Size 11½ in. by 8 in.; foll. 299.
Nineteen, twenty-one, and twenty-three lines
in a page.
'Abdallah b. Maḥmûd b. Maudûd Abu'l-faḍl
Mauṣilî's (d. a.h. 683, at Baghdâd) Commentary on
his own المختار, or Abstract of Ḥanafite Law. It is
entitled الاختيار. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 436; Cat. Lugd. iv.
126; Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 96 ; and Flügel, Class. 326.
The original text is distinguished by قال.
In two volumes. Well written, with numerous
notes, but imperfect and injured both at the beginning
and end. The first volume, of which 30 foll. are
wanting, commences in the كتاب الصلوة, with the
words هاهنا ينصرف, and concludes with the كتاب
المساقاة. The colophon runs as follows : عم النصف الاول
من هذا الكتاب بعون الملك الوهاب على يد اضعف
لملاب قاسم الملقب بملا جان بن مولانا احمد بن


مولانا حبيب الله بن مولانا مريجان (؟) غفر الله له
تاريخه سنة سبعين وتسعمائة الخ
foll. 169v. and 170 contain two prayers (دعاء قنوت
and دعاء استخاره), with explanations, and various
notes.
The second volume (fol. 171) is inscribed: هذا نصف
الاختيار لصاحب المختار للشيخ الامام العلامة جمال
‎رحمه‎1 الدين عبد الله بن محمود بن مودود بلدجى
الله. It begins with the كتاب النكاح, and terminates
in the كتاب الديات Two leaves are wanting after
fol. 297.
The first vol. is erroneously inscribed نهايه شرح هدايه.
Cf. Catal. 227, i. 10 (or 11 ?).
239.
B 56. Size 8¼ in. by 6 in. ; foll. 108. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
I. (foll. 1–14) The celebrated treatise on the Law of
Inheritance (الفرائض), commonly called السراجية, by
Sirâj al-dîn Muḥammad b. Muḥammad b. 'Abd al-
rashîd Sajâwandî (who flourished about a.h. 600).
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. iv. 399 sqq. ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 409 ;
Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 481; and Cat. Lugd. iv. 123 sq.
It was edited by Sir W. Jones, Calcutta, 1792.
II. (foll. 15–108) كتاب شرح السراجية فى فرائض
الحنفية للسيد الشريف. A Commentary (ممزوج) on
the preceding work, by Saiyid Sharîf Jurjânî (d.
a.h. 816). See Ḥ. Kh. v. 401, and Cat. Mus. Brit. l. c.
It was translated by Sir W. Jones in the above edition,
and the text printed at Calcutta, a.h. 1260.
Beginning: الحمد لله رب العالمين والصلوة على خير
خلقه محمد وآله اجمعين قال المولى الشيخ الامام
سراج الملة والدين الخ
Both treatises are neatly written, by Muḥammad b.
Khâlid Walîdî Ḥanafî, for his own use. The former

is dated beginning of Sha'bân, 995, and the latter,
Thursday, 14th Jum. II., 1001.
On the last page is an Ijâzah for the present volume,
dated end of Shawwâl, 1029.
Seal of Muḥammad Ikhlâṣ Khân at the end. "Ḳâdirîyah
Library," a.h. 1075, from Tâj Muḥammad. Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1091,
from Khawâṣṣ Khân.
Cat. 228, xiv. 1.
240.
1153. Size 10¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 111. Twenty-
seven and twenty-three lines in a page.
I. (foll. 1–6). The Sirâjîyah.
Clearly written in a small Nasta'lîḳ hand, in
a.h. 1101. The copyist styles himself احقر العباد
غلام شمس الدين بن محمد شريف الحسينى
II. (foll. 7–111). The Commentary of Saiyid Sharîf
on the preceding work.
Mostly written in a hurried Nasta'lîḳ. The colo-
phon runs as follows: تملم شد كتاب شريفى كه در
علم فرايض است بوقت چاشت بتاريخ دهم شهر
جمادى الثانى سنه ۳۳ جلوس ولا مطابق سنه ١١٠١ هجرى
‎‎‎محمد‎1. . در قصبه سيوهاره سركار سنبهل بخط فقير حقير
ابن شيخ عماد ساكن قصبه برناوه صوبه دار الخلافه شاه
جهان اباد
[Johnson.]
241.
B 463. Size 6½ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 60. Seven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the Sirâjîyah, imperfect at the
beginning.
Written in a bold character, in Dhu'l-ḥijjah, 944,
at Lahore, for one Ṭâhir 'Abdallah. Numerous notes
in the first portion.
The first ten leaves are wanting. Begins: للواحدة.
One leaf is also missing after fol. 36.
Inscribed (fol. 2) رساله در علم فرايض. Cf. Cat. 229, xxiv.
1 Cf. Orientalia, ed. Juynboll, etc., ii. 273.
1 One word doubtful.


242.
B 62. Size 7¾ in. by 5 in.; foll. 28. Nine lines
in a page.
A good copy of the Sirâjîyah, but imperfect both at
the beginning and end. It commences : وان سفلت.
Erroneously inscribed اوراق مصباح الدجى درعلم فرايض
Cf. Catal. 228, xiv. 4.
243.
B 61. Size 8¼ in. by 5½ in. Fifteen lines in a
page.
(Foll. 1–13) The Sirâjîyah.
Well written, with marginal notes. Defects after
foll. 1 and 5.
The remainder is in Persian. See Persian MSS.
244.
B 63c. Size about 9½ in. by about 5¾ in.; foll. 101.
Fifteen lines in a page.
A fragment of the Commentary on the Sirâjîyah,
by Saiyid Sharîf Jurjânî.
Well written, partly in Nasta'lîḳ, and partly in
Shikastah. A portion supplied by a later hand.
The beginning is wanting The first words are : على
قوله او حكما. Defects after foll. 18 and 46. The
margin injured by insects.
fol. 53 bears the inscription اوراق فرائض.
245.
B 60. Size 9½ in. by 6¼ in. ; foll. 114. From
seventeen to twenty-four lines in a page.
Another Commentary on the Sirâjîyah, imperfect at the
beginning. According to the inscription, which is repeated
on the first leaf of each quire, it is الضو or ضو السراج
by (Shams al-dîn Abu'l-'alâ) Maḥmûd b. Abu Bakr b.
Abu'l-'alâ Bukhârî Kalâbâdî (d. a.h. 700), who com-
pleted his work in a.h. 676. See Ḥ. Kh. iv. 121,
404, and Cat. Bodl. i. 82 sq.
The text of the Sirâjîyah is introduced by قال. The
commentary is concluded by an appendix on different

questions (فصل فى لواحق الكتاب, fol. 109), which is
not mentioned by Ḥ. Kh.1 No date or epilogue is
found in this MS.
Clearly written, of the tenth century. Some notes.
The first sixteen foll. are missing. Begins: النسبية
ومولى العتاقة.
246.
B 57. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 50. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
A third, concise Commentary on the Sirâjîyah, by
Abu'l-'alâ Muḥammad b. Aḥmad Bihishtî Isfarâ'inî,
commonly called Fakhr (al-dîn) Khurâsânî.2 Cf. Ḥ. Kh
iv. 401.
The preface begins:3 الحمد لله الذى قدر لحكتمه
سهام والوارثاث. The text and the commentary
are distinguished by قال and اقول. Well written in
Nasta'lîḳ, the diacritical points often omitted. Dated
Friday, 20th Rabî' I., 959. Revised and collated.
Injured by insects.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1023, from Shaikh 'Alam Allah.
Cat. 228, xiv. 2.
247.
B 58. Size 7½ in. by 5 in. ; foll. 62. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Another copy of Abu'l-'alâ's Commentary, written
in a similar style, but inferior to the preceding copy.
A few marginal notes. Injured by damp.
Various pieces of Persian poetry have been written on
the vacant spaces at the beginning and end of the book.
248.
B 59. Size 7¾ in. by about 5 in.; foll. 58. From
twenty-one to twenty-three lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Commentary, imperfect
at the end.
1 He mentions, however, such an appendix with another com-
mentary on the work, iv. 400.
2 المشهور بالفخر الخر [اسا] نى. Thus the author calls himself
in his preface.
3 Another MS. (no. 248) has بحكمته.


Plainly written, probably of the tenth century.
The copyist seems to have been short of paper, as he
used occasionally leaves already filled with writing on
one side, or such as are of a much smaller size than
the rest. A defect after fol. 7.
Cat. 228, xiv. 3 (?).
249.
1170. Size 8 in. by 5½ in.; foll. 131. Thirteen
lines in a page.
كتاب مجمع البحرين وملتقي النيرين
تصنيف الشيخ الامام العلامة المحقق المدقق الفهامة
‎‎‎بن ابى الضياء ‎1 مظفر الدين احمد بن على تغلب
الساعاتى البعلبكى اصلا البغدادى منشا تغمده الله
برحمته
The celebrated work on Ḥanafite Law, by Ibn al-
Sâ'âtî (d. a.h. 694). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 396 ; Cat. Mus.
Brit. 118; Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 205; Cat. Lugd.
iv. 132 sq., etc.
A good copy, neatly written, with vowel-points
frequently inserted. It was transcribed by Aḥmad b.
'Omar العمريطى Ḥanafî, for his own use (علقها لنفسه
بيده الفانية الخ), and dated Friday, 23rd Rajab, 938.
It was also collated with a copy written by the author
himself, the variants of which are marked with بخطه.
At the beginning is a table of contents.
[Gaikwar.]
250.
B 355. Size 11½ in. by 9¼ in.; foll. 646. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
A Digest of Ḥanafite Law, called الوافى, with a
Commentary (ممزوج), both by Ḥâfiẓ al-dîn Abu'l-
barakât 'Abdallah b. Aḥmad b. Maḥmûd Nasafî
(d. a.h. 710). The commentary is entitled الكافى فى
شرح الوافى. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 418 and v. 23, and Bibl.
Sprenger. 627.

Beginning: . . . الحمد لمن جلت نعمه ودقت حكمه
قال الصدر الكبير حافظ الملة والدين بحر المعانى نعمان
الثانى عبد الله الصدر السعيد الشهيد حميد الملة والدين
احمد بن الصدر السعيد حافظ الدين محمود النسفى
تغمده الله برحمته لما هت من المختصر المسمى
بالوافى اردت ان اشرحه شرحا ارسمه بالكافى الخ
The Wâfi is arranged and subdivided exactly like
the Hidâyah.
The present copy is in fifteen fascicles, written in
various, and generally very bad, Nasta'lîḳ hands, of
the tenth century. The text is not distinguished
from the commentary. The concluding portion is
wanting, and the last two leaves much injured. On
a vacant leaf after the second fascicle (fol. 112) have
been written the place and date of the composition,
Bukhâra, 22nd Ramaḍân, 684. Prefixed is a list of
contents.
Seal of Ibrâhîm Nauras ('Âdil Shâh II.). Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1024,
from Muḥammad b. Ibrâhîm Muḳri'.
Cat. 227, v. 1.
251.
B 361. Size 9½ in. by 6¼ in. ; foll. 244. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The first part of the preceding work, imperfect at
the end.
Written in a small Persian hand, without distinction
of the original text; of the tenth century. Ends in
the كتاب الرضاع. The first two leaves, and foll. 137–
144 have been restored by a later hand. Single leaves
are missing after foll. 27 and 194. Prefixed is a list of
contents, in a modern hand.
Fol. 236 is inscribed اجزا الكافى كلينى. Cf. Catal. 227,
v. 5 and xxi. (?).
252.
B 357. Size 11¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 269. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The second part of the same work, from كتاب الطلاق
to كتاب الوقف.
Well written; the text of the Wâfi not distinguished.
1 The common reading is ثعلب.


Conclusion: تم الكتاب الجلد الثانى للكافى فى شرح
‎‎من شهر ذى ‎1 (من تاريخ الاول) ‎الوافى فى يوم الاحد
القعد
The beginning and end are worm-eaten.
Cat. 227, v. 2.
253.
B 362. Size about 11 in. by 6½ in.; foll. 227.
Twenty-five lines in a page.
The third part of the same work, from كتاب البيوع
to كتاب الهبة.
Written in the same hand as the preceding MS.; the
text of the Wâfi marked here with red lines. Conclusion:
تم الجلد الثالث من الكافى فى شرح الوافى فى يوم
(sic!) الاحد من شهر ذى القعد. Some marginal notes.
Slightly imperfect at the beginning. The first words
are: على الوجود لا محالة. Much injured by insects
towards the end.
Cat. 227, v. 4 (?).
254.
B 358. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 271.
The fourth part of the same work, from كتاب الاجارة
to the end.
Written like the preceding MS. Conclusion: تم المجلد
الرابع من كتاب الكافى وبتمامه يتم الكتاب كاتب
هذه الحروف ومالك هذا الكتاب حسين بن محمد
اللهم اغفر له ولوالديه . . . . مورخا بليلة الاربعاء
الثالث والعشرين من شهر ربيع الاخلر فى سنة ثمان
وسبعين والف2 من هجرة من عليه من الصلوات افضلها
ومن التحيات اكملها
Worm-eaten at the beginning.
Cat. 227, v. 3.

255.
B 334. Size 14¼ in. by 9½ in.; foll. 746. Five
lines in a page.
Another work on Ḥanafite Law by Abu'l-barakât
Nasafî, entitled كنز الدقائق. It is an abstract of his
الوافى. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. 250; Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 206;
Stewart's Catal. 146, etc. Copies are frequent. Printed
at Dehli, a.h. 1287.
A fine copy, carefully written in a large character, with
vowel-points. The broad margin is divided into three
columns, the outermost of which is filled with a Persian
translation. It concludes: الحمد لله الذى وفقنى على
روف‎‎1. . .ترجمة هذا الكتاب والصلوة على رسوله محمد
بنده فقير حقير خاكسار بيمقدار اميدوار درگاه معبود
محمود بن عبد الهادى ابن شيخ ميرانجيو بن عبد الودود
ابن ابو سعيد بن ملك جهان شاه المعروف بالكورى
آينده از گجرات بحكم الله تعالى وبخواست علم
قديم او
Occasional glosses. The latter portion has been
partly destroyed by white-ants.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1033.
Cat. 227, iii.
256.
B 335. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 162. Nine
lines in a page.
Another copy of the كنز الدقائق.
Well written, with vowel-points. Dated 11th
Rabî' I., 1082. Covered with notes, and preceded
by a list of contents. Slightly injured.
257.
2123. Size 14 in. by 8¼ in.; foll. 346. Seven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Well written in a large hand. Dated 2nd Jum. II.,
1108 (or 1106?).2 It was transcribed by Shaikh
Aḥmad, by order of Khwâjah Shikîb, at Burhânpûr.
Copious marginal notes.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
1 The words in brackets are added on the margin.
2 Originally الف وستين وستة عشر (sic!).
1 Effaced.
2 Originally . . . عام ثمان, but ست as a correction.


258.
993. Size 10½ in. by 7 in.; foll. 215. Eleven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the كنز الدقائق, with numerous
glosses.
Beautifully written on yellow and red paper, the
text in a bold round hand, and the glosses in a small
character. At the beginning a table of contents.
[Johnson.]
259.
2125. Size 12½ in. by 9 in.; foll. 222. Seven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Well written in a large hand, furnished with notes,
and preceded by a table of contents. The first page
of the text, and the latter part of the index, are,
however, missing. Beginning: عبد الله بن احمد.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
260.
1891. Size about 11¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 408.
Seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Written alternately in two bold hands of similar
appearance. Several portions, including the beginning
and the end, restored in different hands. Numerous
notes. Coloured lines round the pages, and a rich orna-
ment at the beginning.
[Johnson.]
261.
B 338. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 394. Nine or
seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, made up of three
different fragments, in inelegant Persian hands, and
completed by a later hand. Copious notes. A defect
after fol. 14.
Signature and seal of Maḥmûd b. Mîr Saiyid 'Abd al-raḥmân
at the end. Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1028.

262.
B 336. Size 10½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 394. Seven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, defective and in-
jured both at the beginning and end. Well written,
with vowel-points. Occasional notes. Most of the pages
within red lines.
Begins: وعلى آله. Foll. 38–40 mutilated. A slight
defect after fol. 44.
263.
B 337. Size 9¾ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 114. Seven
lines in a page.
The first part of the preceding work, imperfect at
the end.
Well written, with vowel-points added, and with
copious notes. Of the tenth century. Ends in the
كتاب الطلاق.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1054, from Ḳâḍi Khushḥâl. Seal of Muḥammad
'Âdil Shâh.
264.
B 372. Size 10½ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 657. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The latter portion of a large Commentary on the
كنز الدقائق, beginning with the كتاب الدعوى. If a
recent inscription on fol. 73 may be trusted, this is
التبيين, i.e. the تبيين الحقائق of Fakhr al-dîn 'Oth-
mân b. 'Alî Zaila'î (d. a.h. 743). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 250;
Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 99 sq.; and Flügel, Class. 332.
The text of the Kanz is introduced by قال.
Indifferently written, of the eleventh century. The
first leaf is wanting. Beginning: واسم الفاعل مدعى.
Other defects after foll. 38, 39, 480, 544, 597, 607, and
656. Several leaves mutilated.
Erroneously described as the second volume of the Nihâyah.
Cf. Cat. 227, i. 11 (?).
265.
2126. Size 12½ in. by 7¾ in.; foll. 239. Twenty-
six, afterwards between twenty-nine and thirty-
one lines in a page.
A Commentary (ممزوج) on the كنز الدقائق, by
(Badr al-dîn) Abu Muḥammad Maḥmûd b. Aḥmad


'Ainî (d. a.h. 855). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 250. It has been
printed at Bûlâḳ, a.h. 1285.
Plainly written. In two volumes. The original
hand terminating, however, shortly after the beginning
of the second volume (fol. 124), the remainder has been
supplied from another copy, which was transcribed by
Molla Dâ'ûd b. بريم. At the end is the date of the
author's copy, viz., Cairo, Dhu'l-ḥijjah, 818.
Frequent marks in the shape of flowers on the
margin, indicating the beginnings of new chapters.
Defects after foll. 15 and 85. Worm-eaten.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
266.
B 340. Size 13 in. by 7½ in.; foll. 404. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The first part of a copious Commentary on the same
work, by Zain al-'Âbidîn b. Ibrâhîm Miṣrî, commonly
called Ibn Najîm (d. a.h. 970), who entitled it
البحر الرائق. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 250.
This is a commentary by قوله. The author, in
compiling it, made use of numerous works, which
he enumerates in his preface. Amongst the earlier
commentaries on the Kanz he prefers that of Zaila'î.
This part extends to كتاب الاعتكاف. Well
written, by Muḥammad Laṭîf (?). Some leaves worm-
eaten.
Wrongly inscribed كتاب مجموعة الفتاوى. Cf. Catal.
228, xviii.
267.
596. Size 11¼ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 436. Thirty-
five lines in a page.
Another portion of the preceding Commentary, im-
perfect and injured both at the beginning and end.
It comprises from كتاب النكاح to كتاب الوقف.
Plainly written, headings and titles in red. The first
fol. is nearly destroyed. Fol. 2 begins: فى الولى لابى
الزوج. Foll. 23 and 28 should be transposed; fol.
177 should be placed after 172, and foll. 257 and 258
after 250.

268.
1401. Size 12 in. by 6½ in.; foll. 231. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
Another portion of the same Commentary, extending
from كتاب الاعتاق to كتاب الوقف.
Plainly written. Conclusion: هذا اشر خرح شر
النصف الاول من الكنز المسمى (sic, r. هذا آخر شرح)
بالبحر الرائق شرح كنز الدقائق للشيخ العالم العلامة البحر
الفهامة بن نجيم الحنفى تغمده الله بالرحمة الخ
Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 147, xxiii.
[Tippu.]
269.
B 339. Size 8¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 245. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
هذا شرح لطيف مختصر منيف للعامة المحقق ملا
مسكين على الكنز للعلامة النسفى الخ
A concise Commentary (ممزوج) on the same work,
by Molla Miskîn (Mu'în al-dîn Muḥammad Harawî).
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. v. 251. Glosses on it are to be found in
Aumer, Hdss. Münch., p. 93.
This commentary begins without a preface, الحمد هو
الوصف بالجميل الاختيارى. Various old authorities
are quoted in it.
Written in a small hand, and dated 18th Jum. I.,
1011. The scribe gives his name as Muḥammad b.
Aḥmad الشلبى Ḥanafî. Gold and blue lines round
each page. Notes in the earlier portion. A slight
defect after fol. 33, and a larger one after fol. 177.
Fol. 43 mutilated. Injured by damp.
Cat. 228, xiii.
270.
571. Size 12¼ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 228. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding Commentary.
The commencement is wanting, and several blanks
have been left in the first pages, the original copy
having apparently been mutilated. Begins: واءكان
بظاهر الكف (= fol. 4v. of the preceding copy). Plainly


written; the original text not distinguished in the
latter portion. Worm-eaten, and stained by damp.
Described by mistake as هداية الفقه by the former owner,
R. Johnson.
271.
567. Size 11½ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 224. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Two fragments of the الفتاوى البزازية, or Collection
of Legal Decisions, by (Ḥâfiẓ al-dîn) Muḥammad b.
Muḥammad Kardarî, commonly called Ibn al-Bazzâzî
(d. a.h. 827). It is also called الجامع الوجيز, and
was composed in a.h. 812. See Ḥ. Kh. ii. 49 and
iv. 367; Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 243; and Aumer,
Hdss. Münch. 105.
The first fragment (foll. 2–151), which is very well
written, contains the beginning of the work, viz. the
spiritual law, besides the following books, النكاح,
الايمان ,الطلاق, and العتاق, in which it ends abruptly.
The first leaf is mutilated.
The second fragment (foll. 153–224) begins with
كتاب الدعوى, and breaks off abruptly in the fol-
lowing book, كتاب الاقرار. It is written in a larger
and more cursive hand than the first portion.
Fol. 1 contains the beginning of an index of contents,
in a different hand.
[Johnson.]
272.
1871. Size 8¼ in. by 4¼ in.; foll. 357. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Ibn Najîm's1 (d. a.h. 970) الاشباه والنظائر, on
Ḥanafite Law. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. i. 309; Cat. Mus. Brit. 124;
Cat. St. Petersb. 42, etc. Printed at Calcutta, 1826.
This copy was made for 'Abdallah b. Shaikh
Muḥammad Ṭâhir Fârûḳî, at Cambay (فى البندر المبارك
كنبايت, see fol. 6). Well written. Notes in the
latter portion. Prefixed is an index to the contents.
Foll. 1–5 are filled with various notes. Two leaves
are wanting after fol. 184. Fol. 170 should be placed
after 177, and fol. 203 after 205.
[Hastings.]

273.
2142. Size 8¼ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 639. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
The first half of a Digest of Ḥanafite Law, styled تنوير
الابصار جامع البحار, with a Commentary (ممزوج),
both by Shams al-dîn Muḥammad b. 'Abdallah1
Timurtâshî of Ghazzah (d. a.h. 1005). The com-
mentary is entitled منح الغفار بشرح تنوير الابصار.
See Ḥ. Kh. ii. 453; Stewart's Catal. 148; Cat. Mus.
Brit. 123; and Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 109.
Beginning: ان اجدر ما افتتحت به الكتب والدفاتر.
The author relates that before commencing the work
he received a direct inspiration from the Prophet, who
appeared to him in a dream, at Ghazzah.
In two volumes, the first comprising the spiritual law,
and the second (fol. 272) containing from كتاب النكاح
to كتاب الوقف. Clearly written in different hands.
The colophon runs as follows: تم الجزء الثانى بحمد
الله . .ليلة الاربعاء رابع عشر شعبان سنة ١١۴٦‏ برسم كاتبه‎
الفقير احمد بن المرحوم المبرور محمد شمس وصلى
الله الخ. Notes. Each part is preceded by an index.
Fol. 3 contains an account of the author, taken from
تاريخ الشيخ مصطفى فتح الله الحموى. Foll. 8 and 9
should be transposed.
274.
2022. Size 11¾ in. by 7¾ in.; foll. 461. Thirty-
three lines in a page.
الجزو الثانى من منح الغفار شرح تنوير الابصار تاليف
الاستاد الهمام عالم الربع المعمور بالانام شيخ مشايخ
الاسلام الشيخ محمد بن عبد الله الغزى التمرتاشى
رحمه الله الخ
The second half of the same work, from كتاب البيوع
1 See no. 266.
1 Only the above names occur in the preface. The pedigree
proceeds as follows: b. Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b. Ibrâhîm.
The surname التمرتاشى is derived from the celebrated saint
Timurtâsh, of whom the author was either a descendant or a
follower.


to the end. The epilogue contains the date of com-
position, viz. a.h. 997.
Clearly written, probably in Syria. Dated 1st á¹¢afar,
1091. Concludes with the following verses:
يا ناظرا فيه سل بالله مرحمة
على المصنف واستغفر لصاحبه
واطلب لنفسك من خير تريد به
وبعد ذلك غفرانا لكاتبه
An index has been added on a fly-leaf.
The signatures of two later owners, Saiyid Hâshim b. S. Ḳâsim
b. S. Muḥammad Ibn Zaitûn, and Saiyid Muḥammad, Mufti at
Ḥalab (?, المصى حلب), a.h. 1109, on the title-page.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
275.
584. Size 11¾ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 153. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The first part of the الفتاوى العالمكيرية, or Legal
Decisions compiled by order of Aurangzîb, by Shaikh
Niẓâm and other Indian lawyers. The work was
printed at Calcutta, a.h. 1243, and at Bûlâḳ,
a.h. 1282. Cf. Baillie, Moohummudan Law of Sale,
p. v.
Beginning: الحمد لله رب العالمين . . . كتاب الطهارة
وفيه سبعة ابواب الباب الاول فى الوضوء وفيه خمسة فصول.
The present volume comprises the five books on the
spiritual law. Clearly written in Nasta'lîḳ, by one 'Abd-
allah. Dated 1st Rabî' II., 1161. Injured by damp.
[Hastings.]
276.
B 359. Size 9¾ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 376. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A work on details of Ḥanafite Law, entitled
خزانة الروايات. The author, whose name does not
occur, is, according to Ḥ. Kh. iii. 135, Ḳâḍi جكن
(Juggan?)1 Hindî, of كرو (?) in Gujarât.

This is a mere compilation from various works on
law, rites, and morals, which are frequently quoted.
Most of these date from the sixth, seventh, and eighth
centuries, though the compiler certainly belongs to a
more modern period. The order of arrangement is the
common one, save that a كتاب العلم has been added
at the beginning, and كتاب المفقود is followed by a
rather long كتاب الاسحسان والكراهة (fol. 317), with
which the present MS. concludes. This, therefore,
appears to be the first part only.
Plainly written in different hands. Of the eleventh
century. Red lines round the pages.
Catal. 228, x.
277.
B360. Size about 10½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 92.
Nineteen lines in a page.
A fragment of a treatise on Police Regulations,
entitled نصاب الاحتساب, by 'Omar b. Muḥammad
b. Iwaḍ Sha'mî (Ḥanafî). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 345, Stewart's
Cat. 149, xxxiv., and Bibl. Sprenger. 657.
This fragment contains the beginning of the work
(foll. 1–29), and the concluding portion (foll. 30–49),
the latter being defective after fol. 37. The first
chapter is on the definition of the terms الاحتساب and
الحسبة, and gives a detailed account of the duties con-
nected with the latter office. The last chapter is the
sixty-sixth. Conclusion: قد تمت كتب هذا الكتاب
المسمى بنصاب الاحتساب.
Plainly written in two hands. Notes in the first
portion.
There follows another fragment (foll. 50–92), written
in the first of the two hands aforesaid, which treats of
the same subject, although it is doubtful whether
it belongs to the above treatise. It begins: فى تفصيل
منصب الاحتساب, and is preceded by a vacant leaf,
which has been inscribed نصاب الاحتساب, and sub-
sequently, اين كتاب اعمال الاحتساب. All headings
omitted. Frequent blanks.
1 This name occurs in Sprenger, Catal. Libr. Oudh, p. 246.


SHÂFI'ITES.
278.
B 366. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 158. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A system of Shâfi'ite Law, being, according to the
inscription, المحرر by Abu'l-Ḳâsim 'Abd al-karîm b.
Muḥammad Râfi'î Ḳazwînî (d. a.h. 623), on which
compare Ḥ. Kh. v. 419, and Cat. Bodl. i. 78.
There is no special preface in this MS. It begins:
الحمد لله رب العالمين .... كتاب الطهارة قال الله
تعالى وأنزلنا من السمآء الخ
In the colophon, the work is ascribed to Nawawî
(تاليف الشيخ الامام العامل الامجد محبى الدين يحيى
(sic) ابن شرف النووسى). This is, however, evidently
incorrect. That it is really المحرر, is proved by its
near relation to Nawawî's منهاج الطالبين,1 which is an
abridged edition of that work.
The following books (كتاب) occur in this MS.:
البيوع ;الحج ;الصيام ;الزكوة ;الجنائز ;الصلوة ;الطهارة;
الشهادات ;ادب القاضى ;السير ;الجراح ;النكاح
امهات الاولاد ;العتق.
Well written in two hands, with vowel-points added.
Completed on Monday, 29th Shawwâl, 1026, by 'Alî
b. Ibrâhîm. Numerous notes. Defects after foll. 88
and 96. The margin injured in the earlier portion.
Signature of Saiyid 'Abd al-raḥmân b. 'Alawî al-'Aidarûs
Ḥusainî at the end and on the title-page.
Cat. 227, vi. (?).
279.
B 354. Size 12½ in. by 7¾ in.; foll. 312. Forty-
two or forty-three lines in a page.
The second part of a Commentary on Nawawî's abstract
of Shâfi'ite Law, منهاج الطالبين, by Kamâl al-dîn Mu-
ḥammad b. Mûsa Damîrî (d. a.h. 808), who completed
it a.h. 786, and entitled it النجم الوهاج. Cf. Ḥ. Kh.

vi. 208; Cat. Bodl. i. 77, and ii. 573; and also Wüsten-
feld, das Leben und die Schriften des al-Nawawî, p. 50.
This part extends from كتاب النكاح to the end.
The text of the Minhâj is introduced by قال.
Plainly written; finished in Rajab, 895 (بين الصلوتين
يوم الاحد من شهر الله الاصب رجب المرجب), by
Zain al-dîn b. سمرجى b. Ḥâjjî Maḥmûd Khunjî.1 The
last leaves are injured.
Signatures of several owners on the title-page, the earliest that
of Ṣadr al-sharî'ah, "a descendant (سبط) of Abu 'Abdallah, the
author of الحاوى" (i.e. of Najm al-dîn 'Abd al-ghaffâr Ḳazwînî,
d. a.h. 665).2 Bîj. Libr., a.h. 992.
Cat. 227, iv. 2.
280.
B 367. Size 12 in. by 8¼ in.; foll. 454. Thirty-
three lines in a page.
The first half of a large Commentary (ممزوج) on the
same work, styled تحفة المحتاج. The author does
not give his name, but he says in his preface that he
began his work on 12th Muḥarram, 958. In a more
modern inscription, which proves to be correct, he is
called Aḥmad b. Ḥajar, i.e. Aḥmad b. Muḥammad b.
Ḥajar Haithamî Makkî (d. a.h. 973). This commentary
was printed at Cairo, a.h. 1282, in four vols.
Beginning: الحمد الله الذى جعل لكل امة شرعة
ونهاجا
In two volumes, the first of which concludes with
كتاب الحج, and is dated a.h. 1012 (نهار الاحد آخر
سنة اثنى عشر بعد الف). The second begins (fol. 255v.)
with كتاب البيع, and concludes (fol. 454r.) with كتاب
الجعالة. On the last page begins the third volume
with كتاب الفرائض
Clearly written, the text of the Minhâj in red.
Numerous notes in the earlier portion. Foll. 50–65
have been supplied by a different hand.
The above-mentioned inscription is in the hand of the owner,
'Abd al-raḥmân b. Saiyid 'Alawî b. Aḥmad b. 'Abdallah
al-'Aidarûs Ḥusainî.
Cat. 227, iv. 1.
1 See the following MS.
1 الححى (sic), rhyming with المنجى.
2 See Ḥ. Kh. iii. 5, and below, no. 285.


281.
B 370. Size about 10¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 233.
Twenty-five lines in a page.
كتاب فتح الوهاب بشرح منهج الطلاب تاليف الامام
فريد دهره .... الشيخ ابو يحيى زكرياء الانصارى
الشافعى الخ.‏ ‎‎
The first part of Abu Yaḥya Zakarîyâ b. Muḥammad
Anṣârî's (d. a.h. 926) Commentary (ممزوج) on his
own منهج الطلاب, which is an abridgment of Nawawî's
Minhâj. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 209, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 136.
This part concludes with كتاب الجعالة. It is plainly
written in two hands, the second being superior, with
some notes. The first five foll. are filled with various
notes and extracts.
Signature of 'Abd al-raḥmân b. Saiyid 'Alawî al-'Aidarûs
Ḥusainî.
282.
B 371. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 228.
The second part of the same work, from كتاب
الفرائض to the end. Written in the second hand of
the preceding MS.
Cf. Catal. 228, ix.
Signature of 'Abd al-raḥmân . . . al-'Aidarûs. The present
MS. and the preceding formed originally one volume.
283.
B 373. Size 10 in. by 6½ in.; foll. 63. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The first portion of the same work, ending abruptly
in كتاب الصلوة. It is also defective after fol. 40,
and injured at the beginning.
Well written, with copious notes. The title-page
contains some poetry in praise of "the two Shaikhs"
(Nawawî and Râfi'î), in the same hand.
Cat. 228, xix. (?)
284.
2924. Size 11¾ in. by 8¼ in.; foll. 275. Generally
thirty-three or thirty-five lines in a page.
Various fragments of Commentaries on Nawawî's
منهاج الطالبين, and on another work on Shâfi'ite Law,

written in different hands and at different dates, and in
a desperate state of confusion. By forging catchwords,
however, or by altering the first words of the leaves, the
appearance of being consecutive and complete has been
given to the whole. It begins with the commentary
on كتاب الرهن from the second work, which appears
to have originally formed the beginning of a separate
volume. Hence the whole book has been styled كتاب
الرهن in one inscription,1 and in another is further
described as follows: الاول من كتاب الرهن من شرح
الله به آمين ‎2 العلاب للعلامة بن. There is a
Shâfi'ite law-book with the title العلاب mentioned by
Ḥ. Kh. iv. 179, though neither the name of its author
nor the existence of a commentary on it seems known
to him.
According to the above inscriptions, the book has been described
by an English owner as "Kitab u Rehen," etc., and lettered on
the back "Kitab Rahen."
285.
B 368. Size about 7¾ in. by about 4 in.; foll. 268.
Thirty-five lines in a page.
كتاب العجاب فى شرح اللباب
للمصنف وهو الامام الفاضل والهمام الكامل نجم الملة
3.والدين عبد الغفار القزوينى صاحب الحاوى الصغير الخ
Najm al-dîn 'Abd al-ghaffâr (b. 'Abd al-karîm)
Ḳazwînî's (d. a.h. 665) Commentary on his own abstract
of Shâfi'ite Law, اللباب, imperfect at the end. Cf.
Ḥ. Kh. v. 302, regarding the original work.
This commentary is not mentioned anywhere. Only
select passages of the original work are explained in it.
The preface, if there was any, is wanting. Begins:
باب رافع الحدث والخبث الماء الطاهر‘ اى رافع
الحدث وكذا رافع الخبث.‏
Beautifully written, mostly in a minute Naskh, but
towards the end in Nasta'liḳ; of the ninth or tenth
1 To this has been added by a later hand: من تصنيف
خواجه موسى مشتمل براحوال مسايل
2 Effaced.
3 This title is in a later hand.


century. The text and the commentary are dis-
tinguished from each other in various ways. Ends in
باب الجهاد. The upper portion of the book has been
destroyed by white-ants.
Seal of Ibrâhîm Nauras ('Âdil Shâh II.).
Cat. 228, xv.
286.
B 365. Size about 10 in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 359.
Twenty-nine lines in a page.
A work on details of Shâfi'ite Law, entitled كتاب
الانوار لاعمال الابرار, by Jamâl al-dîn Yûsuf b. Ibrâhîm
Ardabîlî (d. a.h. 799). See Ḥ. Kh. i. 484, who gives
an abstract of the preface.
It begins here: الحمد لله الحميد المجيد المحصى
المبدى المعيد.
The following is a list of the books: التيمم ;الطهارة;
الاعتكاف ;الصيام ;الزكوة ;الجنائز ;الصلوة ;الحيض;
الحجر ;التفلنيس ;الرهن ;السلم ;البيع -النزر ;الحج;
الاقرار ;الوكالة ;الشركة ;الضمان ;الحوالة ;الصلح
الاجار ;المساقاة ;القراض ;الشفعة ;الغصب ;العارية;
اللقيط ;اللقطة ;الهبة ;الوقف ;احياءالموات ;الجعالة;
قسم الفى ولاغنيمة ;الايداع ;الوصاية ;الوصية ;الفرائض;
الطلاق ;الخلع ;القسم والنشوز ;الصداق ;النكاح;
القذف ;الكفارة ;الظهار ;الايلاء ;الايمان ;الرجعة;
الديات ;الجراح -.االنفقات ;الرضاع ;العدة ;واللعان;
الحدود ;الردة ;الامامة والوزارة الخ ;دعوي الدم والقسامة;
الاضحية ;الصيدوالذبائح ;الجزية ;الجهاد ;ضمان الولاةالخ;
الاضحية ;صيد والذبائح ;الجزية ;الجهاد ;ضمان الولاة الخ;
الدعوى ;ادب القضاء ;السبق والرمى ;الاطعمة;
التدبير ;العتق ;القسمة ;الدعاوىوالبينات ;الشهادات;
عتق امهات الاولاد ;الكتابة.
Clearly written in a small hand. The colophon runs
as follows (fol. 357): تمت هذا الكتاب بعون الله
الملك الغفار بيد فقير حقير قاسم بن احمد عرفه سندى
فى وقت العصر روز چهار شنبه تاريخ روز ششم ماه صفر
سنه ٩٧۲ صاحبه ومالكه فقيه ابرهيم بن فقيه محمد

ساكن بندر ساكوه در ولاية على عادل خان الخ, and it
concludes with three Persian verses. Prefixed is an
index, in the same hand. The recto of the first leaf
belongs to a different treatise. Some notes. Red lines
round the pages.
Foll. 357v.–358. A short treatise on the superstitions
connected with each day of the month.
Fol. 359v. A tract in Persian on funeral repasts.
The earlier portion (some eighty leaves) is much
injured by insects. The first few leaves especially are
in a very bad condition.
In a note on fol. 2, dated a.h. 976, the book is declared a
وقف.
Cat. 228, xvi.
287.
B 375a. Size 7¾ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 14. Fifteen
lines in a page.
A popular work on religious duties, according to the
Shâfi'ite rite, concerning purification, prayer, funerals,
alms, fasting, pilgrimage, and contracts. The author is
not known. Beginning: الحمد لله رب العالمين واشهد
ان لا اله الا الله .... وبعد فهذا مختصر فيما لا بد لكل
مسلم من معرفته من فروض الطهارة والصلوة وغيرهما الخ.‏
Well written in a large hand. Dated Saturday,
16th Jum. I., 1189 (سنة ۱٨٩). It was transcribed by
Muḥammad b. Aḥmad b. Muḥammad با حشوان, pro-
bably in Southern Arabia.
288.
2308. Size 8½ in. by 4½ in.; foll. 288. Sixteen
lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1–223. A treatise on the differences between
the four orthodox Imâms, entitled رحمة الآمة فى
اختلاف الائمة. The author, who is not mentioned,
is, according to Ḥ. Kh. iii. 351, either Ṣadr al-dîn
Abu 'Abdallah Muḥammad b. 'Abd al-raḥmân Dimishḳî
'Othmânî, who wrote in a.h. 780, or Abu'l-Ḥasan Sa'dî.
Beginning: الحمد لله الذى اجزل احسانه‘ وانزل
قرانه‘ وبين فيه قواعد دينه واركانه‘\‏. The order of


arrangement is that of the Shâfi'ite law-books. As a
rule, only the dissenting doctrine is given in cases where
the rest agree.
II. Foll. 224–288. The Collection of Fatwas of
Nawawî, as arranged and augmented by his pupil 'Alâ
al-dîn 'Alî b. Ibrâhîm Dimishḳî, commonly called Ibn
al-'Aṭṭâr (d. a.h. 724). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. iv. 369; Wüsten-
feld, das Leben des al-Nawawî, p. 53 sq. and 31; and
also Orientalia, ii. 339.
The editor states in his preface that he added to the
original collection other "questions" (مسائل) collected
by him from the lectures of Nawawî. On the other hand,
those of the original Fatwas which did not refer to the law
were placed by him at the end of the work.
Well written. The copyist gives his name at the
end of the first treatise, as Muḥammad Gharîb, of India.
The second treatise is inscribed الجزو الاول من منخب
الفتاوى النووية الشافعية. The book was once in the possession
of Jamâl 'Alî.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
SHÃŽ'ITES.
289.
1449. Size 10 in. by 6½ in.; foll. 372. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A handbook of Shî'ah Law, entitled كتاب من لا
يحضره الفقيه ("every man his own lawyer") by Abu
Ja'far Muḥammad b. 'Alî Ibn Bâbawaih Ḳummî (d.
a.h. 381). Cf. Ṭûsî, p. ٣۰۴‎, 1. 17; Cat. Bodl. ii. 91;
Cat. St. Petersb. 250; and Cat. Mus. Brit. 415.
Beginning: اللهم انى احمدك واشكرك واؤمن بك
واتوكل عليك. In four separate parts (which conclude
with foll. 95, 175, 259, and 339 respectively), the first
two comprising the spiritual law. Each part is sub-
divided into chapters (باب).
The author gives in an appendix a full account of
the Isnâds which have been omitted in the course of
the work.1 A second appendix (fol. 356v.) contains the

same Isnâds alphabetically arranged by Mîrzâ Mu-
ḥammad Astarâbâdî.
Well written in a small hand, the last portion, how-
ever, in a different style. Collated by the owner, Mu-
ḥammad Sa'îd Ashraf, in a.h. 1097. The greater part
of the first appendix, which is written in a hurried
Nasta'lîḳ, has the same date.
Foll. 82–89 and 91–96 should be transposed, and
foll. 354–372 should be arranged as follows: 354,
356–358, 355, 362, 359–361, 364–371, 363, 372.
[Hastings.]
290.
1103. Size 13 in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 608. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A system of Shî'ah Law, entitled معارج الدين
ومناهج اليقين, by Muhadhdhab al-dîn Aḥmad b. 'Abd
al-Riḍa, who compiled it for the use of his son,
Muḥammad Ilyâs, and completed it in a.h. 1079, at
Mashhad.
The rhymed preface begins: ‘احمدك اللهم يا خالقى
واشكرك اللهم يا رازقى. The author complains in
it of hard times, the decay of learning, etc. His
work contains fifty-nine books, which are enumerated
on fol. 3, as follows: كتاب الطهارة فالصلوة فالزكوة
فالخمس فالصوم فالاعتكاف فالحج فالجهاد فالامر
بالمعروف والنهى عن المنكر‘ فالتجارة فالدين فالرهن فالحجر
والمفلس فالضمان فالحوالة فالكفالة فالصلح فالشركة
فالمضاربة فالمزارعة والمساقاة فالوديعة فالعارية فالاجارة
فالوكالة فالوقف فالصدقة قالهبة فالسكنى والحبس فالسبق
والرماية فالوصايا فالخاتمة‘ فالنكاح فالطلاق فالخلع
فالمباراة‘ فالظهار فالايلاء فاللعان فالكفارات فالعتق فالتدبير
فالكتابة فالاستيلاد فاليمين فالنذر فالعهد فالاقرار فالجعالة‘‏‎
فالصيد والذباحة فالاطعمة والاشربة فالشفعة فالغصب
فاللقطة فاحياء الموات فالفرائض فالقضاء فالشهادات
فالحدود فالقصاص فالديات.‏
These books are arranged under the four heads usual
with the Shî'ites, الايقاعات ,العقود ,العبادات, and
الاحمام. There precedes (foll. 3–43) a long intro-
1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 92a.


duction,مقدمة فى وجوب العلم به وفضله الخ‏,
which contains four alleged conversations (مجلس)
of Mufaḍḍal b. 'Omar1 with the Imâm Ja'far Ṣâdiḳ,
and the work concludes with an admonition (وصية)
of the author to his son, which also comprises the
testamentary advice of the Prophet to 'Alî, that of the
latter to his three sons, that of Plato to Aristotle, etc.
(foll. 586–605).
The author dates his copy in the following manner:
اتفق الفراغ من مشقة مشقه ساعة جواهر لا اله الا الله‘‏
من يوم محمد رسول الله صلعم‘ من شهر امير المؤمنين
ولى الله‘ من سنة حملة العرش عباد الله‘ من حبهم
(r. ثلثى) ‎أمنآء الله‘ بعد مضى الحاصل من ضرب تالى
نصف مهاجرها افضل الصلوة واكمل التحية‘ فى المشهد
على مها جرها افضل الصلوة واكمل التكحية‘ فى المشهد
المقدس الرضوى شرف بمشرفه عليه صلوات الازلى‘‏
على يد مولفه المعترف بذنبه‘ التائب الى ربه المشتهر
بمهذب احمد بن عبد الرضا‘ عوملا بالفضل والرضا آمين
The numerical value of حملة العرش is 1079, and the
product of the computation following, if I do not err,
107, 900 (!).
There follow (foll. 605v.–608), with the title هذه
صور خطوط بعض الفضلاء المعاصرين على الكتاب الموسوم
بمعارج الخ, six testimonials of learned contemporaries,
approving of the present work, which, at the request
of the author, were written by them successively in
his copy, viz. of Muḥammad al-Ḥurr, Abu'l-Ḳâsim
Riḍawî (his note in Persian), Ḥasan b. Muḥammad
Zamân Riḍawî, and Muḥammad Fâḍil, all dated a.h.
1079, and of Bahâ al-dîn Muḥammad Ardistânî, and
Muḥammad Ṣâdiḳ, both dated a.h. 1086.
In two volumes, the first concluding (fol. 301) with
الخاتمة, or the end of Part II. Well written in two
hands. Dated 29th Dhu'l-ḥijjah, 1087. Ornamented
and gilt.
In an elegant Oriental binding.
[Johnson.]

291.
2858. Size 12¼ in. by 7 in.; foll. 235. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A treatise on the dogmas and the spiritual law
(اصول الدين and ‎فروع الدين)1 of the Shî'ites, also by
Muhadhdhab al-dîn Aḥmad b. 'Abd al-Riḍa, who
wrote it during a stay in India, for Nawwâb Mu-
ḥammad Amîn Khân, son of Nawwâb Mu'aẓẓam Khân,
in a.h. 1084, at Aḥmadâbâd (Gujarât).
Beginning: اما بعد الحمد لوليه واهله‘ والصلوة على
تبيه وآله‘ ما توقف الاتصال على الوصول‘ وترتبت الفروع
على الاصول ‘ فيقول الجانى الراجى عفو ربه العفو الرضا‘‏
احوج خليفتة اليه المشتهر بالمهذب احمد بن عبد الرضا‘‏
وفقه الله تعالى لطاعته‘ قبل انقضاء عمره ووفاته‘ هذا
الجامع لخلاصة علم اصول الدين‘ والحائز لزبدة فروعه
على المنهج المتين الخ.‏
After the dedication, which is written in a high-
flown style, the first part begins (fol. 3): فاقول شمس
الوصول عندها كواكب الاصول. It gives a short
account of the fundamental dogmas of the Shî'ites, each
under the heading كوكب. The second part begins (fol.
16): قمر الشيوع عنده نجوم الفروع. It comprises the
following books, each under the symbol of a star (نجم),
and subdivided into various metaphorical headings (such
as ياقوتة ,جوهرة, and the like): الزكوة ;الصلوة ;الطهارة;
المزار ;الحج ;الاعتكاف ;الصوم ;الخمس (or visiting
the tombs of Muḥammad and the Imâms); الدعوات;
الجهاد.
The date of the author runs as follows (fol. 234v.):
اتفق الابتداء بمشقة مشقه منتصف اول النصف الثانى
من شهر الاول والفراغ منها منتهى انتهاء النصف الاول
من العشر الثالث من الشهر الثانى من السنة الرابعة
من العشر التاسع بعد مضى عين متوجة2 من الهجرة
النبوية‘ على مهاجرها افضل الصلوة واكمل التحية‘ فى

1 See regarding him, Ṭûsî, p. ٣٣۷.
1 See regarding these terms, N. von Tornauw, das Moslemische
Recht, pp. 6, 18, 26.
2 i.e.غ ‏‎ = 1000.


بلدة احمداباد‘ جديرة السداد‘ من ملك كجراة من
بلاد الهند‘ كثيرة الخيرات خطيرة المجد‘ فى حماء
حماية النواب‘ العظيم الثواب‘ المصدر بالصواب‘ فى
صدر الكتاب‘ حرس بعين عناية رب الارباب‘ على يد
المشتهر بالمهذب احمد بن (fol. 235) مولفه الفقير
عبد الرضا الخ. He promises subsequently to write a
commentary on the present work.

A beautiful copy, written in a bold hand, apparently
by the author himself. Dated 2nd á¹¢afar, 1091. Re-
vised. A rich ornament at the beginning; coloured
lines round the pages. Fol. 105 and 110 should be
transposed.
Seal and signature of the author on the title-page. This copy
was bought afterwards by Naṣr al-dîn, a "slave" (خانه زاد)
of 'Âlamgîr. Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam, with the
signature of the latter ("Calcutta, May 1st, 1787") and an English
title.

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE.
292.
B 319. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 158. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
An abridgment of Fakhr al-dîn Râzî's (Muḥammad
b. 'Omar Shâfi'î, d. a.h. 606) المحصول, or Principles
of Jurisprudence, by Tâj al-dîn Abu'l-faḍâ'il Muḥammad
b. al-Ḥasan1 Urmawî (d. a.h. 656). It is entitled
الحاصل, and written as early as a.h. 614. Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
v. 424 sq.
Beginning: قال الشيخ الامام الاوحد العالم الصدر
الكبير فخر الامة لسان الملة تاج الدين حجة الاسلام سلطان
ابو الفضائل (?) ‎المتكلمين ملك المحققين شرف النظر
محمد بن الحسن الارموى مد الله فى عمره ونفع به
الخير دأبك الخ.‏
The following is a list of the principal headings:
الكلام فى المقدمات (fol. 2); الكلام فى اللغات (fol. 9);
الكلام فى الاوامر والنواهى (fol. 29); الكلام فى العموم
والخصوص (fol. 50); الكلام فى المجمل والمبين (fol. 66);
الكلام فى الافعال (fol. 71); الكلام فى الناسخ والمنسوخ
(fol. 74); الكلام فى الاجماع (fol. 81); الكلام فى الاخبار
(fol. 93); الكلام فى القياس (fol. 109); الكلام فى التعادل
والترجيح (fol. 133); الكلام فى تراجح الاقيسة (fol. 139);

الكلام فى الاجتهاد (fol. 141); الكلام فى الافتاء (fol. 145);
الكلام فيما اختلف فيه المجتهدون من الدلائل (fol. 148).
A fine copy, apparently transcribed during the author's
life-time. Revised and collated. Various notes. Much
injured by damp.
Cat. 229, x.
293.
B 315. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 124. Nine lines
in a page.
A concise treatise on the Principles of the Law, by
Ḥusâm al-dîn Akhsîkatî (Muḥammad b. Muḥammad
b. 'Omar Ḥanafî, d. a.h. 644). It is entitled المنخب
فى اصول المذهب, but commonly called الحسامي.
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 163 and i. 335; Stewart's Catal. 151;
Cat. Mus. Brit. 118; and Flügel, Class. hanef.
Rechtsgel. 277.
After a few introductory words, the treatise begins:
فان اصول الشرع ثلثة الكتاب والسنة واجماع الامة
والاصل الرابع القياس المستنبط من هذه الاصول.‏
The headings occurring in the course of the work
are almost the same with those of المغنى as given by
Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 475 sq.
Boldly written, furnished with copious notes. Date,
Dhu'l-ḳa'dah, 821. The margin is injured.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1061, from Malik Yûsuf. Seal of Muḥammad
'Âdil Shâh.
1 Thus in the present MS.; Ḥ. Kh. has Ḥusain.


294.
594. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 292. Five lines
in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work.
Well written in a large current hand, with many
notes, but worm-eaten and injured by damp towards
the end. The colophon is nearly destroyed; but the
date, a.h. 914, is still legible. Several leaves are
missing after fol. 290, and foll. 1–17 have been supplied
by a different hand.
[Johnson.]
295.
B 328. Size 9 in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 123. Seven
lines in a page.
Another well written copy of the same work, with
copious glosses. It was transcribed in India, a.h. 992.
The last fol., with the colophon, is mutilated. One
leaf is missing after fol. 24, and the first fol. has been
supplied by a different hand.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1028, from Molla Pâyandah.
Cat. 229, iii. 1.
296.
B 327. Size 9¾ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 248. Five
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Well written in different hands, with copious glosses.
Red lines round the first few pages. Much injured by
insects.
Seal of Ibrâhîm Nauras ('Âdil Shâh II.) on the first page.
Cat. 229, iii. 2.
297.
662. Size 8¼ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 119. Five
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, written partly in
Nasta'lîḳ, and partly in Naskh, breaking off abruptly.
Notes.
Wrongly inscribed منار by a later hand.
[Johnson.]

298.
B 320. Size 8½ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 46. Thirty-
two or thirty-three lines in a page.
Ibn Ḥâjib's (Jamâl al-dîn Abu 'Amr 'Othmân b.
'Omar Mâlikî, d. a.h. 646) مختصر المنتهى, or Principles
of Jurisprudence, being an abridged edition of his
منتهى السؤل. See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 170 sqq.
Begins: الحمد لله رب العالمين ... اما بعد فانى
رأيت قصور الهمم الخ.‏
Concludes: اتفق فراغ مصنفه منه فى السادس من
شهر الله الحرام رمضان فى المقام الشريف شرفه الله مكة
داخل الحرم مقابل الميزاب والحمد لله.‏
Written in a small hand, of the ninth century. The
first leaf and the concluding portion supplied by more
modern hands.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1026. "Present of the child of Shâh Nawâz
Khân" (پيشكش فرزند شاه نواز خان).
Cat. 229, viii. 1.
299.
B 323. Size 9 in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 49. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
A Commentary on the preceding work, by 'Aḍud
al-dîn Îjî ('Abd al-raḥmân b. Aḥmad, d. a.h. 756).
See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 171, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 724.
The original text and the commentary are dis-
tinguished by the words قال and اقول.
This is only the commencement of the work, the
rest of the MS. having been lost. Closely written in a
small Nasta'lîḳ hand, with marginal notes. Stained by
damp.
An ornament at the beginning contains an inscription,
according to which this MS. was part of the plunder
brought from Muḥammadâbâd-Bîdar, and came into
the Bîjâpûr Library in a.h. 1027.
Signature of Ibrâhîm Nauras ('Âdil Shâh II.), with a seal
bearing the inscription عناية الازلية‘ كفاية الابدية.
Cat. 229, v. 5.


300.
B 321. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 313. Nineteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Commentary, imperfect at
the beginning. Well written, by Shaikh Burhân; con-
taining the complete text of Ibn Ḥâjib. The upper
margin of the first portion has been eaten by white-
ants.
The first entire paragraph begins: قال مسئلة
الواجب على الكفاية.
Cat. 229, v. 1 (?).
301.
B 236. Size 9¼ in. by 5 in.; foll. 138. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
Another fragment of the same Commentary, contain-
ing the concluding portion.
Neatly written. At the end we find the date of the
author, 26th Sha'bân, 734,1 and after it the following
colophon: وفرغ العبد الضعيف الراجى الى رحمة ربه
الطيف يحيى بن محمد بن على الهروى من كتابة هذا
الكتاب بعون الملك الوهاب فى اواسط جمادى الاولى
لسنة ست وثمانين وسيع مائة فى بلدة اصفهان حرسها
الله عن حوادث الحدثان والحمد الخ‏.‏
The first complete paragraph begins: قال الخبر اقول
الخبر ينقسم الى صدق وكذب.‏
Inscribed twice (fol. 100 and at the end) حاشيه شرح عقايد.
302.
B 333 b. Size 7 in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 369. From
fifteen to seventeen lines in a page.
A Super-commentary on Îjî's Commentary, commonly
called شرح الشرح, by Sa'd al-dîn Mas'ûd b. 'Omar
Taftâzânî (d. a. ii. 792). See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 172, and
Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 194.
The greater part of this copy is written in a very
cursive, but the concluding portion in a plainer, Nas-

ta'lîḳ character, of the ninth century. Revised and
collated. Some notes. The MS. having become much
injured at the beginning, it was carefully mended
and the writing restored by a later owner, Ḳâḍi
Khushḥâl, who also supplied the last fol., which had
been lost. He speaks of this in the conclusion as follows:
ثم وقع الفراغ من تتميمه بعد ما نلته ناقصة الآخر
ذاهبة الاوائل من مكايد الزمان وعدم مبالاة الاخوان
وقلة الاهتمام بامر الكتب والكلام بكد اليمين وعرق
الجبين فى حين واى حين عصمنا الله والمسلمين من
هذا وما فيه آمين وانا العبد الراقم خوش حال وتاريخ
الفراغ يوم السبت وقت العصر ممنزل العسكر عند بيت
اكبرشاهى وشهره شهر صفر والماضى منه خمسة عشر والسنة
الف وثلثون وارتحل فيها الراحلون رحمهم الله‏.‏
According to a note on the title-page, this MS. was presented to
Khushḥâl in a.h. 1030. Bîj. Lib., a.h. 1054. Seal of Muḥammad
'Âdil Shâh, and of other owners previous to Khushḥâl.
Catal. 229, vi.
303.
1272. Size 10¾ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 202. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Super-commentary. Well
written, but much injured at the end.
The leaves have been misplaced in binding; they
should stand thus: 1, 3–152, 177–201, 153–176,
2, 202.
[Hastings.]
304.
B 310. Size 9 in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 221. From
twenty-six to twenty-two lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, slightly imperfect
and injured at the beginning. Closely written in
different Nasta'lîḳ hands. The first words are:
وآثار معانيه.‏
Erroneously inscribed: اين كتاب غايت التحقيق در
علم مناظره واصول. Cf. Catal. 230, xii.
1 The same as in Cat. Mus. Brit. 724.


305.
1872. Size 8¼ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 182. From
fifteen to seventeen lines in a page.
Glosses on the beginning of Îjî's Commentary, by
Saiyid Sharîf Jurjânî (d. a.h. 816). See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 172.
Beginning: قوله الحمد لله اردف التسمية بالتحميد
فى مفتح الكتاب اقتفاء لما ورد فى الاخبار واقتداء
بطريقة الاخيار.‏
The first part of these glosses, extending over the
first dissertation of the original work, concludes on
fol. 85v. as follows: تمت بعون الله وتوفيقه قد تم
مبادى الكلام من الحاشية القديمة ويتلوها مبادى اللغة
(sic) من الحاشية القديمة صح
Fol. 86 continues: قوله من لطف الله تعالى الخ. The
last gloss begins: قوله والجواب عنهما.
Written in a bad Nasta'lîḳ hand. The colophon runs
as follows: تمت شد يلوح الخط فى القرطاس وكاتبه
(r. الشريفة?) ‎رميم فى التراب تمت الحاشية الشريفية
الشريفية على شرح المختصر المسمى بالعضدى بعناية
الملك العلى وبيعن النبى المكى المدنى يوم الاحد من
شهر جماد الاول سنة تسع واربعين من عهد سلطان
محبى الدين محمد اورنك زيب بادشاه غازى خلد
الله ملكه .. ويوافقه سنة الهجرى وهى الف وماية وسبع
وعشر1 كاتبه مرزا بيك ابن حسن بيك كولابى فى بلدة
شاهجهانا باد المريد فى جناب العالى حضرت مير سيد
حسن رسول نما نارنولى.‏
Some notes.
[Hastings.]
306.
B 197. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 145. From
twenty to seventeen lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Glosses, neatly written.
Begins: الحمد لله اردف التسمية بالتحميد اقتفاء الخ.

The first part ends on fol. 59, with the words:
تم (المنطق من كلام صاحب الكمال)1 بحمد الله الخ.
The concluding portion of this part, as found in the
preceding MS.,2 is here omitted. Some notes.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1026, from Nawwâb Shâh Nawâz Khân.
Cat. 229, v. 5.
307.
2149. Size 10¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 274. Eleven
lines in a page.
تحشية السيد على العضدى
A beautiful copy of the same work, imperfect at the
end. With the additional notes of Jurjânî and other
glosses, some by the transcriber, whose name was 'Âṣim,
and others by his teacher (لاستادى حضرت علو قدس
سره), etc.
The first part ends as in the preceding MS., and has
the following colophon: (sic) هذا آخر الحواشى الجديدة
على شرح المختصر من مصنفات استاد البشر شرف
العلمآء المتبحرين زين الحق والدنيا والدين المشهور سيد
شريف قدس روحه وتم الكتاب.‏
The second part begins with fol. 170.
The first fol. has been supplied by a later hand.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
308.
B 322. Size 10¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 88. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The same Glosses, well written, with numerous
marginal annotations.
This copy was transcribed by Muḥammad Amîn
Samarḳandî, son of Khwâjah Muḥammad Bâḳi, for
his own use. It does not, however, contain the last
portion, but ends with the gloss, قوله واما الحاكم الخ.
Part I.—which concludes (fol. 49v.) as in the two
preceding MSS.—and Part II. are not separated. The
last leaves are injured by insects.
Seal and note of the transcriber on the title-page.
1 i.e. a.h. 1117. Originally وعشرين had been written.
1 From the margin.
2 From fol. 80v.


309.
B 151. Size about 8½ in. by 5 in.; foll. 73.
Twenty-one lines in a page.
The second part of the preceding Glosses, from
مبادى اللغة to the end. Written in a fine Nasta'lîḳ
character, with the additional notes of the author on the
margin.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1028, from Molla Pâyandah.
Catal. 226, xv. (?).
310.
1626. Size 9 in. by 4¼ in.; foll. 181. From
twenty to twenty-three lines in a page.
Glosses on part of Îjî's Commentary, ascribed to
Mîrzâ jân (Ḥabîb Allah Shîrâzî, d. a.h. 994). Cf. Ḥ.
Kh. vi. 172. These glosses extend from مبادى اللغة
to السنة (= foll. 12–41 of no. 299).
Beginning: قوله من لطف الله تعالى احداث
الموضوعات اللغوية هذا كلام يدل بظاهرة على ان
الاصوات والحروف مخلوقة الخ.‏
The last gloss begins: قوله ولا يخفى ان هذا, and
the author concludes with the words: هذا آخر ما تيسر
لنا فى شرح السنة والحمد لله الموفق للخير.‏
Taftâzânî's commentary is frequently quoted.
Legibly written in different Nasta'lîḳ hands.
[Johnson.]
311.
B 324. Size 8¾ in. by 6 in.; foll. 343. Nineteen
lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1–190. The same Glosses as in the pre-
ceding MS.
II. Foll. 191–343. A fragment of what appears to
be the continuation of the above glosses, as far as
القياس; imperfect at the beginning.
Plainly, but carelessly written, by 'Abd al-ḳâdir b.
'Abd al-malik. The last lines of fol. 333 are wrongly
drawn up in the form of a conclusion, and followed by
the words تمت ثالث عشرين. The text is, however,
continued on the next page.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1025, with the following note: بابت
جامدار خانه از مير محمد طاهر موسوى.‏
Cat. 229, v. 3.

312.
1737. Size 8½ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 74. Six and
eleven lines in a page.
A short treatise on the Principles of Jurisprudence,
styled امنار, by Ḥâfiẓ al-dîn Abu'l-barakât 'Abdallah
b. Aḥmad Nasafî Ḥanafî (d. a.h. 710). See Ḥ. Kh.
vi. 121, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 119.
After the short introduction, the treatise begins:
اعلم ان اصول الشرع ثلثة الكتاب والسنة واجماع الامة
والاصل الرابع القياس.‏
Written in Nasta'lîḳ, by Ghulâm Muṣṭafa. Dated
Friday, 7th Dhu'l-ḥijjah, 1118. Covered with glosses.
There precede (foll. 1–16r.) various extracts from
works on law, some in Persian, written across the
pages in several directions.
[Johnson.]
313.
B 316. Size 10½ in. by 7¼ in.; foll. 166. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A Commentary on the preceding work, by the author
himself, entitled المنور فى شرح الانوار. It is not men-
tioned in Ḥ. Kh. nor elsewhere.
Beginning: . . . الحمد لله واسع الرحمة وسابغ النعمة
قال الشيخ الامام .. النسفى غفر الله له ولوالديه
قد صنفت مقدمة فى هذا الفن وسمثتها المنار ثم
صنفت هذا المختصر فى طرزها واضفت اليها من اقوال
أعوارها وشرح مبانبها واسرارها واضفت اليها من اقوال
اصولية وحجج مرضية وفوائد غريبة بعد التماس جماعة
من ساداتى واخوانى مما استفدت من المعلمين الخ.‏
An excellent copy, completed on Friday, 8th Mu-
ḥarram, 788, by Faḍl Allah b. 'Omar.
The original text is introduced by قوله through the
greater part of the work; but towards the end it is
only distinguished by a red line drawn over the first
word. Some notes. Collated. Much injured by insects.
Various extracts are written on the title-page.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1014.
Cat. 229, i. 1.


314.
B 318. Size 11½ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 238. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
A copious Commentary (ممزوج) on the Manâr, the
title and author of which are not to be found, this MS.
being slightly imperfect both at the beginning and end.
It appears, however, from the general terms of the work,
and from a comparison of several quotations on the
margin of the Lakhnau edition of the نور الانوار,‎1 that
we have here another commentary by Nasafî himself,
entitled كشف الاسرار. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 121, and Ibn
Ḳuṭlûbugha, ed. Flügel, 22.
There precedes a short introduction, on the sciences
of religion and law in general. After this, the com-
mentary begins as follows (fol. 2v.): ولنشرع الان بما
ذكرت فى المنار اعلم ان اصول الشرع ثلثة
Legibly written, of the tenth century; the text often
not distinguished from the commentary. Injured at
the beginning and in several other places.
Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1041. Present of Shaikh Ḥabîb جندى (?).
Seal of Muḥammad 'Âdil Shâh on the fly-leaf.
Cat. 229, i. 2.
315.
1742. Size 8 in. by 4½ in.; foll. 96. Generally
nineteen lines in a page.
A concise Commentary (ممزوج) on the Manâr, entitled
دائر الوصول الى علم الاصول, being an abridged and
easier version of another commentary by the author,
called مدار الفحول. The latter is, according to Ḥ. Kh.
vi. 125, the work of Mu'în (al-dîn) Abu 'Abdallah
Muḥammad b. Mubârak Shâh Harawî. It occurs in
Stewart's Catal. 150, xlvi. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 600 (?).
The preface begins: الحمد لله الذى سقى لاصول
المستنبطين من كوثر غرائب الفهوم ماء. The author
says subsequently: اما بعد فان كتابى مدار الفحول
فى شرح منار الاصول مع وجارة لفظه وغموض لحظه
لما لم يعرعن نبذ من الاطناب لخصت منه هذا المختصر
محتوبا على رموز نكاته الخ

Legibly written in various styles of Nasta'lîḳ, without
distinction of the text in the latter portion. The
colophon runs as follows: قد وقع الفراغ من تسويد
نسخة المةسومة بداير بيد الضعيف الراجى الى رحمة
القوى محمد رضا القنوجى النيسابورى حسب الفرمايش
فضائل وكمالات دستگاه قاضى خير الدين سلمه الله
تعالى بوقت ربع من اليوق الاثنى من الشهر الجمادى
الثانى السنون الف ومائة وخمس (و) ثلثون من الهجرة
النبوية مطابق بسنة خمس من جلوس الخاقان ابن
الخاقان صاحب الجود والكرم رافع اللوا والعلم محمد
شاه بادشاه غازى خلد الله ملكه وسلطانه وافاض على
العالمين بره واحسانه
Red lines round the pages. Notes in the earlier
portion. Partly injured by damp.
[Hastings.]
316.
456. Size 9¼ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 264. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Another Commentary (ممزوج) on the same work,
entitled نور الانوار, by Shaikh Jîwan (جيون) Aḥmad
b. Abu Sa'îd b. 'Abdallah b. 'Abd al-razzâḳ b.
Khâṣṣah (خاصة) Ḥanafî Makkî Ṣâliḥî Hindî Lakhnawî
(d. a.h. 1130, at Dehli),1 who wrote it at Madînah
in a.h. 1105, when he was in his fifty-eighth year.
Printed at Calcutta, 1818, and at Lakhnau, a.h. 1266.
Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 608–9, and Stewart's Catal. 150.
Beginning: الحمد الله الذى جعل اصول الفقه مبنى
للشرائع والاحكام
At the end is an epilogue by the author, from
which the above statements are derived.
Clearly written in Nasta'lîḳ. Colophon: قد تمت
شرح المنار بعون الملك الجبار فى يوم الجمعة فى تاريخ
الخامس من شهر الشوال بيد احقر العباد سيد عبد
1 See below, no. 316.
1 So according to a note at the end of the Lakhnau edition.


ابن النظام الدين وكان من هجرة النبى (sic) الواجد
صلعم الف ومائة وسادسة عشرون سنة
A number of leaves near the beginning are in a
different hand. Fol. 8 should stand after fol. 1.
A charm, in Persian, has been added at the end.
Seal of á¹¢ibghat Allah.
317.
1297. Size 10 in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 142. Twenty-
two lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding Commentary.
Plainly written. Dated a.h. 1187.
Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang on the title-page.
[Tippu.]
318.
B 317. Size 8¼ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 164. Fifteen
lines in a page.
An incomplete copy of the same Commentary, well
written in Nasta'lîḳ. It breaks off in the middle
of the epilogue. Leaves are missing after foll. 40, 75,
76, 135, and 137.
Cat. 230, xv.
319.
2157. Size 9½ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 290. Nineteen
lines in a page.
(Ṣadr al-sharî'ah) 'Ubaidallah b. Mas'ûd b. Tâj
al-sharî'ah Maḥbûbî's (Ḥanafî, d. a.h. 747) Com-
mentary (ممزوج) on his own التنقيح, or Principles of
Jurisprudence. It is entitled التوضيح فى حل غوامض
التنقيح. See Ḥ. Kh. ii. 444; Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii.
195; Stewart's Catal. 148, etc. Printed at Dehli,
a.h. 1267,1 and at Lakhnau, a.h. 1281.
Well written, the text of the Tanḳîḥ in red. The
colophon runs as follows: ختم شد كتاب توضيح روز
شنيه بوقت چاشت كاتب عبد الغفار بن شيخ محمود
بتاريخ بيست سيوم ماه محرم المحرم سنه ١٠٨٣
Occasional notes. Fol. 134 mutilated.
On fol. 289 is a list of contents, and on its back an English title.
Seal of 'Abd al-wahhâb Khân (a.h. 1168).
[College of Fort William, 1825.]

320.
1574. Size 9½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 107. From twenty-
four to twenty-seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Closely written in Nasta'lîḳ, by Ḥâfiẓ 'Alî Mu-
ḥammad. The text and the commentary are marked
with Ù… and Ø´ respectively. Some notes. The margin
is partly cut away.
[Hastings.]
321.
B 332. Size 9¼ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 253. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the
beginning and end, and in many other places. Begins:
هذا الحكم
Well written, text and commentary marked with Ù…
and Ø´ Notes. Partly injured by damp.
Erroneously inscribed (fol. 64) شرح عمل اليوم واليل.
322.
B 182. Size 13 in. by 7¾ in.; foll. 563. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A Super-commentary on the preceding work, entitled
التلويح الى كشف حقائق التنقيح, by Sa'd al-dîn Mas'ûd
b. 'Omar Taftâzânî (d. a.h. 792). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 444;
Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 196; Aumer, Hdss. Münch.
102, etc. It is also contained in the aforesaid printed
editions of the Tauḍîḥ.
A fine copy, written in a bold hand. It ends with
the colophon of the original MS., which had been
transcribed by the author for his son. This colophon
runs as follows: كتبت هذه النسخة تذكرة للشاب
العزيز منى وانا العبد المذنب الغريب الموسوم بسعد
التفتازانى غفر الله ذنوبه وستر عيوبه وهو المحرم المكرم
صاحب المروة والكرم علا الم [لة] والدين بلغه الله اقصى
ما يتمناه الخ
Revised. With various interlinear and marginal ex-
planations. Gold and blue lines round the pages. The
1 See Bibl. Sprenger. 602.


ornament of the first page has been cut out. Fol. 17
is much injured.
The leaves have been misplaced in binding. They
should stand in the following order: foll. 1–18,
135–138, 178, 156–177, 139–145, 147, 146, 148–155
(after which is a slight defect), 19–134, 205–256,
184–200, 202–204, 201, 179–183, 257–478, 480–483,
479, 484–563. Foll. 553 and 554 are not consecutive,
notwithstanding that the catch-word would imply it.
The defect, accordingly, existed already in the original
MS.
Signature of the owner, Ḥaidar 'Alî b. Rustam 'Alî, at the end.
Cat. 229, xi.
323.
2989. Size 9½ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 318. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Another copy of the Talwîḥ.
Neatly written in Nasta'lîḳ, but the first portion
(to fol. 67) supplied by two different hands. Notes.
The book having been injured, it was bordered with
new paper; hence the catchwords were often lost, and
the latter portion misplaced in re-binding. Foll. 258–318
should be placed in the following order: 258, 291–310,
314–317, 259–290, 311–313, 318. A defect after fol.
162. A blank on fol. 130.
Seals of 'Abd al-mu'min, Henry Vansittart, and Charles
Boddam, and signature of the latter, "Calcutta, May 1st, 1787."
324.
922. Size 8½ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 142. Nineteen
lines in a page.
An incomplete copy of the same work.
Narrowly, but legibly written in Nasta'lîḳ, with
many notes. It breaks off abruptly.
[Hastings.]
325.
B 187. Size 8¼ in. by 5 in.; foll. 299. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Glosses on the Talwîḥ, by Ḥasan Chalabî b. Mu-
ḥammad Ṣhâh Fanârî (d. a.h. 886). See Ḥ. Kh. ii.
445, and Stewart's Catal. 148, xxx.

The first gloss begins: قوله الحمد لله الذى احكم
بكتاب اصول الشريعة الغراء الاحكام الاتقان والكتاب فى
اللغة كالكتب
Neatly written. The colophon runs as follows: تم
كتاب حاشية حسن جلبى على كناب التلويح بيد
اضعف عباد الله . . . برهان الدين ابن عالم الفاضل مولانا
دولت محمد بن كمال محمد غفر الله له . . . تحرير فى
التاريخ الخامس عشر من شهر المبارك شوال سنة ١٠٢٩‎
Frequent additions by the author (منه) on the
margin of the first portion. Blue lines round the pages.
The first leaf mutilated. Defects after foll. 36, 51,
and 207.
Cat. 226, xxiii.
326.
B 188. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 96. Eleven lines
in a page.
Glosses (تعليقات) on a passage of the Talwîḥ, viz.
the paragraph (فصل) on the Good and the Bad (الحسن
والقبح), and especially on the four مقدمات of Ṣadr al-
sharî'ah (corresponding to foll. 250 sqq. of no. 322), by
'Abd al-ḥakîm b. Shams al-dîn (Siyálkûtî, d. about
a.h. 1060). See, for another commentary and the
subject in general, Flügel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 613, and
also Ḥ. Kh. vi. 448.
The preface begins: حامد لمن انزل كتاب به الحكيم
تبيانا لكل شى وهدى
The first gloss is: (r. ‎‎قضايا الشرع) ‎من قضا بالشرع
آه يعنى ان هذا الحكم مما يثبت بالشرع الخ
Plainly written in a large hand.
On the last page is written: اين كتاب حاشيه عبد
الحكيم بر مقدمات تلويح. Catal. 226, xxii. (?).
327.
3095. Size 8¼ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 135. Nineteen
lines in a page.
Glosses on the Talwîḥ, entitled التصريح بغوامض
التلويح, by 'Abdallah Labîb (الملقب باللبيب), son
of 'Abd al-ḥakîm Siyâlkûtî. These glosses were


written by the author in his early youth, under the
superintendence of his father, and include the glosses
of the latter, described under the preceding no. Cf.
Stewart's Catal. 148, xxix. (?).
Beginning: الحمد لله الذى اشرق زروع المجتهدين
بانوار اصوله واورق فروع صوادى الدين بمدار شموله
The first gloss is: او تضمين مذهبان الخ (‎قوله).
Neatly written in Nasta'lîḳ. Imperfect at the end,
and injured by insects.
Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam, with several inscriptions
in the handwriting of the latter.
328.
1286. Size 10¼ in. by 6 in.; foll. 283. From
twenty-three to twenty-six lines in a page.
Glosses on the Talwîḥ, by an unknown author, im-
perfect at the end.
Beginning: اصول الشريعة الظاهر ان المراد (‎قوله)
بالاصول القوانين الكلية العقلية او الاجماعية
Written in a current Nasta'lîḳ hand, the first portion
on reddish paper. Frequent additions (marked with صح),
corrections (marked with ظ or بدل), notes of the author
(منه رح), and various readings are on the margin. It
would appear that this MS. was copied from an earlier
edition of the work, and revised according to an
enlarged one.
Fol. 30v. has been left blank. Slightly injured.
Inscribed: حاشيه كتاب كه در علم اصول است. Seal
of Shaikh al-islâm Muḥammad (of the twelfth century).
[Johnson.]
329.
B 325. Size about 8½ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 119.
Twenty-five lines in a page.
كتاب التمهيد فى تخريج الفروع على قواعد الاصول
للامام المتفق على جلالته وبراعته وامامته وتقدمه جمال
الدين ابى الحسن عبد الرحيم بن الحسن القرشى
الاسناى
A concise treatise on the Foundations of the Common
Law, by Jamâl al-dîn Abu'l-Ḥasan 'Abd al-raḥîm b.

al-Ḥasan Ḳurashî Isnâ'î (or Isnawî,1 Shâfi'î, d. a.h.
772). Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 423 sq.
Beginning: الحمد لله مزيل اعذار المكلفين بارشاد
العقول وتمهيد الاصول. The work consists of two intro-
ductory chapters, باب الحكم الشرعى واقسامه, and
باب اركان الحكم, and seven books: I. (fol. 21) فى
الكتاب; II. (fol. 95) فى السنة; III. (fol. 97) فى
الاجماع; IV. (fol. 99) فى القياس; V. (fol. 105) فى دلائل
اختلف فيها; VI. (fol. 110) فى التعادل والترجيح; VII.
(fol. 114) فى الاجتهاد والافتاء. Each of these books com-
prises a series of questions (مسئلة), which are generally
subdivided into chapters. The work concludes as follows:
قال مصنفه فسح الله فى مدته فرغت من تحريره فى
اواخر سنة ثمان وستين وسبعمائة سوى اشياء الحقتها
A valuable copy, made by Maḥmûd b. 'Othmân اللارى
الكرمستى. Dated Monday, 9th Rabî' II., 794. It was
transcribed from a MS., into which all the additions
made by the author on a final revision had been entered
by Ibrâhîm Dimyâṭî, in Rabî ' II., 772, at Makkah.
It was also collated, immediately after its completion,
with another MS., which had been collated with the
author's own copy.
Several Ijâzahs for the works of Isnâ'î are on the
title-page, and a poem in praise of that author is at the
end, all in the handwriting of the transcriber. The
margin is injured. A defect after fol. 5.
330.
B 326. Size about 8¾ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 64.
Twenty-five lines in a page.
كتاب الكوكب الدرى فى تخريج الفروع على قواعد
العربية للاسناى
A treatise by the same author, on the Grammatical
Elements of Jurisprudence, being a sort of supplement
to the preceding work, during the progress of which
it was begun. See Ḥ. Kh. v. 263 sq., and also
ii. 424.
1 From Isna, in Upper Egypt.
2 Supposed to be the inscription of the author's copy, كانه
هو صورة خط المولف.


The date of the author runs as follows: قال مولفه
فى اثنائ سنة ثمان وستين وسبعمائة (‎منه) ‎رضه وكان الفراغ
سوى زيادات الحقتها بعد ذلك
Written by the same hand as the preceding MS., to
which it corresponds in all particulars of origin and
authenticity. The original copy had been revised by
Ibrâhîm Dimyâṭî, a.h. 771, and declared by the author
to contain the standard version. Date, Monday, 15th
Rabî' II., 794.
Various poems in praise of the author are at the be-
ginning and end of the book, in the same hand.
331.
B 330a. Size about 11¼ in. by about 7¼ in.;
foll. 341. Eleven lines in a page.
A compendious work on the Principles of Juris-
prudence, entitled التحرير, by Kamâl al-dîn Abu 'Abd-
allah Muḥammad b. Humâm al-dîn 'Abd al-wâḥid b.
'Abd al-ḥamîd b. Sa'd al-dîn Mas'ûd Iskandarî Sîwâsî
Ḥanafî, commonly called Ibn al-Humâm (d. a.h. 861).
Cf. Ḥ. Kh. ii. 214, and Bibl. Sprenger. 604.
Beginning: قال سيدنا ومولانا الشيخ الامام العالم
دهره ووحيد عصره مجتهد الانام الخ (sic) العلامة فريدة
The author states in his preface that his work com-
prises both the Ḥanafite and Shâfi'ite systems. It con-
sists of an introduction, مقدمة, and three books, مقالات,
whose subjects are المبادى واحوال الموضوع والاجتهاد.
Well written, with a broad margin. The colophon
runs as follows: تم كتاب التحرير على يد العبد الفقير
حسن محمد بن احمد1 غفر الله له ولوالديه ولمالكه
ولجميع المومنين والمومنات بعد صلوة العصر فى شهر
ذى الحجة من سنة ٩٨٨ تجاه الكعبة‎‎
Notes in the earlier portion.
On the title-page is an account of the author, accord-
ing to which he was born in a.h. 790, and became a
pupil of Ibn al-Shiḥnah (d. a.h. 815) and others. He

was alike distinguished as a scholar and a Ṣûfî. He
died at Cairo, on Friday, 7th Ramaḍân, 861.
Signature of 'Alam Allah b. 'Abd al-razzâḳ Makkî Ḥanafî
'Aidarûsî. Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1023.
Cat. 229, iv.
332.
1273. Size 11¼ in. by 7 in.; foll. 213. Thirty-
one and twenty-three lines in a page.
The first part of a Commentary (ممزوج) on Muḥibb
Allah b. 'Abd al-shakûr Bahârî's (d. a.h. 1119) المسلم,
or Principles of Jurisprudence.
Part of the original work1 was printed at Lakhnau,
a.h. 1263.2 C.f. Bibl. Sprenger. 610, and Stewart's
Catal. 151, liv. It was written in a.h. 1109, which
date is expressed by the chronogram مسلم الثبوت.
It refers alike to the Ḥanafite and Shâfi'ite systems, and
consists of a مقدمة; three مقالات, treating of المبادى;
four اصول, on المقاصد; and a خاتمة.
The name of the commentator, which is not given,
is, according to the following no., Molla Niẓâm
al-dîn.3
Beginning: ابتدا الكلام بالتحميد لله الحميد فقال
الحمد لله الذى نزل الايات آثر التنزيل الخ
This part comprises the three مقالات المبادى, and
concludes: وليكن هذا آخر ما نريد نظمه فى سلك شرح
الكتاب الحمد لله المنعام الهادى على اتمام شرح المبادى
والصلوة . . . والله اسال ان يوفقنى لشرح المقاصد الخ
It consists of two separate volumes. The first, which
ends with the fourth paragraph (فصل) of the third
مقالة (fol. 94), is written in a minute and not very
clear handwriting. It is dated Râmpûr, Wednesday,
2nd Dhu'l-ḥijjah. The second volume, which contains
the rest of the same مقالة, is written in a similar but
plainer style, and bears no date. Coloured lines round
the pages. Foll. 196–9 should stand thus: 197, 196,
199, 198.
[Hastings.]
1 Originally بن ولى.
1 To the end of the second مقالة.
2 Another commentary on it, called كشف الميهم, was printed
at Cawnpore, a.h. 1287.
3 He is likewise so called in occasional quotations on the margin
of the Lakhnau edition.


333.
983. Size 10½ in. by 6¾ in.; foll. 303. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The second part of the same Commentary, comprising
two of the four اصول, viz. الكتاب and السنة. In
two separate volumes, both written in a bold Nasta'lîḳ
hand.
The first vol. concludes as follows (fol. 144): تمام
مولوى نظام) ‎شد جلد ثالث من تصنيف مولانا اعظم
غفر الله له وجعل الجنة مثواه براى خاطر داشت ‎1(‎الدين
ركن الدين يعنى ملا كمال الدين بيد خط ضعيف فقير
حقير هيچمدان اضعف من عباد الله عاصى وعاجز احمد

سلسله (‎كه) ‎الله غفر الله له ولوالديه واحسن اليها واليه
ان از امير عرب مى انجامد تحرير يافت
The second volume concludes thus: تمام شد هذه
النسخة الكتاب مسمى بشرح مسلم در علم اصول من
تصنيف قدوة العارفين زبدة السالكين قطب المحققين
يعنى اعنى مولوى صاحب مولوى نظام الدين قدس
سره العزيز سقى الله سراه وجعل الجنة مثواه ازيد خط
عاصى فقير حقير گنه كار اضعف من عباد الله الصمد
امير عرب مى (sic) احمد الله قرشى كه سلسله اواز همزه
انجامد براى خاطر داشت مولوى كمال الدين در
تحرير آمد
Seals of the above Kamâl al-dîn and Ṣibghat Allah.

PRAYERS AND CHARMS.
334.
831. Size 8¼ in. by 4½ in.; foll. 190. Twenty-
two lines in a page.
The Prayer-book of 'Alî Zain al-'Âbidîn, the fourth
Imâm of the Shî'ites (d. a.h. 94 or 92), transmitted
to posterity by al-Mutawakkil b. Hârûn Thaḳafî, on
the authority of two grandsons of 'Alî. It is called
الصحيفة الكاملة. Cf. Ṭûsî, p. ٢٦٢, who is, however,
inaccurate,2 and Ḥ. Kh. iii. 100. The work was printed
at Calcutta, a.h. 1248, according to Bibl. Sprenger.
699; and it seems also to be contained in Cat. St.
Petersb. 33, lxii.
The present text is given on the authority of Najm
al-dîn Abu'l-Ḥasan Muḥammad b. al-Ḥasan . . . 'Alawî
Ḥusainî, who had it from Abu 'Abdallah Muḥammad
b. Aḥmad b. Shahriyâr, guardian of the mausoleum

of the Khalif 'Alî,1 in Rabî' I., 516, etc. The Isnâd
goes back to Mutawakkil, who gives the following
account of the origin of the book. He was return-
ing to Khurâsân from the pilgrimage, when he met
with Yaḥya b. Zaid b. 'Alî, and received from him
a copy of these prayers, on the authority of his father,
Zaid the Martyr. Subsequently, after Yaḥya had
been killed (a.h. 125), he went again to Madînah,
where he showed his copy to Ja'far Ṣâdiḳ, who found
it identical with a book in his possession, which had
been written by his father, Muḥammad b. 'Alî. From
this Mutawakkil took a copy, Ja'far himself dictating.
The book consisted originally of seventy-five chapters,
but eleven were lost by him, so that he only kept some
sixty chapters (وحفظت منها نيفا وستين بابا).
With the exception of the last statement, the same
story is given with another Isnâd, which, in Ibn
Muṭahhar, joins that of Ṭûsî (l.c.). According to this
version, the book contained only fifty-four prayers,
1 From the margin.
2 He appears to have confounded the names of Mutawakkil and
his son 'Umair.
1 Cf. no. 371, fol. 64v.


which are enumerated, and are exactly the same as
those found in the present MS. There is, however,
an appendix (fol. 175), which was offered by several
MSS. It is introduced by the first Isnâd, and contains
seven more prayers, and formulæ for each day of
the week.
Well written, with vowel-points. Accompanied by
an interlinear translation, and many useful notes, in
Persian. Gold lines round the pages. An ornament
at the beginning.
[Johnson.]
335.
2324. Size 8½ in. by 5½ in.; foll. 65. Ten
lines in a page.
Prayers for the week, beginning with Friday.
According to the introduction, these prayers were com-
municated by the Prophet to Muḥammad b. Usâmah,
when he was imprisoned at Iṣfahân, for being suspected
of Ḳarmaṭism; and he regained his liberty through
their influence.
Beginning: حكى عن محمد بن اسامة رضى الله
عنه انه اتهم الخ. The prayer of each day consists of
عوذة ,قراءة ,دعاء ,ورد, another دعاء, and ten استغفارة.
Well written, with vowel-points.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
336.
1531. Size 10½ in. by 6½ in.; foll. 236. Fourteen
lines in a page.
A Shî'ah book on religious duties, especially prayer,
imperfect at the beginning. It appears from quotations
of other works1 that the author is Abu Ja'far Ṭûsî
(Muḥammad b. al-Ḥasan, d. a.h. 460). It is very
probably his كتاب الحل والعقد فى العبادات, mentioned
in his own Fihrist, p. ٢٨٦, l. 18.
Begins: منته فرايت ان اختصر ذلك اجمع منه
جملا لا يستثقلها العامل بها الخ. The first paragraph,
which is inscribed فصل فى عبادان الشرع, gives an
outline of the present work. The five principal duties

of the Shî'ites are prayer, almsgiving, fasting, pilgri-
mage, and holy war. The author begins with prayer,
as that duty which is to be performed every day,
and treats of it circumstantially in a separate part,
عبادات اليوم والليلة. This part is introduced by
a treatise on ablution and other preparations for
prayer.
The second part (fol. 100v.), سياقة عبادات السنة,
treats briefly of the remaining duties, according to
their occurrence in the course of the year. It begins
with Ramaḍân, the time for fasting, and concludes
with Rajab. The rites of the pilgrimage are mentioned
under Dhu'l-ḥijjah.
Then follow those duties which are not connected
with a particular time (fol. 209v.), فصل فى ذكر ما لا
يختص بوقت بعينه من العبادات. They are either
personal, as الجهاد and الامر بالمعروف, or pecuniary, as
الزكاة. They are only rapidly surveyed, and reference
is made for the former to the author's النهاية and المبسوط‎1,
and for the latter, to his المصباح.‎2
The work concludes (fol. 213v.) with three sets of
prayers, recommended for special times, viz. morning
and evening prayers, prayers for each day of the week,
and such for the twelve hours of the day. For parti-
culars the author refers to his المصباح.
There are added (fol. 231) a charm, rules for the
Naurûz, and a prayer.
According to the colophon (fol. 232v.), this copy was
transcribed from that of Muḥammad b. Manṣûr b.
Aḥmad b. Idrîs . . . 'Ijlî, which had been written in
a.h. 570, and had been collated with the author's own
copy. It is well written and emended. It has also been
collated with the copy of one ابن السكون.
At the end is a prayer, styled مفتاح الكنوز, and ascribed
to 'Alî. It is in a different hand, and is dated a.h. 1013.
Fol. 234 should be placed after 228. Worm-eaten.
[Johnson.]
1 See below.
1 See his Fihrist, p. ٢٨٦.
2 i.e. مصباح المتهجد, ib. ٢٨٨, 1. 6.


337.
B 229. Size 10½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 63. Twenty-
five, afterwards twenty-one lines in a page.
Ghazzâlî's (Abu Ḥâmid Muḥammad b. Muḥammad,
d. a.h. 505) explanation of the ninety-nine names of
God, entitled المقصد الاسنى or المقصد الاقصى. See
Ḥ. Kh. vi. 89, iv. 27, ٧۴٧٥ and also ٧۴٧۴, and for a
full account of its contents, Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 326.
Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 857.
At first written in a small clear hand, but continued
(from fol. 35v.) in an inelegant Nasta'lîḳ. The colophon
runs as follows: تم كتاب المقصد الاقصى فى معانى
اسماء الله تعالى الحمد لله رب العالمين بيد عبد الضعيف
الراجى الى رحمة الله القوى محمد بن ابراهيم مقرى
(sic) فى شهر المبارك ذو الحج فى صيلج بور. Marginal
notes.
A prayer, inscribed براى فتح باب, with directions
in Persian, is added at the end.
The title-page is filled with various extracts, amongst
them a fragment of a preface, which begins: الحمد
لله الذى لا يتصور ان يشاركه غيره, and ends abruptly
with the first few words after اما بعد. From these it
would appear that we have here only a variation of the
original exordium of the present treatise.
Worm-eaten and stained.
338.
B 429. Size 9¼ in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 89. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A fragment of a work on prayers and cabbalistic
matters, by Sharaf al-dîn Abu'l-'Abbâs Aḥmad Bûnî
(d. a.h. 622), the same as that described by Flügel,
Hdss. Wien, ii. 566, 3.
Written in a large bold hand, of about the tenth
century. Two leaves are wanting at the beginning.
The first words are: نسبة نور السها. Defective after
foll. 6, 14, and 83, and at the end. Much injured.
That part which treats of the names of God (see
Flügel, l.c.) has its own title (fol. 33), انماط اسماء
الحسنى, and the name of the author is introduced at

the beginning of it. It is probably mentioned as a
separate work, in Ḥ. Kh. iv. 24, under شرح اسماء
الحسنى, in the third place.
The part just spoken of had been placed at the beginning
of this volume, and inscribed شرح اسماء الحسنى. Cf. Catal.
234, viii. 2 (?).
339.
B 438. Size 6 in. by 4¼ in.; foll. 36. Eleven or
twelve lines in a page.
Prayers for the week, ascribed to Muḥyi al-dîn (Mu-
ḥammad b. 'Alî) Ibn 'Arabî (d. a.h. 638). Cf. Cat.
Mus. Brit. ii. 78.
Beginning: ورد ليلة الاحد من اوراد الشيخ الاكبر
محيى الدين بن عربى قدس الله روحه بسم الله الرحمن
الرحيم اللهم انت المحيط الخ
Then follow the nocturnal prayers for the remaining
week-days, and after them the diurnal prayers (ورد يوم
الاحد, etc.), one in each case.
Well written, on European paper, with notes referring
to the quotation of some of these prayers in the درة الافاق
(of Bisṭâmî, d. a.h. 858; see Ḥ. Kh. iii. 200). Red
rulings.
Cat. 233 (Duawat), ii. 1.
340.
B 115. Size 9 in. by 5½ in.; foll. 241. Nineteen
lines in a page.
هذا كتاب حلية الابرار وشعار الاخيار فى تلخيص
الدعوات والاذكار المستحبة فى الليل والنهار مما صنفه
الشيخ الامام احد عساكر الاسلام محيى السنة قامع
البدعة ابوزكرياء يحيى النووى قدس سره ورضى عنه
Prayers for all occasions of Muslim life, collected
from the tradition by Muḥyi al-dîn Nawawî (d. a.h.
676). The work is often called متاب الاذكار. See
Ḥ. Kh. iii. 109, and Wüstenfeld, das Leben des
al-Nawawî, p. 48.
Beginning: الحمد لله الواحد القهار العزيز الغفار
مقدر الاقدار . . . . اما بعد فقد قال الله العظيم العزيز
الحكيم فاذكرونى اذكركم الخ


The author confines himself chiefly to traditions
from the five canonical collections of Bukhârî, Muslim,
Abu Dâ'ûd, Tirmidhî, and Nasâ'î. He generally omits
the Isnâds. The work begins with a succession of
introductory paragraphs (فصل).
The date of the work is given at the end as follows:
قال مصنفه الشيخ العالم الامام الحافظ المتقن المحقق
محيى الدين ابو زكريا النووى يحيى بن شرف بن
عفا الله عنه فرغت من جمعه فى المحرم (sic) مرى
سنة تسع وستين وستمائة سوى احرف الحقتها بعد
ذلك واجزت روايته لجميع المسلمين الخ
About one-third of this copy was written by Khwâjah
Rukn al-dîn Rûzbahân b. Manṣûr b. Yaḥya b. Shaikh
Rukn al-dîn Manṣûr Râstgûi, in a good hand, about
the ninth century. The rest, including also the first
leaf, has been supplied by a descendant of his, named
'Abd al-raḥmân b. Junaid Râstgû (راست كو), in a
more hurried character, towards the end of the tenth
century.
Prefixed is a list of the chapters of the work (foll.
1–6), followed by a little tract in Persian, on the lawful-
ness of using vinegar (خل). It concludes: هذا
الحقيق لمولى العالم الخ. The name of the author,
however, is not given. This tract was copied in a.h.
991, by Ḥaidar b. 'Alî, who succeeded the transcriber
in the possession of this MS. Worm-eaten. Several
leaves stained.
Seal of the aforesaid Ḥaidar b. 'Alî. Bîj. Libr., a.h. 1033.
Cat. 223, ix.
341.
2821. Size 7½ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 112. Seventeen
lines in a page.
كتاب امان الاخطار
A Vade-mecum for Travellers, comprising prayers
and ceremonies to be performed, and amulets and
remedies to be used by them for their safety. It was
compiled by Raḍî al-dîn Abu'l-Ḳâsim 'Alî b. Mûsa
b. Ja'far b. Muḥammad b. Muḥammad b. Ṭâ'ûs (Ṭâ'ûsî)
'Alawî Fâṭimî, a Shî'ite and chief (نقيب) of the

Saiyids, who probably lived in the latter part of the
seventh century. This treatise is properly entitled
كتاب الامان من الاخطار الاسفار والازمان. Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
i. 433.
Begins: يقول مولانا الافضل الاكمل الاورع العابد المرابط
المجاهد . . . . الحمد لله الذى استجارت به الارواح
بلسان الحال فى اخراجها من العدم فاجارها
In thirteen chapters, each subdivided into sections
(فصل), a list of which is inserted in the preface. The
chapters are on the following subjects: I. فيما نذكر من
كيفية العزم والنية للاسفار وما يحتاج اليه قبل الخروج من
المسكن والدار, in fifteen sections; II. (fol. 19v.) فيما
يصحبه الانسان معه فى اسفاره للسلامة من اخطاره
واكداره, in five sections; III. (fol. 24) فيما نذكره مما
يصحبه الانسان معه فى السفر من الرفقاء والمهام والطعام,
in four sections; IV. (fol. 29v.) فيما نذكره من آداب
لبس المداس والنعل والسيف والعدة عند الاسفار, in
three sections; V. (fol. 37) فيما نذكره من استعداد
العوذ للفارس والركب عند الاسفار وللدواب للحماية من
الاخطار, in five sections; VI. (fol. 45) فيما نذكره مما
يحمله صحبته من الكتب التى تعين على العبادة وزيادة
السعادة, in thirteen sections; VII. (fol. 53v.) فيما نذكره
اذا شرع الانسان فى خروجه من الدار للاسفار وما يعمله
عند الباب وعند ركوب الدواب, in five sections;
VIII. (fol. 60v.) فيما نذكره عند المسير والطريق ومهمات
حسن التوفيق والامان من الخطر والتعويق, in three
sections; IX. (fol. 62v.) فيما نذكره اذا كان سفره فى
سفينة او عبور فيها وما يفتح علينا من (فى) مهماتها
in twenty-five sections; X. (fol. 76) فيما نذكره مما
نقول عند النزول من المروى المنقول وما يفتح علينا من
زيادة فى القبول وما يتحصن به من المخوفات من
الدعوات, in twelve sections; XI. (fol. 88v.) فيما نذكره
من دواء لبعض جوارح الانسان فيما يعرض فى السفر من
سقم الابدان وفيه كتاب بر ساعة لابن زكريا واضح البيان,
comprising the whole treatise of Abu Bakr Muḥammad
b. Zakarîyâ Râzî, the celebrated physician (d. a.h. 311
or 320). This treatise begins: الحمد لله هو اهله


الفه محمد بن زكريا (fol. 89) ومستحقه . . . هذا كتاب
(sic) الرازى فى الطب وترجمه بر ساعة قال ابوبكر احمد
ابن زكريا الرازى كنت عند الوزير ابى القاسم عبد الله
فجرى بخصرته ذكر شى فى الطب الخ;‎1 ‎XII. (fol. 93)
فيما جربناه واقترن بالقبول, on amulets tried by the
author's own experience, in five sections; XIII. (fol. 94)
فيما نذكره من كتاب صنفه قسطا بن لوقا لابى محمد
الحسن بن مخلد فى تدبير الابدان فى السفر للسلامة من
المرض والخطر ننقله بلفظ مصنفه, consisting only of the
treatise of Ḳusṭa b. Lûḳa.
See on this treatise, Cat. Mus. Brit. 204.
Neatly written, of the eleventh century.
The last two pages contain an extract from الدر
النظيم, i.e. probably the treatise of Ibn al-Khashshâb,
on the properties of some verses of the Koran, mentioned
in Ḥ. Kh. iii. 197. This extract begins: قال الامام
الغزالى ان فى القران العظيم اربع آيات. It is written
by a different hand.
The first eight leaves are misplaced; they should
stand in the following order: 1, 4, 2, 3, 6, 7, 5, 8.
Worm-eaten.
[Bibl. Leydeniana.]
342.
799. Size 9 in. by 5½ in.; foll. 199. Fourteen
lines in a page.
A work on religious duties, especially prayer, entitled
منهاج الصلاح فى اختصار المصباح, by Ḥasan b. Yûsuf
Ibn al-muṭahhar Ḥillî (a Shî'ite, d. a.h. 726). It
is an abridgment of Abu Ja'far Ṭûsî's (d. a.h. 460)
مصباح المتهجد,‎2 which the author made for the Wazîr
'Izz al-dîn Muḥammad Ḳûhadî.3
The following is an abstract of the preface: الحمد
لله على جزيل نعمائه وجميل آلائه . . . . اما بعد فان
العبد الضعيف حسن . . . يقول ان العقل والنقل متطابقان
كمال نوع الانسان انما هو باستعمال (fol. 2) على ان

قوتيه العلمية والعملية . . . وقد كان شيخنا ابو جعفر
الطوسى . . . صنف فيما يرجع الى القوة العملية كتاب
مصباح المتهجد فى عبادات السنة واستوقى ليه اكثر ما
ورد عن ائمتنا المعصومين . . ثم اختصره . . فامر من
امتثال امره واجب . . وهو المولى الكبير والصاحب الوزير
امير الحاج والحرمين الجامع للرياستين خواجه . . . .
عزالملة والحق زالدين محمد بن محمد القوهدى . . ان
اجرد بعض تلك الدعوات واختصر ما صنفه شيخنا
بحذف المطولات فاجبت الخ.
The work contains eleven chapters: I. فى المقدمات;
II. (fol. 6) فى الطهارة; III. (fol. 11) فى الصلوة; IV. (fol.
13v.) فى كيفية الصلوة اليومية; V. (fol. 17) فى الادعية
عقيب النوافل والفرائض; VI. (fol. 43) فيما يقال فى كل
صباح ومساء; VII. (fol. 38v.) فى ادعية الساعات والايام;
VIII. (fol. 60v.) فيما ينبغى فعله فى شهور السنة; IX.
(fol. 72) فيما لايختص بوقت من العبادات; X. (fol.
76) فى دعوات الحوائج; XI. (fol. 184) فيما يجب
معرفة اصول الدين (sic) على عامة المكلفين فى من
Beautifully written. Dated Rajab, 984. Vowels
are frequently added. Titles in gold. An ornament
on the first page, and gold and blue lines round the
others.
Benedictions on the Prophet, said to have been com-
posed by 'Alî Riḍa, and handed down by Ḥimyarî, and
prayers for Fâṭimah (زيارت نامه حضرت فاطمه), are
added on the last two pages.
[Johnson.]
343.
B 429 b. Size 10 in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 37. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
An explanation of the Epithets of God.
The first leaf being missing, the author and the
title of the work are not ascertained. It appears,
however, from a notice at the end that it consists chiefly
of extracts from a treatise, whose author is merely
called the "Ḳâḍi," to which are invariably added
other extracts from a work of Ḳushairî (d. a.h. 465),
probably his الخبير (see Ḥ. Kh. ii. 248). The passage
1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. I., p. 288, xcii. 6.
2 Cf. Ṭûsî, Fihrist, p. ٢٨٨, and Ḥ. Kh. v. 585. See also
no. 336.
3 See Hammer-Purgstall, Gesch. d. Ilchane, ii. 140.


in question runs as follows (fol. 37): وان المحققين
من العلماء والراسخين منهم قد صنفوا فيها مصنفات
جمة ذات ذيول واطراف ولخصها القاضى تلخيصا غريبا
وكان اجمع للمقصود واشمل فى المغزى فائرنا ايراده من
غير تغيير واضفنا اليه من كلام الشيخ ابى القاسم القشيرى
مما لم يورده اختصارا لمعنى دعا اليه
Other authorities as late as the seventh century are
quoted, e.g. Turibishtî (d. a.h. 658).
Well written, the diacritical points often omitted.
Marginal notes of later date. The beginning is injured,
there is a defect after fol. 31, and the end is wanting.
Soiled.
Cat. 223, viii. 1 (?).
344.
B 435. Size 7 in. by 3½ in.; foll. 101. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A treatise on the efficacious use of the Koran for
prayers and charms. It is defective and much injured
at the beginning. The author appears to be a Magh-
ribî, who wrote in the eighth century. He quotes
Ghazzâlî, Shâdhilî (d. a.h. 656), and various Magh-
ribî authorities.
This treatise follows the order of the Sûrahs, expound-
ing the properties of each. It concludes: فهذه نبذة
من اسرار القران العظيم منم دعا بها ورعاها حق رعايتها
ظهر له العجائب والغرائب الخ
Written in a small but clear hand, with frequent
indications of the contents on the margin. The first
portion and the last leaf are supplied in a different hand.
Stained.
Inscribed (fol. 5): اين اجزا اسرار القران در علم دعوت.
Cf. Catal. 233, vi.
345.
2276. Size 7½ in. by 4¼ in.; foll. 107. Eleven
lines in a page.
Ibn Jazarî's (Shams al-dîn Abu'l-khair Muḥammad
b. Muḥammad, d. a.h. 833) Prayer-book, called الحصن
الحصين. See Ḥ. Kh. iii. 71; Flügel, Hdss. Wien,
iii. 144, etc. It was printed at Calcutta, a.h. 1229.
Beginning: لا اله الا الله عدة للقائه . . . قال الشيخ

الامام المجتهد العلامة امام ائمة المحدئين قاضى قضاة
المسلمين فريد الدهر وحيد العصر استاد البشر شمس الملة
والشريعة والدين ابو الخير محمد بن محمد بن محمد
الجزرى الشافعى رحمه الله . . اما بعد حمد الله الذى
جعل الدعا لرد القضاء الخ
Written in a good Persian hand, with vowel-points.
Numerous marginal notes. Several leaves supplied in
a later hand. Slightly injured on the margin and
stained. Foll. 21–61 and 79–96 should be transposed.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
346.
861. Size 9 in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 113. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work.
It begins: قال الفقير الضعيف المسكين المنقطع الى
الله تعالى الراجى من كرمه ان ينجيه من القوم الظالمين
لطف‎1 (الشافعى) ‎محمد بن محمد بن محمد بن الجزرى
اللع تعالى به فى شدته اما بعد حمد الله الخ
This is the authentic commencement, according to
the commentary of 'Alî Ḳâri' (see below).
Plainly written, by Khân Muḥammad, in Rajab,
1115. Ornamented. Some notes.
A key to the work, in Persian, is on fol. 1.
The book belonged once to Ḥusain b. 'Abdallah b. Shaikh al-
'Aidarûs, and subsequently to Nuṣrat Jang.
347.
2116. Size 8¾ in. by 5 in.; foll. 208. From six
to sixteen lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Begins: قال الشيخ الامام خاتمة حفاظ الاسلام امام
ائمة الاعلام شمس الملة والحق والدين الخ
Written in a large hand, partly with vowel-points.
Numerous notes. One or two leaves wanting at the end.
From fol. 191 follow various other prayers, the first
imperfect at the beginning. Carelessly written in
different hands.
In an elegant Oriental binding. Seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 From the margin.


348.
2295. Size 8¼ in. by 5 in.; foll. 388. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A copious Commentary (ممزوج) on the preceding
work, by 'Alî b. Sulṭân Muḥammad (Harawî Ḳâri',
d. a.h. 1016, at Makkah). According to Ḥ. Kh. iii.
73, it was composed in a.h. 1008, and entitled الحرز
الثمين. Cf. Stewart's Cat. 175, ii.
It begins with the explanation of the introductory
words of Ibn Jazarî, بسم الله الرحمن الرحيم اللهم صل
على سيد الخلق محمد وعلى آله وصحبه وسلم. Then
follow, as the authentic text, the words given at the
beginning of no. 346. The usual beginning, لا اله الخ
(see no. 345), is mentioned here only as the reading
of some MSS.
Well written. Slightly injured by insects.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
349.
B 423. Size 9 in. by 4½ in.; foll. 65. Twenty-
one and nineteen lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1–28. Extracts from a cabbalistic treatise
called شمس الافاق فى علم الحروف والافاق, newly
arranged in four sections (فصل), and entitled كتاب
الجواهر فى الحروف والاسماء والاوفاق. They are ascribed
here to Abu'l-'Abbâs Bûnî (d. a.h. 622), but unless
we have in the treatise itself a work of Bûnî hitherto
unknown, this statement cannot be true. The only
work with the title شمس الافاق الخ, that is known,
was written more than two centuries after the death
of Bûnî, by 'Abd al-raḥmân b. Muḥammad Bisṭâmî
(d. a.h. 858; cf. Ḥ. Kh. iv. 73, Cat. Mus. Brit.
344, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 176). Perhaps the statement
of the present MS. is founded upon a confusion of
the treatise in question with a work of Bûnî, called
شمس المعارف (see Ḥ. Kh. iv. 75, and Cat. Lugd. iii.
171), from which the author himself made similar
extracts under the title فصول شمس المعارف. Cf. Ḥ.
Kh. iv. 440.
Beginning: المحد لله قال الشيخ ابو العباس
البونى قدس الله روحه اما بعد فهذه نبدة منقولة من

شمس الافاق فى علم الحروف والاوفاق وفصلته اربعة
فصول ليحصل به المفقود
The four sections are described as follows: I. فى معرفة
الحروف; II. فى جواهر الاسماء ومعانيها; III. فى تركيب
الاوفاق على الحروف; IV. فى تصريفات الحروف
والاسماء وتركيباتها
Plainly written, but incomplete. There are defects
after foll. 16, 18, 20, and at the end.
II. Foll. 29–65. The concluding portion of a treatise
on the properties of the letters of the Abujad. The
author is not known, but he quotes Bûnî and Shâdhilî
(d. a.h. 656).
This fragment begins in the seventeenth section, which
is devoted to the letter ف; the first words are: لاتعلمون.
The twenty-eighth section, on the letter غ, is followed
by other sections, not numbered, and the treatise con-
cludes with the words تمت الرسالة. Then follow
some magic squares.
350.
1947. Size 9¾ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 122. Nine
lines in a page.
The celebrated Prayers for Muḥammad, called دلائل
الخيرات, by Abu 'Abdallah Muḥammad b. Sulaimân
Jazûlî (Simlâlî Sharîf Ḥasanî, a Maghribî saint, who
died on 16th Rabî 'I., 870, at ‎افوغال).‎1 Cf. Ḥ. Kh.
iii. 235; Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 146; Cat. Bodl.,
ii. 86; Cat. St. Petersb. 33; and Stewart, 175, iv.
The work was printed at St. Petersburgh, 1842.
Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points.
Marginal notes, mostly derived from the commentary of
Fâsî, in the earlier portion. The drawings of the
Mosque of Madînah are wanting, but there is a de-
scription in words instead.
Seal and signature of Muḥammad Khân Jahân, a.h. 1186. In
an elegant Oriental binding.
[Tippu.]
1 These statements are from the commentary of Fâsî (see
no. 354). Jazûlah is a Berber tribe in السوس الاقصى. It is
also spelled قزولة (see Edrisi, Description de l'Afrique, par Dozy
et De Goeje, p. v., l. 10). Simlâlah is a branch of the same tribe.


351.
4a. Size 7 in. by 4½ in.; foll. 106. Eleven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the دلائل الخيرات.
Well written, with vowel-points. Richly illuminated
and gilt. It contains two pictures, representing the
Mosques of Makkah and Madînah.
"Received from Dr. Royle, July, 1856."
352.
2618. Size 7½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 68. Eleven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Plainly written in a Malay hand, with vowel-points.
The drawings are omitted. At the end (fol. 67v.) is an
epilogue, ascribed to the author. It begins: وثبت هنا
بخط المولف ما نصه اللهم اغفر لمولفه الخ‎
353.
B 443. Size 4¼ in. by 3 in.; foll. 165. Seven
lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1–102. Another copy of the دلائل الخيرات,
imperfect at the beginning; the first words are:
فى العلمين. Plainly written, with vowel-points.
II. Foll. 104–165. Another fragment of the same
work, written in a similar style.
Slightly injured.
354.
1700. Size 10 in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 321. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A copious Commentary (ممزوج) on the preceding
work, entitled مطالع المسرات بجلا دلائل الخيرات, by
Muḥammad al-Mahdî b. Aḥmad b. 'Alî b. Yûsuf Fâsî
Ḳaṣrî (الفاسى لقبا ودارا ومحتدا القصرى مولدا). Cf.
Ḥ. Kh. iii. 235, Cat. Mus. Brit. 78, and Stewart's Cat.
175, v.
Beginning: يقول العبد الفقير الى الله سبحانه الراجى
عفوه وغفرانه
The author says in his preface that this is an abridged
version of a still more ample commentary which he had
written before.

Well written. Has the following colophon: قد من
الله تعالى وانعم باتمام هذا الشرح الشريف على يد العبد
الضعيف . . . الفقير موسى بن الفقير عبد الله بن الفقير
عطية بن الفقير مهنة الخلفاوى بلدا الشافعى مذهبا
الرفاعى طريقة . . . . . وكان الفراغ من كتابة هذه النسخة
المباركة يوم الخميس المبارك ه شهر صفر الخير من شهور
سنة ومائة واثنتى عشر من الهجرة النبوية الخ
Slightly injured by damp.
Seals of Anwar al-dîn Khân and his son Nuṣrat Jang (a.h. 1174).
[Tippu.]
355.
2131. Size 8 in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 109. Nine and
thirteen lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1–89. The دلائل الخيرات of Jazûlî, without
the introduction.
Beginning:1 [ريتة] ‎اللهم صل على محمد وازواجه وذ
كما صليت على ابرهيم الخ.
Plainly written; vowel-points occasionally added.
II. Foll. 91v.–101. A prayer for Muḥammad, styled
درود اكبر.
It begins: واشهد بانا نشهد ان لا اله الا الله وحده,
and is preceded by a Persian introduction, اسناد
درود اكبر.
Plainly written, with all the vowels. It was trans-
cribed by Shaikh Muḥammad عرب, in Rajab, 1084,
for Malik Yâḳût Ṣalâbat Khân.
The vacant pages between these two pieces are filled
with a prayer for Muḥammad, written in a very large
hand, and at the foot of the second is a charm, ascribed
to 'Alî, in Persian, written in Shikastah.
III. Foll. 102–109. A morning prayer.
Beginning: بسم الله على نفسى واهلى ومالى اللهم
انت ربى
Well written in a large hand.
For the rest of the volume, see Urdû and Persian MSS.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 Effaced.


356.
B 439. Size 9¼ in. by 5¼ in.; foll. 32. Nineteen
lines in a page.
كتاب دفع العاهات فى الصلوة على افضل المخلوقات
تاليف الشيخ الامام العالم العلامة مولانا السيد محمود
القادرى المدنى الشافعى حفظه الله آمين.
A fragment of a Book of Prayers for Muḥammad,
consisting of extracts from Jazûlî's دلائل الخيرات,
with paraphrase and explanations, and a few original
additions, so as to form a sort of commentary on
that work. The author, Saiyid Maḥmûd Ḳâdirî, of
Madînah, was still alive when this MS. was written,
i.e. a.h. 1107.
Beginning (fol. 1v.): فصل ثم ادرج فى قرة عينيك
بقية الادعية المرغوبة والصلوات المحمودة من الكتاب
المشهور المسمى بدلائل الخيرات. The division of the
دلائل الخيرات into quarters and thirds is also marked
here. The first quarter ends on fol. 6. At the end, as
additions by the author, are two prayers for Muḥammad,
ascribed to Abu Bakr and 'Alî, and after these a drawing
of the three tombs in the Mosque of Madînah.
The colophon offers a different title: اقول وقد تم
بحمد الله وتوفيقه الكتاب المسمى بالنجاة من العاهات.
فى نحو كراسين ولكن بخط المولف حفظه الله تعالى
ونفعنا بعلومه وبركاته وهذا كالشرح الاعظم عند العقلاء
العلماء من كتاب ‎1[فيها] ‎للاقوال والادعية التى اختلف
دلائل الخيرات وخير الكلام ما قل ودل العبد الفقير تاج
الدين المقدسى عفى الله عنه سنة ١١٠٧
Well written, with vowel-points, but injured and
defective in several places. Leaves are wanting after
foll. 3, 5, 28, 29, and 30.
Cat. 233 (Duawat), iii. 1.
357.
2168. Size 9½ in. by 6 in.; foll. 88. Eleven and
thirteen lines in a page.
Sadîd al-dîn Kâshgharî's Instruction in Prayer and
Purification, according to the Ḥanafite rite, entitled

منية المصلى وغنية المبتدى. Cf. Ḥ. Kh. vi. 227;
Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 467; Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 50, etc.
Plainly written in two large hands, partly with
Persian interlineation and notes.
Fol. 88. A funeral prayer, with directions in Persian.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
358.
1162. Size 9½ in. by 6¼ in.; foll. 71. Twelve,
afterwards up to eighteen lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work.
Ill written in two hands, Nasta'lîḳ and Naskh.
The former ends confusedly on fol. 68v., and has
the date, a.h. 1169. The remaining portion has been
added by the Naskh hand. The colophon mentions
'Alî Muḥammad as the transcriber, and a note below,
Molla Fâḍil Âkhûn as the owner of this copy.
Coloured lines round the pages of the earlier portion.
Fol. 7 should be placed after fol. 9.
A few lines in Pushtû are on the fly-leaf.
359.
1860. Size 9½ in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 248. Twenty-
one and ten lines in a page.
I. Foll. 9–200. A Commentary (ممزوج) on the pre-
ceding work, by Ibrâhîm b. Muḥammad b. Ibrâhîm
Ḥalabî (d. a.h. 956). This is the abridgment which
the author made from his larger commentary, called
غنية المتملى. It is simply named شرح منية المصلى.
See Ḥ. Kh. vi. 228; Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 50 sq.;
and Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 118 sq.
Neatly written. Dated Tuesday, 17th á¹¢afar, 1096.
Numerous marginal notes, extracted from the larger
commentary, and from various other works. A small
ornament on the first page, and coloured lines round
the others.
The vacant leaves at the beginning and end of this
piece are filled with various extracts, traditions, Fatwas,
etc., written in the same hand. Amongst them is
a list of the sections of the present work (foll. 3v.–4r.).
Foll. 205v.–208. Short Rules of Inheritance, written
like the preceding.
1 Effaced.


Foll. 209–210. Various extracts, amongst them (fol.
210v.) one from رياض الصالحين, and, on the margin
of the same page, another from تفسير زاهدى, both of
some length.
Foll. 211–223. A Persian treatise on Dress. It is
imperfect at the beginning, but it is described at the
end as an extract from كتاب جيبى.
Foll. 224–227 are vacant, but enclosed with coloured
lines like the rest.
II. Foll. 229–248: فى علم‎1. . الجز الاول من نسخة
الفرائض والله اعلم بالصواب. An anonymous treatise on
the Law of Inheritance.
Begins: اعلم ان الرجل اذا مات. Imperfect at the
end. Plainly written in a large hand, with numerous
notes. This part of the volume being of a smaller size,
the single sheets of it have been bound higher and lower
alternately, so as to fit the size of the rest. Part of the
margin of it has been cut off.
Both parts of this volume bear the seal of Nuá¹£rat Jang, the
first also a note stating that it had been bought of Saiyid Ḥusainî
'Aidarûs, at Mailâpûr. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 151, liii.
[Tippu.]
360.
B 432. Size 8¾ in. by 5 in.; foll. 202. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A fragment of a treatise on pious charms and
remedies, arranged in 100 paragraphs (فائدة), and
probably entitled كتاب مائة الفوائد.
The author is not mentioned. He frequently quotes
Bûnî (d. a.h. 622), the "Imâm" Aḥmad b. Mûsa
عجيل, Majd al-dîn Shîrâzî (i.e. Fîrûzâbâdî, d. a.h.
817), and various old authorities. One of his Shaikhs
was Sulaimân b. Ibrâhîm 'Alawî. He also mentions
(fol. 4) that he wrote at an earlier period a treatise
with the title الطريقة الواضحة الى اسرار الفاتحة.
This MS. is imperfect at the beginning. The first
words are: تعالى ان لا يدانس اسمه, from the first
فائدة, which treats of the magic powers of the Basma-
lah. The second فائدة (fol. 4) is inscribed: فى فضل
.‎سورة الفاتحة

The latter portion, from the sixty-second paragraph,
is wanting. Only the last fol. is preserved, which con-
cludes as follows: تمت تمام شد فوائج القران.
The last three pages contain an amulet for horses,
with directions in Turkish.
Cat. 233, v.
361.
604. Size 10 in. by 5¾ in.; foll. 75. Thirty-one
and eighteen lines in a page.
An abridgment of the preceding work.
It begins: الحمد لله . . . فهذا منخب ن مائة
الفوائد الفائدة الاولى فى فضل التسمية قال النبى صلعم
كل امر ذى بال الخ, and concludes: تمت الفوائد
.‎والصلوة والعوائد بعون الله الخ
Written partly in a small Nasta'lîḳ, and partly in a
large Naskh character. The portion in Nasta'lîḳ has
corrections, and indications of the contents, on the
margin. It is on thin paper, and injured in some
places. Red lines round the pages.
Inscribed منخب الفوائد by a later hand.
[Johnson.]
362.
B 430. Size 7 in. by 4¾ in.; foll. 104. Nine,
afterwards six lines in a page.
The Prayer-book of 'Alî b. Sulṭân Muḥammad Ḳâri'
(d. a.h. 1016), called الخرب الاعظم والورد الافخم. See
Ḥ. Kh. iii. 56; Flügel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 148; and
Aumer, Hdss. Münch. 53 sq.
Written in a large plain hand, with vowel-points.
A Persian translation is added between the lines, and
prefixed (foll. 1–6) is an introduction in Persian, by
one Aḥmad b. 'Abd al-raḥmân, containing rules for
forty days of devotion. Both were made for the use
of one Shâh Hâshim, at Makkah. The introduction
begins: حمد متوافر وثنائ متكائر.
The last two pages contain another prayer, دعاء
استخارة كل يوم بعد الركعتين. It begins: اللهم انى
استخيرك.
The Arabic text was collated subsequently by
Muḥammad Ḥusain b. 'Abdallah Multânî Makkî Ḳâdirî.
1 Cut off.


Full Text

PAGE 1

CATALOGUE OF ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS.

PAGE 3

A CATALOGUE OF THE ARABIC MANUSCRIPrrs I:S THE LIBRARY OF THE INDIA OFFICE. BY SCHOOL_OF OR STUDE' :-; CIRCUS! OTTO LOTH, PH.D., PROFESSOR EXTRAORDINARIUS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF LEIPZIG. PH IXTED BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF ST A.TE FOR INDIA <'IL. LONDON: 1877.

PAGE 4

E.TEPHE:S AV8TlN AND SONS, PRINTERS, HERTFORD.

PAGE 5

PREFACE. EARLY in 1870 I was honoured by the Indian Government with the commission to prepare a Catalogue raisonne of the .Arabic MSS. in the Library of the India Office. I was engaged on this task, in London, from April 1870 to July 1872. Unfortunately nearly double that time has been spent in carrying the work through the press. The larger half of the MSS. belong to the great collection of Muhammadan MSS. of the East India House. This collection was formed from the libraries of WARREN HAsTINGS, TIPPU SuLTAN, RICHARD J OHNSON, the GAIKW AR, Dr. LEYDEN, etc. It comprised above 3000 volumes, which were not even classed according to the different languages (Arabic, Persian, Urdu, Malay, etc.). In 1869 the Arabic portion was picked out, for the first time, by Dr. G. HoFFMANN (now Professor in Kiel), who also drew up a list, in which the numbers were arranged according to subjects. The original numeration was left unaltered. With the exception of the library of Tippu,-of which 1\fajor CHARLES STEW ART had prepared a catalogue, whilst it was still in the College of Fort William,*-these Arabic MSS. have remained comparatively little known, and only one has, to my knowledge, been used for an edition. t The remaining MSS. belong to the Bi.fdpur collection, which consists almost entirely of Arabic books, only a few being Persian. A full account of the discovery of this collection, and of the transactions connected with its removal from Bijapur, may be found in the Bombay Government Records, No. XLI., l{ew Series, pp. 210 sqq. It was once the Royal Library of the .. A_dil-Shahs, but was subsequently removed to the Asar )', an ecclesiastical establishment, which owed its name to the possession of some relics of the Prophet. There the library was still to be found in 1849, when the attention of the Government of Bombay was drawn to it by a report of Mr. H. B. E. (now Sir BaRTLE) FRERE (see Bomb. Gov. Rec., Le., pp. 215 sqq.). This gentleman also prevailed on a learned l\Iuhammadan, named }_IAMiD AL-DiN to prepare a catalogue in Urdu, which was translated by Mr. ERSKINE (Bomb. Gov. Rec., Le., pp. 221 sqq.). After being removed, in A Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Library of Tippoo Sultan of Mysore, etc. etc. Cambridge, 1809. These ::\fSS. are now described partly as 1\lSS. of Tippu, and partly as MSS. of the College of Fort William. t 1442 Johnson (Xo. 382 of this Catalogue).

PAGE 6

Vl PREFACE. 1851, to Satara, the whole collection was finally sent to London 1n 1853. Here it was examined, and a catalogue of it drawn up, in Arabic, by Mr. in 1869. In order to distinguish these MSS. from those of the old stock, the letter B has been prefixed to their numbers. These Bijapur MSS. were, on the whole, in a sad condition. Damp, vermin, and habitual neglect, had corn bined to do their work of destruction on the treasures of the Asar JJiahall. They were generally deprived of their bindings; most of them were defective and in disorder; some were mere bundles of rubbish. However, I did not spare time and trouble in ascertaining the doubtful fragments, in re-arranging the leaves, and in noting the sometimes numerous defects. Now that they have been duly bound and mended, these MSS. will, I hope, still be considered a valuable portion of the Library. In most of these MSS. there is a note, stating the dates at which they were incorporated with the Library of Bijapur; to which the names of the former owners are frequently added. I have usually quoted these statements at the foot of the single articles, with the abbrevia tion Bi.f. Lz'br. Subsequently to the taking of Bijapur by Aurangzib, A.H. 1097 ( = A.n.l686), the Library of the Asar was inspected by an officer of the latter, named Khan. It was again surveyed, by order of J-.\"" .r-' 1146 ( = A.D. 17 3 3 ). Identical notes (and seals) to this effect being in most of the books, I have not taken any special notice of them. As to the Catalogue .flakzm-Erskine, it was easy to identify most of its items, by means of the inscriptions, however inaccurate, which himself had given to the fragments. This is the meaning of the abbreviation Oatal., or Oat., which will usually be found at the end of the articles. In the literary notes, I have referred, as far as_ possible, to Khalifah's Biblio graphical Dictionary, as edited by FLUEGEL ( J!. Klz.), and to the printed Catalogues of various collections ; but I have avoided needless quotations. A list of Addenda et Corrigenda which occurred to me, after the respective sheets were printed, will be found on a subsequent page. In conclusion, I have to express my best thanks to Dr. RosT, the Librarian of the India Office Library, who first conceived the plan of cataloguing all the collections under his charge; and to Professor WM. WRIGHT, for his kindness in, reading a proof of each sheet as it passed through the press, in order to correct faults of style and idiom. That in doing so he also saved me from some more material errors need scarcely be said. LEIPZIG, December 2, 18i6. 0. LOTH.

PAGE 7

CONTENTS. THE KoRAN: KuFic FRAGMENTs, Nos. 1-5 N ASKH CoPIEs, Nos. 6-40 KoRANIC SciENCE, Nos. 41-116 TRADITION, Nos. 117-195 SciENCE oF TRADITION, Nos. 196-201 LAw: J;IANAFITES, Nos. 202-277 SHAFI'ITEs, Nos. 278-288 SHi'ITES, Nos. 289-291 PRINCIPLES OF JuRISPRUDENCE, Nos. 292-333 PRAYERS AND CHARMS, Nos. 334-379 ScHoLASTic THEOLOGY, Nos. 380-4 71 PHILOSOPHY, Nos. 472-591 APPENDIX. PHILOSOPHY AND THEOLOGY MIXED, N.os. 592-596 SuFISM AND F.THics, Nos. 597-699 BioGRAPHY AND HISTORY, Nos. 700-721 GEOGRAPHY AND CosMOGRAPHY,. Nos. 722-730 MATHEMATics AND AsTRONoMY, Nos. 731-772 MEDICINE, Nos. 773-797 PoETRY AND ELEGANT PRosE, Nos. 798-844 PROSODY, No. 845 0 RHETORIC, Nos. 846-887 GRAMMAR, Nos. 888-990 DicTIONARIEs, Nos. 991-1027 ENCYCLOPEDIA, Nos. 1028-1029 MISCELLANIES, Nos. 1030-1048 0 KARSHUNrc, Nos. 1049-1050 INDEX : TITLES OF wORKS AUTHORS' N A:MES PAGB 1 2 7 26 49 51 68 71 73 83 lOO 130 163 164 199 208 212 226 232 244 244 252 276 285 285 303 307 317

PAGE 8

ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA. PAGE LINE lOa. 2, 21a. 4, 23b. 12, 37b. 8, 20, 38b. 27, 58 b. 19, 25, 6lb. 12, w for read Jb". Khush}:tal Khush}:tal. .) t:.v. Mas'U.b ) ) .r.l-" _)_,.Jt Mas'ud. , KhU.sh}:tal Khush}:tal. omit commonly called. 65b. 20, for 93 read 101. ila. 7, for Cf. Kh. iv. 369 read It is en titled I I Cf. J.I. Kh. iv. 292 sq., 369. 86b. 1, omit probably. 97b. pen. the words: (probably ... 950) 98a. 8, for j read j pen. omit IBN. 122b. 7, add: Cf. If. Kh. v. 517, v. J-jL..... .. ; vi. 82, v According Kh., the name of the author is A}:tmad b. Mu}:tammad (d. A.H. 818), and the com mentary is the work of A}:tmad b. Mu}:tammad b. :Abd al-salam (d. A.H. 931 ). It is entitled 128a. 18, add: See, regarding the author, Zeitschrift der D.lLG. xxix. 676 sq. 134b. 25, for ii. read iii. 140b. 12, Ma}:tmud Mu}:tammad. 155b. 6, The name is more probably, hA.HDA.n. 158b. 8, for the same author read DA.MA.n. PAGE LINE 164a. note, The name is more probably Nafzt 1 70b. 8, add: and also Zeitschrift der D.M.G. vi. 436 sqq. 176b. 23, for ua__,dl read 179b. 25, 26, 193b. 6, 212b. 26, 213a. 8, for not mentioned read Mu}:tammad Shlrin. See no. 1032, VI. omit the sentence: A treatise ... 483. for which is . Shadhili read The author is Abu'l-mawahib Mu}:tam mad b. A}:tmad Shadhill. See no. 1038, xix. for(?) d.\. for some kind of burning-glasses read parabolic burning-mirrors. 12, for -glasses read -mirrors. 220b. 15, for 'Amuli read 'Amill. 22, add: and also Zeitschrift der D.M.G. xxix. 677 sq. 223b. note 2, add: Cf. Intorno al Liber Karastonis, lettera diM. Steinschneider a D. B. Boncompagni, Roma 1863. I.:JJh..:) is the Greek xapurnwv. 24la. 29, for '.A.mull read 'Amill. 272b. 31, Ajurrumi Ajurrum. 274b. 20, Urdu Persian. 279a. 7, . .. ll. ..r.-" iv. vi. 298a. 33, J b. 2, C A 'Am ill. Amull 299a. 19,

PAGE 9

ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. THE KORAN. KUFIC FRAGMENTS. 2. 1. Size 3! in. by 5 in.; foll. 64. Five lines in a page. Kufic 1\tiS. on parchment, containing fragments trahs 36-39, viz. (foil. 2v.-6) Su. 36, 26-40; (foil. 7-8)147-71; (foll.9-11)74totheend; (foll.12, 1) Su. 37, 1-15 ; (foll. 21-28) 20-64; (foll. 29-31) 1; (foil. 32-38) 102-145; (foil. 39-47) 151 to Su. 3; (foll.48-59) 16-50; (foll. 60-61) 59-65; (fol. 62) the end, and the title of Su. 39 ; ( fol. 63, in four and in another handwriting) Su. 39, 31-32, with Tords tb y,' I...Slc, (sic). und characters ; wide spaces ; occasional red dots )wels. Verses divided by gold ornaments ; every verse likewise marked by larger ones. The titles e Surahs have not been filled in. The whole more recently been bordered with thick paper, h. is entirely gilt and ornamented. At the beginning 1 and 2r.) Surah ; at the end the usual epilogue, .!' J...\...::>, both within ornaments. Bound in leather, overed with silk. ; 1\IS. is said to have been "brought into Hindostan by lane,. and sent from Lahore to Paris." rhe first eighteen leaves have been misplaced in binding. 39 A. Size 4 in. by 6 in.; foil. 52. Three lines m a page. Another Kufic fragment, containing (foil. 1-34) Su. 2, 254-282, and (foil. 35-51) Su. 3, 14-32. Large characters, rather cursive ; the flourished in a peculiar way. A few red dots for vowels. Verses marked in the same way as in the preceding 1\tiS. Bordered with paper, highly ornamented and gilt. The last leaf-on the back of which are also Kufic charac ters, but nearly effaced-bears on the recto, within ornaments, the words J.:. On some pages the letters have vanished; the margin is slightly injured. Bound in gilt leather. 3. 40 A. Size in. by 7 in.; foil. 46. Nine lines in a page. Another Kufic fragment, containing Su. 1, 6 ...... -2, 160 large, long-shaped characters; vowel points red, green, or yellow, in. a few cases also blue Sometimes, as if to indicate various readings, small lines are added on J, in green or red, instead of dia critical points. Verses divided by gold ornaments ; cYcry tenth marked by larger ones, which contain the number. The title of Su. 2 is on a gold ground.

PAGE 10

2 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. One leaf is missing between foll. 7 and 8, and two between foll. 32 and 33. The last leaf, which is half destroyed, belongs to another frag ment (in five lines). Both this and the first page have been entirely gilt. In a leather binding, covered with silk. Some one has noted that the MS. was written by 'Ali (fol. 46). 4. 41 A. Size 6 in. by 8! in. ; foil. 20. Ten lines in a page. Another Kufic MS., containing the following parts of Slirahs 6 and 7:1 (fol. 13*) Su. 6; 57-61; (fol. 5*) 69-74; (fol. 11) 80-84; (foll. 4* and 9*) 91-96; (fol. 2) SU.. 7, 28-33; (fol. 14) 39-42; (fol. 1) 45-47; (foil. 8*, 7*, 17, 6, 18, 10, 15*, 3) 55-94; (folh 19, 16*, 12) 155-166. The last leaf (six lines) contains parts of Su. 7, 168, 169, with the colophon d. J.;. the recto. Clumsy characters, rather cursive. Mostly red, some times green dots for vowels. Verses divided in the same way as in the preceding MSS. On several pages the writing has nearly disappeared. The last page bears six seals, with signatures: viz. of two kings named Isma'il and 'Abbas; of Akbar; of two servants of Shahjahan, 'Inayat Khan and FacJil Khan; and of I'timad Khan, a servant of 'Alamgir. On the first page is written a treaty between several chiefs of Sindh, dated 25 Jumada I., 1254, in Persian. This MS. belonged to the Sindh Prize property, and was presented to the Library of the East India House by Lord Dalhousie, 1853. 5. 42 A. Size in. by 9:! in.; foil. 181. Sixteen lines in a page. A large fragment of a Kufic Koran, containing (foll. 13-20)2Su.5, 112-6,95; (foil.25-34)6, 108-7,63; (fol. 36) 7, 104-126; (foil. 37 -38) 7, 138-160; (fol. 35) 8, 20-34; (fol. 39) 9, 7-19; (fol. 21) 9, 38-51; (fol. 41) 9, 74-86; (fol. 42) 9, 108-118; (fol. 24) 10, 12-23; (fol. 1 The leaves have been entirely misplaced in binding; several are also bound upside down, marked above with an asterisk. 2 The leaves have been entirely misplaced in binding. 22) 10, 34-50; (fol. 23) 11, 29-44; (foll. 1-4: 99-16, 70; (foll. 5-12) 20, 34-21, 68; (foil. 61 116-125, 86-105, 76-85) 21, 88 -31, 38; (foll 44-51, 43, 53, 140-147, 56, 63) 34, 18 -39, (foll. 57-64) 41, 20-43, 37; (foil. 65, 54, 134-136 86-46, 11; (foil. 137-139, 55, 126) 46, 35-481 (foll. 163-166, 162) 50, 1 -53, 7; (foll. 133, 127. 148-151, 130-132, 152-161, 106-115, 167 -176] 36-89, 3; (foil. 177-181) 93, 10 to the end. Written in rather slender characters, approachll N askh. Frequent red dots for vowels. Titles of SU: in a still more cursive character, and in red, are l larly inserted, but often differ from the usual m being always derived from the first word. Every 1 verse is marked with the letters serving for fig according to the older or J\Iaghribi order. Also E two hundredth verse is marked on the margin. At the end, in the same hand, I.:) I.:J\..c..c Seal and signature of Akbar and others on the last '' Presented to the Library of the East India House by Rawlinson, C.B., the Hon. Company's Political Agent in "'' Arabia, and H.M.'s Consul at Baghdad, March, 1845.'' NASKH COPIES. 6. 1371. Size 7 i in. by 5! in. ; foil. 318. Foll lines in a page. Neatly written and richly ornamented. With : of pauses, sections, etc. Ends with the usual epi (1 illl Notes for practical use, in Persa: added on the margin. Preceded by a Persz'an introduction (foll. 1-16), piled by order of Tippu. It contains-1. Foil. 1-13. Tables stating the place of revell the number of verses, words, letters, and t_j), all peculiarities, of every Surah. 2. Fol. 13. A table showing how often each! of the alphabet occurs in the Koran.

PAGE 11

THE KORAN. 3 3. Fol. 14. A list of the verses distinguished by !. Fol. 15. A list of grammatical mistakes in liting the Koran, which would be blasphemous. 5. Fol. 16. Some mnemonic verses, enumerating verses which treat of certain subjects. !rhis introduction is written in Shikastah. ,, :n the original binding, which is highly gilt, both outside l inside, and bears the favourite inscription :1 7. .,., ., [Tippu.J fA. Size Sin. by 5 in.; foil. 522. Eleven lines in a page. A splendid copy; gilt throughout, with double front .naments. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. 1 On the last page is the prayer usually recited after the Koran, with an introduction in Persz'an. Well written, "under royal auspices," by J;[ajj1 lbdallah. This copy was intended for the especial use of Tippu, is stated in a note at the end (fol. 520). Various otes and directions, in different hands, on the margin, ery often resembling those in the preceding MS. 'receded, also, by the same introduction. 11 One leaf is missing after fol. 22. Fol. 26 is much In a red leather binding, bearing all the marks and inscriptions :1entioned in Stewart's Catalogue, Pref. p. v. 8. }96. Size in. by in. ; foil. 341. Thirteen lines in a page. Well written, highly ornamented and gilt. Marks of 1ections, etc. At the end the following colophon: 1;.::5::' 1 Surah 56, 78 and 79. ..M.s.-. .iV ,. 'i The last two pages have been :filled up with a prayer in a different hand. [Tippu.J 9. 730. Size 15 in. by 10 in.; foil. 363. Thirteen lines in a page. Beautifully written on a dyed ground, sprinkled with gold. The :first, middle, and last lines in Thulth. Tastefully ornamented throughout. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. 9 / In a red leather binding, bearing the inscription .. 9'\ij/ pv...Q [Tippu.J 10. 1267. Size 11! in. by 6k in.; foll. 31. Forty one lines in a page. A remarkable specimen of penmanship, written on dyed paper, in minute characters. Each line begins with an ,, which is in red. Every two pages contain exactly one of the thirty sections Highly ornamented and gilt. -Seal of Khan, A.H. 1141. [Tippu.J 11. 1376. Size 17 in. by 9} in. ; foil. 31. Thirty-nine lines in a page. Another thirty-leaved copy. like the preceding MS. 12. Arranged and executed [Tippu.J 25 A. Size in. by in.; foil. 31. About fifty lines in a page. Another thirty-leaved copy; closely written in minute characters. Foll. 7-10 should be placed after fol. 29. According to a note on the fly-leaf, this copy formerly belonged to Tippu. [East India College. J

PAGE 12

4 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 13. 14 B. Size 6k in. by 4 in.; foll. 322. Fifteen lines in a page. Imperfect at the beginning, the first leaf commencing with l.:)h.j, the last word of Su. 2, Ill. Neatly written, marks of pauses, etc. On the first thirty leaves glosses are added, in the same hand, extracted from different works on orthography and on the various readings of "the Seven." Concluding: 1.:.)\J_} Various notes in different hands on the margin. In a red leather binding. Inscriptions prove that the MS. formerly belonged to Tippu's library. [East India College. J 14. 1254. Size 18k in. by 11! in.; foil. 60. Thirty-one lines in a page. An elegant copy, richly ornamented. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. Written byMu}:tammad Astaraba.di, A.n.l137. [Tippu.J 15. 1252; Size 18! in. by 10 in.; foil. 390. Thirteen lines in a page. Written in large characters, without ornaments. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. At the end: .9-$ /// In the original binding, on which the inscription :(_ \ IS frequently repeated. [Tippu.J 16. 32 A. Size 13! in. by 8k m.; foil. 325. Thirteen lines in a page. A very elegant copy, resembling that described in Cat. Bodl. ii., p. 60. The first two pages contain within two large circles, ornamented with gold, blue, etc., the -verse, Su. 17, 90. The next two pages, entirely ornamented in the same way, contain in the middle Surah 1, written in white Thulth on a golden gro1 with the words (\ j underneath. The next pages, which contain the beginning of Su. 2, entirely gilt. All the following pages are written< dyed ground, sprinkled with gold. The first, mid -l1 6 last lines are in large Thulth, the middle line
PAGE 13

THE KORAN. 5 19. Size 13 in. by 8k in.; foll. 347. Fifteen lines in a page. Elegantly written; highly gilt and ornamented. l rks of pauses, sections, etc. Transcribed by Al).mad b. Mul)ammad, A.H. 1094. Foil. 22 and 23, foil. 286-293, and foil. 312-315 have been misplaced in binding. In the original cover, with the inscription (\ [Johnson.J 20. 24 A. Size 12! in. by 1! in.; foil. 62. Thirty-one lines in a page. A sixty-leaved copy; but the distribution of each section on four leaves is not quite exactly maintained. Written in small characters, each line beginning with an t Marks of pauses, sections, etc. Each page within lines of gold, the first four and the last highly gilt and ornamented. At the end the words J.J-' .J
PAGE 14

6 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 27. 1655. Size 12 in. by 8 in. ; foll. 321. Twenty-six lines in a page. The Koran, with Persan interlineation and glosses. Written in a Persian hand, the interlineation in red. Marks of sections, etc. Ornamented and gilt. Fol. 191 should follow 201. At the end a prayer, and rules for obtaining omens ( J \.;) from the Koran ; written in (except the Arabic passages), and highly gilt. In the original binding, with the usual inscription. [Johnson.J 28. 1 A. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 329. Fifteen lines in a page. An elegant copy, transcribed by one Mul}.ammad, A.R. 1267. Marks of pauses, sections, etc.; Persan glosses. "Received from Dr. Royle, July, 1 29. 3 A. Size 7 -k in. by 4-k in. ; foil. 364. Fourteen lines in a page. Resembles the preceding MS. Copied apparently by the same scribe, who here calls himself Mul;tammad 30. 10 A. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foil. 436. Twenty-four lines in a page. The Koran, with a Perst'an interlinear translation. Written and ornamented almost like the preceding MS., but in larger characters. The translation is in small N asta '11].<, in red. Scribe, Mul].ammad date, A.R. 1266. At the end a short prayer. 31. 5 A. Size 7 in. by 4 in. ; foll. 336. Fifteen lines in a page. Similar to the preceding copy, and evidently written by the same scribe. Foil. 280-284 have been misplaced in binding. 1 The same note is found in the following six illSS. 32. 2 A. Size 10! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 144. Twenty-five lines in a page. An elegant copy. Every sixth line in larger charac ters and between green lines. The first two pages con tain only Su. 1, in two small circles, all the rest being ornament. Written evidently by the same scribe as the preceding MSS. 33. 6 A. Size 6-k in. by 4 in.; foll. 281. Seventeen lines in a page. Neatly written and ornamented like the preceding MSS. In an illuminated binding. 34. 13 A. Size 12! in. by 7! in.; foll. 30. About fifty lines in a page. Well written in minute characters, excepting the first, middle, and last lines of each page. Marks of sections. Highly gilt. Persan glosses. Dated A.R. 1266. Scribe, Yf ali. 35. 36 A. Size 4-k in. by 2! in. ; foil. 362. Fifteen lines in a page. Written in a minute but very legible character, with marks of pauses, sections, etc. ; ornamented and gilt. Dated Jumada II., 1101. 36. 33 A. An octagon, perimeter 4! In. ; foil. 285. Fifteen lines in a page. Written in a minute character, without division of verses ; ornamented. The scribe names himself Mirza 'Ali, the secretary of Yazd, a resident of Shiraz. A defect after fol. 256 ; the following leaves (to I fol. 270) have been bound upside down. In an elegant binding, illuminated in the inside, and in a double case of filigree and stone.

PAGE 15

THE KORAN. 7 37. 34 A. An octagon, perimeter 6-! 1n. ; foll. 346. Twelve lines in a page. Written in a minute but very legible character, with marks of pauses, etc. The first four pages bear golden ornaments. Part of the margin has been cut off. Bound in green leather, with a gold clasp. 38. 3090. Size 7 i in. by 5-! in. ; foll. 10. Fourteen lines in a page. A fragment of the Koran, between blank leaves. Well written, with marks of pauses, etc. It contains the end of the 11th and nearly the whole of the 12th section, i.e. Su. 10, 107-12, 48; the rest of the 12th section (to v. 52) has been supplied in a clumsy modern hand. On a page near the beginning is a note in Persian, stating that the title of this incomplete Arabic book could not be found out(!). 39. 3048. Size 8 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 28. Thirteen lines in a page. The 23rd and 24th r, of the Koran (Su. 36, 27-41, 46). Plainly written in a Malay hand. 40. B 268. Size 7 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 12. Thirteen lines in a page. SU.rah 18 of the Koran. Mostly without division of verses. Vowel-points are but seldom added. KORANIC SCIENCE. 41. B 270 Size 6! in. by 4-! in.; foll. 89. Sixteen lines in a page. 0,, "'. ... ,, w. \::S' The celebrated treatise on the Seven Versions of the Koran, by ABu 'AMR 'Othman b. Sa'id b. 'Othman DA.Ni (d. A.H. 444). Cf. J;I. Kh. ii. 487; Cat.:llus. Brit. 69; Bodl. ii., No. Lxxxnr, 4 (where is the same title as in this MS.); Noldeke, Gesch. d. Qorans, p. 337. Neatly written; concluding (fol. y\::.S' 1!)""\jj\ 1''?. .... till\ (!)"" Al.l\ t:::...J Fol. 87v. The form of the as given by the different readers j followed by a Persian tract on fasting in RamaQ.an, beginning ... 1'\J-' ... J I'L, j\J _,\ W J, written in the same hand. On one of the fly-leaves is a list of the ten readers, "":-', ...,1 with their principal disciples. Seven foll. have been prefixed to the MS., on the last of which is a new title, written by All\ who bequeathed the :M:S. to the Bijapur Library, A.H. 1028. Catalogue, p. 234, Tujweed i. 42. B 269. Size 6 in. by 5 in.; foil. 114. From twelve to fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the Taiszr, imperfect both at the beginning and end. Clearly written; of the 1Oth century of the Hijrah. It begins with the words: J-J, r ( = fol. 12 of the preceding MS.), and ends with (=fol. 78 of the preceding MS.) Injured by damp, especially near the beginning. There is written, upon the edge, \ and fol. 13 is wrongly Cf. Catal. 234, v. 1 y arious reading W.

PAGE 16

8 ARABIC 43. B 272. Size 9i in. by 7 i in. ; foll. 116. Seven lines (verses) in a page. I. (foil. 1-92). A metrical version of the preceding work, by b. Firruh b. Khalaf b. AQ.mad Ru 'aini (d .A..H. 590 ). It is entitled : t .. J..::;))' but commonly called See J;f. Kh. iii., 43; Catal. Bodl. ii., p. 323; Noldeke, Gesch. d. Qorans, p. 337 sq. Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. The first two pages ornamented with red lines. Interlinear and marginal notes. II. Several tracts on the versions of the Koran: Fol. 93r. The first Surah, with all the unusual readings, inscribed written in a large character. Fol. 93v. A short Persian tract, beginning j I J:,t>-.JI VJJ Fol. 95v. A list of the ten readers and their disciples. Fol. 96v. The beginning of a treatise on Orthoepy, ascribed to M UJ,IAMMAD It commences : '-'..t..s:_" 6\.s:l\ L!Y' ...s"-'.:.3...rt'-' :UL.J yl::.....(l\ ""'?.TP All the general principles of reading are exemplified from the first Surah, as usual. Abbreviations are used for the names of the readers, according to the system of Shatibi. Some confusion begins on fol. l05v., where a passage from fol. 102r. J.::. is repeated, but with a different conclusion on fol. 107r., where the MS. abruptly ends. After some blank leaves, it recom mences in the middle of fol. 108r.' with the heading ..; I J I j _} j (which is also added as a catchword to the former passage). It remains, however, doubtful whether this latter fragment belongs to the same treatise. Badly written. Worm-eaten and stained by damp . Btj. Libr. A.H. 1003. Catal. p. 234, Tujweed ii. 44. B 272 A. Size 7! in. by in.; foll. 153. Eight lines (hemistichs) in a page. Another copy of the Shdfibzyah. Well written, with vowel-points; has the following colophon: t_L ('.Y.. J J..D\ ... ....; w_, l..S--'>-' w '-:-;;-) 4-S)t:J\ J..JJ J' ...s-.Y, d, d. '-'-t.s" 1.:i t..k \,.L:_, t..tJ J..lJ\ Inscribed on the edge,'-!:.'\) Btj. Libr. A.H. 1024. 45. B 27 4. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 58. Nineteen lines in a page. I. (foil. 16-49). A treatise on the Readings of N.AFr', as handed down by his two pupils and W arsh ; derived from SHA'!'JBi. Beginning: '-:-'',-!\ -t.; '-'...\1\ J..lJ '-'-t.s:ll .. V.JJ) l!)_,n:; .. J..Mll t:.;u t-'\.iil' NJ\ J; ... .. t.. J..z In two chapters : the first treating of the general principlesofNafi' and the other giving a detailed account of his Readings, following the order of the Surahs (w_,J's:ll Preceded by an introduction on technical terms: \ Jlb' C-' t>-\ l!J II. (foil. 50-58). A list of passages or words of the Koran (styled W...f>), according to the order of the Surahs, the purpose of which is not indicated. 'there is no preface. Beginning, after the Basmalah: ._s'-'Jb Plainly written. Inscribed in a later hand: ./ There precedes a fragment of a Persz'an treatise on the Reading of the Koran.

PAGE 17

THE KORAN. 9 46. 879. Size 9! in. by 5-k in.; foil. 158. Fifteen lines in a page. u!_)j--' .. .. A List of the Pauses to be observed in Reading the Koran, according to the system of 8AJ.AWAND1 (Mu l).ammad b. raifur, sixth century). This is probably an abridgment of the fundamental work of Sajawand1, 1 who is quoted at the beginning (fol. 3). The real author, perhaps, is introduced immediately afterwards, viz. : JrJI j-;1 d. aJI ri' d JW Beginning: C't[i yh.(l' ,_,;j ell' r )\ i Written in large characters, by Mul).ammad (?) b. 'Abd al-Iatif. All the signs of pause, the marks of every fifth and tenth verse, the superscriptions, in red. Red lines round the pages. Some notes. A list of the abbreviations used for the names of the principal SJ on the title-page. The book is wrongly ascribed to Sajawandl: himself, who, moreover, is thereby confounded with a renowned namesake, viz. Mul}.ammad b. Mul,lammad b. 'Abd al-rashld S. So also in Stewart' s Catal. p. 173. [Tippu.J 47. 2165. Size 9-k in. by in. ; foil. 92. Seventeen lines in a page. J; y. U"'-.ol\i y \:: .. .. ... Another copy of the preceding work, written. The following Persian couplet is written twice at the beginning: l l.x:.J u:; -'I '-'Id. See Noldcke, Qor. p. 352; Flugcl, 'Y Hdss. Wien, iii. p. 60. At the end the following tetrastich : u) t:JJ d d.' J.J YJ Y, f.:Y' __;., k The seal of Mul}.ammad Nadim Allah (A.H. 1180), with several Persian poems of his; an explanation of the different kinds of pauses and their signs, in Persian couplets; a dialogue between Abu Bakr and 'Ali, intended to show the equality of their dignity; and various other notes are on the blank pages at the beginning and end. [Coli. Fort William, 1825. J 48. 1435. Size in. by 6 in. Twelve lines in a page. FoiL 6-16. InN JAZARi's (1\.ful).ammad b. Mul).ammad, d. A. H. 833) ..... .i;LJ I or Treatise in Verse on the Pro nunciation of the Koran. Cf. J;I. Kh. vi. 78; Cat. Bodl. ii. 190. Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. In narrow columns. The margin is wholly filled up with Persian glosses, written in small Shikastah. Leaves have been frequently inserted on which other glosses are written. The rest of the volume contains Persian treatises on similar subjects.-See Persian MSS. [Johnson.J 49. B 273. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foil. 72. Twenty two lines in a page. A Fragment of a Commentary on lbn Jazari' s ... .iiW I by 'ALi B. Mu:t;rAMMAD (Harawi, d. A.H. 1014). This Commentary is not mentioned anywhere. It begins: t_'-)1 ell w_,_rl\ 4;).., The author says afterwards (fol. 1v.): '-=) I I w 11 w "\ I\ .. \1 11 ') ....,.. I..S .r NJ v ..u ._.;Jr. .. oU.l..i 1.;)/-?. (sic) er? '1.-IS \=-.. 4J 2

PAGE 18

10 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. There are defects after foil. 24 and 48 ; the last fol. ends with the commentary on the words: Somewhat injured by damp. Catal. p. 234, iv. 50. 784. Size 9-;t in. by 6! in.; foll. 271. Twenty-one lines in a page. An old Shi 'ah Commentary on the Koran, by A.bu'l}_tasan 'A.Li B. lBR1nhr (b. Hashim flourished in the fourth century). See 'fusi, p. r. 9 ; Bibl. Spren ger. 406; and Noldeke, Gesch. d. Qor., xxix. Imperfect at the beginning. The name of the author, as given above, appears at the commencement of Su. 2 (fol. 1v. ). This commentary, which may be regarded as the fundamental work of Shi 'ah Tafsir, is, on the whole, concise; only the causes of several revelations are related at greater length. It is founded chiefly on alleged sayings of the Imams Abu J a 'far (M u}_tammad and A.bu 'Abdallah (Ja'far quoted either directly (by or by an Isnad, which always begins with the author's father. The first words are: d. ,J.-?.)w ,J.....s,....; and the conclusion : (sic) ... '!:) ..... vw-..... tsl, r-.% On the last fol. begins a treatise or extract, t..... :} t.(l 1:.!,.... ,.J I (sic) 1:)? Clearly written, about the tenth century of the Hijrah. Worm-eaten. 51. B 301. Size 10! in. by 6-i in.; foil. 263. Twenty. ve lines in a page. The First Part of a Commentary on the Koran, ascribed to the celebrated 'A.bd al-karim b. Hawazin, d. A.n. 465). Cf. 1;[. Kh. ii. 376. This commentary is merely mystical, quoting even mystical poetry, but always without naming the authors. Only the beginning of the passages commented is given, introduced by J This volume concludes with Su. 18, and is imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: r-JI_, Written in a bad hand; red lines round the pages. Worm-eaten and injured by damp. Cat. p. 223, xvii. 52. 1113. Size 12! in. by 7! in.; foil. 534. Forty-one lines in a page. ZAMAKHSHARi's(d.A.n.538) Commentary on the Koran, called wt.l.(lt Cf. the edition of Col. Nassau Lees. Well written; finished on 23 Dhu'l-l_tijjah, 977, by 'A.bd b. Zain al-din Azhari, of Makkah. Coloured lines round the pages. The first fol. has been supplied in a more modern hand; the last fol. is muti lated. One leaf is missing after fol. 6. Foil. 28 and 37 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 53. 563. Size 14 in. by 7! in.; foil. 796. nine lines in a page. Another copy of the Kashshaf Well written, by Burhan b. I;Iamid. Ornamented and gilt. Some glosses. 54. B 275, 276, 277, 278. Size 12! in. by in.; foil. 726. Twenty-six lines in a page. Another copy of the Kashshaj, including the whole text of the Koran. Well written. Dated Shawwal, 921.1 This MS. has been spoiled by damp. It has also many defects, which were supplied in a later hand; but since then a number of leaves of both sets have again fallen out. Originally in four volumes. The first concludes with Stl.rah 6 (fol. 184); the second with Su. 18 (fol. 376); the third with Su. 38 (fol. 559v. ). The beginning of the fourth, being in the second hand, is on the same page. Catal. p. 219, i. 1 The beginning of the colophon, containing the name of the scribe, has been erased.

PAGE 19

THE KORAN. 11 55. B 280. Size 11! in. by 8! in.; foll. 237. Thirty one lines in a page. The First Part of the Kasltshaj, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words are ( = p. r 1 Lees), and it ends with Su. 8, 54. Written in two different hands. Coloured lines round the pages. Many illegible glosses in the first portion. 56. B 281. Size 11 in. by 7! in.; foll. 230. Twenty five lines in a page. The third quarter of the Kashshaj, comprising SU.rahs 19-37. Beautifully written, of about the ninth century. The final portion, however, has been supplied in a more modern hand. The first leaf and the last but one are wanting. Much injured by insects. 57. B 283, Size 12'f in. by 6! in. ; foll. 251. Twenty-three lines in a page. &tJi>-t.:r-W..\l\.jh...,\ I I -11 \..!J1 c.j 1 11\ L" .. ......, kf>-y_r\1 All1 d. '-'J"-S: .... ':'II.J T ... .. . I-$1/ .. \11' .. ....s-. 1.-S.J-J YrJ cU)JJ The last quarter of the Kashshaf; beginning with Su. 18. Beautifully written, of about the eighth century. Rubrics sometimes omitted. .A.t the end the author's epilogue. In two volumes, the first ending with Su. 48 (fol. 99). Both the beginning and (in a less degree) the end are injured by damp. 1 This inscription was written on the title-page in Rabi' I., 921. The name of the owner who wrote it has been erased. 58. 23. Size 12! in. by 71 in. ; foil. 454. Twenty-five lines in a page. .A.n edition of the Kashshaf "mixed" with the text of the Koran, entitled The Editor, who calls himself DARwisrr, says in his short Preface: \.fo?r::J1 J# L-.1 ... F' I..S,; L..S' \_J\jl_, (r. u,; l:)' _.ra::.:;1 Ml.c )_,.;_,_, A:...C J..t:. AS'IJ'-'1 k.illl J..c ,_..I I (sic) Uli_,-.J_, (sic) _,1 41$' A:,ill I.:Jf?, This is the First Part, conclJiding with Su. 16. Well written. Foil. 256 and 263 should be transposed. [Hastings. J 59. B 287. Size in. by 61 in.; foll. 501. Twenty seven lines in a page. The last part of a voluminous Super-commentary on the Kashshaj, by Sharaf al-din al-l;Iusain b. )Iul:tammad 'J;mi, (d. A.H. 7 43), from SU.. 35 to the encl. Cf. Kh. v. 185, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii., 7 "1. Beginning:_>IJ t .... I..SJ..)\ l. d. I &J oJ_,:; Written in of about the tenth century. Various defects, and the whole final portion, have been supplied in another, indifferent handwriting. One leaf, containing the end of the author's epilogue, is missing at the end. Injured at the beginning. Cat. p. 221, i. 8 (?).

PAGE 20

12 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 60. B 285. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 217. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses of SAIYID SH.rniFJurulNi ('AH b. Mul;tammad, d. A.H. 816) on the Kashshaf, terminating at Su. 2, 23. Cf. Kh. -v. 187. Clearly written. Dated Sunday, 4th Raj ab, 939. In good preservation; one defect after fol. 88. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1003. Cat. 221, i. 2. 61. 598. Size lOi in. by 6 in.; foil. 510. Twenty-five lines in a page. The First Part of a large Commentary on the Koran, entitled The author, who is not named here, is Abu 'AH al-Fa<;l.l b. al-J;Iasan b. al-Fa<;l.l a Shi'ite (d. A.H. 548). Cf. Catal. Mus. Brit. 671 ; Bodl. i. 50, and below, No. 64. Kh. v. 400 sq. confounds the author with the well known '+usi (d. A.H. 460.). The Preface has a double J!amdalah, beginning fll 'C_.}b.-. l!l..c NJ and vw\;jj '-!)t:;_}l\ JJI NJ ..M.sl\ respectively. The author says afterwards (fol. 3v.): ....} r..,::....v,..,\:; j5' ....} ..U I 4-J _,l.J j 4-J Lu I ....} JLi\ _}j u; _jj r.3 r:-Ub.::..i\)j In three volumes, bound together ; the second begins on fol. 240, the third on fol. 427 ; it terminates abruptly at the beginning of Surah 7. Plainly written; the second volume in a different hand. Coloured lines round the pages. [Johnson.J 62. 599. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foil. 448. The Second Part of the same work, continuing the pre ceding MS. with the words 4 r:-Y.. JS' U' L;JU It also consists of three separate volumes ; the first concludes on fol. 120, and in the colophon is called r,ll; the second ends with fol. 306, after which so:p:wthing seems to be wanting. The third terminates abruptly in the commentary on Su. 18, 59-63. The greater part of it has been collated and emended. Written in the same hand as the first and third volumes of the preceding MS. [Johnson.J 63. 600. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 770. Twenty-five lines in a page. The Third Part of the same work, continuing the pre ceding MS. with the words th:.\ (.)J-'U\ A sixth volume concludes on fol. 4lv. The colophon contains the author's epilogue, viz.: __,.!;'utl\ fJ J.:. 0) NJ L J::u;_, (' ..\.t.,S.ll Written in the same hand as the preceding MS.; but foil. 1-70 have been supplied by a later hand [Johnson.J 64. 1790. Size Ilk in. by 7k in.; foll. 399. Twentyfive and twenty-seven lines in a page. Another, more concise Commentary on the Koran, by r_:rABARsr,2 called yi.::.S', and composed in A.H. 542 and 543. Cf. Kh. ii. 638, and also v. 401. His statements are, however, very incorrect. 1 Here the words seem to have fallen out. See Cat. Mus. Brit. 672 b. 2 11is full name, as given above, is found in the colophon.

PAGE 21

THE KORAN. 13 The Preface begins : L-. }\ I..S ..\l I Ail ..M..s:J I L.._, t::'I.Ml\: 't-'fl\ _?.:Ub '-=-'4' A.;..:;....;. The author relates that, after finishing his 1.:..' he read for the first time Zamakhshari's Kashshaf, and made extracts from it, which he afterwards published as a separate book, serving as a Supplement to his :first work, and entitled Finally, at the instance of his son, Abu N al-J;Iasan, he combined the con tents of both in a third and more abridged work,-the present one. As to the time of its composition, the author writes as follows in the Epilogue (fol. 398v.) : l:)\S') A.:...... l:J".WI rJ?. ... i J;)4 I F' ..... t.U>-, 1 This MS. consists of two volumes of the same paper, executed by different hands. The first (to Su. 18) is well written, and has some marginal notes. The two following lines have been added at the end (fol. 196v.): t_jW together with the following notice : y \ d. ..M.s ..... 65:: Jl illi_J.C M>-I ..... rJ?. t.4 L..S" AJW W, J L The second volume, from Su. 19 to the end, is likewise well written. The scribe was also a Shi 'ite, for at the end he blesses 'AB and all the Imams. Fol. 21 should follow fol. 15, and fol. 48 should come after fol. 6. Seals and notes of several owners on the title-page, one of them of A.H. 963. [Hastings. J 1 Sec Su. 6, 16. 65. 43 A. Size 25 in. by 15! in.; foil. 503. Fifty lines in a page. The First Part (to Su. 18) of the large Commentary on the Koran \ properly sty led 't:; lL.. by Fakhr al-din Abu'l-fac;ll Mul:,lammad b. 'Omar Rili (d. A.H. 606), who finished it in A.H. 602. Cf.J.I. Kh. vi. 5; Ibn Khallikan, ed. Wiistenfeld, No. ; and Cat. Bodl. ii. 701. It begins with a long and detailed explanation of the first Surah, which forms a separate book.1 The first words are (fol. 9): j.d;\ .. \:Jil, ill u\...,..lb_, J...s'l yL..:.S'\ ,j.;:. lJ.:; and and a paraphrase of Surah 1. Then the commentary begins: All\ t;..:; )J L.. ,_).:. '-:-' \::.$' \ \,....1 It contains in three the beginning of the :first of which is quoted in Kh., and three books, each subdivided into Y'.Y. I and Jjt ...... ,..... They are: I. Fol. 10v. II. Fol.19. and Ill. Fol. 26. r)l.(l\. The commentary on the following Surahs (Su. 2 from fol. 37v. to 177) is also very extensive, consisting rather of separate tracts, which are often subdivided into different Jj'w..,..... The whole text of the Koran is inserted in portions The present MS. consists of two volumes. The first, which concludes with Su. 3 (on fol. 220), has the following colophon : I..S..\ll _}......ll r (sic) w\_)"s,; '.!)? ill\ .)i>\ J..c. lJ J tti.bl 1 Cf. Ibn Khallik., no. 11, p. 1rr, 1. 15.

PAGE 22

14 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. ,\.:. I .., t .. J, I .lit -:: 1--J:: b CVJ 1 L oll\ cjj o:!T _, The second volume contains the date of the author, relating to Su. 18: r=--), JW, J-.a-.aJb L:-'1. The colophon runs as follows: t'j tH,JI \.:...._,"-'.s:..-. I.SJ t=-J J \ t;;-_}H _, L:JJ'ji.Sl\ t_,jll t(,'..,\,;, olll Liwi.s:ll 'J -.\) ).; L\bll -.\si I .. i.$ 1...5 v. .. ...r .. u J ... d.' Ms ... I.Sj d L:J.-. _)a.j (sic) A:,,..:JI Y.J Y, Beautifully written ; the words of the Koran in the Thulth character and in gold, headings in red and blue. The beginning of each volume is splendidly ornamented and gilt ; gold lines round the pages. The whole is .preceded by a lengthy Memoir of Razi, including a list of his works and a survey of the present commentary. It begins :js=-,; Jjla,; ;..; ) .... Written in a similar style, also with an ornament at the beginning. In a very elegant native binding, illuminated both outside and inside. 66. 22. Size 13 in. by 8! in.; foll. 439. Thirty-seven and thirty-three lines in a page. A portion of the same work, containing Stirahs 3 to 9 Plainly written. Foil. 414-15 and 424-25 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 67. 971. Size 13! in. by 8 in.; foll. 532. Thirtythree lines in a page. A portion of a Commentary on the Koran, styled from Surah 32 to the end; apparently belonging to the preceding work, or rather to one of its continuations, either by Najm al-din )ramuli (d. A.. H. 727), or by Shihab al-din Khuwaiyi (d. A. H. 639). See J?:. Kh. vi. 5. Beginning: ,_} W ;..; JJL)\ (sic) t'' JUu Well written. Colophon: \ o1l I J I.J# l_r.AAI I I fdi;,:--CI I .'-'0 "-'_..>-1 (?) The first pages are highly ornamented and gilt ; gold and coloured lines round each page. [Johnson.J 68. B 308. Size 8-k in. by 6 in. ; foll. 398. Twentyfive lines in a page. The first half of a Commentary ( on the Koran (to Su. 18); without any title, but, as it appears from a comparison with the following MS., belonging to the Jbll_, f. of Najm al-din Abu Bakr 'Abdallah b. MuQ.ammad Asadi Razi, commonly called DAYAH (d. in Rabi' I., 618). Kh. ii. 17, and iv. 282. There is no introduction but Y.J o1l -.\....sll ,J.:.

PAGE 23

THE KORAN. 15 The work begins with a very extensive and detailed interpretation of Su. 1 (foil. 1-17): y\:;..(l\ .J_,ll ill\ .M.s,.. Wl The Second Part of the preceding work, from Su. 10 ""v-o <.,...C 9 ,. .,. c... to 52. Jl '--;sll )T (r. _, Jb.a-JI ... 1 The words \ \ as contained in the title, here and in J;I. Kh., must not be understood in their usual meaning, viz. the first Surah, but as denoting the whole Koran. 2 The above form of the name nearly agrees with that found in J:l. Kh. vi. 120, viz.!..>.)_,i ; elsewhere he reads a This passage runs in the preceding MS. (fol. 306) as follows: Jsll I.:Y' Jw .Ju\ _, Jl Jsll 41_, '--;sl\ (r. An indifferent copy, boldly written, with the follow ing colophon: &IJi..s:ll /. W\ tJ pisl J J 1_, ..>"-.\llj, J ?' ._\>\ Catal. p. 222, x. 70. B 279. Size 10 in. by 7! in. ; foll. 570. Twentyfive1 twenty-three, and twenty-one lines in a page. Bau;>.A.wi's (d. A.H. 685) Commentary on the Koran, entitled J?./t:!l\ ),Y\. Cf. :ij:. Kh. i., 469 sqq., and the edition of Professor Fleischer. On the author, Catal. St. Petersb. p. 17, and Lugdun. iv. 31. Complete in one volume ; written in a good Persian hand, of the ninth century. With numerous notes. The first leaf is wanting ; both the beginning and end of the MS. are injured, and it is also stained by damp. Fol. 567, which was taken for the final one, bears the correct title. The three following leaves were erroneously attributed to the \ ..,\.-. (see below), and the whole volume was also de scribed as Zamakhshari' scommentary.1 Cf. Cat. p. 222, ix. and xiv. 71. 593. Size 11 in. by 6i m. ; foll. 531. three lines in a page. BupA.wi's Commentary in two volumes. The second begins with Su. 19, on fol. 287. Numerous extracts from the Glosses of 'Abd al-l!akim, Khatib, etc., and from other works, have been added on the margin Coloured lines round the pages ; an ornament on the first page. Foll. 18 and 24 should be transposed; likewise foll. 60 and 61. Injured by damp both at the beginning and end. Cf. Stewart's Catalogue, p. 169. ['l'ippu.J 1 See fol. 5.

PAGE 24

16 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 72. 334. Size 11i in. by 7i in. ; foil. 534. About twenty-five lines in a page. BA.r.J?lwi's Commentary in two volumes. The second begins on fol. 303, with Su. 19. Written in N asta chiefly by two hands. The following account of the MS. is given in the colophon : 4l_,\ (.;) ... ,.)j\ Al.l\ J' (.;)'"' Y.' Y.' la..; t.>-... \ lb,.; \.sl' ... d.\ Dated Monday, 23rd Jumada II., 1136. The first few leaves are covered with glosses. Two leaves are missing after fol. 5 ; fol. 48 should come after 53, and fol. 477 after 482. Pencil notes by an English reader. [Hastings. J 73. 2042. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foil. 612. Twenty seven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. At the end the epilogue of the author, as contained in Prof. Fleischer' s edition, followed by the words : AlJ\ '--..:-s.-. t.:>-.::.J W\ dL..l\ Al.l\ .a.tJ '-'' .. 1'\ .. J- .r-. J ) '.:;.)J An ornament on the first page, coloured lines round the others. [College of Fort William. J 74. 592. Size 11! in. by 7 in. ; foil. 676. Twenty-five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written and ornamented. .\_ short prayer is added at the end. 75. 380. Size 10i in. by 6 in. ; foil. 312. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first portion of an elegant copy of BA.I:IJAwi's Commentary. Neatly written, much. ornamented and gilt. Many corrections on the margin. It ends with. the (Su. 16, 38). Foll. 283 and 284 should come after fol. 288. [Tippu.J 76. 369. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foil. 294. The latter portion of the same copy ; beginning with ,. p Jl /(.,-&) p p(..,.....a b' Onfol. 40 ends the original first volume. The second volume begins with Su. 19, on fol. 41 v., which bears an ornament. Both volumes have been wrongly described as 77. B 291. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foil. 314. Twentyfive lines in a page. The First Part of BA.Ipiwi's Commentary, as far as SU.. 18. Well written; gold and blue lines round the pages, and an ornament at the beginning. Revised. The first portion has numerous glosses, chiefly from and interlineations. A defect after fol. 30. 'Alaw1 b. 'Abdallah is noted as owner on the title-page. Cat. p. 222, iii. 2 78. B 292. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; fol. 366. Twenty one lines in a page. The Second Part of the same work, from S\L 19 to the end. Well written ; finished, as is stated in a long colophon, on Wednesday, 20 11 0 7, by Fat}). Mul).ammad b. Mul).ammad Sharif b. Shaikh Ilah-bakhsh, at (?). Ornamented like the preceding MS Cat. p. 222, iii. 2.

PAGE 25

THE KORAN. 17 79. 2679. Size 11 in. by 6! in. ; foll. 353. Twenty three lines in a page. The first half of BArpA.wi's Commentary, to Su. 18. Plainly written in A.H. 1069. Colophon: j ..... L UJ\J \ w6... ..Jij JW Jl '1\ .: -'11 .) .Y. .J.. :J ..._s::-'J' vw.J"""' Id w6... t' Coloured lines round each page. Marginal notes of 'Abd al-l;takim, and others, in the first por tion. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 80. B 292A. Size 11! in. by 6-k in.; foll. 50. Twenty one lines in a page. A fragment of Bnp.A.wi's Commentary, from Su. 2, 181, to 3, 95. Plainly written, in two hands, of the tenth century. Eight leaves are missing after fol. 20, and two after fol. 30. 81. B 292B. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foiL 115. Twenty one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-107. A fragment of a on Batf,awz' 8 Commentary, by Shams al-din Mul;tammad Amin, commonly called AMiR BA.nrsHA.H, ij:usaini Bukhari (a resident of Makkah, who flourished at the end of the eighth century). See 1;[. Kh. i. 479. Ends: J' "".t.S"" ... .;5\n .r.sl' Jl $WI II. FoiL 108-115. Some leaves of 'lYAJ?'s tit..ll, on the excellency of the Prophet (see No. 163). Injured by insects. 82. B 284. Size 10! in. by 7-b in.; foll. 633. Twenty or seventeen lines in a page. Jalal al-din SuYu'!'i's (d. A.H. 911) Annotations on Batf,awz'8 Commentary, entitled -.\.lbl; Cf. J?:. Kh. i. 474. The author relates in his long and very polemical preface (fol. 2v.) that he compiled his work chiefly from the glosses on the Kashshaf, and from several grammatical works, viz. the two .j.:;, by Abu 'AB Farisi and by Ibn Hisham, some treatises of Ibn Jinni, the J\.,.,1 of Ibn Shajari and of Ibn lpjib, and others He is very prolix in the beginning of his work. The annotations on Surahs 1-11, on which the author used to lecture during the years A.H. 880-890, occupy more than three quarters of the volume. Plainly written in two different hands. The first leaf is wanting. Beginning : d. -.\11 The final leaves are much injured. Cat. p. 221, i. 6. 83. B 297. Size 9-k in. by 6 in.; foil. 395. Twenty seven lines in a page. Marginal notes on Batf,awi' 8 Commentary, by ABu'LFAJ?L (Kazaruni, who died about A.H. 940). Kh. i. 474. Beginning without a preface: .. J} All All .M.sll j j\J . j\J) J..;-;1 t' Written in Jum. I., 996. Coloured lines round the pages. Slightly injured near the beginning and the end. Cat. p. 222, iii. 6. 84. 752. Size 11 in. by in. ; foil. 412. Twenty one lines in a page Marginal notes on Bairfawz's Commentary, as far as Sf1rah 6, by 'l!:JAM AL-DIN (Ibrahlm b. Mul;tammad b. ----------------1 The MS. (fol. 2v.) has 3

PAGE 26

18 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 'Arabshah Isfara'ini, d. A.H. 943). Kh. i. 477, and Codd. Havn. ii. p. 44. This MS. begins with the last words of the : 4Jj JJ_,:; J' ..... /(.,9t.....C / "\iJ-c J.JJ Well written in by Mul;tammad FaQ.il. In the original binding of Tippu's library.1 [Tippu.J 85. B 286. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 335. Twentyseven lines in a page. Annotations on the latter portion of Baiifawz' 8 Com mentary (from Su. 11), by MULLA CHALABlZ (i.e. Sa'd allah b. 'lsa, commonly called Sa'di Chalabl, d. A.H. 945). See J;I. Kh. i. 477; De Jong, Catal. Codd. Acad. 160. The beginning of the present copy is wanting. It commences with the 12th sheet (?, ), at Su. 19, 10: wl
PAGE 27

THE KORAN. 19 Glosses, imperfect at the beginning and, slightly, at the end. Well written, but much injured by insects. It begins in Su. 17, with the words The title is found on the edge of the book. 90. B 288. Size in. by 61n.; foll. 403. Twenty. three lines in a page. Annotations on the beginning of Bairf,dwz'8 Com mentary, by 'Abd al-l;takim b. Shams al-dln SrYALKUTi ( ; \-of Siyalkut in the Panj ab ; flourished u Y"' .. under Shahjahan, and died shortly after A.H. 1060). Cf. 1;[. Kh. vii. p. 798, 1. 3 sqq. One leaf is missing at the beginning. The first words are : (sic) The preface dwells upon the merits, and especially the orthodoxy, of Shahjahan J?\ -'.t.s,.), to whom the author dedi cated his work as soon as it had reached the end of the first of the text of BaiQ.a wi. The MS. ends abruptly with the words '...51.; _;5'1 1 0 J\.ii.!. l:)' This may be the end of the work, which, according to Kh., remained unfinished. Well written. Single leaves are missing after foil. 58, 182, 261. Wrongly described on fol. 193 as a commentary on the Kashshtif. Cf. Catal. 221, i. 7. 91. 2220. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foil. 348. '!wenty-four, afterwards twenty-one, lines-in a page. Another copy of the Annotations of SIYALKUTi, im perfect at the beginning. The first words are: whc &l.,\. The end is somewhat earlier than that of the preceding MS. Written in two different hands. Coloured lines round the pages. Seal of Jang. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 169. [Coll. Fort William, 1825.] 1 Hefcrring to Su. 2, 229. 92. B 289. Size 11! in. by 6! in.; foil. 168. From twenty-one to twenty-six lines in a page. A fragment of a J.Iashiyah on Bairf,dwz' 8 Commentary, by an unknown author. Imperfect both at the be\ ginning and the end, and with many other defects. It comprises only the first two Surahs. The first words are: )\ .-S\ This is the rough copy of the author, written in N asta in the tenth or eleventh century. Sundry passages are crossed or emended ; numerous additions on the margin. The text of the Koran is added throughout. 93. B 309. Size 8 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 181. Twentyone lines in a page. Short Notes on select passages of Bairf,dwz' 8 Com mentary, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The author cannot be ascertained. The present fragment begins at Su. 3, 1 06,2 with the words \i\S' 1.-S' (sic) wk !.:):. u' \? There is a defect after fol. 158, comprising nearly the whole of Surahs 60-70. The end is also wanting. Carelessly written; the titles of the Stirahs are often omitted or misplaced in the latter portion. Coloured lines round each.page. Inscribed on fol. 97 : \ Cf. Catal. 222, xiii. 94. 24. Size 13 in. by 7! in.; foll. 705. Forty-one lines in a page. A large Commentary on the Koran, properly entitled by b. Mu l)ammad J,{ummi, commonly called NisA.ntrRi (a 1 Cf. i. p. r, 1. 2 of Fleischer's edition. 2 i. p. t v. l. 21 Fleischer.

PAGE 28

20 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. pupil of N a::;ir al-din '.fusi ; flourished at the beginning of the eighth century). See ij:. Kh. i\. 306 for an abridg ment of the introduction and of the epilogue, in which the author mentions his authorities. His chief authority is or of Fakhr al-din Razi (see No. 65). The explanation of the single passages of the Koran usually consists of two parts, and J?._,-\:.:.1 I preceded by two paragraphs on the reading and on the pauses w_,J}I. Beginning: J' ('?} Y. dJ ).c ..r.S\ J r?. Y) t:' ... j ill\ 4\_, 'l:)\:;}1\ ill .... .s:l\ 'J;t.; 2' l!l""' J)J J..c The last words of the epilogue are wanting in this MS., which ends with the words \f-....; \,..\_, .1 Well written in a small hand ; with some marginal notes. Splendidly ornamented and gilt. Two leaves are missing after fol. 568. 95. 1658. Size in. by in. ; foil. 285. Twenty three lines in a page. The first portion of a concise Commentary on the Koran, called J?., \::.1\ J?J:..::J\ dJ\'-'-", by al-din Abu'l-barakat 'Abdallah b. b. NASAFI (d. A.H. 710). The introductory remarks of the author on the purpose of his work are almost verbally reproduced by I_I. Kh. v. 470. Cf. Cat. Mus .. Brit. p. 64. The work has been printed at Bombay, A.H. 1279. Begins: ill '-'-t..s:l\ This MS. is plainly written, and ends abruptly at Su. 7, 101. It was transcribed from a copy which 1 See the abridgment in I_I. Kh. p. 308, 1. 9, had been made in the author's lifetime. Foil. 34-41 and 42-48 should be transposed. The following note is found on the title-page: A.:vt 4JJ\ l!l""' j\3 .M.s""' lS ill\ d\3 J\b d.-.\1\ I.SftJb 11 r r L j Seals of MuQ.ammad Ibrahi:m, a servant of the Emperors 'Alamgi:r and Bahadur Shah, A.H. 1115 and 1120. [HastingsJ 96. B 305. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 8. Seventeen lines in a page The first sheet of another copy of the preceding work. Plainly written. Ends at Su. 2, 1. Cf. Catal. 222, ix. 97. B 299. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 690. Twenty three lines in a page. A Commentary on the Koran, l:) \ j 4:-.c \ ;.4. l-. l:) t:J \ _, l:) t....>) I and ascribed by :f[. Kh. ii. 182, to ZAIN AL-DiN 'Ad b. b. 'Ali b. Umawi I;fanbali, "who died in A.H. 710." This date, however, is incorrect. For it appears from the preface that the work was written in A. H. 831. The author says, alluding to the first Muhammadan conquerors (fol.1v.): LJ\y.\\ A.c}Ml\ J' w J' Cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 4 7 and ii. 566. Printed at Dehli, A.H. 1286 This commentary is preceded by a long introduction (foll.1-6). It begins: y_,l:; I.S..\l\ ill .M.s.l\ .y\_,.J\ r:""' JJ\ Written in two different hands, of the tenth century.

PAGE 29

THE KORAN. 21 Red lines round each page. One leaf is wanting after fol. 32. The first few leaves are worm-eaten. Seal and signature of Mul;lammad 'Adil Shah of Bijapur, on the title-page. The MS. belonged previously to Khushl}al (A.H. 1030), and before him to Ibrahim b. Da'ud JL.,_,l\ (A.H. 981). Catal. p. 222, v. 2. 98. B 300. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 113. Twenty one lines in a page. A fragment of the preceding work, from the beginning to the words: (Su. 2, 250). Well written in a Persian hand of the tenth century. Several leaves near the beginning have been supplied by more modern hands. The first page ornamented in various colours, the others within coloured lines. Catal. p. 222, v. 1. 99. B 304. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 315. Twentythree lines in a page. J1.:::;-J u L...lb LCH I \,J I u..a:.ll wJ_,., ..... .l\ d.c..\11 Ul_,., JW' AU\ t:...w J:>. T Jl J_,l L..f? A concise Commentary on the Koran, commonly called by Jalal al-din Mul,tammad b. Al,tmad (d. A.H. 864) and Jalal al-din 'Abd al-ral,tman SuYuri (d. A.H. 911). Cf. De Jong, Codd. Bibl. Acad. 161 ; Cat. Bodl. ii. 64, etc. Printed A.H. 1257, at Calcutta, and many times afterwards. The share of each author in the work is correctly defined in the above inscription.1 This appears from Suyutl's epilogue, at the end of Su. 17, _?-t w '' 'I A.J\ I .iJI ... 4-J L-. F :(_I 1-!il.s,J\ Mal,talll began with Su. 18, and when he had come to the end of the Koran, 1 1:1. Kh. ii. 358, is wrong. he turned to the first part, but never finished more than the first Surah. The rest, from Su. 2 to 17, was afterwards done by Suyutl. He relates in the same epilogue that he was engaged on this task from Wednesday, 1st RamaQ.an, to Sunday, lOth 870, and completed the first clean copy on Wednesday, 6th 871. His work is naturally placed at the beginning, and the commentary to Su. 1, as belonging still to Mal,talli's share, is put at the end of the whole. Plainly written. The colophon runs as follows: tJ _r.AAI I J:. A::.:>.. \Mo\.i I t:' _, _, I j ill\ ukl 1.-S}:. AUI d 1.-S_,L:-... l..!iili AJt,.,_, U)t-:-... !1 j ... d:.lJ\ A.!_,'-' j T ..... ,.,_, Frequent extracts from BaiQ.awi on the margin. Used and stained. Catal. p. 222, iv. 100. 1361. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foil. 419. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the In two volumes, the first of which contains the portion by Suyuti, preceded by Mal,talli's exposition of Su. 1. At its end (fol. 194) the same epilogue as in the preceding MS. Next to this the account of a vision of Kamal al-din, the brother of Mal,talll, given on the authority of Shaikh Mul,tammad b. Abu Bakr Khatib. Written in a small clear hand, by c..\1_, J,..:)\ ..JtJ JJ""') ..M..d\ -..\ ... With marginal and interlinear notes. 101. 1394. Size 11! in. by 6! in.; foll. 600. Twenty :fi ve lines in a page. The first part of another Commentary on the Koran by SuYiJ'I;i, entitled j Cf. Kh. iii. 192, and Bibl. Sprenger. -H.

PAGE 30

22 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. This commentary consists entirely of traditions. The author relates in his preface that he abridged it from another work of his called 1.:)4 .J 1 by omitting the Isnads, with the sole exception of his own imme diate authorities and of the author of each tradition. Accordingly, the explanation of Su. 1 begins : j d. .. ,.::;.-'_, y\:&1 I.:Y'' y\:&1 (.!):. .: Jtj Jtj Only the first words of the passages to be explained are given. The present MS. ends with Su. 5. It is well written and ornamented. Foil. 77-80 and 81-84 should be transposed. Injured, especially near the end, the leaves having stuck together. [Hastings. J 102. 21. Size 13 in. by 8 in. ; foil. 787. Thirty-five lines in a page. A large Commentary ( on the Koran, by Anu'L-su'uD Mul).ammad b. Mul).ammad 'Imadi (d. A..H. 982), being the most valued after those of Zamakhshari and Baic;lawi, upon which it chiefly depends. It is dedicated to the Turkish Sultan Sulaiman I. See 1;[. Kh. i. 249; Fleischer, Cat. Dresd. 368; Cat. Lugd. iv. 41. Printed at A..H. 1285. Jsll t..:J?..j' AI_,...,) J...,) I.:Y' In two volumes bound together ; well written in a small hand ; richly ornamented and gilt. The first volume ends with Su. 12, and has the following t:1W1 Alii t.4 .. t1WI d.l Lk, .. tJY,} I.SJ.jiJill The second volume concludes with the author's epilogue. Foil. 33-36 are misplaced. Worm-eaten. [Johnson.J 1 See on it I;I. Kh. ii. 277. 103. B 290. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 485. Twentyfive lines in a page. A Commentary ), or Paraphrase of the Koran, by b. Al).mad b. N .. / styled 1.-S..M.s.JI, and composed in A.H. 981-2, according to the author's conclusion, which runs as follo"\Vs : J..c r-L..j\ ..\,;) j r-_,-.:,.J\ t!tJ 1.-SJ>-' 4..W t!t?. 1.:)1 olll JLI_, r-J?. j 1.:)\..d..)l I.:Y' p t..;l:S::. '-:-' )lblJ 9M k.-11 j j jJ\.u-::J\ 9M j A .. t::.:: :;.J_, The preface begins: J..c JJI 1.-S..\ll oJJ ..M..s.ll .J_,.J.l\f.l ,j.:. Wt:; Well written, by Shah Mul).ammad b. Kabir Mu l).ammad, and dated 28 1013. Coloured lines round each page. Catal. p. 222, vi. 104. 896. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 530. Twentyone lines in a page. A Commentary .. ) on the Koran,. entitled t:bl_,-.:, by Abu'l-faic;l b. 1\Iubarak, commonly known by the poetical name of FA.:r:pi (born A..H. 954, at Agra, died A..H. 1004). Cf. J?:. Kh. iii. 629; Cat. Lugd. iv. 42; and Sprenger Cat. MSS. Oudh, p. 127. A very curious composition, in which all letters with diacritical points are avoided. The author began it at the suggestion of his father Mubarak (d. A..H. 1001), and having been interrupted in his labours by a political mission in the service of Akbar, 2 completed it in A..H. 1002 at Lahore. 1 The rest of the name, which occurs in the preface, is mutilated; the following words are still . w_,pl 2 Apparently his mission into the Dekhan. See Elphinstone's India, p. 534.

PAGE 31

THE KORAN. The preface begins: L.. 4k I 'Y> 4J I 4JJ I AD ...\..-.\.>\ )!b W' \....J e'-""' F' t: ... 'f It is followed by a succession of introductory remarks in two chapters. In the first, which is entitled: (Ldl C J..-.1_,-sll) (r. the author gives an account of himself and his family, as well as of the origin and nature of his work. Those names and dates which contain letters with diacritical points are by logogriphs. This chapter is concluded by a poem in praise of the present work. The second chapter (foll. 8-16) treats of general subjects, and is inscribed J"".J till I An indifferent copy, written in two hands. It ends in the author's epilogue, the last leaf being wanting. Coloured lines round each page. Foll. 193-206 are misplaced, and should stand thus : 201-6, 199, 200, 193-198. Seal of Khiradmand Khan, a servant of 'AJamgi:r, A.H. 1115. 105. 796. Size 10 in. by 6! in. ; foil. 226. Fifteen lines in a page. JJJI t"t..!J Two fragments of the preceding work. The first contains the beginning as far as Su. 5, 65. The other (fol. 176) comprises from Su. 17, 1 to Su. 21, 36, and terminates abruptly. Written in different ways ; more correct than the preceding MS. The text of the first portion has all the vowels. Some of the names which are paraphrased in the introduction are added between the lines. [Hastings. J 1 From the following MS. 106. 333. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 251. Twentyseven lines in a page. The first part of a Shi 'ah Commentary on the Koran, entitled )Jj, by 'ABn 'ALi b. Jum'ah 'Arusi I:Jawizi, who completed it in A.H. 1065 at Shiraz, aR appears from the following conclusion (fol. 251): ....sk E_Yll )Jj ... r d r..;k .. ... ""'?. .JI j ... F' .... k;--l_,sll .... d ... till\ 1.:7' .... .!\ 1.:7' .... 11 .... t.s:l\ U\ d.jil_, In the preface, the author speaks as follows on the purpose and principles of his present composition: \....I llll yi.::.S' w Jl .... ... ..... yh.G\ Jl .... \.... J.lbl )jT \1:;.1.5'_, 'J?J;.:;.\1 t....... \.... NiJ))' Wl_, J-..:. iJ\.li.::..c\ Us:_.J\ A! 1;;: .;.:. 1;;: lhJ\ 1.:.\:.ll J.J 1.:7' ... Jv-t: r J>.' r J' d-\.... \.... Jii 1.:7' dL" .... (1 J He also apologizes for inaccuracies in quoting his two chief authorities, the commentary of 'Ali b. Ibrahim, 1 and the of 2 The whole work is a mere compilation from t hc,w and from other Shl' ah books, such as \..;)I ) by Ibn I See No. 50. 2 See No. 61.

PAGE 32

2-1 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Babawaih 1 ; by r_rU.si; :s::(:_ '). u r.J and jW\ J_,.-;1. The Isnads are generally reproduced. Beginning: ..... }.::. JJ A1J ..M..s:l\ '.i..\j The present MS. comprises Slirahs 1-6. Well written, by Mul,lammad (b.?) Fakhr al-din Al,lmad, in A.H. 1089. The titles of the books quoted are written in red. Gold lines round the pages. [Hastings. J 107. B 306. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foil. 472. Seventeen lines in a page. The first part of a Mystical Commentary on the Koran, imperfect both at the beginning and the end. It now begins with SU.. 2, thus: Al_,J Jl j Jl 4)1 Jl '-=-'t?. and terminates abruptly near the end of SU.. 15. Plainly written. 108. B 307. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 406. The second part of the preceding Commentary, im perfect at the beginning. The first words are: d' $UI s\:J' referring to Su. 17, 1. Part of it written in a different hand. Frequent blanks in the final portion. One sheet is missing after fol. 20. Both this and the preceding MS. are wrongly said to be Nasafi's J:;.::.l \ \ ...w Cf. Catal. p. 222, ix. 3. 109. 1570. Size 9! in. by 5-! in. ; foil. 411. Fifteen, afterwards about twenty-three lines in a page. The first part of a Mystical Commentary, or rather annotations on single verses of the Koran, following the order of the Surahs. The title and the author cannot be ascertained. This MS. is imperfect and mutilated at I See below, No. 145. 2 See No. 166. the beginning. Ends with Su. 18. Colophon: .(?) '"";jtJisl\ However, this title (as well as that of the following MSS.) seems only to be taken from one of the para graphs into which the commentary is usually divided; viz., and b.ii.::.LJ\. The author, who quotes numerous mystical authorities of all times, belongs to a very modern period. Some passages of his work are in Persian. Begins: Ju Plainly written. Foil. 1-38 in a different hand. [Hastings. J 110. B 302. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foil. 294. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words are : ti.) ( = fol. 34 of the preceding MS.). Ends: yJ\ (beginning of Su. 14, = fol. 308 of the pre ceding MS.). Written in different hands and at different dates. The apparently older portion has all the vowel points. Much injured by insects. Inscribed s!.?.-\ Cf. Cat. 231, i. (?). 111. B 303. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 525. Seventeen lines in a page. The second part of the preceding work, from Su. 19 tO' the end. Written in a large plain hand. A lacuna comprising nearly seven SU.rahs (from the end of Su. 21 to Su. 28) is indicated by part of fol. 47v. remaining blank. The MS. terminates abruptly in the commentary on the last Surah. Inscribed: ..)......: bJi::l.. .. .. .J ,;.. ... It remains, however, doubtful whether this be the correct title, or a misnomer derived from the often occurring heading bk.LJ I There is a j t \ 6d-. mentioned in f.I. Kh. vi. 108. Cf. Catal. 222, xi., where the author is called Bunduh Nowaz 1 Sic, r. J or is a village near Nisabur. See ed. Juynboll, ii. fvv, and Johnson's Persian Diet. s.v.

PAGE 33

THE KORAN. 112. B 311. Size 9! in. by 6t in.; foil. 421. Twenty three and twenty-five lines in a page. The final portion of a concis-e ....... ) or paraphrase of the Koran, in the mystical way ; title and author not ascertained.1 It begins with Surah 7, thus: JL .. JJ'wJ\ )L '-!) .... JJI U,j\_,kll )L ADI J The commentary on each following Surah begins in the same way or Next follows an ever-varying paraphrase of the Basmalah; and it con cludes with a pious peroration. Clearly written in two different hands for, and pro bably in part by, Shah Makhdum E:adiri, about A.H. 1100. Imperfect at the end. Single leaves are wanting after foil. 150, 293, and 412. 113. B 303A. Size in. by 5 in.; foll. 21. Fifteen lines in a page. An explanation of Surah 1, by 'ABDALLAH B. 'Ann .\L-KIM b. Shaikh Shams al-din Siyalkuti, the son of the prolific author above-mentioned. 2 Preceded by an introductory treatise (foil. 2-6). Begins; J) .. \H . .s.ll yl:J ,_sjj, Well written, by 'Abd al-da'im. Marginal notes. "\. defect after fol. 1 7. Cf. Cat. p. 222, xii., where the treatise is 114. 1063. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 294. Nine lines in a page. A Commentary on the 12th Surah (w.wx. 1 the title-page (sic) ..1.>\\ \ 2 See Xu. 90. combined with the legendary history (WI) of Joseph. It is ascribed to the celebrated GH.uzA.Li (d. A.H. 505). Begins (fol. 2v.): ,Jb_, 'r-UI k...:_, wH k:-.w_, _, 4l_,J j (fol. 3) Jljll jt'; U.;>This is not a real commentary, but rather a kind of homily on the double text aforesaid, illustrating it with moral stories, sentences, poetry, etc. It ends with v. 102. The rest of the Surah is given with the Persian Commentary of J;I usAIN KisHIFi, introduced by the following words (fol. 288): l!l,.. t .... J JW ill\ .M.s,.. ;,.wJ:i l!l' .. Ends: r-U\ J?,'-'.al\ w.w_,?. Written in a large, plain hand. Coloured lines round each page. The first two pages contain a prayer. 115. B 314. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foil. 49. Thirteen lines in a page. A short treatise on the abrogated verses of the Koran c=U\), following the order of the Surahs, by an unknown author. The beginning is wanting; the first words are : '-'\ji.;J \ t'(:.-. \ I _pi At th-e end a computation, according to which there are 150 abrogated (t__,.. .... .:.,..) and 86 abrogating verses (c=U) in the Koran. Plainly written. A defect after fol. 17. 116. B 331. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 281. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of a work on the ordinnnecs of law and religion which arc derived from the Koran. It belongs to the kind usually called \ 1 .. L<>. \ (see 4

PAGE 34

26 ARABIC }1.A.NUSCRIPTS. Kh. i. 173). As the MS. is imperfect at the begin ning, the title and the name of the author cannot be ascertained. The latter lived, however, as appears from his quotations, not earlier than the tenth century. He goes over the whole Koran, selects those verses which contain ordinances of the said kind, and illus trates them at some length. Begins: l:)Yll w.j_, j .. vt (sic r. k..J\) ?) '-W-'tJ .... 'J J .. Jjl..w., -.\;\_,:;, ilill After enumerating the various ordinances derived from the first Surah, the author proceeds to Su. 2, and in the first place explains v. 27 as an illustration of the j l:)l Imperfect at the end, terminating at Su. 16, 77. Plainly written on European paper, in the middle of the twelfth century. Erroneously inscribed 1.:)?....\l\ ili d.\. Cf. Catal. 229, xxii. 2 TRADITIO N. 117. 347. Size 11! in. by in.; foll. 478. Twenty eight lines in a page. The Collection of Traditions of Abu Mul;tammad b. Isma'il (d. A.H. 256). Kh. ii. 512 sqq., and Professor Krehl's edition (Leyden, 1862, etc.), and also Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenHind. Ges. iv. 1 sqq. Printed at A.H. 1280. A good copy, transcribed by a s.cholar, probably at Damascus, of the latter part of the eighth century. The text has been collated with several copies of note. An account of these is given in a note on the title-page, which, however, is partly obliterated, the beginning and the end of the MS. having suffered from damp. Fol. 474 should stand after 476. A former owner, Mul;lammad Sharaf al-din, ascertained with the aid of one 'Abd al-'aziz of Dehli, that this copy was complete. [Tippu.J 118. 1004. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 646. Twenty five lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, very neatly written on thin paper stained brown. Headings in larger characters, and in various colours, or in gold. Originally in four parts, each having an ornament at the beginning. Several passages, including the beginning and the end, have been supplied by a later hand. The whole MS. is bordered with thick, modern paper. Foll. 89-96 should stand between foll. 80 and 81. [Hastings. J 119. 588. Size 11 in. by 7! in.; foil. 852. Twentyone lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, in two volumes, bound together. Well written, and richly ornamented, but incorrect. Frequent emendations on the margin of the first portion. It begins with the following Isnad of an old copy: ...\_..s.., l.!i ...\..t..>\ d.\ ..r.' t_:.!J\ U.,r.>-1 u'-'>1 L j d. d. 6..\J' c.M.s. ... Y.' J t:; 1,!): '"';s..:\ AJ\...:ill_, I tl}J d. ..M.s.., J ... \ d. t. AJ\_.,ill, d. d. i\ I,H:; Jl; (r. till\

PAGE 35

TRADITION. 27 The colophon runs as follows: yllb_,l\ ... A\ r-W Of the eleventh century of the Hijrah. 120. B 96. Size 12 in. by 9 m.; foil. 609. Twenty nine lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, plainly written, of the tenth century. Ornamented. The first pages covered with interlinear and marginal notes, the latter taken from commentaries. The last folio is wanting. The beginning is much injured. According to the inscription, this MS. was once the property of 'Abd Tabri:zi I:Iusaini. Seal of Mul;tammad 'Adil Shah. Bi:j. Libr. A.H. 1059. Cat. p. 223, i. 6. 121. B 94, 95. Size in. by 8 in.; foll. 363. Twenty one lines in a page. The first half of the With frequent marginal notes, taken from the commentaries. The various 1eadings of the first editors of the work are added in the beginning portion. A list of the abbreviations used for their names is on the title-page. The first part has several defects, as may be seen from the original pagi nation. Plainly written in different' hands. At the end the following note : t.c I.:) 1..:;.. __rd> d.J t:v-y t::.s' d.\ \.:;... cUJ \ \ . t.:;._ \ AD _, ...\J \ All\ j _, oil ... .:\ (sic) _ri>-...\J\ ,-9 1 V / 'Gi P / / ,... /(., / 9 /'G)/ V// J.; M)l W}; \,.. .. l!J....; 5 / s ..... -a 9 / ..... 9 -c 1. I f.:.)l Cat. p. 223, i. 3. -------------1 su.2,Iii. 122. B 97. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foil. 290. Seventeen lines in a page The first quarter of the beginning with thP same Isnad as No. 119. Clearly mitten. Extracts from various commentaries (chiefly those of 'Othman and 'Ainl, besides those of Karmani and l):astalani, and the I..Sj \ i,;) in different hands on the margin and between the lines. Cat. 223, i. 2. 123. B 98. Size 7 in. by 5! in.; foil. 221. Twenty one lines in a page. The final portion of the same work, commencing with yt::.s'. The first folio is wanting ; begins : Written in a small, good hand. Dated Sunday, 19 Jum. II., 919. Injured by damp, especially fol. 2. Cat. 223, i. 5. 124. 732. Size in. by 8i in.; foll. 127. Twenty five lines in a page. The second quarter of the from to Boldly written. Headings in red. Seal of 'Abd al-wahbab Khan Jang, A.H. 1175. [Tippu.J 125. B 101. Size 10l in. by 7! in. ; foil. 270. Thirty one lines in a page. lBN J;!AJAR (Shihab al-din Abu'l-fac;ll Al)_mad b. 'All, d. A.H. 852) Introduction to his largP Commentary on the called ('f. J;!. Kh. ii. 525; Cat. Mus. Brit. 111 ; Bibl. 498; and on the author, Quatrcmere, Hist. des Mamlouks, i. 2, p. 209 sqq. This introduction was written in A.n. 813, and Pn titled It is divided into h'n sPctionF:

PAGE 36

28 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ), treating of the object and materials of the of its method of quoting traditions, of the names of traditionists, etc., and concludes with a notice of Bukhari. The present copy is imperfect both at the beginning and end ; it commences with the end of the first section. The second section 1 is inscribed : L:) j Written in a good, clear hand, of the ninth century. Both the beginning and the end are much injured by insects. 126. B 102. Size 11 in. by 61 in. ; foil. 441. Twenty seven lines in a page. The first portion of a large Commentary on the by Badr al-din Abu Mul;tammad Mal;tmud b. Al;tmad 'ArNi J;Ianafl (of 'Aintab, flourished at Cairo, where he died in A.H. 855),2 entitled: '-')Ji.l' '-'.J I j See Kh. ii. 527, whose statements are partly taken from the preface, which treats of the origin of the work, of the Isnads connecting the author with Bukhari, etc. (foll. 1-7). The commentary is very prolix, especially at the beginning. The text of Bukhari is always added, marked with .._p. This MS. ends abruptly in Book IV. yt::.S', chap. j It is neatly written, but not correct. Several blanks. Cat. 223, i. 4. 127. 2659. Size 11! in. by 71 in.; foll. 479. Thirty three lines in a page. The final portion of a Commentary ( on the by Shihab al-din Al;tmad b. Mul:mmmad L.iNi (d. A.H. 923), entitled '-'.JW' Kh. ii. 535 sq. This commentary was printed at A.H. 1285, and at Lakhnau, A.H. 1286. 1 An extract of it may be read in I;I. Kh. ii. 514 sq. 2 See for an account of him, Quatremere, Sult. 1\faml. i. 2, p. 219 sqq. It contains the last quarter, beginning with the chap. 1-.SL.dJ j from Book xv. yhS' Plainly, but inelegantly written. Seals of a servant of 'Alamgir, of H. Vansittart, and of C. Boddam, and signature of the latter, Calcutta, 17.87. 128. 1409. Size 11! in. by 6! in.; foil. 230. Thirtyone lines in a page. A fragment, apparently belonging to the preceding commentary. Plainly written. It contains from near the be ginning of \ yh$' (fol. 29) to the end of (fol. 230), and also (beginning afresh) part of the book next yh$'. This latter has been placed by mistake at the com mencement (foll. 1-28). A defect after fol. 151. Foll. 13-18 are mutilated. [Johnson.J l29. B 99. Size 12! in. by 9 in. ; foil. 375. Thirty-one lines in a page. A Commentary on the entitled _,:.! \ k by '0THMAN b.Ibrahim who appears to have lived in the tenth century of the Hijrah. The author says in his preface that he compiled his work from the commentaries of Karmani, and Zarkashl, and also, in the first portion, from the v:2::-,;, a commentary by Saiyid 'Abd al-awwal. There precedes (foil. 2-6) an introduction in nine sections ( ), treating in general of the science of tradition, of Bukhari, of the names and chronology of traditionists, etc. The commentary itself consists of annotations on single passages of the text, the first words of which are only given, introduced by Begins : (' ...\s:.J' J J '-' ctJJ \ Written in different hands, about A.H. 1000. The final leaves are mutilated, and the is also injured. Cat. p. 223, i. 7.

PAGE 37

TRADITION. 20 130. B 100. Size in. by 5! in.; foil. 896. Twentyone lines in a page. A copy taken from the preceding MS. in its present injured condition. Plain handwriting. Blanks instead of the mutilated passages of the original. Rubrics omitted in the latter portion. The scribe calls himself Shaikh :Mu}:tammad b. Shaikh 'Abd al-latif. 131. 2390. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 313. Fifteen lines in a page. J,...,, j u.r.=-l' L:.Jl..?)' j__,l l.:l .. -c..r-J .J#' w.Jt.z A .. <.n .. '.:.1, .. t .. \1_,.-. (sic?) An lntroduction to the with a commentary on the beginning of that work, compiled by '0MAR :B. '1RIF Nahrwali for the benefit of his ignorant countrymen. The preface begins : c.;':"j r-c.l.l '-'..t..s:l \ jlt..2H The work begins with a general introduction, (fol. 8) b ...\sl' J _,..,l j .. four special chapters. I. (fol. 14) j; II. (fol. 34) j; III.(fol.40) j; IV. (fol. 50) Jl:;)' si.,..,.J j. Then follow various discus sions, (fol. 52) \-t..! JW Jj\-'M.-., con cluded by notes on Bukhar1 and his work, (fol. 74) ...)\>. ; (fol. 99) Added, ( fol. 109) a survey of all the books and chapters of the with regard to their number ; (fol. 112) another pointing out the principles of their arrangement, taken from Bal":aini's commentary ; 2 ( fol. 121) another telling the traditions, and espe-1 Thus the author names himself in his preface. His native place is Nahrwil.lah, or Pattan, in Gujarat. 2 Sec l_l. Kh. ii. 631. ciall y the and the '-=-' \::..... 1 contained in each chapter; and (fol. 127) an alphabetical list of the Companions of the Prophet on whose authority tradi tions are related in the The commentary (foll. 132-313) is very copious. It does not, however, go as far as is stated in the in scription, but terminates abruptly in the very beginning of the A sham conclusion has been added by a different hand. Well written ; of the twelfth century. Ornamented in colours. The copy was made by a calligraph for the use of the author, who revised it afterwards, and wrote the above title. Two leaves (foil. 134 and 135) wer(' also inserted by him as a supplement ( 4::.J ). A list of contents on foil. 1-3 [Sir Charles Wilkins.] 132. 641. Size 9-k in. by 6-k in.; foil. 280. Twenty three lines in a page. The Second Part of the or Collection of Traditions of MusLIM b. al-J:Iajjaj Nisaburl (d. A.H. 261). Cf. Kh. ii. 541 ; Cat. :Mus. Brit. 112 and 719; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 25. Printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1265. This part contains from r-_,..d\ yhS' to y\::.5'. Well written, by d. d. c...:,,k:;'-:-.::;-\.sl\ Collated with another MS. in Sha'ban, 791. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 1-37 have been supplied by a modern hand. Foll. 9.5, 157, and 235 have been misplaced in binding; they should stand after foil. 86, 154, and 227 respectively. [Tippu.J 133. 618. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foll. 143. Nine lines in a page. An Account of the person, manners, and character of the Prophet, by Abu 'lsa Mu:Q.ammad b. 'lsa b. Saurah TIRMIDHi (d. A. H. 279). Cf. I_[. Kh. iv. 70; Catal. u-.;. l See on these terms, 1;1. Kh. ii. 634.

PAGE 38

30 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Brit. 98; Bibl. Sprenger. 107. Printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1252, with a Hindustarn translation, entitled In fifty-six chapters. The following is a list of them 1 as they occur in the present MS. : Fol. 1 fol. 10 fol. fol. 16 fol. 17 fol. 19 fol. 21 fol. 22 fol. 27 ib. fol. 28 fol. 31 fol. 33 f;-::S::.; fol. 35 fol. 36 u'"'; ib.fo"'; fol. 37 ... t.....c; fol. 38 fol. 39 fol. 40 fol. 41 ;. 1(\ (., LG ; fol. 42 slGI ; fol. 43 ; fol. 44 _r..:>. ; fol. 46 fol. 56 fol. 51 \,.. tfi; fol. 59 L..\:; ; L; ; fol. 61 fol. 63 fol. 65JW; fol. 67 fol. 68 fol. 71 ; fol. 74 _rt.JI j fol. 77 j fol. 80 ; fol. 82 fol. 90 fol. 92 j t)bll fol. 93 fol. 97 (., fol. 99 fol. 102 ib. fol. 108 fol. 115 ; fol. 116 fol. 117 .. L....ll ; fol. 118 fol. 123 :r; fol. 125 fol. 134 fol. 137 j The text consists entirely of traditions. It is intro duced by the following words only: All ""-t..s:ll J.; Well written, with vowel-points, by Mul,tammad Yal,tya. Collated in Rabi' I., 1107. Numerous inter linear and marginal notes in the earlier portion. The verso of the last folio contains several sayings of Mul,tammad, relating to eating, etc., compiled by Abu'l-Waziran Al,tmad [Tippu.J 134. 2115. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foil. 120. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, with the same introduction as in the preceding 1 For the sake of brevity, only the names of the subjects are given, instead of the full phrase introducing each chapter, viz . JJI JJ..l.J ... J .::; \,.. Plainly written. Conclusion: t:.J ? b\1 ... A:J \$' \j \,.. j Seal Jang. [Coil. of Fort William, 1825.] 135. B 69 A. Size 7i in. by 5 in.; foil. 64. Nine lines in a page. Some fragments of a copy of the Shama' il. The first (foll. 1-8) contains the end of chap. 8 chap. 9 ), and the greater part of chap. 52 ), which follows next. The second fragment (foil. 9-32) comprises from chap. 24 (JS'I) to chap. 35 the third (foll. 33-64 ), from chap. 39 cr-_,j) to chap. 50 ... Well written and collated. Vowel-points and various glosses in Arabic and Persian have been added sub sequently. 136. B 69. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foil. 167. Twentyeight lines in a page. A copious Commentary on the Sham a' il, by IBN ij:AJA.R HAITHAMi (Shihab al-din .A.l,tmad Makki, d. A.H. 973). It was composed in RamaQ.an, 949, and entitled Jj\...t.JI Jl JjL_,II Cf. I;I. Kh. iv. 70 ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 98 ; Bibl. Sprenger. 111. Of the main text, originally only the passages to be explained are given ; but the rest are added, with the mark J?. t.J', on the margin. Plainly written, by Zain b. '.A.bdallah for his own use. Dated 9th Rajab, 1088. Collated with another MS. The first leaves are much injured by insects. Cat. 223, viii. 137. 2208. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 173. Seventeen lines in a page. Another, more concise Commentary on the Shama'il, including the whole text.

PAGE 39

TRADITION. 31 It has no preface. The before-mentioned commentary of Ibn ij:ajar is quoted in it. Well written, by Jamal 'Ali, for his own use. The :final portion is worm-eaten. [Coil. of Fort William, 1825.] 138. 1662. Size 111 in. by 7! In.; foil. 18. Nine lines in a page. _vo The celebrated Hundred Sayings of 'ALl, with a paraphrase in Persz'an distichs. See on the editions of the former, Cat. Mus. Brit. p. 511. Beginning: l:) ttv.:::-.) c...S' I.:)\:'..*-\j r'-' s_,LJ' J.:. Jt; A splendid copy on tinted paper, sprinkled with gold. The words of 'Ali written in the Thulth character, alternately in gold and blue, with all the vowel-points, the Persian paraphrase in N asta With gold and coloured borders; the first and final pages richly illu minated and gilt. Concluding: J'-'J J. \?. J Jt:> "' \., AJ \J .t 'J) .. ... .... :r '.) Seals of 'Abd al-wahhab Khan, a servant of Mul}am mad Shah, A.H. 1157, and 'Abd al-razzal} Khan, A.H. 1187, on the titlepage. The following is written, in large N asta '111}, on a vacant page near the end : '-',....s,.. Y'i '-:-=---\4!\i I.:J\> J 'j I '"'.....s,.. u::::--\=---4.c till' M.=--J .J'-'\.iil \ usll ill\ (r. . u, and below it is added a list of the. descendants of the aforesaid Ni'mat-allah, followed by the pedigree of the above GhuHl.m Mul}ammad Khan, both written in Shikastah. Cf. Stcwart's Cat. p. 80. [Tippu.] 139. 2180. Size 9! in. by 6J in. ; foil. 19. Nine lines In a page. 1...5 \ \ ,_} \ Another copy of the preceding text, well written, the Arabic text in the Thulth, the Persian verses in the Naskh character, with all the vowel-points. At the end an address to 'Ali. Transcribed by J amal al-dln Turkuman. Ornamented and gilt. The first page iR injured by damp. [Coll. of Fort William, 1825.] 140. 1179. Size 8! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 18. Nine lines in a page. The same Hundred Sayings of 'Ad, with another paraphrase in Persz'an couplets. Beginning : J..c AJ\.... \j \ c...S' (.)1> j:::;-_, j.c '-'L.,>. _r. '-'JJ'-' 4.:)'h '-'=---) _,, 1.:.)\:::;-,.;. The same paraphrase is found in the autographed edition of Major Yule, Edinburgh, 1832. A plain copy. Each page contains three Arabic lines, with the second half of one couplet above, two complete couplets between, and the first half of a fourth couplet below them. Inscribed on the title-page: J.:. Ws' '-'....:> t?. '-" \ r tt.;.:. tt.U \ J '4:::-_, oJ.l' j J ll> ,_, U)L, .J'-' Seal of Jang, A.H.ll74. [Tippu.J 141. 607. Size 11 m. by 7i in.; foil. 21. Ten lines m a page. \ )\ U.c. \ 1". 0 IL.,J \ .. 11) The Hundred .Sayings of 'ALl ancl his Testamentary Advice to his son with a Persian interlinear translation.

PAGE 40

ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. The testamentary advice r,\ ev.L_, All\ J.;. .All\ I..SP A fine copy, arranged so that the text of the sentences and that of the testament alternate with each line, the former written in a large Thulth, the latter in the Naskh character, with all the vowel-points. The Persian interlineation is in N asta in red. Gold and coloured lines round the pages. In the original binding of brown gilt leather. [Johnson.J 142. 1158. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 10. Six lines in a page. The same Testamentary Advice (Y, L,_,) of 'ALl as in the preceding Begins: d 9 4:Y' Y, JUu A splendid copy, written on the inner sides of the leaves only, with all the vowels. Transcribed by 'Abdallah '.fabbakh, for his own use. Imperfect at the end. 143. 932. Size 7 in. by in.; foil. 302. Twelve lines in a page. A Collection of Shi 'ah Traditions on the universal knowledge, divine right, and spiritual powers of the Holy Imams, entitled JT j) All 1 l-._, 1 and ascribed to B. AL-J;lASAN (Abu Ja'far d. A.H. :!90). See l'usi, p. r"".2 The work is divided into chapters ( ), each headed by a brief sketch of its contents. 1 The words in brackets are added in the titles of Parts III. and IV. 2 'fusi, however, in speaking of the works of the author, only mentions a \ y'.::S of his. See below. The Imams are always spoken of collectively \ and the work vindicates the ?oldest Shi 'ah doctrines regarding them. Its chief authorities are 'All, Abu Ja'far (Mu"Q.ammad and Abu 'Abd allah (Ja'far themselves. The connexion of the Isnads with the compiler is generally not expressed.1 Beginning: '-!:J\::;--)-.\1\ 4:Y' ;_fiil l.:).c (sic) w_,_rl.' d. l)JJ Lll uk 1.:): ( r. "":'). d. 1.:); tlb l.:i J_,.-:) Ju Ju illl 4.1 J$' uk Ld:) ill\ In four separate parts (J::; ). Part II. begins on fol. 94; Ill. on fol. 186; IV. on fol. 250. Well written, the titles in gold, and the names of the authorities in red. Gold lines round the pages. An ornament at the beginning. Foil. 64-77 should be placed between foll. 190 and 191, in the following order: 64, 66-77, 65. Fol. 302 contains extracts from the and from the J:Jt...,) of Mul;tammad b. al-I:asan al-I:urr, in which the present work, and another one with the same title, by Sa'd b. 'Abdallah,2 and also an abstract of the latter by I:asan b. Sulaiman, are noticed. There probably exists some relation between the two books. To conclude from the evidence of 'fusi before mentioned, the present work might be considered an augmented edition of the original work of Sa'd. This would also account for the strange introduction of the Isnads noticed above. 144. 568. Size Ilk in. by in.; foil. 884. Twenty nine lines in a page. The famous Collection of Sh1'ah Traditions, entitled jWI, by Abu Ja'far Mul).ammad b. KuL1N1 1 i.e. and the like are omitted at the beginning of the lsnads. 2 He died about A.H. 300. His work is also mentioned by 'fusi, p. tor, 1. 9, and described as being divided into four parts. Cf. Fihrist ofibn al-Nad1m, ed. Fliigel, p. r rr, where the same work is called

PAGE 41

TRADITION. 33 (d. A.H. 328). See on it and on the author, p. rn; Ibn al-A.thir, ed. Tornberg, viii. p. rvr; 1 Liber as Sojutii de nomin. relat., ed. Veth, p. r rf ; Sprenger, -Life of :Mohammacl, p. 68. Copies are rare in Europo.2 A. few extracts from the work are to be found in Cat. :Mus. Brit., p. 452, vi., and a commentary on it in De J ong, Cat. Bibl. A.cad. Re g. Scient., p. 17 4. The preface begins: Jrs::.JI ill ..M.s:ll The work is divided into twenty-nine or thirty books, according to the subjects. Their order in the present copy differs from the list of some portions are in a strange state of confusion, of which the owner of this copy must have been conscious, and which he tried to conceal by spoiling the text at the end.and at the beginning of several books with ornaments.3 Owing to the identity of their first words, foll. 287 sqq. and 555 sqq. have been misplaced, but they cannot be re-arranged properly, in the present con dition of MS. The only way of making the whole run cohrrently is to break the connexion of and C\ y\::S (foil. 474 and 475). Then the books would stand in the following order : I. (fol. 7v.) jktl\; II. (fol: 22v.) III. (fol. 45) containing the Shl'ah doctrines on the Imamate; IV. (fol.155)_i.(ll_, (fol. 25Iv.) VI. (foll. 280-286, 555, 556) ... J..::.;; VII. (foll. 551-565) ;4 VIII. (foll. 416-554, 287-302) ell; IX. (fol. 302t.) no title X. (fol. 318) XI. (fol. XII. (fol. 358v.) p 1 Read J::-:;) instead of J::.-'J in the text in question. 2 I am informed by Prof. W right, of Cambridge, that there is another copy in the library of Trinity College, Dublin. a A gross mistake occurs also in the concluding words on fol. 302r.: y\::$ tJ. In reality I this is the end of e' y t::.S'' and no books with the above titles occur in the work. The book following next, on the verso of the same fol. U).:kl \ y\::S), is without title. 4 This book, which is entirely detached, is inserted here according to the table of contents. It does not occur in Ttbi s list. XIII. (fol. 414) XIY. (foil. 4-iG-47-1) XV. (fol. 566) XVI. (fol. XYII. (fol. 587v.) XVIII. (fol. 593) or (the former title is given at the "-' beginning, the latter at the end of this book ; more likely they are two separate books, as in 'fusi's list; then the latter begins on fol. 595, where is the heading Y4 Jjl '!b' jh); XIX. (or XX.) (fol.627v.) XX. :S)I; XXI. (fol. 667t.) XXII. (fol. 672v.) XXIII. (fol. 690) XXlY. (fol. 716v.) XXV. (fol. 741) XXVI. (fol. 770) XXVII. (fol. 777) XXVIII. (fol. 785) L:Jl . )l XXIX. (or XXX.) (fol. 793) L_,jl, on 'All and the early Imams personally. A very elegant copy, transcribed by order of a Saiyid of by Mu1;tammad b. Jalal al-din Shirazl. Dated Friday, 1 Jumada II., 1162. The names of the original authorities (Mul;u:tmmad and the Imams) in gold, and those of the Shaikhs of the author in red. The titles in red, but the words y'.::.$' and in gold. The beginning of each book is ornamented and gilt. Gold and blue lines round the pages. The table of contents (foiL 1-7) comprises only Booh I-VII, and is inscribed accordingly: \,.. YJk?. w\.....s,.. j l-.1 The chapters are said to be 498 in number. [Johnson.J 145. 1293. Size 11 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 101. Seven teen lines in a page. A Collection of Shi'ah Traditions, entitled A.bu Ja'far Mulpmmad b. '.\.ll ... I 1\X WAIH (d. A.H. 381). Cf. p. l"'f penult. The work is-apparently without a system-!liYide(l into numerous chapters, illustrative of single points of 6

PAGE 42

3-1 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Shi'ah theology. Each of them begins ... or .. The present volume contains about 170 of these chapters. A complete list of them is found on the fly-leaves. According to this list 1 and to the conclusion, this is only the first part c:;=;) of the work. Begins: y'dll y\y,l .... ill ..M.sll yt::S .Jie:(r. 1.5)1)\ J:y u.-.ji_l\ ,_,s.l J;...;.J u:...a.-. :(_I J::>-.J d. '-'..t.=---I d. Clearly written in of the eleventh century. A rich ornament on the first page, gold lines round the others. With marginal notes, partly in the same, and partly in a different hand, the latter being in Persian, and written in red ink. Injured by insects. Signature of Abu'l-l)asan Ibn :M:ul)ammad Isma,'ll I:Jusaini Musawi on the title-page. [Johnson.J 146. 975. Size 13! in. by 7i in.; foll. 428. Fourteen lines in a page. .A.n account of the life and the alleged sayings and doctrines of 'All Ric,la, the eighth Imam of the Shi 'ites, ascribed to lBN BiBA w AIR ::{{ ummi. Cf. Catal. )Ius. Brit. 730; Aumer, Hdss. p. 188; and Kh. iv. 270, it is not men tioned by 'J_'usl. A beautiful copy, written in a bold hand ; of the latter part of the eleventh century. Ends: t'j yb$' (IF,The first two pages are richly ornamented and gilt ; gold lines round the other pages. In a rich native binding. [Hastings. J 1 It is followed (fol. by the beginning of an index to the second part: (sic) Lb., Jlj 147. 2147. Size 10 in. by in.; foll. 276. Nineteen lines in a page. A work on Morals, founded upon the Tradition, entitled by ABu'L-LArTH b. Mul).ammad b. Ibrahlm b. al-Khattab (d. A.H. 383 or 375). Cf. I;[. Kh. ii. 428, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 268, no. 1837, which, however, appears to be a different and incomplete version. This MS., agreeing Kh., contains ninety-four chapters, a list of which is on the last page. They are: 1. j (fol. 2); 2. j (fol. 7v.); yL\.c j (fol. 12v.); 4. (fol. 19); 5. );.ll (fol. 25); 6. (fol. 30v.); 7. Ull .._s:;-J,. (fol. 35); 8 (fol. 39v.); 9. j (fol. 42v.); 10. The same (fol. 48v.); 11. y) ... :Mll j (fol. 55); 12 ..\l_,ll (.:)?.-.\1\_,ll J::(fol. 56v.); 13. 1.;)?.'-'l\_,l\ -.\1}1 J>(fol. 60v.); 14. t=---)1 J:.L (fol. 62); 15. )4:ll uk j>. (fol. 65v.); 16. (fol. 67v.); 17. (fol. 73); 18. (fol. 75v.); 19. .... ;.ll (fol. 80); 20. ""'""'.s.ll (fol. 82v.); 21. .1/JI (fol. 86); 22 (fol. 89); 23. d..s:..di l.;).c .r.)l (fol. 90); 24. (fol. 93v.); 25. lak> (fol. 97v.); 26. J,bJ (fol. 101); 27. (fol. 104v.); 28. (fol. 108v.); 29. J.c _r.dl (fol. 113); 30. (fol. 117v.); 31. s_,..;_,ll (fol. 121v.); 32. l,IM,....s:ll (fol. 124); 33. J..a.; (fol. 131); 34. (fol. 134); 35. J.a.; (fol. 135); 36. (fol. 137v.); 37. J..a.; (fol. 139v.); 38. \,. (fol. 143); 39. (fol. 145); 40. 1.53 l!Y' _#I (fol. 148v.); 41. J..a.; (fol. 151); 42. J..ij (fol. 152v.); 43. 1 The MS. has,

PAGE 43

TRADITION. 35 (fol. 154v.); 44. LSlc (fol. 156); 45. Jl (fol. 157v.); 46. \.J)\ J:; )\ (fol. 159); 4 7. u)\ (fol. 161); 48. j L-. (fol. 162v.); 49. (fol. 166); 50. 168); 51. wy> (fol. 170v.); 52. j L-. (fol. 173); 53. s\.c...\l\ (fol. 176); 54. j s\;:;-\.-. (fol. 178); 55. J.:. (fol. 179); 56. j J.l\ (fol. 181); 57. L-. (fol. 184); 58. (fol. 186v.); 59. J..dj (fol. 189); 60. Fl J.a,; (fol. 191v.); 61. j L-. (fol. 194); 62. J..dj (fol. 196v.); 63. LT (fol. 198); 64. (fol. 200); 65. J.::. j$_,::.11 (fol. 201v.); 66. vi' (fol. 204v.); 67. (fol. 206v.); 68. J-ull (fol. 208); 69. (fol. 210); 70. (fol. 212); 71. (fol. 214); 72. J.dj (fol. 216); 73. u'"'.lll J...:ij (fol. 217); 74. _,_;11 Y'"'\ (fol. 218); 75 (fol. 218v.); 76. C:::')\ J> (fol. 222); 77. -h.J \ \ A>-_,) cilll .. The celebrated Collection of Traditions of al-I:usain b. Mas'ud BAanAwi (d. A.n. 510 or 516), who compilr
PAGE 44

36 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. .Muslim, (Abu Da'uu) Sajastani, X asa'i, Tirmidhi, (Ibn :Majah) J>:azwini, and Dariml. Cf. J.I. Kh. v. 564; }'higel, Hdss. \Vien, iii. 85; Cat. Lugd. iv. 74, etc. "\Y ritten in a good hand, the diacritical points often omitted ; of about the eighth century. The transcriber names himself al-::flasan b. 'Abdallah b. "MuQ.ammad b. Abu'l-J,rasim GhadbHi. ::Jiuch worn. The earlier portion is covered with marginal and interlinear notes. The vacant leaves at the end are fillPd up with various extracts and notices. On the la< fol. begins a table of contents. Signature of 1\fu]fammad 'Adil Shah. Frequent impressions of a seal which offers no name, on the title-page. Cf. Cat. 223, iii. 1. 150. B 105. Size 12!f in. by 9! in.; foll. 318. Nine teen lines in a page. Another good copy of the preceding work, imperfect and much injured at the beginning.1 Boldly written, with many vowel-points. Numerous marginal notes, derived from Jarabardi's (d. A.rr. 746) commentary, in the first portion. Has the following colophon, written in a cursive style, difficult to read: alJ ? I JJ}, \ t.. \ ub al uL,;) (J) j J..;\..JI j b\Ls,.l\ (.!)"" cJJ \ .J. ...\11_, r.w \ .. ll J rl' A.. hi I j Jl illW Jw 4.lll '-':;, a 2 t..J .. ll $La.il\ '--H=---.. I I W::-blll ...\ljl w,_, A.S:,s..:;lj j ..M.s"" d. w::-blJ\ Jl J, L .. .c Aj \...,J Aj Foll. 318v. and 319. A list of technical terms used in tradition. The MS. is erroneously described as ....,:(s..dl of Ibn I;Jibban. c: Cf. Catal. 223, 1. 8. 151. n 106. Size in. by in.; foll. 68. Twenty ve lines in a page. A fragment of a concise Commentary on Baghawz's Ld_l by an unknown author, containing about one third of the whole. It begins with from and ends in the paragraph J..c of the last book. Of the original text, only the passages to be explained are given, usually preceded by 2 .l.:> j_,. The commentary is introduced by 'C.}t..l\ j\:;. Boldly written, the diacritical points frequently omitted; of about the tenth century. Single leaves are missing after foll. 22, 29, and 52. Erroneously inscribed J \ \ K.1,._, ., .. I ) :r '-' ')' U(.. Cf. Catal. 223, iii. 2. 152. 2016. Size 12! in. by 9 in.; foll. 381. Fourteen lines in a page. The first volume of the i.e. the revised and enlarged edition of Baghawz's by WALI AL-DIN Abu 'Abdallah Mul)ammad b. Khatlb TABRizr, who completed it on Friday, the last of RamaQ.an, 737. Cf. :r:r. Kh. v. 567. It has been translated into English by Capt. Matthews, Calcutta, 1809-10. It was printed at Dehli, A.H. 1268, and at Bombay, A.D. 1865. Begins: J .1t.l ... ill ..M..s.ll ') I -) .. "' h"",lj I J Preceded by a list An elegant but incorrect copy. of the chapters. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 1 One word doubtful. 2 Here follows the name of the authority.

PAGE 45

TRADITIO :N. 153. 1122. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 384. The second of the MishhU, from y h5' 'C \ to the end. It contains the date of the author as given above. The copy is dated A..H. 1085. It was transcribed Ly Jalal al-din b. 'All, a student at the Mausoleum Ibrahim 'Adilshah (of Bljapur). Fre quent marginal notes in the first portion. Preceded by a list of contents. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 154. 2143. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foil. 712. Eleven, fifteen, and seventeen lines in a page. Another, plain copy of the preceding work, completed at the beginning of Rabi' I., 1094, at Shahjahan abad. Red lines round the pages. Numerous notes. Foll. 684-691 have been supplied by a different hand. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 155. 2.'237. Size 11 in. by 6! in.; foil. 504. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, written in several hands. j t.YII Wll L '-''-'4 j d.._;k.c _, e \k.., I I __IM.c t ... _, _, ""'?. dJ_, illi VJ)b:-.) Jj ... &."'' ll.. oll' 6 tl!IJi.> 1_, 1.!-(dl w_,..JM.I\ ..M.s""' d?,-'j.i J.?.Jf>. F"' t' Notes in the first portion. Fol. 170 should be placed after fol. 165. Prefixed is an index to the contents of an entirely different work on law Seal of Jang, A.H. 1175. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 156. 772. Size 11 in. by 6! in. ; foll. 285. Nineteen lines in a page. A fragment of the Mz'shkat, beginning 1 in the chapter .J\hj the rest complete. Well written, with all the vowel-points, and with frequent marginal notes. Some leaves, containing extracts from the ,2 have been recently inserted to serve as supplements to single chapterR. Slightly injured both at the beginning and end. [Johnson.l 157. B 113, 114. Size Ill in. by 7 in.; foil. 323. Twenty-seven lines in a page. The final portion of a Commentary on the Mishkdt, by J;[usain3 b. Mu}:tammad (d. A.H. 743), t.:J..c. .... i .. Kh. v. 567. Begins with ua\.a.iil\ The text of the Mishkdt is not included. Written in a good hand. Dated 3rd RamaQ_an, 888. Scribe, 'Abdallah b. Mas'\1b b. Kazaruni. A defect after fol. 163. 158, 313. Size 141 in. by 9 in. ; foil. 598. Thirty seven lines in a page. The first volume of a large Commentary ('[__,_;...-.) on the MishUU, by 'ALi B. SuL'!AN MuifAMMAD Haraw'l a (d. A.H. 1014). It is entitled Kh. v. 568 The preface begins : $ t ... I y J'U i,; u oll .)._..sll The author says in it that he began to read th<' JJiishkdt with several Shaikhs of Makkah _;:.s..JI ), but found them neither critics nor in possession of a good text. He therefore exerted him self in collecting a number of correct and authentic 1 Fol. rv1 of the original pagination. 2 Sec l:f. Kh. v. 568 sq. s .Alias l:fasan, and so originally in this :\IS.

PAGE 46

ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. copies, of which he gives an account. From these he has made a new, and what he hopes will become the standard edition of the text. To write also a com mentary he was induced by the consideration, that almost all the labour bestowed upon the work was due to the Sha:fi 'ites. This volume concludes with \:,\...,_,11 yt:.s'. Well written, in a small hand. Richly ornamented and gilt. Foil. 50 and 57 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 159. 314. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 580. 'l'he second volume of the preceding commentary, from \Lll yt:.s' to the end. No date. Occasional blanks in the text seem to indicate that the original MS. was mutilated. The leaves after fol. 9 should stand thus: 11, 12, 10, 15, 13, 14, 16; and after fol. 95, thus: 103, 102, 98-101, 97, 96, 104. Foil. 120 and 127 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 160. 343. Size Ill in. by 7! in.; foil. 439. Twenty,. nine lines in a page. A fragment of the same commentary, containing about one-third of the whole, viz. from yt::.S' to the commencement of l:,,)l where it ends abruptly. Plainly written ; coloured lines round the pages. Seals of Khan (A.H. 1179) and Jang (A.H. 1186). Bound in red leather, which is highly gilt. [Tippu.J 161. 1053. Size in. by 4-i in. ; foll. 252. Eleven lines in a page. A Collection of Traditions, apparently an abridgment of the Mishkat. The order of the books and chapters is the same as in that work, but many traditions, as l The :\IS. has well as whole chapters, are omitted. It begins : ..M.sll A.d>. ..;-:P-J.:. ill Next comes a tradition of 'Omar, taken from the end of the introduction of the Mz'shkat, then begins L:J L..:, The title and the name of the author cannot be found. Plainly written. All rubrics omitted after fol. 20. A list of the chapters precedes. [Gaikwar.J 162. 2263. Size in. by 5 in.; foll. 160. Twenty one lines in a page. A Collection of Apophthegms of 'ALl, without the Isnads, arranged alphabetically. It is entitled .J/ Fl. The author is 'ABD b. Mul).ammad b. 'Abd al-wal).id AMrni Tamimi, who flourished, according to Kh. ii. 646 sq., at the beginning of the sixth century. Cf. Kh. iv. 318; Cat. Mus. Brit. 331 sq.; and Cat. Lugd. i. 193. Written in a good Persian hand, of about the tenth century. The end is missing. Thin paper. Worm-eaten. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 163. 1046. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 209. Twenty-one lines in a page. 'IYA.:p b. Mfi.sa (d. A.H. 544) celebrated work on the excellency of Mul).ammad, entitled J_,-R:. 1. A full account of it is given in :a. Kh. iv. 56 sq. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 97, etc. Printed at Cairo, 4..H. 1276. Clearly written. The colophon runs as follows : . 1..\.zb .... t_\}1 '-'_,.li!l ill\ A..t.>-.J Jl (sic) 1...\l_,.... ill\ (.)-'.1-.\J .... 1..!-!t:::.n c-:J\::JI j 1..\.zb fi .... R' (sio) j ....

PAGE 47

TRADITION. 39 Coloured lines round the pages. Glosses in Arabic and Persian. Somewhat injured by insects. Foil. 1-26 have been supplied by a different hand. [Gaikwar.J 164. B 71. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 301. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, executed by two hands. Colophon : J tJ tf!J 1 '-:-:i l(J \ &.4 ill\ -\--.Z TJ t:"!) L ('J?. _,3 t.l.w j ylil\ 1.(sic) I'Af L Wlb Frequent marginal notes, taken from different com mentaries on the present and on other works. Nine leaves are missing after fol. 3 8. Cat. 224, xiv. 165. 2312. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 197. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the Shifa. Legibly written, by Molla 'Abd al-'aziz b. b. Mul;tammad b. 'Abd al-'aziz Al;tsa'i, who finished it on Thursday, 24 RamaQ.an, 1089. Collated. After several other owners, whose signatures are to be found on the title-page, the MS. came. into the possession of I:Iajji J ala.l al-din, of Palembang, in A.H. ll77. A notice in Malay on the fly-leaf refers to his pilgrimage to Makkah, which was performed in the years 1175-6. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 166. 1302. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 225. Twenty three lines in a page. An account of the various controversies between the twelve Imams and their opponents, according to the Shi'ah tradition. It is in all probability the '-'I.:;S of Abu 'AH al-FaQ.l b. 'l;ABARSI (d. A.H. 548).2 1 Only A.n. 1084 agrees with the rest of the date. 2 See regarding him No. 61. On the title-page we find the inscription: _r.b 'C: 1 Although, as a rule, the Isnads are omitted, yet that leading up to the eleventh Imam, 'j .. skarl, i!' given at full length at the beginning of the work (fol. 2v.). It runs thus: l. Y.r-_}-c; y,\ d.P::::--Al.ll -\--.Z JtJ .1.-i_: Jl; A>-_) d. .M.s ... y,\ t..!.ll Jl; ...\ ... >, d. Ju 1 'Y.Y. d. <:i J..z .M..s ... tJ.M-'il\ <:7. y,l <:i d. u-'J?. Y, 1 J \:; 4 l. \.) \$'_, .J <:)! ... '-t..s ... 1.:1. w J...z <:)! ...\...s ... Y.' c-UI Another Isnad connects the author with Abu Ja'far 1;usi (d. A. H. 460), in the following way (fol. 25v.) : 1.:1. ).!t::::--y,l J..z "tytll Jl; (sic) YJ> .M.s,.. ..}-c:;-I!J ...... .s:ll t-1.1' I..)JJ .jj _?.::::--)'!' o..\11_,11 t:kl' \.; J \J .A>)) The preface begins: d' J cill ...\.t..s:: 1 _,ts-+l' The author complains of the slackening spirit of hi" sect. He quotes, by way of introduction, what i!' said in favour of religious contention in the Koran, to which he subjoins an account of the various dispute" of the Prophet with idolaters, Jews, and Christians. He then proceeds to at great length the claim" and arguments of 'AB, and subsequently those of tht other Imams in succession. Each of them is repre sented as pleading his cause in speeches and disputa tions, or in letters. The work is accordingly divided into ( each of which is inscribed 1 . I The "pleading" of the twelfth ImG.m, al-1Iahdi 1 1 Here follow the name of the Imam nnd the subject of thr controversy.

PAGE 48

40 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS ..:Jl.)\ '-:->-\..., ,_s pi\ tjW\), chiefly consists of his correspondence with Mul;tammad b. 'Abdallah l;[imyari 1 and others, and is further supported by the arguments of Mufid (d. A.H. 413) and Saiyid MurtaQ.a (d. A.H. 436), two great Shi'ah divines. Neatly written, and collated with another :MS. Some notes. [Hastings. J 167. B 88. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foil. 135. Twentyfive lines in a page. y\::.5' u-,lyl\ A?,-.\l\j_, _}..C. ...... A Collection of sound Traditions bearing on morals and asceticism, by Mulni al-din NAwAwi (d. A.H .. 676). See I;[. Kh., iii. 518, and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch., p. 30 sq. An old copy, carefully written in a firm hand, with constant distinction of the un-pointed letters. Concludes (fol. 133): '-:-')ill ..M..s.;l_, y\::..(!\1::r.. .. T ill\ A.t..>J tU\;,. JtJ u;\(?._, tJ?. A;.,. .. Corrections on the margin, mostly in the original hand. A notice of Nawawi, which begins (fol. 133v.): '-'_,I_,.:J\ A...==:-_jj .. ill ..M.sl\ and some poetry alluding to him, fill up the vacant space at the end. A list of the chapters of the work has been added on the first and last pages in two different hands. It concludes (fol. 135v.): tiJL..:ill illb The number given here, though varying from the statements of :t:f. Kh. and 1 See regarding him Tu5i, p. r 9" Aumer (Le.), fairly agrees with the number of the chapters marked in the present text. According to a note on fol. 133v., 'Ali b. Harun b. Yusuf .'...5' (sic) bought this copy in Mul}arram, 790. Signature of 'Abd al-raQ.man b. 'Alawi .. al-'Aidarus at the end of the text. Cat. p. 223, iv. 168. B 77. Size in. by 4;t in.; foll. 313. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, ill written ; headings in red. Concludes_: \ y\::&l\ (sic) I \ Ld I (sic ) \?.) \ A list of the chapters of the work (264 in this MS.) is inserted after the preface (foil. 3-9). Notes in the earlier portion. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1059. Seal of Mul}ammad 'Adil Shah. 169. 2294. Size 8-k in. by 5-k in. ; foll. 372. From fifteen to twenty lines in a page. r 7 0. A copious Commentary on the Forty Traditions of Nawawz (d. A..H .676), by 4MAD :B. l;IAJAR HAITHAMI (d. A. H. 973), properly entitled \ Cf. J.I. Kh. i. 241, and Stewart's Catal., p. 158, iii. The author says in his preface: J :;;.s::. Wfi J 1 p14._, .. y r?.-' t:" l!)" w Ill written, by Saiyid 'Omar b. Muhammad \ .11 Dated 1st Rabi' I., 1151. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.]

PAGE 49

TRADITION. 41 170. B 108. Size 91 in. by 5i in. ; foll. 230. Twenty lines in a page. Another, imperfect copy of the same Commentary. Clearly written in N asta Single leaves are missing after foll. 39, 96, 217, and 223, and the last fol. is lost. Cat. 223, xiii. 171. 1227. Size 71 in. by 4! in. ; foll. 76. Thirteen lines in a page. J yla; '-:-' I.U _r.bll (_I ..M..s::,.. l:i I.:JL..!..c. ..M..s,.. One thousand sound Traditions bearing on moral subjects, compiled by AL-DIN Usrri (Abu :Mnl,:tammad 'Al11 b. 'Othman, flourished in the sixth century). Cf. I:. Kh. vi. 345 and iv. 317, and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 29. This work is an abridgment of the author's ),}: It is divided into a hundred chapters, a list of which is inserted after the preface. Begins: y\::.S' il:JJ.a:;..d...i .... Ju .._;..--. ).}:': :.l\ ,.;. j 'cti.Jl; A.J:z.j .'J"""' 1.:),.. .. J .. J \,.. J.c. 'Q.c Jl .... i:. '_;1::,\.fl\ '}I_,S.ll j 4:-j.s' .. Wl\ Written in a cursive hand, except the preface and the list of the chapters, which are executed in a fine Xac;kh. Coloured lines round the pages. Some mar ginal notes. A table of abbreviations on the title-page. \V orm-catcn. [Gaikwar.J 1 Thus he is always called; the above form of the name is evidently incorrect. 172. B 87. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 331. Fifteen lines m a page. A diffuse treatise on the state of the soul after death, inscribed on the title-page: j t:JJ y\::.S' t}l:-11_, L .. jl_,::.-1 The author does not give his name; but as he professes to be a disciple of the famous Ibn Taimiyah ij:anbali (d. A.. H. 728 ), he is very probably Shams al-illn Mul,:tammad b. Abu Bakr Ifanbali, commonly called lBN AL!JALZIHH (d. A..H. 751).1 .A work of this author, with the title t:J)I y\::.S', is mentioned by J;[. Kh. v. 88,2 and with this the present treatise appears to be identical. It is based on twenty-one questions, though by mistake only nineteen are counted in the present MS. It was compiled from the tradition and from old authors, e.g. Ibn Abu'l-dunya (d. A. H. 281 ), whose is quoted, Mul,:tammad b. N Marwaz1 (d. A..H. 294), Ibn the author of the JL..ll y\::.S', (d. A.. H. 456), etc. Begins: A.c.l.bl r.:J,. ill ..M.sll 'l'-1 wl\>.. The twenty-one questions are: I. (fol. 2v.) b}?). Jlb I; II. (fol. 20) Jlb I.:JI; Ill. (fol. 24v.) \:1,) Ail; IV. (fol. 45) b'..\:>-' I.:J C-'y_l C-'J-+3 t:-')1 I.:J1 ; V. (fol. 51) L JJ...\.s:,.. _,I l..?. ...\J t: _,) \ J.1b; VI. (fol. 69v.) 4Sil>. _,1 J.c. J1>. A:..c.; VII.3 (fol. 92) \jl J::;.JU.,. 1.;)\ f\ VIII. (fol. 107 ?)' _,1 1.:)--':-ll_, J.:. V"".QJI IX.6 (fol. 121) L .. _r.Rll L\.>)LJJ; X. (fol.137v.) (1 t j 4L:ll L.; XI. (fol. HO) dll L. 1 See on other works of his, Cat. Lugd. iv. 253 sq. 2 He describes, however, only an abridgment of it. 3 Wrongly numbered v. Not marked. vii., and so on. 6

PAGE 50

--1:2 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS XII. (fol. 143) ulb l. _r.JJI XIII. (fol. 148v.) j I.:) I i_l .JIJ..GI_, J::>-j _fb; XIV. (fol. 152) }:..-. Jl;..l 1.:.'1 (1 XV. (fol. 153v.) j J.1b rJ,;;; XVI. (fol. 155) _,I _r.-'ill yt.\.c XVII. (fol. 157) t.-. j 1.:.'1 j r-1 slt..JI j '-'I.Jb r-Y.. Jl; XVIII. (fol. 187v.) u"..l '.;).-. JY.I J.1b r-1 ; XIX. (fol. 216) ?, .,_s1b vw-k-1 I t.-. f_l XX. (fol. 264v.) v)l J.1b (\ ; XXI. (fol. 268v.) r-1 J.1b The work concludes with a succession of distinctions (fol. 322v.), b) . f_l JJ.}H Jl l Inelegantly written, by I;[asan b. YU.suf Sindl. Date, A.H. 887. Signature of 'Abd al-ral]man b. 'Alawt al-'Aidarus, among others, on the title-page. Cat. 232, xxvii. (?) 173. 2234. Size 12! in. by 8! in. ; foll. 138. About thirty-two lines in a page. _r.-ll j yhS' j A compendious work on the life, person, and cha racter of Mul;tammad, by ABu ZAKARiYA. 'brAD .A.L-DIN Y .A.J;[Y.A. B. ABu BAKR 'AMIRi (d. A. H. 893), who completed it, according to the epilogue, in Rama9.an, 855.1 Cf. I;. Kh. ii. 74, and Stewart's Catal. 33. This work is divided into three parts (t""".:;), a survey of which is given at the beginning. Part I. j t..., in six chapters. II. JJL..wl j t"""sJI 1 The present ::\IS. has the date, Friday, 10 Rama(_lan, which is not correct. in four chapters. Ill. A1jL:.;_, illW j t'Mt.sJI j All_,:;l_,, in three chapters. The author used the works of various predecessors, among whom he points out Ibn and rabari, Tirmidhi and Ibn and 'Iya9.. Plainly written, by Sa'id b. J#l (?), ap parently in Southern Arabia. Headings in large cha racters. Coloured lines round the pages of the first portion. Notes. Foil. 106 and 116 have been mis placed ; they should stand together between foil. 60 and 61. Signatures of various owners : first a prince named ..M..> I olll r,-tl J.s:..ll '.;)Mt.:> Rama(_lan, 1158; then 'Abd al-rabb, of Kaukabiln, A.H. 1159 ; after him his daughter Fatimah, A. H. 1177, eto [Coli. Fort William, 1825.] 174. 2296. Size 8 in. by 4k in. ; foll. 500. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written, by Jamal 'Ali. The epilogue of the author varies from the preceding MS. The date is also different, and apparently correct, namely Sunday, 14 Rama9.an, &55. [Coli. Fort William, (1809) 1825.] 175. B 72. Size 8! in. by 6! in.; foll. 160. Seventeen lines in a page. A portion of the same work, containing the 3rd and 4th chapters of first part. Clearly written. 176. 829. Size 7i in. by 4i in.; foll. 415. Mostly nine lines in a page. A detailed description of the world to come, founded the Koran and the tradition, and entitled I) )ytl j by J.A.LAL AL-DIN SuYUlJI (d. A.H. 911). See J:!:. Kh. ii. 30.

PAGE 51

TRADITION. Beginning : J i-. \ l-. \ J tJ d..ll\ J\...s' t:jj' t>-J' dll\ \a.V Ail w...:, t\J_,:J\_, In about a hundred and forty chapters, a list of which precedes (foil. 1-8). The first treats of the end of the world (.J_,.d\ j The author's epilogue contains no date. Clearly written inN asta breadthways like Sanskrit books. The colophon runs as follows: J,._;::S:. A .... t:kl\ .... Jl,=--1 j j Ail\ j r.n L k..,.sl\ ) Jl-''\ ,.... ,._ r""' -' cill\ )_,_,-1\ it,>-) Jl j_,..d\ ..M.s .... .ll_, Ail\ j.i (q) Explanatory notes, drawn from various works, on the margin. One leaf is wanting after fol. 411. Seal of Amjad Khan, a servant of 'Alamg1r II. [Johnson.J 177. 2738. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 116. Nineteen lines in a page. t:IMl\ (sic) j b.iiJ J'.Ml\ All\ M->-) y,l .JW A treatise of on the nature and history of demons and the devil, according to the tradition, properly styled j b,;J. Cf. H. Kh. v. 328, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 257. It is an abstract of Badr al-dzn Sltibll's (d. A.H. 769) work on the same subject, entitled j 1 .. 1-S'T on which see Kh. i. 386. This treatise begins with a succession of short para graphs, jJ, etc., and concludes with two long chapters, t: .... \:::and r:-.... Well written. Dated 5 Shawwal, 1115 j u!\ A:,l-. L Preceded by a list of contents. Worm-eaten. The leaves have been misplaced in binding ; they should stand in the following order: foll. 1-9, 26-57, 18-25, 10-17, 58-116. [Bibl. Leydeniana.l 178. B 82. Size 8 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 12. Fifteen lines m a page. In what manner Mu1;tammad, and the other pro phets, remain alive in their graves. A discussion by SuYtrri, being in answer to a question which was put to him on that subject. It is entitled, according to the See Kh. i. 443, and Bibl. Sprenger. 1960. Begins: uk All .M.s:ll 411\ M>) J\! t:'' db""' ...\>-\ .... \,.... J'-' ttj\ '-'J-" j '-') u-:.=--u>-JJ ._).:. 6.l.l\ '-'J j Al L_,)l Jl \k '.lb j r--1..: Well written, of the twelfth century. The title of the book is in a different hand. Signature of 'Abd b. 'Alawi al-'Aidarus. Cat. 223, xi. 1.

PAGE 52

44 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 179. 351. Size llt in. by in.; foil. 364. Thirty one or thirty-three lines in a page. A Biography of Mu}:tammad, compiled by Shihab al-din A}:tmad .. NI (d. A.H. 923), and entitled ..;.Ju L_j_ill\ Cf. H. Kh. vi. 245; .. \..- . J }'li.igel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 341; Cat. Mus. Brit. 98. .Printed with the commentary of Zar}f.ani, at Bu.la.}f., 1278, in 8 vols. The author's conclusion is wanting. Written alter nately in two small hands, on tinted paper. Coloured lines round the pages. Seal of Nu!?rat Jang, A.H. 1175. [Tippu.J 180. 764. Size IO:f in. by 6-f; in.; foil. 429. Twentyfive lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, containing at the end the author's conclusion. He completed his work on the 2nd Shawwal, 898, and finished the fair copy on the 15th Sha'ban, 899. The original of the present copy was dated 1Oth 904, Makkah. Well written. Some notes. Preceded by indices. On the first fol. is a sketch of the life of the author, taken from the biographical history of the tenth century,1 by Ibn 'Abdus. According to this, Abu'l-'Abbas Al}mad b. Mul}ammad b. Abu Bakr Mi!?r1 Shil.fi'1 was born at Cairo on the 12th 851, and became a pupil of Khil.lid Azhar1, Sakhaw1, and others. His controversy with Suyut1, alluded to by I:I. Kh. (l.c.), is also related here. The MS. has once been a WJ 181. 2264. Size 8! in. by 6 in.; foil. 191. Twenty three lines in a page. A defence of the orthodox doctrine on the Khalifate, or the righteousness of the three predecessors of 'Ali, against Shi 'ahs and heretics, by Shihab al-din :B. J:lAJAR Haithami Makki (d. A.H. 973). It is entitled iJ __r-..J\ ,;dJ.d\. See Kh. iv. 110,1 for an abstract of the preface. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 708, and Stewart's Catal. 136. This work is mainly founded on the Sunni tradition and on old authors. The above title, and the name of the author, do not occur in the text. There are really eleven chapters instead of ten, as stated in the preface,2 viz.: I. (fol. 6v.) j J-?.--'.d\ II. (fol. 40v.) $\.:..!:J\ ""'?j"' jlbl ; Ill. (fol. 44) )L J.t:. _h A::-L.::i.;\ j; IV. (fol. 68v.) _;A-!! j; V. (fol. 70v.) ill\..;;iJ j VI. (fol. 80v.) j; VII. (fol. 83) ill\..;;iJ j ; VIII. (fol. 89) j IX. (fol. 92v.) j; X. (fol. 103v.) j; xi. (fol. I08-t58) j .... 5):-:J\ There follows (foll. 158-168) a supplement to the last chapter, containing extracts from a treatise on the same subject j Sakhawz (Mu}:tammad b. 'Abd al-ra}:tman, d. A.H. 902), with which the author became acquainted fourteen years after the completion of the present work, when numerous copies of the latter had spread all over the world ('' the farthest West, Transoxania, Kashmir, India, Yaman, etc."). Though these extracts were not considerable, and could easily be added as marginal notes, yet it seemed to him impossible to gather all the copies of the text for that purpose (!). He therefore gives them separately, divided into four short chapters ( ). The work concludes with a double appendix ), fol. 168v.: J)"'' j, and fol. 174: Lt:-41\_, Ll' J_lb\ '-'6\ j .. I ,d' Carefully written, by Sulaiman b. 'Abd al-karlm Khatib Sanabani sic)s Sbafi'i. Dated Wed-1 The correct title of the work is given in Add. et Corr. vii. 780. 2 See I:I. Kh. Le. 3 Probably of Sanaban in Yaman. See iii. 1 e,.

PAGE 53

TRADITION. 45 nesday, 10 Rajah, 995. index to the work is on the title-page. The last pages (foil. 188v.-191) are filled with extracts from etc., ill written. The book bears only a modern inscription, which begins : J.cl_,.dl :(I r-l. \:; J::; .._\j) ,, In an Oriental binding of brown leather. [Coll. Fort William, 1825.] 182. 603. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 221. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, which appears to have been made for Prince the son of Aurangzib. Well written. Dated 5 RamaQ.an, year 43 of 'Alamgir (=A.H. 1111). Prefixed is a detailed list of contents, which, however, seems to be simply copied from the original MS. This latter was dated Thursday ct.M .... i=ll ('J'!.' sic), 7 1078. Worm eaten. Seals of a servant of 'A:(:im Shah, and of Arshad Khan, a servant of Shah 'Alam, A.H. 1120. [Johnson.J 183. B 374. Size 6! in. by 4 in.; foll. 157. Between twenty-two and fourteen lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same work, written in various N asta hands. The beginning is wanting, and there are defects after foil. 58, 64, 94, and 148. The work terminates on fol. 15lv., l. 1, where it is immediately followed by an extract from Abu'l-Sa'adat [IBN] AL-ATRiR's yh$' 1 '--':;l:.,.. j \::.S.J\. Imperfect at the end .) .. ) Fol. 157, a stray leaf, probably belongs to the same extract. Cat. 226, xxxvi. 184. B 457. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 22. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of the same work, containing the preface and part of Chap. I. 1 Sic. Cf. I:J. Kh. v. 438. Plainly written, on European paper, of the middle of the twelfth century. Inscribed: ,.j ,.j \ ) (,!):-.-..-v:;-) ") r.c Cf. Catal. 226, xxxviii. 185. B 363. Size 10! in. by 7i in.; foll. 461. Nineteen lines in a page. .._;!r-'1 r.l_v-11 1...54 \ r.::-d. M::-I t:t..l I w.J L.J I \ (1 UbF.CJ A diffuse treatise on mortal sins, founded upon the tradition, by b. J;f..tJAR Haithami. It has been printed at A.H. 1284. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 151. The author, who does not give his name, tells us that he began this treatise in A.H. 953, at Makkah (u.;.al\ and that he made use of a work of Abu '.Abdallah Dhahabi (d. A.H. 7 48). The treatise consists of an in troduction .. on the definition of mortal sin, etc., and two parts ), one (fol. 23) treating of the "internal" or men tal sins ( \ \ ), and the other (fol. 108) of the external" sins, or crimes in practise The latter is divided into special chapters, according to the system of the law-books, etc. The appendix fol. 436) treats of four subjects: I. of penitence
PAGE 54

46 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 186. :l222. Size 7 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 54. Fifteen lines in a page. A short Collection of Traditions and Sentences, for devout purposes, styled It is ascribed here (and also in Stewart's Catal. 159, xi.) to f?afi al-din A4mad b. 'AB, commonly called lBN :r:,::AJA.R, but else where to A4mad b. Mu4ammad I;[ajarl. See J.I. Kh. vi. 161, and Catal. St. Peters b., 213,5 (where the patronymic is pronounced c..S Which form of the name is correct, and whether one of the two famous Ibn I;Iajar is to be understood, is not ascertained. The work is divided into ten chapters, arranged by the numbers 1-10, so that the sentences contained in each chapter have a relation to its number by their structure and partition, or enumerate as many things, etc. .... ..... 'Cjj..... This copy begins : 4JJ (..,/(.,/ c.,/ "" ,. /(..,(.,,.,C r l.. yh--J L..,. t_d Jl i..!..Jj i..!..Jj L.. ..... JW' The concluding portion is omitted. Boldly written. The colophon runs as follows : o.4 J:> j .. 411\ ,I,VA I. t:'J\::.:p\ Additions to the text in the same hand, and various Persz'an notes and interlineations. The title-page is filled with several apophthegms of the Prophet. [Tippu.J 188. B 111. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 140. Twentyfive lines in a page. A fragment of a large Collection of Traditions. The name of the author is not to be found, the first leaf being wanting. It appears, however, from the detailed index to the whole book which fills up the first eleven leaves, and from recent inscriptions, running and that this is the work of 'ALi B. I;[us.A.M A.L-DIN (d. A..H. 975), described in I;. Kh. iii. 553 and 616, as a combined and newly arranged edition of SuYtr'!i's and the supplement to it It is entitled j The single books (y6S') are arranged alphabetically, and subdivided into chapters and sections (J...aj). Each of the latter has a double appendix, inscribed and JW The books from which the tradi4

PAGE 55

TRADITION. tions are taken are always marked, the same abbre viations being used as in Suyuti's work.1 The present fragment comprises only two books, viz., I. y\::S, in three chapters: 1. j .rJ; 2. j; 3. J:=o-l_,l j y\:6'; and II. (fol. 54) j, in two chapters: 1. j; 2. j I J W The details of both these chapters are also arranged alphabetically. Plainly written in three different hands, and ter minating abruptly. Marginal notes. The final leaves much injured. A slight defect after fol. 43. Cat. 224, xxii. 189. 2060. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 367. Nineteen lines in a page. A compendious work on the life and the excellency of the Prophet, by 'ABnALLAH B. Km:pR B. ABu'L-MAFAKHIR TA.Mhri. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 31, cix. The author says in the preface that his work is an abridgment of the I ..\I_,.,., a work written in Persian, by (Sa'id al-din) MuQ.ammad b. Mas'ud Kazaruni (d. A.H. 758),2 to which he added extracts from the of MuQ.yi al-sunnah (Baghawi), from the .r..w.l I by J;riwam al-sunnah .A bu'l I}:asim Isma'll (b.) MuQ.ammad b. al-Fa<;ll It>fahani (d. A.H. 535),3 and also from Ibn ];{utaibah's (d. A.H. 276) and 'Iya<;l's $ti.!.lt The arrangement he adopted unaltered from Kazarlini's work. The first part ( r') contains seven 4 chapters, the second and the third eight, 5 and the fourth eleven 1 See f.l. Kh. iii. 550. 2 Cf. f.l. Kh. vi. 167, where it is called j 3 Perhaps the same us the ; _y,J I J.j ._, mentioned in f.l. Kh. iii. 237. 4 Ins!t-;Hl of eight, as stated in f.l. Kh. 6 Instead of nine, as f.l. Kh. has. chapters, each of the latter comprising one of the yearf-' of the Hijrah. The appendix fol. 288) treats of various more dogmatic questions, in seven chapters, I. tl JW' JJJI >U j ; II. r=e\;:--J t' Aj\...,JI, etc. To this is added another appendix (fol. 363, after the original conclusion) in three sections, on which the author speaks as follows: J.; yi..,T_, j j3 J-:} AJJI Jlbl ; ... Plainly written. The name of the transcriber and the date are found in a note on the title-page, which runs as follows: lllb \---1 d. (sic) 41 JUI F' w\.ii.JI (sic) l.:i (?) c1 d. A?,...\li_,J 4JJI c.L..\.c 11r" L j n t' The end is wanting. Fol. 240 should be placed after 242, and fol. 24 7 after 244. [College of Fort William, ( 1809) 1825. J 190. B 107. Size 10! in. by in.; foil. 82. Fifteen lines in a page. A treatise on the ascent of MuQ.ammad, tU\..,)), by 'ALAM ALLAH b. 'Abd Makk1 J:Ianafl. The preface begins: J \ \ JJJ The author relates in it that he was driven from his former dwelling-place, Burhanpur, by religious disturbances ( \.,. LJ...; (1 d, ...\ll and that, after having wandered about for some time, he ''as invited to the court of a prince, whom he calls (fol. 2) ... "./ To him he dedicates the present work, whil'h he ha
PAGE 56

48 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ..>.>-l_,ll }:.S.JI. Various authorities, as late as Ibn Haithami (d. A.H. 973), are quoted in it. Conclusion: I..S.M..s:.JI j J \.,.. j cJ t:'J \.,.. ).rl (1 Well written, of the eleventh century. A defect after fol. 11. Cat. 224, xvi. 191. 2341. Size 8 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 46. Fifteen lines In a page. I. Foil. 1-2: A prayer for Mul;tammad, supposed to have been communicated by him to Mal;tmud of Ghaznah in a dream. Begins: ji .j).J.j d. I elll ..M.s""' II. Foil. 3-44 : A Collection of Traditions from the Prophet, by B. 'ABDALLAH. It is divided into forty chapters, each of which contains ten traditions. The Isnads are generally omitted. Each tradition is followed by a Persian translation. This collection was printed at Bombay, A.H. 1280. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 164, xliv. Beginning : '-=-' 1_, .... I &11 The first chapter is inscribed: L.1tl 1_, r I j A list of all the chapters is inserted after the preface. Dated 1 Mul;tarram, 1157. Ill. Foil. 44v.-46 : Various pious stories in Persian, concluding with blessings on Mul;tammad. Well written. Seal of Tippu on the first page. [Coli. Fort William, 1825.] 192. 2340. Size 8f in. by 5! in. ; foll. 8. Thirteen lines in a page. Forty Sayings of the Prophet, with a paraphrase in Persian verse, preceded by a preface also in Pe1san. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 158. The preface begins : l:..> '-'>-1.:7.) 'ts:"" (1 l.!}?..j The first tradition is: f..\.:>\ \.,.. Conclusion: Jlb l!Y' l.....::;Jj (' Neatly written in by Mul;tammad Mahdi b. 'Abd al-hadi. Ornamented. [Coli. Fort William.] 193. 630. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 8. Eleven lines in a page. Another elegant copy of the same work, without the preface. The text of the traditions written in Thulth, the paraphrase in N askh. Tastefully ornamented in colours Seal of Jang. [Tippu.J 194. 2040. Size 11! in. by 7-l in.; foll. 8. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same, also without the preface. Well written in Thulth and and ornamented in gold and blue. Scribe, .jJ..t.s:""' tbL ...\l _, cJ.l I jl_,sll Seal of 'Abd Khan Dillr J ang, A. H. 1189. [Coli. Fort William, 1825.] 195. 2279. Size 8! in. by 5i in.; foll. 99. Fourteen lines in a page. A selection of Traditions from the Prophet, made by order of Tippu, by 'AnD B. 'ABD .AL-MALIK. It is derived from the six canonical collections, and divided into ninety-two chapters, according to the numerical value of the name ...\..t.s:""', and hence entitled I..S..M..s:.JI Cf. Stewart's Catal. 157, xciii. (?). The text is accompanied by a Persian interlinear translation. Begins: .... Jw elll J'P' 1..:.1_,

PAGE 57

SCIENCE OF TRADITION. 49 ill\ .lie d. ..... ,..h.d\ \,;.! s I uj \; \ .JJ.a:J. I I l,) .c J' ... ...\j\;J (sic) t:t.s....d\ ... .... (.:} .. J t' (sic) The first chapters treat of the holy war. Written in a large plain hand, the Persian inter lineation in N Preceded by a list of contents in Persz"an (foil. 1-2). [College of Fort William, 1825.] SCIENCE OF TRADITION. 196. B 86. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 65. About twenty lines in a page. A treatise on Discrepancies in Traditions, by Mtm B. +A.nrn B. SANJAR!. This MS. is imperfect at the beginning and end; it commences now with the following verses, which belong to the preface : (sic) j J-! ., "l\ts' c__bjj \ j) I \ool :..; J" s,::;...l \:: P '" -1 JY -or. ) 9 J_r=lJ r:Ul j J';_jJI L->1 The author says subsequently that in the course of his studies he read the ...\sl \ of l[."utabZ (i.e. Ibn :Rutaibah, d. A.n. 276).1 The present treatise is an abridgment of that work, with additions by the author. It tries to solve the discrepancies between single traditions, as well as between traditions and the Koran. The discrepant traditions are intro-1 See on this work, 1:1. Kh. v. 463 and i. 198, and Cat. Lug.. i the opposite by and the solution by The author dedicated his work to 1....5_.\_,.al\, for whom he had already written a treatise on Koranic science, J:!j:.:.:.l \ JjlJi.:> j .a!\ t. Ul ,r-jl'"'-' '..) J V:.) .) Written in different hands, of about the tenth century. Much is wanting at the end. Single leaves are also missing after foil. 7, I O, and 11. Fol. 3 is much torn. Wrongly inscribed J;rJ ...\?,IJ..c Cf. Cat. 226, xxxiii. 197 2347. Size 7! in. by in. ; foll. 44. Thirteen lines in a page. A treatise in verse on the .Science of Tradition, Ly 'Abd al-ral).im b. al-J:Iusain Athar1 'lR-41 (d. A.H. 806), composed in A.H. 768. It is chiefly an abstract of the of Ibn (d. A.H. 643). Cf. Kh. i. 416, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 82. Well written, by Abu'l-su 'l'1d b. 'lzz al-dln and dated Thursday, 2nd Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 11. With vowel-points. The headings in the Thulth character. Seal of Nu!?rat Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825. J

PAGE 58

50 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 198. B 104. Size 7! in. by 5 in.; foll. 147. Twenty one lines in a page. y\::.$' d.\ .. L,).W\ d.\ till\ lBN ( Abu'l-fa<;ll Al}.mad b. 'Ali, d. A.H. 852) Glosses on the r-}; of lbn (Abu 'Amr 'Othman Shahrazur1, d. A.H. 643), and on the annotations on that work by Cf. Kh. iv. 250. These glosses begin with the preface ( of Ibn al-6alaQ.. The last heading which occurs is (fol. 142): y_,)JU.\ J:.;JW J\:::.1\ I"N.\.ii.l\, and from a note at the end ( "-';:;---' l.. \.U) it would appear that the work was never continued beyond this first volume. Written in a good small hand, probably transcribed from the author's own copy. The passages commented are preceded by oJj with or t. written over it, in order to distinguish the original text and the annotations of ( t_tl \ ). Several blanks, intended in the author's copy for the full text of some quo.,. tations, which were never inserted, appear likewise in the present MS. B1j. Libr., A.H. 1046. Seals of 1\Iu}:tnmmad 'Adil Shah, and of two servants of 'Alamg1r (Aurangz1b), namely 'lnayat Khan and Khan. Cat. 224, i. 199. 2182. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foil. 58. Fifteen lines in a page. lBN ij:AJAR Commentary on his own fl \ on the technical terms used in Tradition, entitledfl\ j >:J\ Kh. vi. 316. Edited by Col. Nassau Lees, Calcutta, 1862 (Bibl. Indica). Plainly written. Dated A.H. 1184. The distinction of the text and the commentary is often inaccurate. Frequent glosses in the first portion. Seal Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 200. B 109. Size 10 in. by 5i in.; foil. 102. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on the preceding work, probably that of 'ALi ].\:A.RI' (b. Sultan MuQ.ammad Harawi, d. A.H. 1014), which is entitled j.lb\ rfl\ J.:.. Cf. J;I. Kh. vi. 316, and Bibl. Sprenger. 485. This commentary contains the complete text of Ibn Begins: 4Jt.J j'...,?. \.M..> oJJ .M-si\ Well written. The colophon runs as follows: d. o111 ... r-Y""rl' tilll tcJ\>. (sic) r-_,J...ll )_,_.r.JI n j j L:)\S'J oJ oll\ _).i .t.or L JW\ Some marginal notes. Fol. 102v. An account of the seals of Mu}:tammad and his three successors, and of those of Abu J?anlfah, Abu YU.suf, and Shaibanl, beginning: j and concluding : t; _,\I .. l"j (sic). Cat. 224 (Osoole Hudeeth), ii. 201. B 110. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foil. 157. Seventeen lines in a page. An indifferent copy of the same work, apparently transcribed from the preceding MS. The last sheet but one is missing (after fol. 147). Cat. 224 (Osoole Hudeeth), iii. 1 Sic, r.

PAGE 59

51 LAW. HANAFITES. 202. 1157. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foll. 116. Thirteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-4. A short treatise in explication of the following eight law terms: vb_), L, 'L lf_,_jw-., and in as many chapters. According to tLe conclusion, 1 the materials were taken from the following works : k::-.s.;t.l\ 4.i \.s:l\ U)\::.m' and Begins: i.:.J\ . .)...t.sll ........ It appears from a work printed at Dehli (about A.D. 1870), which contains glosses on the present treatise, that the name of its author is Taj al-d1n J \Sl I, and it seems to be entitled \!J:":".ii.::-1 \ .)...t..c. II. Foll. 5-115. U.)).).Jil\ yb.S'. An abstract of J:Ianafite Law, by A.bu'l-I;[usain Al}.mad b. (Baghdad!, d. A.Ir. 428). It is also called 1-S)).).Ji.l\ .J.a.:..S:.."', or merely See H. Kh. v. 451 ; A.umer, Hdss. MUnch. 84; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 477, etc. Printed at Dehli, 1847, and sub sequently. This MS. begins: j\J ... \!J::",...l\.J\ '-:-') ill .).,...)\ ..M.s:-"' (sic) 4...:-'J:::-J j J"" y\::.S' &;U \ .... =--.J (1 J'vt.1 &;U\ j\J (sic) \'{ell written in by Shaikh Far1d al-din Mul}ammad b. Shaikh Uasan Dated 5th lLtbl' I., 1091. Covered with notes in different hands, and preceded by a table of contents. Library of Fai<,lil.bil.d (Ouuh). Seal of Mir Mul)ammad Asad Khiln, A.ll. 1185. [" Tippu" (Johnson ?)] 1 The text is very inaccurate. 203. 2059. Size Si in. by 6 in.; foll. 97. From fifteen to twenty-two lines in a page. Another copy of the ya-;.i;:_.-., somewhat differing from the preceding. It \-?.\ \:, y\::.S' and concludes with two Persian verses. Boluly written. Occac;ional notes. IntcrlcaYed with European paper, the first few pages of which contain notes and explanations in English. This MS. came into the possession of A. Locket, at Baghdad, A.D 1811. The following note is on the title-page: j J.ii.:.:..i \ o.\J u--\:.!1 'L\::jj\ ... \!!"' j__,..a.:: \,.!. \!)::'.MA:., and some notes in Turkish, in the same hand, are on the last page. The l\IS. bad been a WJ). [CoiL Fort "\Yilliam, 1825. J 204. 11. Size in. by 8 in.; foll. 243. Twenty seven lines in a page. A. portion of the 1 or system of I_Ianafite Law, by Shams al-a'immah A.bu Bakr Mul.lUmmad b. (Al}mad b.) A.bu Sahl SARAKHsr (d. A.H. 490 or 500), who dictated the whole work during his imprisonment at t zjand. See on it 1;(. Kh. Y. 363, an(l on the author, Fli.igel, Class. d. hanefit. Rechtsgel., p. 303, and also Hdss. Wien, iii. 201. This seems to be the only fragment of the work extant. It is said to be the ninth volume, and contains the following books, each of which is subdivided into chapters: J.J....l\ j (fol. 53); ))"'\!\ (fol. 79v.); (fol. 97c.); 0:;.;..5:'\ (fol. 161v.); ..s.ll (fol. 166); y\.......:> (fol. 170v.); b)_rl \ (fol. 190v.); .. I (fol. 205v.) ; (fol. 218); t_ w_)\ (fol. 235). The name of the author

PAGE 60

52 ARABIC nL\NUSCRIPTS. is introduced at the commencement of each book, together with the notice, that it is his dictate. The last book is dated Thursday, 22nd Jum. II., 477. Beginning: f?:kl\ yt::.s' 1:1. ..M..s: ... y,\ ,._ NJI M>-J IS\ d. ..M.s ... \bi.;JJ lirb NJI Written in a large hand. Dated 25th Jum. I., 1150. The beginning and end are worm-eaten. [Hastings. J 205. B 349. Size about 10 in. by about in.; foil. 229. Between twenty-four and twenty lines in a page. The first part of a work on details of I;[anafite Law, entitled Lk, by lFTIKH1a ... AL-DiN b. A]:tmad b. 'Abd al-rashid Bukhari (d. A.H. 542, at Sarakhs). Kh. iii. 165 and 136; Flligel, Class. hanef. Rechtsgel. 318; and Stewart's Catalogue, 148. This is a concise manual for judges, which the author wrote subsequently to his larger works, JJ and y\..:i. The preface begins: 't:i.-.\1' e The present volume contains the following books, each subdivided into sections (J.a,;), which are numbered: (fol. 22); (fol. 74); (fol. 76); r-_,.dl (fol. 84); (fol. 94); (fol. 97); J111l\ (fol. 128); (fol. 168). Ends: I Lk '--'\::.$' .. ..-. I .}1.s..J1 .;;_-1 '-"'J \.!..1 UJ yid JI.:JI j Exquisitely written. Several portions, including the commencement and the end, restored by more modern hands. A lacuna on fol. 57. The first leaves much injured. Erroneously inscribed W I} I JJ Cf. Catal. 228, xvii. 206. 976. Size 14 in. by 9 in. ; foil. 596. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first half of a law-book, styled the same as the ,.. of Kh. v. 433, 11 c, r, or one of the editions of the work of RAJ?I ALniN SARAKHsi (Mu]:tammad b. d. A.H. 544). See also J;I. Kh. v. 431 sq., and Fliigel, Class. hanef. Rechtsgel. 317 The authenticity of this work has been questioned from the very beginning, and it has also been confounded with the \.Sj Kh. v. 431 )the latter certainly without reason, as both works are very clearly distinguished in 1;. Kh. Le. The identity of the present text with the \.SM/o.::>.J...J is proved from the beginning and extracts of the preface as given by ij:. Kh. Less certainty may be attributed to his statement, that this is the larger edition in ten vols. The present text, at least, is complete in two vols. No other copy of the work is known to exist. The present volume extends from ybS to The order of arrangement differs much from that usually followed in J;Ianafite law-books. Plainly, but not carefully, written in different hands. There is a colophon on fol. 305, according to which the preceding portion was finished at the beginning of Sha 'ba.n, 24 JulUs. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 560v. and 561r. have been left blank by mistake. [Johnson.J 207. 977. Uniform with the preceding foil. 464. The second volume of the preceding work, extending from y\::.S' to Written in the same way as the preceding MS. Gold and blue lines round the pages. Rubrics occa sionally omitted. Foil. 342-3 should stand after 34 7, and foil. 400-1 after 407. Inscribed on the title-page: (sic) r Both this volume and the preceding bear a note of A.n. 1196, in which the work is styled '-'-'\:.:..;. [Johnson.J

PAGE 61

LAW. 53 208. B 356. Size lOA in. by 7 in.; foll. 268. Twenty three lines in a page. A Commentary on a work on I;fana:fite Law, im perfect at the beginning, and without title. The author of the original work is only alluded to by the words however, from occasional quotations of other works, especially his J.f.-.:..J I, 1 he appears to be Saiyid Na$ir al-dzn Abu'l Mu'Q.ammad b. Yusuf Madani (d. A.H. 556),2 and the work commented on here, his Cf. Rh. vi. 291; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 477 sq.; and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 94. The author of the commentary is the well-known Abu'l-barakat 'Abdallah b. AQ.madNAsAFi (d. A.H. 711). This commentary is described by JJ. Rh. (Le.), who also gives an abstract of the epilogue. It is probably entitled I...Si.a::.........JI. The chief authority of Nasafi is Badr al-din Rardari (MuQ.ammad b. MaQ.mud), commonly called Rhwaharzadah (d. A.H. 651 ), the nephew of that Rardari (Shams al-a'immah Mu 'Qammad b. 'Abd al-sattar, d. A.H. 642) who is men tioned in the epilogue.3 Very likely, therefore, the "commentary by a disciple of Rardari," subsequently noted by J;I. Rh.,4 is not different from the present work. Cf. Flugel, Class. 323. Only the first words of the passages commented are given (with AI_,;), but the books, chapters, and sections of the original work are marked throughout. Hence it would appear that the Leipzig MS. is incomplete. The following headings are to be inserted into the list given in Floischer's Catal. 478. After No. 11, after No. 14, J\::..,JI; ... ,,sll; A..J_;.JI; _r..J\. No. 29 is here only a "chapter" After No. 32, which is here I See on this work, J:l. Kh. vi. 186. 2 This is undoubtedly the correct date, as it occurs severally in I:J. Kh., not 656, which he gives in describing the present work. Cf. especially I.I. Kh. vi. 107. s Cf. J:l. Kh. I.e. See on the two Kardar1, Fhigel, Class. 319 sq. and 322. Ilerc I do not follow Fliigel's translation. is to be added after No. 34, i.:J.c e_r:--)\ AJ\,_s.ll; tW1 ; c..::,)I_,JI 1 bl q1 s,sll j\,..1\ 1.:.)\.,...\11 !..r '...) I.;)) .. .. and after No. 35, The beginning of this 1\IS. (20 foil.) has been wanting for at least two centuries. The first words are: d _r\J The final portion has been partly destroyed by white-ants. Still, the MS. is valuable enough, as it is written in a nry good hand, though without diacritical points, and, as far as can be made out from the conclusion, seems to have been transcribed by the author himself. Unfortunately, the passage is much injured. .After a short prayer, the author says: . ... Jl; 41_, [4111 _;iZ] 1 I 1..\.rb (?). Then follows the statement quoted by Kh. The last fol. is lost. Corrections and additions in the same hand, but of different dates. Indistinct characters have been occa sionally rendered clear on the margin (marked with and various readings added from another MS. Inscribed \ ._\L:;-\ and again (fol. 140), .)k:-tl..c \:J y\:.:.5'. Cf. Catal. 227, i. 5 and 229, xxii. 209. 2239. Size in. by in.; foll. 392. Twentyfive lines in a page. A Commentary ( '()j_.,,..) on Rulcn s (MuQ.ammad b. Abu Bakr Imamzadah Samar)fandi J;Ianafi, d. A.H. 573) by B. SAIYID 'Ad (Rumi, d. A. H. 931 ). It is entitled: 't-?\...a.,.._,. See Kh. vi. 1 and iv. 42, and for a full analysis of the i..c.J.!., Krafft, Hdss. orient. Akad. Wien, 163 sq. Cf. Catal. St. Petersb. 44, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 82. 1 This word has been erased.

PAGE 62

54 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. This commentary has been compiled from 120 works, such as commentaries on the Koran, collections of tra ditions, law-books, works on morals, dictionaries, grammars, etc. A list of them is given at the end of the work. Begins: .. '""'" The original work commences (fol. 4v.): J..c o..\...sll Well written. The colophon runs as follows : t:'}::.H j u-wWiji>-\ A list of the sections of the is written on the fly-leaves. Worm-eaten. [Coll. Fort William, 1825.] 210. 744. Size 11t in. by 7-l in.; foll. 271. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first half of the \:; ,..s_, 6, or Legal Decisions, compiled by Fakhr al-din Abu'l-ma:Q.asin al-1!asan b. Man!j!ur b. Ma:Q.mud Uzjandi, commonly called :f{i:piKHAN (d. A. H. 592). Cf. I;. Kh. iv. 364; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 240 ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 724 ; and .A.umer, Hdss. Miinch. 89. Printed at Calcutta (Asiat. Lithograph. Press), 1835, in 4 vols. This MS. is founded upon a dictate of the author's, given at his house, on the 6th Mu:Q.arram, 578. Well written. Concluding: u.a:J\ (\ ,..s_,\:..4 Dated 24 Rab1' I., 1108. Preceded by a table of contents. "," The following note runs over fol. 117 v .-118r.: UJ-' y \ ''>-d..J ..,\j\.d.. ..b-1 ., ) . ) (sic) \. Seal and signature of f;iibghat-allah Khan, A.H. 1182. [Hastings. J 211. 605. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 385. Twenty one lines in a page. The first half of BURHAN AL-DIN Abu'l-ij:asan '.A.li b. .A.bu Bakr b. 'Abd al-jalil MARGHINANI's (d. A.H. 593) which is a commentary on his own \, on Law. See Kh. vi. 4 79 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 202 sq., and Class. 316. The work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1234, and translated into English by C. Hamilton, London, 1791, and this translation edited for the second time by S. G. Grady, London, 1870. Concludes with u:;_,l\ y\::.L Well written, by 'A.ll b. asan Azhari, in Shawwal, A.H. 861, r-t.. j A:....: (sic) JJ 'v.. w_, ,_s ..b.' A. table of contents is on the fly-leaves. Foil. 1 and 2, which are of a much smaller size, belong to a Persian treatise. A splendid ornament, in gold and blue, is on the title-page (fol. 6r.), containing the following inscription : J:. \ JJ ill\ (sic) JU ,_s...fo\ JMI rLJI r-L .. t:.a.J.l According to notes at the end and on fol. 3, the book had been taken from MuQ.ammadabil.d-Bldar, and came into the Royal Library of Bijapur, in A.H. 1029. Seals of MaQ.mud Khwajah Jahil.n, and 'Abd al-majid Khan (A.H. 1145). In a rich Oriental binding. [Tippu.J 212. 146. Size 12 in. by 7 in. ; foll. 373. Seven lines in a page. The first part of the concluding with y\::S Plainly written in three different hands, Naskh and N asta with frequent marginal notes. [Tippu.J 213. 147. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 419. The second part of the same, from 'L \(:.J \ y\::S to u:;i' y\::S.

PAGE 63

LAW. 55 Written in different hands, N asta 'lil} prevailing, with numerous notes. Preceded by a table of contents. Both this volume and the preceding bear the seal of Khan Jaban. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 144, i. [Tippu.J 214. 1776. Size 12i in. by 8 in.; foll. 174. Twenty lines in a page. The first half of the Hidayah. Mostly written in an inelegant N asta'lik hand, approaching Shikastah. Dated 25th Rab1' I., 1017. Colophon: ... J I i,_;e:"" \ \ \ "-'?. ilil \ r.c j j i.. (?) JW Ail\ ... :..-.J J _, _, ,_, \.s:ll . j $ l.ilill r' J?. (sic) 11v k..,.). Covered with notes. On fol. 174 recipes. Signature of R. J ohnson, 215. 1419. Size 10! in. by 7! in.; foll. 232. Eighteen lines in a page. The second half of the same work, from y\::S to the end. .1\Iostly written in a bold Nasta 'Ill} hand; not quite though a conclusion has been added, with the date, A..H. 1052. Copious marginal notes. Some portions supplied in two different hands. [Johnson.J 216. B 343A. Size 11i in. by 7 in.; foll. 387. Eleven, afterwards nine lines in a page. The first portion of the Hz'dayah, as far as cl y\::S, with copious notes. Plainly written in a Persian hand, of about the tenth century. Imperfect at the beginning1 and end; single l<'ans are missing after foil. 4 7 and 96. Injurc(l on 1 he margin and stained. 1 Forty-five foll. are wanting. 217. B 343B. Uniform with the preceding :JIS. ; foll. 244. Another fragment of the same, e:dending from yh$' JW\ to Lb.al.l\ with copious notes. Written in two different hands. Imperfect at the beginning and end, and in many other places. Stained. Part of fol. 124 torn off. This ).IS. and the preceding had been mixed together in utter confusion. Fol. 380 of the latter is inscribed: 'Y. \ ..\Jb Cf. Catal. 227, i. 7, 8 (?). 218. 1393. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 335. Twentynine and twenty-one lines in a page. The first part of a copious Commentary on the Hidayah, entitled j A?.\f-1\. The author is I:fusam al-din b. 'All (d. A.H. 711 ), who completed his work in A.H. 700. Sec J:I. Kh. vi. 480, and Fliigel, Class. 327. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 144, iii. No other copy seems to be extl:J,nt. This is the first commentary that was written upon the Hz"ddyah. The author began it at the exhortation of his Shaikh, 'Ala al-din M:ul:w,mmad b. AQ.mad b. 'Omar Of the two Isnads con necting him with M:argh1nan1, the one consists of three, and the other of two intermediate persons. He can by no means be called his pupil, as he is by 1;[. Kh. (Le.). The original text is distinguished by the word J; The present volume consists of two separate portions. The first (foil. 1-183) contains the books and and the second (foil. 184-335) the books and ts)l. Plainly written. Two blanks on foil. 270 and 271, intended for drawings of the Mosque of have never been filled up. \Vorm eaten. Seal and signature of a Saiyid named Ashraf b. Abdallah, who bought this 1\IS. of Xur 1\Iu}:lammad w\.s"", and seals of 'Ali Khan (A.n. 1174), and Mu}:lammad Khi
PAGE 64

. )6 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS 219. 778. Size in. by 5i in.; foll. 539. Twenty seven lines in a page. The first part of a Commentary on the Hidayah, entitled by Mul,lammad b. Ma:Q_mud b .A.l,lmad (Akmal al-d1n BA.BARTi, d .A..H. 786). Cf. J.I. Kh. vi. 485 ; Cat. St. Petersb. 40 ; and Fliigel, Class. 334 sq. The work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. in four vols. This is also a commentary by AI_;. The present volume comprises the first half of the Hidayah, or the :first two volumes of the aforesaid edition, and concludes: j t.:Y' JW' _,;:;;:l' t;. ....J\ '-'\::.S' .s:l' .. AD' but the J... ).) J .. ) beginning of the second is not marked. Inelegantly written; the first two leaves restored by a more modern hand. Owing to the bad quality of the ink, the leaves had stuck together, and often could not be separated without injuring the writing. This MS. was once a [Hastings. J 220. B 344, 34 7. Size 10 k in. by 7 in. ; foll. 624. Thirty-one, twenty-nine, and twenty-seven lines in a page. Another Commentary (by AI;) on the Hiilayah, called by .A.L-SHAR'Arr Mal,lmud b. 'Ubaidallah b. Mal,lmud Taj al-shar1 'ah Mal,lbubi, who flourished at the beginning of the eighth century (see the following MS.). Cf. J:I. Kh. vi. 483. The work was printed, together with the Hidaya!t, at Calcutta, .A..H. 1249, in four vols., and also at Bombay, A.H. 1280. Originally in two separate volumes, each containing two of the Calcutta edition. Written in different hands, part of the second volume in a bad N asta Vol. I. (as far as fol. 297) is revised throughout, and concludes with the date of the original copy (Rama-1 Thus the author names himself in the preface. Q.an, 832). It is preceded by a different commentary on the preface of the Hiilayah (foll. 4-8), which, after an introductory line, begins : y \::!!' i::J' AD ..M.sl f Both vols. have tables of con tents, in a modern hand. One leaf is wanting after fol. 21, and six after fol. 43. Fol. 39 is much injured. Stained. Vol. I. has the correct title, but vol. II. is inscribed : ..ll:::;--t.>. Cf. Catal. 227, ii., and i. 4. 221. 2555. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foil. 329. Twenty one or nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on Burhan al-sharz'ah's or abridgment of the Hiilayah, compiled by his grandson .A.L-sHARi'AH) 'Ubaidallah b. Mas'ud b. Taj al shari'ah b. al-shari'ah (d .A..H. 747 or 745), who completed it in .A..H. 7 43. It is called simply 'C.J;. but also goes by the name of its author, viz. See Kh. vi. 460; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 209; Cat. Mus. Brit. 119, etc. Copies are frequent. Written in different styles. Date, A.H. 965. Scribe, 'Abd al-ral,lim (b.?) 'Omar. Frequent marginal notes; the margin, however, is injured. Stained. Foil. 1-9 and 320-329 are :filled with various extracts and notes. Signature of Mul}ammad .A.fqal at the end. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 222. 2148. Size 10 in. by in.; foil. 336. Seventeen lines in a page. .Another copy of the \! \ Well written, and finished on the 2nd Dhu'l-l,lijjah, 1055, by Mul,lammad b. Molla Khuwarazml. Notes have been frequently added on the margin by different hands. Frequent impressions of the seal of '.A.bd al-majld Kluln (A.H. 1145). [Coli. Fort William, 1825.]

PAGE 65

223. 362. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 554. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the t; j I Well written, by Mul}.ammad b. 'Abd al ghafur. Copious notes have been added, partly by the same, and partly by Jamal 'All, who also revised the latter portion. Seals of 'Abd Khan (A.H. 117i) and 'Abd al-wahhUb Khan. [Tippu.J 224. 1669. Size 1 in. by 5;! in. ; foll. 244. Twenty seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Plainly written. Conclusion: yt::...<.l\ Jss:.Q J .. l.!i .. ._,._,t.s:l \ t"-:J U I j .J __ I ill I _, l!) W Wl \ L l...i..J A-t.j\ .M..s:.. \ ...\.-..s:.-. J Jl t.. (sic) !-5:::;-d. r.Jll A.(lt.,.J Prefixed is a table of contents, in the same hand. 225. 1440. Size 11 in. by in.; foiL 293. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the same. Plainly written, by the same scribe as the preceding MS. The colophon runs as follows: Jb.l\ j y\::i\1 A:....,) l.!i.,. t:...l U I t:'.J U I j ..i..a::. _,::..-.\ 2 yt::...<.ll ij\.,.J Wll j::::-lc o.\....s: .. d. ..1 .... u.-:.11 Jl t' A.(lt.,._, .. 1.:).-..:>-)\ .. 1.:)::0 .. 1 W orm-catcn. [Johnson.J 1 Compare the colophon of the following :\IS. 2 One word erased. A note on the fly-leaf referring to the lady owner is also partly erased. 57 226. 348. Size 12! in. by 8 in. ; foil. 284. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same. Well written in N asta 'lilj:. The colophon runs as y\::..a\ ...\; J A:,l;}\ _, tp, y ..r ...\-t..s..,. d. ..M..s. .. _,.J d. I j A;...., ij\.,_, .. J .M.s.,. vw_kll L l.!i .. _, With marginal notes. Stained by damp. [Johnson.J 227. B 351. Size in. by in.; foil. 214. Twenty five lines in a page. Another copy of the same. Neatly written in two hands, with marginal notes. Of the eleventh century. Defects after foll. 41, 71, and 121. Part of fol. 13 is torn off. Injured and worm-eaten. Seal of 'Inayat Allah on the title-page, together with the following note: .. .J \ .JL:. .. J. .Jivt J-; \ .J L!.);, '.)J .) Cat. 227, viii. 228. B 348. Size 8! in. by 4i in.; foil. 286. Seven teen or sixteen lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the Neatly written in N asta 'Ulj:, with some notes The first portion (thirty-three foll.) is wanting. Begins : c:..cJ) j t.:.J.,. ._si There are also defects after foll. 126, 156, 176, and 183, and thl' last fol. is lost. Foll. 11, 105, and 106 are injured. Cat. 227, viii. 5.

PAGE 66

AR.:\..BIC MANUSCRIPTS. 229. B 341. Size 10 in. by 7! in.; foll. 145. Twenty two lines in a page. Another copy of the \; ,n imperfect at the beginning. Well written in Nasta'lik, with copious notes. Con clusion: J.?, it d. ... J ill I J J I i.:J W I 4:Y" I r-x, j l!)::'.,. I '_,0. LJJ...-. j Dt ... Fl AUI, j .... The beginning is much injured, and the whole is stained by damp. Begins: r-J..\1 One portion is inscribed _r-:..S.._,. t?.-',J andtheother cUI..\.lb .'i1').1. Cf.Catal.227,i. .. ,. ' .. '(_J 1.1 6 (?) and 228, viii. 8. 230. B 341B. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foll. 193. Twenty seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the beginning, and much injured by insects, and by damp. The earlier portion is in a lamentable condition. Single leaves are missing after foil. 5 and 49. "Written in about A.H. 1000, and collated. At the end an "introduction" on technical terms (\.-.I and Persian poetry concerning Mupammad. 231. B 364. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 444. Twenty one lines in a page. A Super-commentary on the \:; j I by AKHI YusuF b. Junaid commonly called Akhi Cha labi, d. A.H. 905), who compiled it during the years A.H. 891-901. It is j and dedicated to the Ottoman Sultan (Bayazld \,.,;: b. Mu4ammad Khan) b. Murad Khan.1 Cf. Kh. iii. 327 and vi. 460, 464, and also Flugel, Class. 346. 1 The names in parenthesis are taken from the following MS., there being a blank left for them in the present copy. The preface begins: ..M.sll ... .; '}_;11. In the epilogue, the author styles himself d. ,._s>-I J.>-I..)N )J...J' I t ... p ill I (sic) j L..!.ll, and dates his work as follows: (u)..\.>-I j I.:Y".4sl1 u..; I.:J\ ... 3 j A.-.h>_, A_jW\....3_, tl 4:Y" AJ\.-. I.SJ.>' This copy was transcribed for, and apparently in part by, A 'azz al-din Mul;lammad b. Shaikh Abu'l ma 'ali. Worm-eaten towards the end. 232. B 350. Size 9k in. by 5! in. ; foll. 244. Nine teen lines in a page. J \ J__, \ \ u&.\ Another copy of the same work .. Well written, but not very correct. It was tran scribed in A. H. 1029, at Burhanpur, for KhusbJ;lal, who wrote the following note at the end : \::..(:._,\ rj r.n 4-S..; rv r-X-_, \.,. _,_, J xj \lb J I J f_l A similar note is on the title-page. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1054, from Khushl}al. Seals of the latter and of Mul}ammad 'Adil Shah. 233. B 352, 369. Size 9! in. by 6! in.; foll. 264. Twenty*one lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same work, indifferently written, and in some places supplied by another hand. Fifteen foil. are wanting at the beginning. The first words are: Wfi l:JI Yrl\. Defects after foil. 38, 60, 61, 62, 86, 87, 89, and 162. Cat. 227, viii. 6 and 228, xx. 1 He evidently alludes to the retreat of the Mogbul army before Malik 'An bar. See Elphinstone's India, 5th edition, p. 662.

PAGE 67

LAW. 59 234. 792. Size 9! in. by 7 in. ; foil. 284. Six lines in a page .A.n Abridgment of the Wilplyah, commonly called by AL-SHARI'AH) 'UbaidaJhih b. Mas 'ud b. Taj al-shari 'ah, the author of the preceding commentary. It is sometimes styled ti::.Ui.:.ll, though this title is not mentioned in the author's preface. Cf. Kh. vi. 373, and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 92. It has been published by Mirza Kazem-Beg, Kazan, A.H. 1260 (=A.D. 1845). Well written in a large hand, by Molla Mul;l.ammad '.Alawi b. Molla Ibrahim in Rabi' I., 1045. Copious notes have been added in some places, and occasionally written on leaves inserted for the purpose. Fol. 1, which is in a different hand, is reversed. Slightly injured by damp. [Johnson.J. 235. 826. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foll. 154. Eleven lines in a page. .Another copy of the same work, well written, with copious notes on the margin. The vacant pages at the end (from fol. 138) are filled up with various extracts, written partly in Shikastah, viz., a devotional formula, explained in Persan, (1 4,y.)\J 4-.c AL.J._, some glosses by Shumunni and others ; extracts from the w W w _r.f...l ; short regulations for purification, pr:yer, alms, fasting, and etc. Seal of 'Abd Khan Bahadur Dillr Jang, A.H. 1185. [Tippu.J 236. 1607. Size by in.; foll. 839. Fifteen lines in a page. .A. copious Commentary on the preceding work. The author is, according to Kh. vi. 37 5, .Anu'L-1\IAKARIM b. 'Abdallah b. Mu'Q.ammad, who com pleted it in A.n. 907. See also Aumer, Hdss. Miinch., p. 93, no. 283. Boldly written. Some blanks on the first pages. Inscnbcd 1.-S....,)l(...... Seal of Jaug, A 11. 1174. [Tippu.J 237. 2158. Size 10 in. by 5b in. ; foll. 296. Twentyfive lines in a page. The first part of another Commentary on the same work, styled by Shams al-din Mu};lammad Khurasanl (d. A.H. 962 or 950), who completed it in A.H. 941. Cf. :ij:. Kh. Yi. 374; .Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. No. 284; and Cat. Lugd. h-. 121. Printed at Calcutta, 1858, by Col. W. Nassau Lees. This vol. extends to the end of yh$'. It begins: J""' (sic) \;.L.d,; Al.J o.\....sll Plainly, but not carefully written. Conclusion: l...::;-t:',J (sic ) t! __, .r:::..S:...., J _,I r 6.:....= Foil. 210 and 215 should be transposed. Seals of 'Abd al-maj1d Khan (A H. 1145) and 'Abd Khan, A.H. 1162 [College of Fort William, 1825.] 238. B 345, 346. Size 11! in. by 8 in.; foll. 299. Nineteen, twenty-one, and twenty-three lines in a page. 'ABnALLAH B. b. Maudud .Abu'l-fa<;ll (d. A.H. 683, at Baghdad) Commentary on his own .Jb..S: .JI, or Abstract of Law. It is entitled Cf. Kh. v. 436; Cat. Lugd. iv. 126 ; .Aumer, Hdss. Mi.inch. 96; and Fliigel, Class. 326. The original text is distinguished by J In two volumes. Well written, with numerous notes, but imperfect and injured both at the beginning and end. The first volume, of which 30 foil. are wanting, commences in the 'b }.d I y\::.S', with the words and concludes with the y\::.S' 'bi.J W I. The colophon runs as follows : I ..., I ""'?. J..c y\.lb_,ll l:.)yt-! yh.CI I.U .. '. ,, \i 'I I" \1 I It u._,.....

PAGE 68

60 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ... ill\ ... cUt .. JtMJJ L Foll. 169v. and 170 contain two prayers ( !\.c.) and !\.c.)), with explanations, and various notes. The second volume (fol. 171) is inscribed: }::.s.J\ M.::>-) d. d. ill\. It begins with the y\::S, and terminates in the Two leaves are wanting after fol. 297. The first vol. is erroneously inscribed \ ...\.1b \fi Cf. Catal. 227, i. 10 (or 11 ?). 239. B 56. Size 8 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 108. Twenty three lines in a page. I. (foil. 1-14) The celebrated treatise on the Law of Inheritance commonly called by SmA.J AL-DiN 3[u};tammad b. Mul;tammad b. 'Abd al rashid SAJAWANDi (who flourished about A.H. 600). Cf. I;[. Kh. iv. 399 sqq.; Cat. )Ius. Brit. 409; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 481; and Cat. Lugd. iv. 123 sr1. It was edited by Sir W. Jones, Calcutta, 1792. II. (foll. 15-108) j if A Commentary (z::::J/M) on the preceding work, by SAIYID SHARiF Juru.A.Ni (d. A.H. 816). See :I:. Kh. 401, and Cat. Mus. Brit. Le. It was translated by Sir W. J ones in the above edition, and the text printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1260. Beginning: l...Sk r-\ ... J,_.l\ j\J .. tl d.-.\ll, AL.II Both treatises are neatly written, by Mul;tammad b. Khalid W alldi for his own use. The former I C'f. Orientalia, ed. Juynboll, etc., ii. 273. is dated beginning of Sha'ban, 995, and the latter, Thursday, 14th Jum. II., 1001. On the last page is an l}azah for the present volume, dated end of Shawwa.I, 1029. Seal of Mul].ammad Khan at the end. Library," A.H.l075, from 'faj Mul;lammad. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1091, from Khan. Cat. 228, xiv. 1. 240. 1153. 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. Ill. Twenty seven and twenty-three lines in a page. I. (foll. 1-6). The Sirdjzyah. Clearly written in a small N asta hand, in A.H. 1101. The copyist styles himself I d. -.\l \ r-lli II. ( foll. 7-111 ). The Commentary of SAIYID SHARIF on the preceding work. :1\fostly written in a hurried The colo phon runs as r-W \::.J I ..::iJL; J(" 1 L...J ., .7; v.. .F 1-S fiJb r t.' A;..., J-! I...)IJ rr A.:..., J \!l I ..Ms ... 1. ISJI.Jbr.""' JJ JL d.' 241. [Johnson.J B 463. Size 6! in. by in. ; foll. 60. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the Sirajzyah, at the beginning. Written in a bold character, in Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 944, at Lahore, for one rrahir 'Abdallah. Numerous notes in the first portion The first ten leaves are wanting. Begins : I}J One leaf is also missing after fol. 36. Inscribed (fol. 2) J'-' AIL.). Cf. Cat. 229, xxiv. 1 One word doubtful.

PAGE 69

LAW. 61 242. B 62. Size 7 f in. by 5 in. ; foil. 28. Nine lines 1n a page. A good copy of the Sirajzyah, but imperfect both at the beginning and end. It commences : 1_, Erroneously r-.c Cf. Catal. 228, xiv. 4. 243. B 61. Size 8! in. by in. Fifteen lines in a page. (Foll. 1-13) The Sirajzyah. Well written, with marginal notes. Defects after foll. 1 and 5. The remainder is in Persian. See Persian MSS. 244. B 63c. Size about in. by about 5i in.; foil. 101. Fifteen lines in a page. A fragment of the Commentary on the Sirdjzyah, by SnYID SnARiF JunJA.Ni. Well written, partly in N asta and partly m Shikastah. A portion supplied by a later hand. The beginning is wanting The first words are : j.t:. \,..(>) I AI _,J Defects after foll. 18 and 46. The margin injured by insects. Fol. 53 bears the inscription 245. B 60. Size in. by 6! in.; foll. 114. From seventeen to twenty-four lines in a page. Another Commentary on the Sirajzyah, imperfect at the beginning. According to the inscription, which is repeated on the first leaf of each quire, it is s_,...:iJI or s_,..:, by (Shams al-din Abu'l-'ala) B. ABu BAKR b. Abu'l-'ala Bukhar1 KALiBA.ni (d. A.H. 700), who completed his work in A.n. 676. See 1;[. Kh. iv. 121, 404, and Cat. Bodl. i. 82 sq. The text of the Sirdjzyah is introduced by J \.J. The commentary is concluded by an appendix on different questions J>l_,l j J..aj, fol. 109), which is not mentioned by J.I. Kh.1 No date or epilogue is found in this MS. Clearly written, of the tenth century. Some notes. The first sixteen foil. are missing. Begins: J, ... _,. 246. B 57. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 50. Twenty three lines in a page. A third, concise Commentary on the Sirajzyah, by ABu'L-'ALA Mu}:tammad b. A}:tmad Bihishti Isfara'ini, commonly called Fakhr (al-din) Khurasani.2 Kh iv. 401. The preface begins : 3 .) :i; \ All ..M.sl \ <..::.-'\J)_,ll_, &..J)jl Thetext and the commentary are distinguished by Jt:; and j_,J\. Well written in N asta'lilf, the diacritical points often omitted. Dated Friday, 20th Rabi' I., 959. Revised and collated. Injured by insects. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1023, from Shaikh 'Alam Allah. Cat. 228, xiv. 2. 247. B 58. Size in. by 5 in.; foll. 62. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of ABu'L-'ALA's Commentary, written in a similar style, but inferior to the preceding copy. A few marginal notes. Injured by damp. Various pieces of Persian poetry have been written on the vacant spaces at the beginning and end of the book. 248. B 59. Size 7! in. by about 5 in. ; foil. 58. From twenty-one to twenty-three lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, imperfect at the end. 1 He mentions, however, such an appendix with anotht>r com mentary on the work, iv. 400. 2 J [\...,IJ.,.S.ll?4 Thus the author calls himself in his preface. 3 Another MS. (no. 248} has

PAGE 70

62 ARABIC Plainly written, probably of the tenth century. The copyist seems to have been short of paper, as he used occasionally leaves already filled with writing on one side, or such as are of a much smaller size than the rest. A defect after fol. 7. Cat. 228, xiv. 3 (?). 249. 1170. Size 8 in. by 5! in.; foil. 131. Thirteen lines in a page. y\::S' d:_. 1 c.:;:; ..w' o:k.J 1 1 t--1 d. ..M->1 d-.\1\ fo-. till\ JkW\ The celebrated work on :aanafite Law, by lBN A.L SA.'A.Ti (d. A.H. 694). Cf. J:I. Kh. v. 396; Cat. Mus. Brit. 118 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 205 ; Cat. Lugd. iv. 132 sq., etc. A good copy, neatly written, with vowel-points frequently inserted. It was transcribed by Al,tmad b. 'Omar for his own use (1 and dated Friday, 23rd Rajah, 938. It was also collated with a copy written by the author himself, the variants of which are marked with At the beginning is a table of contents. [Gaikwar.J 250. B 355. Size Ill in. by 9i in.; foll. 646. Thirty one lines in a page. A Digest of Law, called j \_,I I, with a Commentary ), both by al-din Abu'l barakat 'Abdallah b. Al,tmad b. Mal,tmud NAsAFi (d .A..H. 710). The commentary is entitled J j Kh. vi. 418 and v. 23, and Bibl. Sprenger. 627. 1 The common reading is B I' .. i-I l\ egmnmg: ... ..M..5: l:}Lw ilJ.I l::Ul>-J...\.d\ Jl; AJJ.\ d. 4l.ll J\::.H _,J,..s" d...\1\ h.H>-d. !,!)--\...1 d.;..t.::>-_.1. All\ t_l A-t. ) 1.:)\ The Wd.fi is arranged and subdivided exactly like the Hz'ddyah. The present copy is in fifteen fascicles, written in vmious, and generally very bad, hands, of the tenth century. The text is not distinguished from the commentary. The concluding portion is wanting, and the last two leaves much injured. On a vacant leaf after the second fascicle (fol. 112) have been written the place and date of the composition, Bukhara, 22nd 684. Prefixed is a list of contents. Seal of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). Blj. Libr., A.H. 1024, from Mul)ammad b. Ibrahim Cat. 227, v. 1. 251. B 361. Size 9! in. by 6i in.; foll. 244. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first part of the preceding work, imperfect at the end. Written in a small Persian hand, without distinction of the original text; of the tenth century. Ends in yt::.$'. The first two leaves, and foil. 137144 have been restored by a later hand. Single leaves are missing after foil. 27 and 194. Prefixed is a list of contents, in a modern hand. Fol. 236 is inscribed j \ \ Cf. Catal. 227, v. 5 and xxi. (P). 252. B 357. Size lli in. by 6! in.; foll. 269. five lines in a page. Twenty-The second part of the same work, from ill I '-' t::S u Well written; the text of the Wd.fi not distinguished.

PAGE 71

Conclusion: j jtGJ J\!.H yh.CI '-'j j jl_,ll The beginning and end are worm-eaten. Cat. 227, v. 2. 253. B 362. Size about 11 in. by 6k in.; foll. 227. Twenty-five lines in a page. The third part of the same work, from y\::S to 41 y\::S. Written in the same hand as the preceding MS.; the text of the Wa.fi marked here with red lines. Conclusion: j jl_,ll j ... (sic!) i.Sj i.!J"" Some marginal notes. Slightly imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: J:.l\..s:"" J.:.. Much injured by insects towards the end. Cat. 227, v. 4 (?). 254. B 358. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 271. The fourth part of the same work, from y\::S to the end. Written like the preceding :MS. Conclusion: t'j t";.?, y\:S i.!J"" .M.s"" y h.(ll 1..\.lb t..., w _,_rd I }5 ..\.lb tj;,.. .... 4,-'ll_,l_, AJ _j-il A:..w j ... 1.!)"" Worm-eaten at the beginning. Cat. 227, v. 3. 1 The words in brackets are added on the margin. 2 Originally rt:. :i.::-:_, \ (sic!). LAW. 63 255. B 334. Size 14! in. by 9j in.; foll. 746. Five lines in a page Another work on Hanafite Law by .A.bu'l-barakat Nas.ui, entitled _?. It is an abstract of his j 1_,1 I. Cf. Kh. 250 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 206 ; Stewart's Catal. 146, etc. Copies are frequent. Printed at Dehli, A.H. 1287. .A. fine copy, carefully written in a large character, with vowel-points. The broad margin is divided into three columns, the outermost of which is filled with a Persian translation. It concludes: J.:. AD ...M.sll w)) 1 ...\-t...s:"" J.:. yh.(l\1..\.lb }......s'\6-I w_,_rJI y,l d.' tC:. 1_,.:5:':-' J c...U I j I )I Occasional glosses. The latter portion has been partly destroyed by white-ants. Blj. Libr., A.H. 1033. Cat. 227, iii. 256. B 335. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foil. 162. Nine lines in a page. Another copy of the Well written, with vowelpoints. Dated 11th Rabi' I., 1082. Covered with notes, and preceded by a list of contents. Slightly injured 257. 2123. Size 14 in. by 8! in. ; foil. 346. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written in a large hand. Dated 2nd Jum. II., 1108 (or 1106 ?).2 It was transcribed by Shaikh Al)mad, by order of Khwajah Shikib, at Burhtmpftr. Copious marginal notes. [Coli. Fort William, 1825. J 1 Effaced. 2 Originally . \..,j \:., but as n correction.

PAGE 72

64 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 258. 993. Size 10! in. by 7 in. ; foil. 215. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the _?, with numerous glosses. Beautifully written on yellow and red paper, the text in a bold round hand, and the glosses in a small character. At the beginning a table of contents. [Johnson.J 259. 2125. Size 12! in. by 9 in. ; foil. 222. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written in a large hand, furnished with notes, and preceded by a table of contents. The first page of the text, and the latter part of the index, are, however, missing. Beginning : ..M.:>. I JJJ I [Coli. Fort William, 1825.] 260. 1891. Size about 11! in. by in.; foll. 408. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Written alternately in two bold hands of similar appearance. Several portions, including the beginning and the end, restored in different hands. Numerous notes. Coloured lines round the pages, and a rich orna ment at the beginning. [Johnson.J 261. B 338. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 394. Nine or seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, made up of three different fragments, in inelegant Persian hands, and completed by a later hand. Copious notes. A defect after fol. 14. Signature and seal of 1\IaQ.mud b. Mir Saiyid 'Abd al-raQ.man at the end. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028. 262. B 336. Size 1 0! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 394. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, defective and injured both at the beginning and end. Well written, with vowel-points. Occasional notes. Most of the pages within red lines. Begins: AlT J.;_, Foil. 38-40 mutilated. A slight defect after fol. 44. 263. B 337. Size in. by in.; foil. 114. Seven lines in a page. The first part of the preceding work, imperfect at the end. Well written, with vowel-points added, and with copious notes. Of the tenth century. Ends in the yhS'. "Bij. Libr., A. H. 1054, from KhushQ.al. Seal of MuQ.ammad 'Adil Shah. 264. B 372. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 657. Twenty one lines in a page. The latter portion of a large Commentary on the p, beginning with the i.SJ; . y\:;.S'. If. a recent inscription on fol. 73 may be trusted, this is i.e. the of Fakhr al-din man b. 'All ZAILA'i (d. A.H. 743). Cf. Kh. V. 250; Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 99 sq.; and Fliigel, Class. 332. The text of the Kanz is introduced by Indifferently written, of the eleventh century. The first leaf is wanting. Beginning: t...l'). Other defects after foll: 38, 39, 480, 544, 597, 607, and 656. Several leaves mutilated. Erroneously described as the second volume of the Nihayah. Cf. Cat. 227, i. 11 (?). 265. 2126. Size 12! in. by 7 ']; in.; foll. 239. Twenty six, afterwards between twenty-nine and thirty one lines in a page. A Commentary on the (....;.:j\J...\11 _?, by (Badr al-din) Abu Mul;tammad Mal;tmud b. Al;tmad

PAGE 73

LA"\V. 65 'AINi (d. A.H. 855). Cf. H. Kh. v. 250. It has been printed at A.H. 1285. Plainly written. In two volumes. The original hand terminating, however, shortly after the beginning of the second volume ( fol. 12-! ), the remainder has been supplied from another copy, which was transcribed by Molla Da'ud b. At the end is the date of the author's copy, viz., Cairo, Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 818. Frequent marks in the shape of flowers on the margin, indicating the beginnings of new chapters. Defects after foll. 15 and 85. Worm-eaten. [College of .Fort William, 1825.J 266. B 340. Size 13 in. by 7! in.; foll. 404. Twenty seven lines in a page. The first part of a copious Commentary on the same work, by Zain al-'Abidin b. Ibrahim Mill!ri, commonly called IBN NAJIM: (d. A.H. 970), who entitled it Cf. J;I. Kh. v. 250. This is a commentary by t-1):; The author, in compiling it, made use of numerous works, which he enumerates in his preface. Amongst the earlier commentaries on the Iianz he prefers that of Zaila '1. This part extends to 'V ell written, by Mul;tammad Latif (?). Some leaves worm eaten. Wrongly insctibed y\::$. Cf. Catal. 228, xviii. 267. 596. Size 11! in. by 7 in. ; foll. 436. Thirtyfive lines in a page. Another portion of the preceding Commentary, im perfect and injured both at the beginning and end. It comprises from .. n yh$' to w!_,ll yhS'. Plainly written, headings and titles in red. The first fol. is nearly destroyed. Fol. 2 begins: I ) Jll j Foll. 23 and 28 should be transposed; fol. 177 Hhould be placcu after 17'2, and foll. 257 and 258 after 250. 268. 1401. Size 12 in. by in. ; foil. 231. Twenty nine lines in a page. Another portion of the same Commentary, extending from .... W!}l Plainly written. Conclusion : r:}>-I...U (sic, r. _r>-T 1..\.lb) t:1JJ t' J:.sll Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 147, xxiii. [Tippu.J 269. B 339. Size 8! in. by 6 in.; foll. 245. Twentyfive lines in a page. J.is.JI w::-:..,., _;..a::..s..-. t I u.L..:..ll i.. _;..(J I ... A concise Commentary on the same work, by Molla MrsKiN ("llu'ln al-dln Harawl). Cf. J;(. Kh. v. 231. Glosses on it are to be found in Aumer, Hd.ss. Munch., p. 93. This commentary begins without a preface, )Jb Msl' l.....i...,_,l\. Various old authorities are quoted in it. Written in a small hand, and dated 18th Jum. I., 1011. The scribe gives his name as M ul;tammad b. Al;tmad J;ranafi. Gold and blue lines round each page. Notes in the earlier portion. A slight defect after fol. 33, anu a larger one after fol. 177. Fol. 43 mutilated. Injured by damp. Cat. 228, xiii. 270. 571. Size 12! in. by in. ; foll. 228. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. The commencement is wanting, and senral blanks have been left in the first pages, the original copy having apparently been mutilated. Begins: '-.:.J\5' I,_, w.
PAGE 74

66 ARABIC :M:A.NUSCRIPTS. written ; the original text not distinguished in the latter portion. Worm-eaten, and stained by damp. Described by mistake as \ \ ,.\Jb by the former owner, R. Johnson. 271. 567. Size 11! in. by 7 in.; foll. 224. Twentyfive lines in a page. Two fragments of or Collection of Legal Decisions, by al-din) Mul;tammad b. ::llu};tammad Kardari, commonly called lBN AL-BAzz.A.zi (d. A.H. 827). It is also called and was composed in A.H. 812. See I:f. Kh. ii. 49 and iv. 367 ; Flugel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 243 ; and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 105. The first fragment (foil. 2-151), which is very well written, contains the beginning of the work, viz. the spiritual law, besides the following books, 'L and in which it ends abruptly. The first leaf is mutilated. The second fragment (foil. 153-224) begins with I..S_,.cw\1\ and breaks off abruptly in the fol lowing book, It is written in a larger and more cursive hand than the first portion. Fol. 1 contains the beginning of an index of contents, in a different hand. [Johnson.J 272. 1871. Size 8! in. by 4:!; in.; foll. 357. Seventeen lines in a page. lBN NAJhr's1 (d. A.H. 970) jua..:.l\_, on :e:anafite Law. Cf. J;I. Kh. i. 309; Cat. Mus. Brit. 124; Cat. St. Petersb. 42, etc. Printed at Calcutta, 1826. This copy was made for 'Abdallah b. Shaikh Mul;tammad 'rahir at Cambay j 1..:-;',\4, see fol. 6). Well written. Notes in the latter portion. Prefixed is an index to the contents. Foil. 1-5 are filled with various notes. Two leaves are wanting after fol. 184. Fol. 170 should be placed after 177, and fol. 203 after 205. [Hastings. J I See no. 266. 273. 2142. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 639. Twenty three lines in a page. The first half of a Digest of J.Ianafite Law, styled__;.);..; t:"'\.::::""J with a Commentary ), both by Shams al-din Mul;tammad b. 'Abdallah 1 TIMURTASHI of Ghazzah (d. A.H. 1005). The commentary is entitled ..i.J;.j 'LP, _}hll i"' See J;I. Kh. ii. 453; Stewart's Catal. 148; Cat. Mus. Brit. 123; and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 109. \....)'-'.::::--\ The author relates that before commencing the work he received a direct inspiration from the Prophet, who appeared to him in a dream, at Ghazzah. In two volumes, the first comprising the spiritual law, and the second (fol. 272) containing from 'LK:.l\ to u:;JI\ Clearly written in different hands. The colophon runs as follows: Jb.l\ f t...:.J. !If, k....: .. NJ\ ... .,.\-t.S."' r--'.:>-..1-t.ll ,.\-t..:>-' (1 till\. Notes. Each part is preceded by an index. Fol. 3 contains an account of the author, taken from I..SJ-t.s.l\ till\ i,; Jh..a .... f:L:..I\ C:;)\:.;. Foll. 8 and 9 should be transposed. 274. 2022. Size in. by 7-l in.; foll. 461. Thirtythree lines in a page. ;?._,;.:.; .... 1.!1"' JWI t;7Vw.. JJ,._Jt,..H t:V' ti:.J.l\ '-'-t.s:"' -t1W\ (' M.>.) The second half of the same work, from I 1 Only the above names occur in the preface. The pedigree proceeds as follows : b. Al)mad b. Mul)ammad b. IbraMm. The surname \ is derived from the celebrated saint Timurtash, of whom the author was either a descendant or a follower.

PAGE 75

LAvV. 6i to the end. The epilogue contains the date of com position, viz. A.H. 997. Clearly written, probably in Syria. Dated 1st 1091. Concludes with the following verses: )rtu Y. l .... .r.>-!.!} .... A-:-J LG \j j An index has been added on a fly-leaf. The signatures of two later owners, Saiyid Hashim b. S. b. S. Mul}ammad Ibn Zaitun, and Saiyid M uQ.ammad, Mufti at l:falab (?, \S'Ml\), A.H. 1109, on the title-page. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 275. 584. Size 111 in. by 6i in.; foil. 153. Twenty five lines in a page. The first part of the \ ,.s_, \ or Legal Decisions compiled by order of Aurangzib, by Shaikh Nq.A.M and other Indian lawyers. The work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1243, and at A.H. 1282. Cf. Baillie, Moohummudan Law of Sale, p. v. Beginning: yhS' ... '-:-') cJJ ..M.J\ j y'-:J\ yl_y,\ The present volume comprises the five books on the spiritual law. Clearly written in Nasta'lil):, by one 'Abd allah. Dated 1st Rabi' II., 1161. Injured by damp. [Hastings. J 276. B 359. Size in. by 5! in.; foll. 376. Twenty five lines in a page. A work on details of Law, entitled The author, whose name does not occur, is, according to Kh. iii. 135, J.::; (JuaaAN ?) 1 Hindl, of J} (?) in Gujarat. 1 This name occurs in Sprcnger, Catal. Libr. Oudh, p. 246. This is a mere compilation from \arious works on law, rites, and morals, which are frequently quoted. Most of these date from the sixth, seventh, and eighth centuries, though the compiler certainly belongs to a more modern period. The order of arrangement is the common one, save that a yhS' has been added at the beginning, and y\::S is followed by a rather long yhS' (fol. 317), with which the present MS. concludes. This, therefore, appears to be the first part only. Plainly written in different hands. Of the eleventh century. Red lines round the pages. Catal. 228, x. B 360. Size about 10l in. by 6 in.; foll. 92. Nineteen lines in a page. A fragment of a treatise on Police Regulations, entitled by 'OMAR B. b. lwa<;l Sha'mi Kh. vi. 345, Stewart's Cat. 149, xxxiv., and Bibl. Sprenger. 657. This fragment contains the beginning of the work (foll. 1-29), and the concluding portion (foll. 30-49), the latter being defective after fol. 37. The first chapter is on the definition of the terms and and gives a detailed account of the duties con nected with the latter office. The last chapter is the sixty-sixth. Conclusion : \ --'' y I Plainly written in two hands. Notes in the first portion. There follows another fragment (foll. 50-92), written in the first of the two hands aforesaid, which treats of the same subject, although it is doubtful whether it belongs to the above treatise. It begins : j y\ ....... and is preceded by a \acant leaf, which has been inscribed y\...:.: and sub sequently, y\ ....... J k \ yhS' d,.l. All headings omitted. Frequent blanks.

PAGE 76

68 ARABIC 1\IANUSCRIPTS. SHAFI'ITES. 278. B 366. Size 12 in. by 9 in. ; foil. 158. Thirteen lines in a page. A system of Shafi'ite Law, being, according to the inscription, by 'Abd al-karim b. Mul:,lammad RA.Fr'i (d. A.H. 623), on which Kh. v. 419, and Cat. Bodl. i. 78. There is no special preface in this }IS. It begins : Jt; .... '-=-'J till -'.t.Sll e' \:IPt Jw. In the colophon, the work is ascribed to Nawawi Cu::-.::S:: l.:):'.-'l\ (sic) u.w_,_;JI I.:)'! I). This is, however, evidently incorrect. That it is really is proved by its near relation to Nawawi's which is an abridged edition of that work. The following books occur in this MS.: t_s11; \:.\Ll\; \:.l_r.:)l; y._,l; 'Yell written in two hands, with vowel-points added. Completed on Monday, 29th Shawwal, 1026, by 'All b. Ibrahlm. Numerous notes. Defects after foil. 88 and 96. The margin injured in the earlier portion. Signature of Saiyid 'Abd al-ral_lman b. 'Alawi al-'Aidarus I:Iusaini at the end and on the title-page. Cat. 227, vi. (?). 279. B 354. Size 12k in. by 71 in.; foil. 312. Forty two or forty-three lines in a page. The second part of a Commentary on Nawawi' s abstract of Shafi'ite Law, Kamal al-din Muhammad b. ::UU.sa DAMiRi (d. A.H. 808), who completed i.t A.H. 786, and entitled it li,l \ \ Cf. Kh. 1 See the following :\IS. vi. 208; Cat. Bodl. i. 77, and ii. 573; and also Wiisten feld, das Le ben und die Schriften des al-N awawi, p. 50. This part extends from to the end. The text of the JJit"nhdJ is introduced by Ju. Plainly written; finished in Rajah, 895 _,Ld\ by Zain al-din b. Mal:,lmud Khunji.1 The last leaves are injured. Signatures of several owners on the title-page, the earliest that of !;ladr al-shari'ah, "a of Abu 'Abdallah, the author \sll" (i.e. of Najm al-din 'Abd al-ghaffar d. A.H. 665).2 Bij. Libr., A.H. 992. Cat. 227, iv. 2. 280. B 367. Size 12 in. by 8! in. ; foil. 454. Thirty three lines in a page. The first half of a large on the same work, styled The author does not give his name, but be says in his preface that be began his work on 12th Mul:,larram, 958. In a more modern inscription, which proves to be correct, be is called B. i.e. Al:,lmad b. Mul:,lammad b. Haithami Makki (d. A.H. 973). This commentary was printed at Cairo, A.H. 1282, in four vols. Beginning: Al.l ..M.sl\ In two volumes, the first of which concludes with e' y\::.$'' and is dated A.H. 1012 G,:;....l o..\.=..JI )4i L). The second begins (fol. 255v.) and concludes (fol. 454r.) with yi.::S On the last page begins the third volume with y\:S. Clearly written, the text of the Mt'nMJ in red. Numerous notes in the ea!'lier portion. Foil. 50-65 have been supplied by a different hand. The above-mentioned inscription is in the hand of the owner, 'Abd al-ral_lman b. Saiyid 'Alawi b. Al_lmad b. 'Abdallah al-'Aidarus I:Iusainl. Cat. 227, iv. 1. <-P 1 \ (sic), rhyming with \ 2 See 1:1. Kh. iii. 5, and below, no. 285.

PAGE 77

LAW. 69 281. B 370. Size about 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 233. Twenty-five lines in a page. yfu\ e_:-(! yl:.S' 4.-S) l.a.i .. Y,_?j .r. \ .... (' The first part of Anu Zakarl.ya b. (d. A.H. 926) Commentary (7." _,j ........ ) on his -P \:._ own yW\ which is an abridgment of Nawawi's MinMJ. Cf. J;I. Kh. vi. 209, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 136. This part concludes with yl:.S'. It is plainly written in two hands, the second being superior, with some notes. The first five foil. are filled with various notes and extracts. Signature of 'Abd al-ral,lman b. Saiyid 'Alawi al-'Aidarus I:Iusaini. 282. B 371. Uniform with the preceding MS. ; foll. 228. The second part of the same work, from to the end. Written in the second hand of the preceding MS. Cf. Catal. 228, ix. Signature of 'Abd al-ral,lman .. al-'Aidarus. The present MS. and the preceding formed originally one volume. 283. B 373. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foll. 63. Twentyone lines in a page. The first portion of the same work, ending abruptly in .;:_,U\ yl:.S'. It is also defecti-re after fol. 40, and injured at the beginning. Well written, with copious notes. The title-page contains some poetry in praise of "the two Shaikhs" (Nawaw1 and Rafi'i), in the same hand. Cat. 228, xix. (?) 284. 2924. Size 11;1 in. by 8! in. ; foll. 275. Generally thirty-three or thirty-five lines in a page. V urious frogmen fA of Commentaries on Nawawl' s ,.....l\bl\ _\,:::. .... ,and on another work on Shafi'ite Law, '-=-- written in different hands and at different dates, and in a desperate state of confusion. By forging catchwords, however, or by altering the first words of the leaves, the appearance of being consecutive and complete has been given to the whole. It begins with the commentary on from the second work, which appears to have originally formed the beginning of a separate volume. Hence the whole book has been styled yl:.S' in one inscription/ and in another is further described as follows: l!J,.. L!J,.. oJJ\ 2 There is a Sha.fi'ite law-book with the title mentioned by Kh. iv. 179, though neither the name of its author nor the existence of a commentary on it seems known to him. According to the above inscriptions, the book has been described by an English owner as "Kitab u Re hen," etc., and lettered on the back" Kitab Rahen." 285. B 368. Size about 7 in. by about 4 in. ; foil. 268. Thirty-five lines in a page. wUJ\ :. w'd ill\ ri' ""'L-.\.C!\ w:...a....lJ 3. (\ .. .s)\sl\ Najm al-din 'ABD AL-GHAFFAR (b. 'Abd al-karim) (d. A. H. 665) Commentary on his own abstract of Sha.fi'ite Law, yt;l!l, imperfect at the end. Cf. Kh. v. 302, regarding the original work. This commentary is not mentioned anywhere. Only select passages of the original work are explained in it. The preface, if there was any, is wanting. Begins : .. W\ Y4 4\ 1..\S'_, Beautifully written, mostly in a minute N askh, but towards the end in N of the ninth or tenth 1 To this has been added by a later hand : I.:!' \...,.... J 1_,>-' .J. &..:::-. 2 Effaced. 3 This title is in a later hand.

PAGE 78

70 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. century. The text and the commentary are dis tinguished from each other in various ways. Ends in The upper portion of the book has been destroyed by white-ants. Seal of Ibrah1m Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). Cat. 228, xv. 286. B 365. Size about 10 in. by 6;t in.; foil. 359. Twenty-nine lines in a page. A work on details of Sha.fi 'ite Law, entitled y\::S by Jamal al-din YU.suf b. Ibrahim ARDA.BiLi (d. A.H. 799). Kh. i. 484, who gives an abstract of the preface. It begins here: ..M..s:.ll The following is a list of the books: .;:j.dl; wlC:: .. cJI; tE.s:.l'; rl; l:)L...Q.\1; LS'.;.!JI; u:;}\; 41; d:.W.lJI; UJI r:;Jl-.\.dl; t.....JJI; es11; 0WI; ; l:)\..,?)1 ; ; w..uJI r--.\ll (1 (_I l:)t.......?; i.S_,k-.\l\; .t?\:;..(\1; Clearly written in a small hand. The colophon runs as follows (fol. 357): cilll y\:;..(\1 ll/b c.,;r M:>\ 4.:1-d-UI j .Ms.-. d. 9vr (ll:)\d... )-.\:..! and it concludes with three Persian verses. Prefixed is an index, in the same hand. The recto of the first leaf belongs to a different treatise. Some notes. Red lines round the pages. Foll. 357v.-358. A short treatise on the superstitions connected with each day of the month. Fol. 359v. A tract in Persian on funeral repasts. The earlier portion (some eighty leaves) is much injured by insects. The first few leaves especially are in a very bad condition. In a note on fol. 2, dated A.H. 976, the book is declared a UJ_,. Cat. 228, xvi. 287. B 375A. Size in. by in.; foll. 14. Fifteen lines in a page. .A popular work on religious duties, according to the Shafi'ite rite, concerning purification, prayer, funerals, alms, fasting, pilgrimage, and contracts. The author is not known. Beginning: '-:-'.) _r::::..S. ... .... All l:)' (1 1!1 ... A:;j.r_. r-. Well written in a large hand. Dated Saturday, 16th J urn. I., 1189 (I" 9 ). It was transcribed by Mul,tammad b. Al,tmad b. Mul,tammad l:) pro bably in Southern .Arabia. 288. 2308. Size 8-k in. by 4-k in. ; foil. 288. Sixteen in a page. I. Foll. 1-223. A treatise on the differences between the four orthodox Imams, entitled j I. The author, who is not mentioned, is, according to Kh. iii. 351, either f?ADR AL-DIN .Abu '.Abdallah Mul,tammad b. '.Abd al-ral,tman 'Othman1, who wrote in A.H. 780, or SA'nl. Beginning: JjJ '' 'JJ L.> I J?,\ All ..M..s:.ll -.\.cl} y The order of

PAGE 79

LAW. 71 arrangement is that of the Sha. 'ite law-books. A.s a rule, only the dissenting doctrine is given in cases where the rest agree. II. Foil. 224-288. The Collection of Fatwas of Nawawz, as arranged and augmented by his pupil 'A.la al-d1n 'A.li b. Ibra,h1m commonly called InN AL(d. A. H. 724 ). Kh. iv. 369 ; Wiisten feld, das Leben des al-Nawaw1, p. 53 sq. and 31; and also Orientalia, ii. 339. The editor states in his preface that he added to the original collection other ''questions'' (Jj\"""',...) collected by him from the lectures of N awawi. On the other hand, those of the original Fat was which did not refer to the law were placed by him at the end of the work. Well written. The copyist gives his name at the end of the first treatise, as Mul,tammad Ghar1b, of India. The second treatise is inscribed 4.!Y" \ W \ \ ,.,s_, \::..Rl \ The book was once in the possession of J amal 'All. [College of Fort William, 1825.] SHI'ITES. 289. 1449. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foil. 372. Twenty one lines in a page. A. handbook of Sbl'ah Law, entitled t.:Y' ("every man his own lawyer") by Abu Ja'far Mul,tammad b. 'Ali InN BABAWAIH (d. A.H. 381). Cf. rus1, p. l"'.f, I. 17; Cat. Bodl. ii. 91; Cat. St. Petersb. 250; and Cat. Mus. Brit. 415. Beginning : d_;U d-.\.t.>-\ J \ \ jS'_,j'b. In four separate parts (which conclude with foll. 95, 175, 259, and 339 respectively), the first two comprising the spiritual law. Each part is sub divided into chapters ( ). The author gives in an appendix a full account of the Isnad.s which have been omitted in the course of the work. 1 A second appendix ( fol. 356v.) contains the 1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 92a. same Isnads alphabetically arranged by Mirza MuJ!AMMAD AsTan.An.Ani. Well written in a small hand, the last portion, how ever, in a different style. Collated by the owner, Mu l,tammad Sa'id Ashraf, in A.H. 1097. The greater part of the first appendix, which is written in a hurried N asta has the same date. Foll. 82-89 and 91-96 should be transposed, and foll. 354-372 should be arranged as follows: 354, 356-358, 355, 362, 359-361, 364-371, 363, 372. [Hastings. J 290. 1103. Size 13 in. by 71 in. ; foil. 608. Twentyfive lines in a page. A. system of Shl 'ah Law, entitled d. ...\1\ MunADnDHAB AL-niN A.l}l.\I.A.D B. 'Ann AL-Rr:pA, who compiled it for the use of his son, Mul,tammad Ilyas, and completed it in A. H. 1079, at Mash had. The rhymed preface begins.: 1 .. }j Y. \ 1_,. The author complains in it of hard times, the decay of learning, etc. His work contains fifty-nine books, which are enumerated on fol. 3, as follows: y\::.S' tslt..; r.1 t,; t..; 0\.;;:\IL; t.:.r uf-1 t.; r \j \,; ,_,.s:l t,; L:) \ ... .d.l t.; k:.'-'_,n,; 4\,; u;_}l; t:Ls:l t.; J r. \.c:.!\j t ... :; t.s:l t; Y. t..., _,n; y ,_, ...\::.ll; \]..(\\.; L:) WJ \,; t,; .}'a\ l; \..; ..).\:JL; _j\ '-!:.:\ 'L->\.; ilaJJ.ll; var .. '"'-'""',sll; These books are arranged under the four heads usual with the Sh1'ites, '-'_#\, and ,. \.(>There precedes (foil. 3-43) a long intro1

PAGE 80

72 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. duction, (' F' YJ:::--J j which contains four alleged conversations of :MufaQ.Q.al b. 'Omar1 with the Imam Ja'far and the work concludes with an admonition of the author to his son, which also comprises the testamentary ad,ice of the Prophet to 'Ali, that of the latter to his three sons, that of Plato to Aristotle, etc. (foll. 586-605). The author dates his copy in the following manner: 'J.l \ ]\ 6.l \ .fb \_,:::--L ili.v. L!l"' 0jj \ ..._,;j] \ ... 4ll\ JJ...l) ..>....s'"' ('J!. r"i==-'4ll\ A:....l 4ll\ I 9 > (r. ?) Jtj J ... As-\ 4ll' j u..a.i j b_,l.al\ \.Q).;:::--4 ... J.t:. w_;l J' \ r-1-' -'?. J.:. The numerical value of A.L...:ois 1079, and the product of the computation following, if I do not err, 107,900 (!). There follow (foil. 605v.-608), with the title b'..)..Q) rJ...l_,J, J.:. (1 six testimonials of learned contemporaries, approving of the present work, which, at the request of the author, were written by them successively in his copy, viz. of :llul}.ammad al-:J:lurr, RiQ.awi (his note in Persian), b. Mul;lammad Zaman RiQ.awi, and Mul}.ammad FaQ.il, all dated A.H. 1079, and of Baha al-din Mul,lammad Ardistanl, and Mul}.ammad both dated A.H. 1086. In two volumes, the first concluding ( fol. 301) with wt.s:l\, or the end of Part II. Well written in two hands. Dated 29th Dhu'l-l;lijjah, 1087. Ornamented and gilt. In an elegant Oriental binding. [Johnson.J 1 See regarding him, 'fusi, p. rrv 291. 2858. Size 12! in. by 7 in. ; foll. 235. Thirteen lines in a page. A treatise on the dogmas and the spiritual law JJ""\ and I.:)?. ..\I\ f.'}) 1 of the Shi 'ites, also by MuHADHDHA:B AL-DIN AIJ:MAD B. 'ABn AL-Ru;>A, who wrote it during a stay in India, for N awwab Mu l}.ammad Am1n Khan, son of N awwab Mu 'aHam Khan, in A.H. 1084, at Al}.madabad (Gujarat). l\ Beginning : J.s:. b' ,U ili v. 'JJ""Jn ULc wJji t__, '\...;)\ jkl\ _,l:. JA,; 4\ \..)..Q) .ii..i\ 'c.dbl Jw 4lll &;;)} j_,..,\ .. J, __ .. \, \; u After the dedication, which is written in a high flown style, the first part begins (fol. 3): j_,J\,; J-'""-'l\. It gives a short account of the fundamental dogmas of the Shi 'ites, each under the The second part begins (fol. 16) : r JzF b' .,.\:..; tr..!..ll r' It comprises following books, each under the symbol of a star Ct=f"), and subdivided into various metaphorical headings (such AJ _,:;Y,, and the like): b_,Ldl; I ; r _,..al \ ; __ \ ; \ ; J ... \ (or visiting the tombs of Mul;lammad and the Imams); ; The date of the author runs as follows (fol. 234v.) : ...i\:::.1\ u..a:..l\ J \u...a::.:..-. I,.;) / v--w..a:..l\ uf:-:..,: W\ 4.:.J'"' Jhl\ 2 d::::--j::.,: :.s,.j_., j j ... b ,r..al, j4;, J.:. 4._,:-:...l, 1 See regarding these terms, N. von Tornauw, das Moslemischc Recht, pp. 6, 18, 26. 2 i.e. t_ = 1000,

PAGE 81

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 73 dl:_ !\....:>-j _r.b. j )..\.d. I 'ylfll ... >Y) l)JJ_;.. > 1.:1. ..M..:>-1 ... (fol. (1 He promises subsequently to write a commentary on the present work. A. beautiful copy, written in a bold hand, apparently by the author himself. Dated 2nd 1091. Re vised. A. rich ornament at the beginning ; coloured lines round the pages. Fol. 105 and 110 should be transposed. Seal and signature of the author on the title-page. This copy was bought afterwards by N al-din, a "slave" ( iJ k;.....) of 'Alamgir. Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam, with the signature of the latter(" Calcutta, May 1st, 1787 ") and an English title. PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 292. B 319. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 158. Twenty three lines in a page. An abridgment of Fakhr al-dzn Razl's (Mu}:tammad b. 'Omar Sha.fi'i, d .A..H. 606) Jyas....ll, or Principles of Jurisprudence, by Taj al-din A.bu'l-faQ.a'il Mul;lammad b. 1 URMAWI (d. A.H. 656). It is entitled j..,ls.ll, and written as early as A.H. 614. Cf. Kh. v. 424 sq. Beginning : ) \ \ l. t:t..!\ J JjWI (?) Jh:.H 4.! j till I """' 1.-Syt) :f._ The following is a list of the principal headings : j (fol. 2); j (fol. 9); j (fol. 29); j (fol. 50); j (fol. 66); J (fol. 71); j (fol. 74); ... j (fol. 81); j (fol. 93); j (fol. 109); j (fol. 133); e-Y j (fol. 139); 1 Thus in the present :\IS. ; l,I. Kh. has 1;1 usain. j (fol. 141); j (fol. 145); (fol. 148). A fine copy, apparently transcribed during the author's life-time. Revised and collated. Various notes. Much injured by damp. Cat. 229, x. 293. B 315. Size 11 in. by 7 in. ; foll. 124. Nine lines in a page. A. concise treatise on the Principles of the Law, by AL-DIN AKHSIKA.Ti (Mu}:tammad b. M u}:tammad b. 'Omar IJ-anafi, d. A. H. 644 ). It is I j_,...,l j, but commonly called ... Cf. Kh. vi. 163 and i. 335; Stewart's Catal. 151; Cat. Mus. Brit. 118 ; and Fli.igel, Class. hancf. Rechtsgel. 277. After a few introductory words, the treatise begins: trl l!Y' The headings 9ccurring in the course of the work are almost the same with those of as given by Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 4 7 5 sq. Bolilly written, furnished with copious notes. Date, 821. The margin is injureu. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1061, from Malik Yusuf. Seal of Mul)ammad 'Adil Shah. 10

PAGE 82

74 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 294. 594. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foil. 292. Five lines 1n a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written in a large current hand, with many notes, but worm-eaten and injured by damp towards the end. The colophon is nearly destroyed ; but the date, A.H. 914, is still legible. Several leaves are missing after fol. 290, and foil. 1-17 have been supplied by a different hand. [Johnson.J 295. B 328. Size 9 in. by 6! in. ; foll. 123. Seven lines in a page. Another well written copy of the same work, with copious glosses. It was transcribed in India, A.H. 992. The last fol., with the colophon, is mutilated. One leaf is missing after fol. 24, and the first fol. has been supplied by a different hand. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028, from Molla Payandah. Cat. 229, iii. 1. 296. B 327. Size 9! in. by in.; foll. 248. Five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written in different hands, with copious glosses. Red lines round the first few pages. Much injured by insects. Seal of Ibra.him Nauras ('Adil Shah II.) on the first page. Cat. 229, iii. 2. 297. 662. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foil. 119. Five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, written partly in and partly in Naskh, breaking off abruptly. Notes. Wrongly inscribed..)\:..... by a later hand. [Johnson.J 298. B 320. Size in. by in.; foil. 46. Thirty two or thirty-three lines in a page. IBN I;finB's (Jamal al-din Abu 'Amr 'Othman b. 'Omar Maliki, d. A. H. 646) l_r.S:,.., or Principles of Jurisprudence, being an abridged edition of his See vi. 170 sqq. Begins : J \.; l-. \ ... l,J \ '-:-') JJJ '-'...s! \ (1 .)J.dj Concludes: j .... J...(.. dl.! I J \..Q"'.) r-J:IJi..-r-..;.s:l\ j>.\1.) Written in a small hand, of the ninth century. The first leaf and the concluding portion supplied by more modern hands. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026. "Present of the child of Shah Nawaz Cat. 229, viii. 1. 299. B 323. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foil. 49. Twenty nine lines in a page. A Commentary on the preceding work, by AL-DIN lJi ('Abd al-ral,lman b. Al,lmad, d. A.H. 756). See I;.[. Kh. vi. 171, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 724. The original text and the commentary are dis tinguished by the words J \:; and J; \ This is only the commencement of the work, the rest of the MS. having been lost. Closely written in a small N asta hand, with marginal notes. Stained by damp. An ornament at the beginning contains an inscription, according to which this MS. was parl of the plunder brought from Mul}.ammadabad-Bidar, and came into the Bijapur Library in A.n. 1027. Signature of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.), with a seal bearing the inscription tY, \:...c. Cat. 229, v. 5.

PAGE 83

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 75 300. B 321. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 313. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, imperfect at the beginning. Well written, by Shaikh Burhan ; containing the complete text of lbn J!aJib. The upper margin of the first portion has been eaten by white ants. The first entire paragraph begins: Jt J.:. Cat. v. 1 (?). 301. B 236. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 138. Twentynine lines in a page. Another fragment of the same Commentary, contain ing the concluding portion. Neatly written. At the end we find the date of the author, 26th Sha'ban, 734/ and after it the following colophon: J' \ t)., '.ilb \::S '-'.v' IJk d J I.;.JJ'C'? j JJ\_., U (\ The first complete paragraph begins : J _,:; \ \ J u Inscribed twice (fol. 100 and at the end) '-'?.\Ji.c l>.. 302. B 333B. Size' 7 in. by 5! in.; foll. 369. From fifteen to seventeen lines in a page. A Super-commentary on fJz' s Commentary, commonly called by Sa'd al-dln Mas'U.d b. 'Omar (d. A.rr. 792). See Kh. vi. 172, and Fliigcl, Hdss. \Yicn, i.ii. 194. The greater part of this copy is written in a very cursive, but the concluding portion in a plainer, N as-1 The same as in Cat. Mus. Brit. 724. ta character, of the ninth century. Revised and collated. Some notes. The MS. having become much injured at the beginning, it was carefully mended and the writing restored by a later owner, Khush}:tal, who also supplied the last fol., which had lost. He speaks of this in the conclusion as follows : l. t'JJ' l.;)l.J' "'"'?.\.(., J/J '-:--'::...(1\ ea:;_, j \j\_, \_..J '.:u ... J J,:..:....J ....:;:,J\ ... ..J c\ ,;q ... ..1 '..1 ....1 ) ,;;;. L'r I.;.J,L>1J\ I.;.JflJJ ul\ According to a note on the title-page, this MS. was presented to Khushl)al in A. H. 1030. Bij. Lib., A. H. 1054. Seal of Mu},lammad Adil Shah, and of other owners previous to Khushl,lal. Catal. 229, vi. 303. 1272. Size 101 in. by in.; foil. 202. Twentyone lines in a page Another copy of the same Super-commentary. Well written, but much injured at the end. The leaves have been misplaced in binding; they should stand thus: 1, 3-152, 177-201, 153-176, 2, 202. [Hastings. J 304. B 310. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foll. 221. From twenty-six to twenty-two lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, slightly imperfect and injured ht the beginning. Closely written in different N asta '111} hands. The first words are : I ,,,-..)ul_, Erroneously inscribed : \ k y \::S rd.' Cf. Catal. 230, xii.

PAGE 84

16 ARABIC 1\IANUSCRIPTS. 305. 1872. Size 81 in. by in.; foll. 182. From fifteen to seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on the beginning of Commentary, by S.uYm SnA.RiF JURJANi (d. A..H. 816). See I:. Kh. vi.172. Beginning: ..\...J\ ;l...cil j W '-'t::tJI j ') .) '.)) L The first part of these glosses, extending over the first dissertation of the original work, concludes on fol. 85v. as follows: ..\:; Mo?,.ull J::-..:1\.sl\ .(sic) t Fol. 86 continues: (' I .. )W' cJJ\ ukl The last gloss begins: Written in a bad N asta 'l1}f. hand. The colophon runs as follows: vwl1.}ll j b.s.ll (r. ?) y!_rll j tf:"'J J..c r-J?. J'-'l.l dLJI L:) \b.l.w ,_, t::......:; L_, J-' .)t .. .:::-J,;.)_,l .M..s. .... 1.!}?.-.\1\ .....s-S!"' Ul\ ....JbJ L.Sftf\ ili\J?.J .. J..(L.. j I.!JJJJo> d.l 0/' r. yl.:..:::-j ...y:J-1 Some notes. w [Hastings. J 306. B 197. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 145. From twenty to seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, neatly written. Begins: t' Al.\ ..\.-...s:l\. 1 i.e. A.H. 1117. Originally had been written. The first part ends on fol. 59, with the words: ill\ The concluding portion of this part, as found in the preceding MS., 2 is here omitted. Some notes. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Nawwab Shah Nawaz Khan. Cat. 229, v. 5. 307. 2149. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 274. Eleven lines in a page. A. beautiful copy of the same work, imperfect at the end. With the additional notes of Jurjan1 and other glosses, some by the transcriber, whose name was and others by his teacher (vw'-':; }.c etc. The first part ends as in the preceding MS., and has the following colophon: (sic) \ ,__? '_,.J I ?T \ w .;4 \ \ ..,ra::..S:.J\ J..c ...\; 1.:)?.-.\l\_, d.J l.:):'h::..\.1 ?:, vw...\J The second part begins with fol. 170. The first fol. has been supplied by a later hand. Seal of Nu!i>rat Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 308. B 322. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 88. Twentyfive lines in a page. The same Glosses, well written, with numerous marginal annotations. This copy was transcribed by Mu4ammad A.min Samar"4:andi, son of Khwajah Mu4ammad Ba"4:i, for his own use. It does not, however, contain the last portion, but ends with the gloss, fls:l \ t.... \_, Part I.-which concludes (fol. 49v.) as in the two preceding MSS.-and Part II. are not separated. The last leaves are injured by insects. Seal and note of the transcriber on the title-page. 1 From the margin. 2 From fol. 80v.

PAGE 85

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 77 309. B 151. Size about in. by 5 in.; foil. 73. Twenty-one lines in a page. The second part of the preceding Glosses, from to the end. Written in a fine character, with the additional notes of the author on the margin. :Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028, from Molla Payandah. Catal. 226, xv. (?). 310. 1626. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foll. 181. From twenty to twenty-three lines in a page. Glosses on part of fJz's ascribed to MiRZ.A. JAN (J;fab1b Allah Sh1raz1, d. A.H. 994 ). Cf. l;f. Kh. vi. 172. These glosses extend from to ( = foll. 12-41 of no. 299). Beginning : 1.) Ul \ l.....i.kl L:J.-. Gt.l J-; ,.:.A,)..;_yJ\ w_,_r:ll_, The last gloss begins: l:.> I and the author concludes with the \..._;>-I \ AlJ \ j \:J Taftazan1's commentary is frequently quoted. Legibly written in different Nasta'lllj; hands. [Johnson.J 311. B 324. Size in. by 6 in. ; foil. 343. Nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-190. The same Glosses as in the pre ceding MS. II. Foil. 191-343. A fragment of what appears to be the continuation of the above glosses, as far as Lfl'l ; imperfect at the beginning. Plainly, but carelessly written, by 'Abd b. 'Abd al-malik. The last lines of fol. 333 are wrongly drawn up in the form of a conclusion, and followed by the words td.r The text is, however, continued on the next page. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1o:2:i, with the following note: ... ... Cat. 229, v. 3. 312. 1737. Size Sk in. by 6! in. ; foil. 7 4. Six and eleven lines in a page. A short treatise on the Principles of Jurisprudence, styled )ll.l, by J?:afi?l al-d1n Abu'l-barakat 'Abdallah b. Al;tmad NASAFI (d. A.H. 710). See I;. Kh. vi. 121, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 119. After the short introduction, the begins: y\::..(1\ ClJ trJ' J-""'' l:)' Written in Nasta'lllj;, by Ghula.m Dated Friday, 7th Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 1118. Covered with glosses. There precede (foil. 1-16r.) various extracts from works on law, some in written across the pages in several directions. [Johnson.J 313. B 316. Size lOl in. by 7! in.; foil. 166. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on the preceding work, by the author himself, entitled )_,j j I. It is not men tioned in J;l. Kh. nor elsewhere. Beginning: ... k-)1 AI ill\ _jJ:. .. jt'; .. dl' j .. j J:..-.:,;_, j Jl,:;l I.:Y' 'tll 9 "' kL..:::-.& 9 E-r An excellent copy, completed on Friday, 8th Mu 788, by Allah b. 'Omar. The original text is introduced by through the greater part of the work; but towards the end it is only distinguished by a red line drawn over the first word. Some notes. Collated. Much injured by insects. Various extracts are written on the title-page Bij. Libr., A.H. 1014. Cat. 229, i. 1.

PAGE 86

7S ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 314. B 318. Size Ill in. by 6i in.; foil. 238. Twenty seven lines in a page. A copious Commentary C'[_-Yf) on the Mandr, the title and author of which are not to be found, this MS. being slightly imperfect both the beginning and end. It appears, however, from the general terms of the work, and from a comparison of several quotations on the margin of the Lakhnau edition of the .J 'i ) 1 that we have here another commentary by N A.SAFI himself, entitled Cf. 1;. Kh. vi. 121, and Ibn ed. Fliigel, 22. There precedes a short introduction, on the sciences of religion and law in general. After this!.....the com-mentary begins as follows (fol. 2v.): .kl.J trl' Jy"' l!)' j J;.:jj Legibly written, of the tenth century; the text often not distinguished from the commentary. Injured at the beginning and in se\eral other places. Bij. l,ibr., A.H. 1041. Present of Shaikh l;labib (?). Seal of MuQ.ammad 'Adil Shah on the fly-leaf. Cat. 229, i. 2. 315. 17 42. Size 8 in. by 4l in. ; foll. 96. Generally nineteen lines in a page. A concise Commentary ( _,_j...,,..) on the Manar, entitled F Jl j_,...,_,ll )\,j, being an abridged and easier version of another commentary by the author, called The latter is, according Kh. vi. 125, the work of Mu'in (al-din) Abu 'Abdallah B. MUBARA.K SHAH Harawi. It occurs in Stewart's Catal. 150, xlvi. Cf. :Bibl. Sprenger. 600 (?). The preface begins: Msll 1 .. )J The author says subsequently: ).,.\.;-t ... l!J\.; l.\ )h.,.. -r.r j l!),.. d-fir 1.,';.1 (1 4-jl(j j_,..) 1 See below, no. 316. Legibly written in various styles of N asta without distinction of the text in the latter portion. The runs as follows : E_'}ll r:J_, ._\j J.:r) J' j.\...\.! w) 4-.S_,.sill Jjli; l!),.. r-r-1' l!),.. t:!J Jw L:J_,ill(_,) wll uj\::.1\ l!)\j\.S:ll ....r}:::-M.s.,.. $\}JI r-}11_, J.t:. J;j\hL_, ill,.. NJI 4-.S}.c Red lines round the pages. Notes in the earlier portion. Partly injured by damp. [Hastings. J 316. 456. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 264. Fifteen lines in a page. Another Commentary ('[__,_j..t.,..) on the same work, entitled ); by Shaikh JiwA.N Al;tmad b. Abu Sa'id b. 'Abdallah b. 'Abd b. (L\.=;...) J;Ianaf1 Makki Hindi Lakhnaw1 (d. A..H. 1130, at Dehli),I who wrote it at Madinah in A..H. 1105, when he was in his fifty-eighth year. Printed at Calcutta, 1818, and at Lakhnau, A..H. 1266. Cf. :Bibl. Sprenger. 608-9, and Stewart's Catal. 150. :Beginning: j_,...,l At the end is an epilogue by the author, from which the above statements are derived. Clearly written in Colophon: ('J\J j r-J?. j Jl..\.1 _)i=--1 J'.,1JI 1 So according to a note at the end of the Lakhnau edition.

PAGE 87

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. t.:r' (sic) .k..., L.)\...,J AJL..J Ull A number of leaves near the beginning are in a different hand. Fol. 8 should stand after fol. 1. A charm, in Pers{an, has been added at the end. Seal of Allah. 317. 1297. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foll. 142. Twenty two lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Plainly written. Dated A.H. 1187. Seal of Nu!?rat Jang on the title-page. [Tippu.J 318. B 317. Size 8! in. by 4i in.; foll. 164. Fifteen lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same Commentary, well written in N asta 'lllj:. It breaks off in the middle of the epilogue. Leaves are missing after foil. 40, 7 5, 76, 135, and 137. Cat. 230, xv. 319. 2157. Size 9! in. by 5i in.; foll. 290. Nineteen lines in a page. AL-SHARr'An) 'Ubaidallah b. Mas'ud b. Taj al-shari'ah Mal;tbubi's (:J?:anafl, d. A.H. 747) Com mentary on his own t:i.:.::.ll, or Principles of Jurisprudence. It is entitled J> j See Kh. ii. 444 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 195; Stewart's Catal. 148, etc. Printed at Dehli, A.H. 1267,1 and at Lakhnau, A.H. 1281. Well written, the text of the in red. The colophon runs as follows: j,J y\:S t-:.:>.. .).....s.-11 J \ii\1 '-'...c t.:>-L) .r L:' J . ,. J; r.Ar r-r.J' r-r ... b'l-. Occasional notes. Fol. 134 mutilated. On fol. 289 is a list of contents, and on its back an English title. Seal of 'Abd al-wahhUb Khan (A.H. 1168). [College of Fort William, 1825. J 1 Sec llibl. Sprenger. 602. 320. 1574. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 107. From twenty four to twenty-seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Closely written in by 'Ail 1\ful;tammad. The text and the commentary are marked with and V respectively. Some notes. The margin is partly cut away. [Hastings. J 321. B 332. Size 91 in. by 51 in.; foil. 253. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the beginning and end, and in many other places. Begins : fslll..\.lb. Well written, text and commentary marked with r and V. Notes. Partly injured by damp. Erroneously inscribed (fol. 64) J.t..c 322. B 182. Size 13 in. by 7! in.; foil. 563. Thirteen lines in a page. A Super-commentary on the preceding work, entitled ud \...Sl\ e:J::.ll, b. 'Omar TAFTAZANI (d. A.H. 792). Cf. J.I. Kh. ii. 444; FlUgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 196; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 102, etc. It is also contained in the aforesaid printed editions of the A :fine copy, written in a bold hand. It ends with the colophon of the original MS., which had been transcribed by the author for his son. This colophon runs as follows : bj I b..\.lb r-_,w_,.JI .._iA r-P' _,Jb_, ?J tJJI _j-i:. .. dl ill\ [il].JI .. b_,).\ l-. Revised. With various interlinear and marginal <'X planations. Golu anu blue lines round the pages. The

PAGE 88

80 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ornament of the first page has been cut out. Fol. 17 is much injured. The leaves have been misplaced in binding. They should stand in the following order : foil. 1-18, 135-138, 178, 156-177, 139-145, 147, 146, 148-155 (after which is a slight defect), 19-134, 205-256, 184-200, 202-204, 201, 179-183, 257-478, 480-483, 479, 484-563. Foil. 553 and 554 are not consecutive, notwithstanding that the catch-word would imply it. The defect, accordingly, existed already in the original MS. Signature of the owner, :ij:aidar 'Ali b. Rustam 'Ali, at the end. Cat. 229, xi. 323. 2989. Size 9i in. by 5! in. ; foil. 318. Twentyfive lines in a page. Another copy of the Neatly written in N asta 'li]f, but the first portion (to fol. 67) supplied by two different hands. Notes. The book having been injured, it was bordered with new paper; hence the catchwords were often lost, and the latter portion misplaced in re-binding. Foil. 258-318 should be placed in the following order: 258, 291-310, 314-317, 259-290, 311-313, 318. A defect after fol 162. A blank on fol. 130. Seals of 'Abd al-mu'min, Henry Vansittart, and Charles Boddam, and signature of the latter, "Calcutta, May 1st, 1787.'' 324. 922. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 142. Nineteen lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same work. Narrowly, but legibly written in Nasta'li]f, with many notes. It breaks off abruptly. [Hastings. J 325. B 187. Size 81 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 299. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on the by l;[ASAN CHALA.Br b. Mu l,lammad Fanari (d. A.H. 886). See I;I. Kh. ii. 445, and Stewart's Catal. 148, xxx. The first gloss begins: f>-1 ..M.sll AI, j j_,...,l Neatly written. The colophon runs as follows : 6-'l.::j' yb$' l,..jk y\:.$' .... j ... cj .M..s:""' JL..S' (.!)! .M..s.""' n &-lr',.,\5:1 1 c,)::.H Frequent additions by the author ( on the margin of the first portion. Blue lines round the pages. The first leaf mutilated. Defects after foil. 36, 51, and 207. Cat. 226, xxiii. 326. B 188. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 96. Eleven lines in a page. Glosses on a passage of the viz. the paragraph on the Good and the Bad ((.!).w.Sll and especially on the four of al shari'ah (corresponding to foil. 250 sqq. of no. 322), by 'Ann B. SHAMs AL-nrn (SrYALKUTr, d. about A.H. 1060). See, for another commentary and the subject in general, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 613, and also :ij:. Kh. vi. 448. The preface begins: et:'\:.$' Jj_j\ ,_; J.J:b So .\ J{.l \j L; ') ... The first gloss is: (r. W (.!),., r' l.v. Plainly written in a large hand. On the last page is written : t.>-y \:.$' d..\ '{:.JlJ f. Catal. 226, xxii. (?). 327. 3095. Size 81 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 135. Nineteen lines in a page. Glosses on the entitled ("Jhll, by 'AnnALLAH LABrn son of 'Abd al-l,takim Siyalkuti. These glosses were

PAGE 89

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 81 written by the author in his early youth, under the superintendence of his father, and include the glosses of the latter, described under the preceding no. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 148, xxix. (?). Beginning: t)JJ All f)} uJJI, The first gloss is: (1 Jl Neatly written in N asta Imperfect at the end, and injured by insects. Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam, with several inscriptions in the handwriting of the latter. 328. 1286. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 283. From twenty-three to twenty-six lines in a page. Glosses on the by an unknown author, im perfect at the end. :Beginning: _fb\bll JJ""I ( .U_,:;) ,, Written in a current N asta hand, the first portion on reddish paper. Frequent additions (marked with corrections (marked with 1:. or J ), notes of the author ( t') et:-), and various readings are on the margin. It would appear that this 1\IS. was copied from an earlier edition of the work, and revised according to an enlarged one. Fol. 30v. has been left blank. Slightly injured. Inscribed: ..,\ tk_ Seal of Shaikh al-islam Mul;lammad (of the twelfth century). [Johnson.J 329. B 325. Size about 8! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 119. Twenty-five lines in a page. ...\Cl_, ,j..c j yi.::.S' l!}?.-.\11 A concise treatise on the Foundations of the Common Law, by Jamal al-d1n 'Ann b. IsNt'i (or Isnawi,t Sha.fi'i, d. A.H. 772). Cf. J;I. Kh. ii. 423 sq. :Beginning: )..\..c\ J?;-. All Msll J#l. The work consists of two intro ductory chapters, 4..-.\......JI, fs:l1 and fsll l:J\$) and seven books: I. (fol. 21) j y\::..(1\; II. (fol. 95) j; Ill. (fol. 97) j IV. (fol. 99) j; V. (fol. 105) j VI. (fol. 110) j; VII. (fol. 114) j. Each of these books comprises a series of questions ( ........... ), which are generally subdivided into chapters. The work concludes as follows: j t.J.i_,. j Al.ll ... J\:; '-'J....l A valuable copy, made by Mal}. mud b. 'Othman '-'J ill I 0::.___;..}.!\. Dated Monday, 9th Hab1' II., 794. It was transcribed from a .:\IS., into which all the additions made by the author on a final revision had been entered by Ibrahlm Dimyati, in Rabi' II., 772, at Makkah. It was also collated, immediately after its completion, with another MS., which had been collated with the author's own copy. Several Ijazalts for the works of Isna'i are on the title-page, and a poem in praise of that author is at the end, all in the handwriting of the transcriber. The margin is injured. A defect after fol. 5. 330. B 326. Size about in. by G} m. ; foll. 64. Twenty-five lines in a page. ...\.C'-" J.; u.Jl' J y\::.S' 2. A treatise by the same author, on the Grammatical Elements of Jurisprudence, being a sort of supplement to the preceding work, during the progress of which it was begun. See J.I. Kh. v. 263 sq., and also ii. 424. 1 From Isna, in Upper Egypt. 2 Supposed to be the inscription of the author's copy, A.i \S' \ h:;... jb. 11

PAGE 90

82 ARABIC The date of the author runs as follows: r J \:; i.:)w $u1 j c(!;:.,..) t_')l .c.:...-I d. j M! lt \ t :: .. .. l Notes in the earlier portion. On the title-page is an account of the author, according to wlllch he was born in A.H. 790, and became a pupil of Ibn al-Shil;mah (d. A.H. 815) and others. He 1 Originally cilll J_, d.. was alike distinguished as a scholar and a He died at Cairo, on Friday, 7th RamaQ.an, 861. Signature of 'Alam Allah b. 'Abd Makki I:Ianafi 'Aidarusl. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1023. Cat. 229, iY. 332. 1273. Size 11! in. by 7 in. ; foll. 213. Thirty one and twenty-three lines in a page. The first part of a .. ,...) on Allah b. 'Abd al-shakur Bahari's (d. A.H. 1119) r'' or Principles of Jurisprudence. Part of the original work 1 was printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1263.: Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 610, and Stewart's Catal. 151, liv. It was written in A.H. 1109, which date is expressed by the chronogram tL .... ..-. It refers alike to the Hanafite and Shaft 'ite systems, and consists of a treating of \; four j,_..,l' on """"t;u.l; and a wt.:>.. The name of the commentator, which is not given, is, according to the following no., Molla Nr?iM AL-DIN.3 Beginning: JW cill -'::-.t.sW4 i.' ""'sj ,_s..\l\ AlJ This part comprises the three \ and concludes: j J..t.l.:U "":) l-...;>tl.ilb j.:. Alj ..M.sl\ i_l ...w,l.;i.,JI 'C_rl 1.:)\ jtJ cill\, ... It consists of two separate volumes. The first, which ends with the fourth paragraph ('. of the third J:.H.ii,.. (fol. 94), is written in a minute and not very clear handwriting. It is dated Rampur, Wednesday, 2nd Dhu'l-Q.ijjah. The second volume, which contains the rest of the same cU t.ii,.., is written in a similar but plainer style, and bears no date. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 196-9 should stand thus: 197, 196, 199, 198. [Hastings. J 1 To the end of the second j:J \.ii,.. 2 Another commentary on it, ca1led was printed at Cawnpore, A.H. 1287. 3 He is likewise so called in occasional quotations on the margin of the Lakhnau edition.

PAGE 91

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 83 333. 983. Size 10! in. by 6i in.; foll. 303. Twenty one lines in a page. The second part of the same Commentary, comprising two of the four J_,."'l, viz. y\d.l\ and In two separate volumes, both written in a bold hand. The first vol. concludes as follows (fol. 144): r-W '-'h;-}\>. Al&.lllj.C 1(d-'l\ h.:>. JL..S' 1. J.J '-'Z'"I?,k_, U""k &JJ\ u.wl ( Al &JJ\ ft &JJ\ U'"' y_r j\ 1.;)' The second volume concludes thus: r-W J J ........ .1;.;J .. J"" r.J rv----; u '-:-b:; W \ J ... ...\J '-!J?...\1\ r-\l:J u), .... u}yt b --'?.) 4ll &JJ\ .M..d I &JJ I u.w I J IS c. .r;u U"" k Yr jl_,l &.ll\ """' d-.\1\ JW' u_,\yt _;bl:>.. ,.,.\,..i Seals of the above Kamal al-d1n and Allah. PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 334. 831. Size 8! in. by 4! in. ; foll. 190. Twenty two lines in a page. The Prayer-book of 'A.r.l ZAIN AL-'i:srniN, the fourth Imam of the Shi'ites (d. A.H. 94 or 92), transmitted to posterity by AL-MuTAWAKKIL b. Harun on the authority of two grandsons of 'Ali. It is called il,..Kll Cf. p. n r, who is, however, inaccurate,2 and I;. Kh. iii. 100. The work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1248, according to :Bibl. Sprenger. 699 ; and it seems also to be contained in Cat. St. Petersb. 33, lxii. The present text is given on the authority of N ajm al-dln Abu'I-:I;Jasan Mul,tammad b. ... 'Alawi :e:usaini, who had it from Abu 'Abdallah Mul,tammad b. Al,tmad. b. Shahriyar, guardian of the mausoleum 1 From the margin. 2 He appears to have confounded the names of l\Iutawakkil and his son 'Umair. of the Khalif 'Ali,t in Rab1' I., 516, etc. The Isnad goes back to Mutawakkil, who gives the following account of the origin of the book. He was return ing to Khurasan from the pilgrimage, when he met with Y al,tya b. Zaid b. 'Al1, and received from him a copy of these prayers, on the authority of his father, Zaid the Martyr. Subsequently, after Y al,tya had been killed (A.H. 125), he went again to Madinah, where he showed his copy to Ja'far who found it identical with a book in his possession, which had been written by his father, Mul,tammad b. 'AIL From this Mutawakkil took a copy, Ja'far himself dictating. The book consisted originally of seventy-fi"Ve chapters, but eleven were lost by him, so that he only kept some sixty chapters With the exception of the last statement, the same story is given with another Isnad, in Ibn Mutahhar, joins that of 'J'us1 (I.e.). According to this version, the book contained only fifty-four prayns, 1 Cf. no. 371, fol. 64v.

PAGE 92

84 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. which are enumerated, and are exactly the same as those found in the present MS. There is, however, an appendix (fol. 175), which was offered by several MSS. It is introduced by the first Isnad, and contains seven more prayers, and formulre for each day of the week. Well written, with vowel-points. Accompanied by an interlinear translation, and many useful notes, in Persian. Gold lines round the pages. An ornament at the beginning. [Johnson.J 335. 2324. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 65. Ten lines in a page. Prayers for the week, beginning with Friday. According to the introduction, these prayers were communicated by the Prophet to Mul!AMM.AD B. UsAMAH, when he was imprisoned at for being suspected of ; and he regained his liberty through their influence. Beginning : All\ J l. \.J d. ..\ .... s... (\ ("fjl \ tl.:..c. The prayer of each day consists' of '-'J)' .s:\.::'-'' s.3J.::' another and Well written, with vowel-points. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 336. 1531. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 236. Fourteen lines in a page. A Shi'ah book on religious duties, especially prayer, imperfect at the beginning. It appears from quotations of other works 1 that the author is ABu J A 'FAR Tu si (Mu}:lammad b. al-J:Iasan, d. A.H. 460). It is very probably his j jsl\ y'.::S,mentioned in his own Fhrst, p. r", 1. 18. Begins : t: .... :; \ \ \ &.:.:.:: (__ \ '-'L., \ The first paragraph, which is inscribed tr' j an outline of the present work. The five principal duties See below. of the Shi'ites are prayer, almsgiving, fasting, pilgri mage, and holy war. The author begins with prayer, as that duty which is to be performed every day, and treats of it circumstantially in a separate part, il::Jj\_, This part is introduced by a treatise on ablution and other preparations for prayer. The second part (fol. 100v.), L ... ...l\ treats briefly of the remaining duties, according to their occurrence in the course of the year. It begins with RamaQ.an, the time for fasting, and concludes with Raj ab. The rites of the pilgrimage are mentioned under Dhu'l-}:lijjah. Then follow those duties which are not connected with a particular time (fol. 209v.), \,.. j I.!J,.. . :;y, They are either personal, as and ..J ... or pecuniary, as 1. They are only rapidly surveyed, and reference is made for the former to the author's A:,\t.:.l1 and 1 and for the latter, to .2 The work concludes (fol. 213v.) with three sets of prayers, recommended for special times, viz. morning and evening prayers, prayers for each day of the week, and such for the twelve hours of the day. For parti culars the author refers to his There are added (fol. 231) a charm, rules for the Nauruz, and a prayer. According to the colophon (fol. 232v. ), this copy was transcribed from that of Mu}:lammad b. b. A}:lmad b. Idris . 'ljll, which had been written in A.H. 570, and had been collated with the author's own copy. It is well written and emended. It has also been collated with the copy of one At the end is a prayer, styled and ascribed to 'Ali. It is in a different hand, and is dated A. H. 1013. Fol. 234 should be placed after 228. Worm-eaten. [Johnson.J 1 See his Fihrist, p. r", 2 ib. rM, 1. 6.

PAGE 93

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 85 337. B 229. Size lOl in. by 6 in.; foll. 63. Twentyfive, afterwards twenty-one lines in a page. GrrAzz.hi's (Abu Mu}:tammad b. Mu}:tammad, d. A.H. 505) explanation of the ninety-nine names of God, entitled .l..aJi.Jl or See Kh. vi. 89, iv. 27, v'fvo and also v'fv'f, and for a full account of its contents, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 326. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 857. At first written in a small clear hand, but continued (from fol. 35v.) in an inelegant Nasta'lil,t. The colopho.n runs as follows: j tj ""-:-; t!J4 '-:-'..) JJJ ..M.sl' J 4ll' &..> _}..-. .l...s" &..> _,.iil \ JJJ I A-t.=--..J ....si' u:::-(sic) JJ? j e\,3 j. Marginal notes. A prayer, inscribed i} with directions in Persan, is added at the end. The title-page is filled with various extracts, amongst them a fragment of a preface, which begins: ..M.sl\ 4ll, and ends abruptly with the first few words after \,.' From these it would appear that we have here only a variation of the original exordium of the present treatise. Worm-eaten and stained. 338. B 429. Size 9! in. by 5i in. ; foll. 89. Thirteen lines in a page. A fragment of a work on prayers and cabbalistic matters, by Sharaf al-din Abu'l-'Abbas .AJ;lmad BfJNi (d. A.rr. 622), the same as that described by Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 566, 3. Written in a large bold hand, of about the tenth century. Two leaves are wanting at the beginning. The first words are: Ji Defective after foil. 6, 14, and 83, and at the end. Much injured. That part which treats of the names of God (see Fliigel, I.e.) has its own title (fol. 33), bl..i\ and the name of the author is introduced at the beginning of it. It is probably mentioned as a separate work, in J;I. Kh. iv. 24, under L....: \ u:...w..s:l \ in the third place. The part just spoken of had been placed at the beginning of this volume, and inscribed Cf. Catal. 234, viii. 2 (?). 339. B 438. Size 6 in. by 4! in.; foll. 36. Eleven or twelve lines in a page. Prayers for the week, ascribed to Mu}:tyi al-din (Mu }:tammad b. 'All) IBN 'ARABi (d. A.H. 638). Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. ii. 78. Beginning: w\.:>.J\ t!!-' )\ ill\ r. c.:>-_,J Ail\ ,s,.r d. t!!?.w\1\ .J\ b....s: .... ll Jq ==--)' t .. Then follow the nocturnal prayers for the remaining week-days, and after them the diurnal prayers Cr-.% etc.), one in each case. Well written, on European paper, with notes to the quotation of some of these prayers in the (of Bistftml, d. A.H. 858; see I;. Kh. iii. 200). Red rulings. Cat. 233 (Duawat ), ii. 1. 340. B 115. Size 9 in. by in.; foll. 241. Nineteen lines in a page. j y\::.S' l.ilb .. -..S'JJ:.l\ Y-' Prayers for all occasions of Muslim life, collected from the tradition by Mu}:tyi al-dln NAwAwi (d. A.rr. 676). The work is often called See Kh. iii. 109, and Wiistenfcld, das Lebcn des al-N awawl, p. 48. Beginning: J.j-J1 )\f;JI &JJ ill\ Jl..; ...w \,.\ .... .. c., v Pc... '1. 9 L.....O i' fJj' F1

PAGE 94

86 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. The author confines himself chiefly to traditions from the five canonical collections of Bukhari, Muslim, Abu Da'ud, Tirmidhi, and Nasa'l. He generally omits the Isnads. The work begins with a succession of introductory paragraphs ). The date of the work is given at the end as follows : wW\ t:1i..l' Ju d. d. '-'-',:J' y.\ J,-.\1\ j AlJ\ (sic) w_.;>-\ DL..::. .. _, L .J\ ......... W\ A::.J' f. .. About one-third of this copyw.as written by Khwajah Rukn al-din Ruzbahfm b. Manfllur b. Ya}:lya b. Shaikh Rukn al-din Rastgui, in a good hand, about the ninth century. The rest, including also the first leaf, has been supplied by a descendant of his, named 'Abd al-ra}:lman b. Junaid Rastgu in a more hurried character, towards the end of the tenth century. Prefixed is a list of the chapters of the work (foll. 1-6), followed by a little tract in Persian, on the lawful ness of using vinegar (J.:;.. ). It concludes: \.ilb {\ The name of the author, however, is not given. This tract was copied in A.H. 991, by b. 'All, who succeeded the transcriber in the possession of this MS. W Several leaves stained. Seal of the aforesaid l;laidar b. 'Ali. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1033. Cat. 223, ix. 341. 2821. Size 7l in. by 5! in.; foll. 112. Seventeen lines in a page. A Vade-mecum for Travellers, comprising prayers and ceremonies to be performed, and amulets and remedies to be used by them for their safety. It was compiled by RA:pi AL-DIN 'Al1 b. Musa b. Ja'far b. Mu}:lammad b. Mu}:lammad b. ra'us ('J'l'irsi) 'Alawi Fatimi, a Shi'ite and chief of the Saiyids, who probably lived in the latter part of the seventh century. This treatise is properly entitled ... J\ )\b.:;..\ t.:J_.. y\::.S'. Cf. H. Kh. i. 433. ... JiY. All j J\sl\ In thirteen chapters, each subdivided into sections ), a list of which is inserted in the preface. The chapters are on the following subjects : I. (.!)_..} (.!) ... J;; 4' L-._, )U-,lli Jtl' )..\!\_, in fifteen sections; II. (fol. 19v.) b')k.:>.' (.!),., ... w b')u...:' j in five sections; Ill. (fol. 24) L..... siJi..;)l (.!)_.. _}.-\\ j in four sections; IV. (fol. 29v.) '--=-"'-'i .x..c. <--4-lb vw'-MII in three sections; V. (fol. 37) yl_,.)ll_, o.\:..C vwJ\.ill .SyJI )\b;.J\, in five sections; VI. (fol. 45) L...-. b'_}J..i l..::J J.:. u=J\ AL..::s::: thirteen sections; VII. (fol. 53v.) )-.\l\ (.!)_.. j t? 1-S\ yj) ..,\;,.c) ...\.:.:., in five sections; VIII. (fol. 60v.) .Jk.s:l\ in three sections; IX. (fol. 62v.) j 1-S\ (j) ... t..._, in twenty-five sections; X. (fol. 76) L..... .(_i:. l-._, '-'-').' (.!) ... J_,..,;:.l\ J,;w (.!)_.. \,; _,.s:J \ (,!)-_.. (.!)..a.:s:\:, L-._, J j in twelve sections; XL (fol. 88v.) ... j l:)w cb $\?}j :J yhS' comprising the whole treatise of Abu Bakr Mul;lammad b. Zakariya Rlzi, the celebrated physician (d. A.H. 311 or 320). This treatise begins: ilil _,Jb All ..M..s.ll

PAGE 95

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 87 $Y}J t.:1. A.Rll (fol. 89) yid ... (sic) A;\.., f. M.;::-}_, j !..S))I cJJ\ t""'WI J.'..r.)_,ll .,_\;,.; yjj j s. jj o:i..rd::< 1 XII. (fol. 93) on amulets tried by the author's own experience, in five sections; XIII. (fol. 94) ...\...s_.. t:; _,l \b..,j JL y \::.$' (.!),.. ..\j j .. j ""'Ls:--t AlJi..:.j _)asJ I consisting only of the treatise of B. LUJ.rA.. See on this treatise, Cat. Mus. Brit. 204. Neatly written, of the eleventh century. The last two pages contain an extract from i.e. probably the treatise of lBN AL-KHA.SHsa.AB, on the properties of some verses of the Koran, mentioned in Kh. iii. 197. This extract begins: \... J t:; !::U\ j :,1 It is written by a diffe1ent hand. The first eight leaves are misplaced; they should stand in the following order: 1, 4, 2, 3, 6, 7, 5, 8. Worm-eaten. [Bib I. Leydeniana. J 342. 799. Size 9 in. by in. ; foil. 199. Fourteen lines in a page. A. work on religious duties, especially prayer, entitled j 'CUI b. Yusuf IBN AL-MU'!'AHHAR (a Shi 'ite, d. A.. H. 726). It is an abridgment of Abu Ja'far fusz's (d. A..H. 460) 'L ,2 which the author made for the Wazir 'Izz al-din Mu}.mmmad The following is an abstract of the preface: .M.s:ll \.-.I .... J?r, Al.! JL!I, ... Jib Wl t!j (fol. 2) J.; 1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. 1., p. 288, xcii. 6. 2 Cf. 'fusi, Fi!trist, p. rM, and 1;1. Kh. v. 685. See also no. 336. 3 Sec IIammcr-Purgstall, Gesch. d. Ilchunc, ii. 140. .r.' .. ""''"' . ... o.;;; yid Jl ... I...S""'_,kll \... pS'I A:...:!\ j .},..\,; ... \:..:;.;;.j\ &-..J?.ji' J_, ... .. A;::-,)>-t:: ... .... .. \_., dJ:; ... .J' {_ 'J The work contains eleven chapters: I. I j ; II. (fol. 6) b}fkll j; Ill. (fol. 11) j; IV. (fol. 13v.) ... j; V(fol. 17) j '-'UI,:.J\ VI. (fol. 43) JS' j JtJi:. \.....,.._, VII. (fol. 38v.) j; VIII. (fol. 60v.) ..... l\ j AW L .. IX. (fol. 72) ; X. (fol. 76) j; XL (fol. 184) d, ...\1\ J_,...,l D_r--j uk Beautifully written. Dated Rajah, 984. Vowels are frequently added. Titles in gold. An ornament on the first page, and gold and blue lines round the others. Benedictions on the Prophet, said to have been composed by 'All RiQ.a, and handed down by ij:imyari, and prayers for Fatimah (A-.1\,; t.u are added on the last two pages. [Johnson.J 343. B 429B. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foil. 37. Twenty seven lines in a page. An explanation of the Epithets of God. The first leaf being missing, the author and the title of the work are not ascertained. It appears, however, from a notice at the end that it consists chiefly of extracts from a trcati;;c, whose author is merely called the to which are invariably added other extracts from a work of I.Cusll((iri (d. A.n. 465), probably his (see l.L Kh. ii. 18). The passage

PAGE 96

88 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. in question runs as follows (fol. 37): I_,L.a ...\J L..hll u-?WI 1.::.-'13 u_)t w_jlJ j ... lJ t: ... r-:WI u-!1 41 b .. _pi:. 41 k"' ... Other authorities as late as the seventh century are quoted, e.g. Turibishti (d. A.H. 658). Well written, the diacritical points often omitted. Marginal notes of later date. The beginning is injured, there is a defect after fol. 31, and the end is wanting. Soiled. Cat. 223, viii. 1 (? ). 344. B 435. Size 7 in. by 3-! in.; foil. 101. Twenty one lines in a page. A treatise on the efficacious use of the Koran for prayers and charms. It is defective and much injured at the beginning. The author appears to be a Magh ribi, who wrote in the eighth century. Re quotes Ghazzall, Shadhili (d. A.H. 656), and various Magh ribl authorities. This treatise follows the order of the Surahs, expounding the properties of each. It concludes : b' J:> tlbk.J_, tf! k"' L!l,.. L!l,.. (_I Written in a small but clear hand, with frequent indications of the contents on the margin. The first portion and the last leaf are supplied in a different hand. Stained. Inscribed (fol. 5): ("k ).) ?.I d,.l Cf. Catal. 233, vi. 345. 2276. Size 7-! in. by 4! in.; foil. 107. Eleven lines in a page. lBN JAZARi's (Shams al-din Abu'l-khair Mul).ammad b. Mul).ammad, d. A.H. 833) Prayer-book, called L!l.as:ll L See Kh. iii. 71 ; Fliigel, Rdss. Wien, iii. 144, etc. It was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1229. Beginning: I J \j . JJt.ill j I ('L.I t..lWI ilJ. I _.AJ \ I -'::-> _, ..Jlb-.\1 I '-'?. ,j I r.:.r. ..M.s..,. id ...\;t.S.,. ..J::'_sl' )! ""! ,, AJJI l.l .. A.l!l i' k-.\11 Written in a good Persian hand, with vowel-points Numerous marginal notes. Several leaves supplied in a later hand. Slightly injured on the margin and stained. Foil. 21-61 and 79-96 should be transposed. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 346. 861. Size 9 in. by in.; foil. 113. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. It begins : J I I I I J t; 1"-'Jill \!Y' L:JI M} L!l,.. JW Alll wkl1 ) I..S.J).!!f=l I l!)! ..\;t.S...,. l!)! ...\.t.s.-. d. -.\..t..s.,. Alll l-.1 J JW Alll This is the authentic commencement, according to the commentary of 'Ali (see below). Plainly written, by Khan Mul).ammad, in Rajah, 1115. Ornamented. Some notes. A key to the work, in Persian, is on fol. 1. The book belonged once to I;Iusain b. 'Abdallah b. Shaikh al 'Aidarus, and subsequently to N J an g 347. 2116. Size in. by 5 in.; foil. 208. From six to sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Begins: ('l-.\ w\>. jt; l!)?.-.\11_, ilJ.I A,..jl Written in a large hand, partly with vowel-points. Numerous notes. One or two leaves wanting at the end. From fol. 191 follow various other prayers, the first imperfect at the beginning. Carelessly written in different hands. In an elegant Oriental binding. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 1 From the margin.

PAGE 97

PRAYERS AND CHAR:M:S. 89 348. 2295. Size 8! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 388. Nineteen lines in a page. A copious Commentary on the preceding work, by 'ALi B. SuL'!'AN Mu.J;IAMMAD (Harawi d. A.H. 1016, at Makkah). According to Kh. iii. 73, it was composed in A.H. 1008, and entitled j.,;-Sll L!J::O.t.!JI. Cf. Stewart's Cat. 175, ii. It begins with the explanation of the introductory words ofibn Jazari, r! AlT ""-t.s,. Jlsll Then follow, as the authentic text, the words given at the beginning of no. 346. The usual beginning, (1 All (see no. 345 ), is mentioned here only as the reading of some MSS. Well written. Slightly injured by insects. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 349. B 423. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foil. 65. Twenty one and nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-28. Extracts from a cabbalistic treatise called w_,_rll j newly arranged in four sections ), and entitled yl:S w,.J.s.ll j They are ascribed here to Abu'l-'Abbas BuNi: (d. A.H. 622), but unless we have in the treatise itself a work of Buni hitherto unknown, this statement cannot be true. The only work with the title r' that is known, was written more than two centuries after the death of Buni, by 'Abd al-ral,lman b. Mul,lammad Bistamz (d. A.H. 858; cf. J;I. Kh. iv. 73, Cat. Mus. Brit. 344, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 176). Perhaps the statement of the present MS. is founded upon a confusion of the treatise in question with a work of Buni, called Kh. iv. 75, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 171 ), from which the author himself made similar extracts under the title w.JWJ Cf. Kh. iv. 440. Beginning: )?I JtJ ... ILl! l.l 4J.ll li""..\J w_,_r:ll r.c j "'_,ml J.,.-a,; The four sections are described as follows: I. Lj j II. .. j; j w_vs:ll J..c IV. &..J_,_rl\ 1..:..)\J.::r-J j ;_, \.t...l Plainly written, but incomplete. There are defects after foll. 16, 18, 20, and at the end. II. Foll. 29-65. The concluding portion of a treatise on the properties of the letters of the .Abujad. The author is not known, but he quotes BU.ni and Shadhili (d. A.H. 656). This fragment begins in the seventeenth section, which is devoted to the letter &..J ; the first words are: The twenty-eighth section, on the letter t_, is followed by other sections, not numbered, and the treatise con cludes with the words L) I Then follow some magic squares. 350. 1947. Size 9i in. by 5! in.; foil. 122. Nine lines in a page. The celebrated Prayers for Mul,lammad, called by Abu 'Abdallah Mul,lammad b. Sulaiman JAzud (SimlaU Sharif J?:asani, a Maghribi saint, who died on 16th Rabi' I., 870, at Jl..c_,.;l).1 Kh. iii. 235; Flligel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 146; Cat. Bodl., ii. 86; Cat. St. Petersb. 33; and Stewart, 175, iv. The work was printed at St. Petersburgh, 1842. Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. Marginal notes, mostly derived from the commentary of Fasi, in the earlier portion. The drawings of the Mosque of Madinah are wanting, but there is a de scription in words instead. Seal and signature of Mul;lammad Khan Jahan, A.H. 1186. In an elegant Oriental binding. [Tippu.J 1 These statements are from the commentary of Fasi: (see no. 354). Jazulah is a Berber tribe in vw_,....ll. It is also spelled J) (see Edrisi, Description de l' Afrique, par Dozy et De Goeje, p. v., 1. 10). Simlalah is a branch of the same tribe. 12

PAGE 98

90 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 351. 4A. Size 7 in. by 4-i in.; foil. 106. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the Well written, with vowel-points. Richly illuminated and gilt. It contains two pictures, representing the Mosques of Makkah and Madlnah. "Received from Dr. Royle, July, 1856." 352. 2618. Size 7! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 68. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written in a Malay hand, with vowel-points. The drawings are omitted. At the end (fol. 67v.) is an epilogue, ascribed to the author. It begins: l.a id L. 353. B 443. Size 4! in. by 3 in.; foil. 165. Seven lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-102. Another copy of imperfect at the beginning ; the first words are : j Plainly written, with \owel-points. II. Foil. 104-165. Another fragment of the same work, written in a similar style. Slightly injured. 354. 1700. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foil. 321. Seventeen lines in a page. A copious Commentary ('[_))to...,) on the preceding work, entitled '-!:.).'.r.sJ' t:ll.k...., by AL-MAnni b. A.Q.mad b. 'Ali b. Yusuf F1si (\'-'lyt wJ.a.iil\ '.J"-'-' Cf. Kh. iii. 235, Cat. Mus. Brit. 78, and Stewart's Cat. 175, v. Beginning : .._s::;-cl;j \.=q...l A}J I J I I J _,JY. The author says in his preface that this is an abridged version of a still more ample commentary which he had written before. Well written. Has the following colophon : L!Y' \ ""'?. J.:. rrJ' 1..\lb Jw d AD\ 1.!1. .... ... Llbl--. ... .... SUI\ t..5-' W) .r. t!l. .. tYl' Lli:} u.c\j)\ 0 A..S'.)\J-1 (1 _p..c cUt .... J L Slightly injured by damp. Seals of .An war al-din Khan and his son J ang (A.H. 117 4). [Tippu.J 355. 2131. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foil. 109. Nine and thirteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-89. The of J.A.Zfu.i, without the introduction. Beginning: .... J..c t' J.:. Plainly written; vowel-points occasionally added. II. Foil. 91v.-101. .A prayer for Mul).ammad, styled _r.S'\ J_,.)J. It begins: All\ \J4 and is preceded by a introduction, -_r.5'1 J_,.)J Plainly written, with all the vowels. It was trans cribed by Shaikh MuJ:tammad y_r, in Rajab, 1084, for Malik Khan. The vacant pages between these two pieces are filled with a prayer for MuQ.ammad, written in a very large hand, and at the foot of the second is a charm, ascribed to 'AB, in Persian, written in Shikastah. Ill. Foil. 102-109. A morning prayer. Beginning: Jl._, cill\ r! Well written in a large hand. J.'.J 1..:--J For the rest of the volume, see Urdu and Persian MSS. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 1 Effaced.

PAGE 99

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 91 356. B 439. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 32. Nineteen lines in a page. J.d,;\ J.c j yid t..!.ll Al.! I J..WI A fragment of a Book of Prayers for Mul,lammad, consisting of extracts from Jazuli's with paraphrase and explanations, and a few original additions, so as to form a sort of commentary on that work. The author, Saiyid MAJ;MUD of Madinah, was still alive when this MS. was written, i.e. A. H. 1107. Beginning (fol. lv.): j J.a,; yh{J\ The division of the into quarters and thirds is also marked here. The first quarter ends on fol. 6. At the end, as additions by the author, are two prayers for MuQ.ammad, ascribed to Abu Bakr and 'Ali, and after these a drawing of the three tombs in the Mosque of Madinah. The colophon offers a different title: J,.:;l y\::.{J\ Al.!\ J Al.! I I b: _, '} J:s:!-j AJI.S'_;., lw_, Uh>.\ Jl;ill c:Y .;:#' jJ_, j.:; L-. _r.::>-_, V L A:..c Al.! I J->:--.\JLJ \ (!)?. -.\1 I Well written, with vowel-points, but injured and defective in several places. Leaves are wanting after foil. 3, 5, 28, 29, and 30. Cat. 233 (Duawat ), iii. 1. 357. 2168. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 88. Eleven and thirteen lines in a page. SADID AL-DIN KA.srranARi's Instruction in Prayer and Purification, according to the I;Ianafite rite, entitled 1 Effaced. j.a;J\ Cf. Kh. vi. 227; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 467; Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 50, etc. Plainly written in two large hands, partly with interlineation and notes. Fol. 88. A funeral prayer, with directions in Persan. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 358. 1162. Size 9! in. by 6! in.; foll. 71. Twelve, afterwards up to eighteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Ill written in two hands, N asta '111} and N askh. The former ends confusedly on fol. 68v., and has the date, A.H. 1169. The remaining portion has been added by the N askh hand. The colophon mentions 'Ali Mul,lammad as the transcriber, and a note below, Molla Fa<;l.ilAkhun as the owner of this copy. Coloured lines round the pages of the earlier portion. Fol. 7 should be placed after fol. 9. A few lines in Pushtu are on the fly-leaf. 359. 1860. Size 9l in. by 4! in. ; foil. 248. Twenty one and ten lines in a page. I. Foil. 9-200. A Commentary ( "[_ on the pre ceding work, by Ibrahim b. MuQ.ammad b. Ibrahim (d. A. H. 956). This is the abridgment which the author made from his larger commentary, called It is simply named See Kh. vi. 228; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 50 sq.; and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 118 sq. Neatly written. Dated Tuesday, 17th 1096. Numerous marginal notes, extracted from the larger commentary, and from various other works. A small ornament on the first page, and coloured lines round the others. The vacant leaves at the beginning and end of this piece are 'filled with various extracts, traditions, Fatwas, etc., written in the same hand. Amongst them is a list of the sections of the present work (foil. 3v.-4r. ) Foil. 205v.-208. Short Rules of Inheritance, written like the preceding.

PAGE 100

92 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Foil. 209-210. Various extracts, amongst them (fol. 21 Ov.) one from ld I J; \:.), and, on the margin of the same page, another from both of some length. Foil. 211-223. A Persian treatise on Dress. It is imperfect at the beginning, but it is described at the end as an extract from y\::S. Foil. 224-227 are vacant, but enclosed with coloured lines like the rest. II. Foil. 229-248: j 1 As_....J y'._,.,Qly '--..Qji)L An anonymous treatise on the Law of Inheritance. Begins: '-!:)L. 131 Imperfect at the end. Plainly written in a large hand, with numerous notes. This part of the volume being of a smaller size, the single sheets of it have been bound higher and lower alternately, so as to fit the size of the rest. Part of the margin of it has been cut off. Both parts of this volume bear the seal of Jang, the first also a note stating that it had been bought of Saiyid I;Iusainl: 'Aidarus, at Mailapur. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 151, liii. [Tippu.] 360. B 432. Size 8i in. by 5 in. ; foll. 202. Thirteen lines in a page. A fragment of a treatise on pious charms and remedies, arranged in 100 paragraphs ( ), and probably entitled cUl-t y\::.$'. The author is not mentioned. He frequently quotes Buni (d. A.H. 622), the "Imam'' A}:tmad b. Musa Majd al-d1n Sh1razi (i.e. F1ruzabad1, d. A.H. 817), and various old authorities. One of his Shaikhs was Sulaiman b. Ibrahlm 'Alawi. He also mentions (fol. 4) that he wrote at an earlier period a treatise with the title Jl This MS. is imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: JW, from the first which treats of the magic powers of the Basma lah. The second (fol. 4) is inscribed: j...:i; j 1 Cut off. The latter portion, from the sixty-second paragraph, is wanting. Only the last fol. is preserved, which con cludes as follows: The last three pages contain an amulet for horses, with directions in Turkish. Cat. 233, v. 361. 604. Size 10 in. by 5i in.; foil. 75. Thirty-one and eighteen lines in a page. An abridgment of the preceding work. It begins : cU L. . ill ..M.sl I F j\J J.dj j tl I.Sj ..,rtl '-'I.S', and concludes: Alii Written partly in a small and partly in a large Naskh character. The portion in has corrections, and indications of the contents, on the margin. It is on thin paper, and injured in some places. Red lines round the pages. Inscribed I_,.Rl I by a later hand. [Johnson.J 362. B 430. Size 7 in. by in.; foil. 104. Nine, afterwards six lines in a page. The Prayer-book of 'Ad B. SuL'!'AN (d. A.H. 1016), called y_j.s.ll. See J.I. Kh. iii. 56; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 148; and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 53 sq. Written in a large plain hand, with vowel-points. A Persian translation is added between the lines, and prefixed (foil. 1-6) is an introduction in Persz'an, by one A}:tmad b. 'Abd al-ra}:tman, containing rules for forty days of devotion. Both were made for the use of one Shah Hashim, at Makkah. The introduction $U, _},_,::...-. The last two pages contain another prayer, kiJ ""J4 It begins: .d. "' The Arabic text was collated subsequently by Mu}:tammad b. 'Abdallah Multani Makki :{{adiri.

PAGE 101

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 93 363. 1460. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foil. 378. Twentythree lines in a page. A copious Commentary on a Religious Manual by "Shhab al-din." The commentator styles himself 'ALi B. Alp.un G!IURi Ab,:;.. (?), a dis ciple of Shaikh Rukn al-din, and he -entitles his work j _r$'. Kh. v. 254, who identifies the author of the manual with the celebrated 'Omar Suhrawardz (d. A.H. 632). This work is written in Persan, but the commentary is in Arabic. The latter was compiled from various works in both languages, on rhetoric, lexicography, grammar, and law. The passages to be explained are introduced by Al_,:;. Begins : (.:;.) I_,Ld I r-jl_, cill o..\"L. Ul Well written in two hands; terminating abruptly. The beginning is much injured. Foil. 72 and 73 should be transposed. A defect after fol. 270. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 176, xi. [Tippu.J 364. 2391. Size Si in. by 4i in.; foil. 213. Twentyone lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, more incom plete than the preceding MS. Neatly written. Coloured lines round the pages. Much injured by insects. Fol. 213 should be placed after 206. Inscribed: "Explanations of theological terms by Ali ibn Ahmad Alghauri." [Sir Charles Wilkins. J 365. B 436. Size 5! in. by 3i in. ; foil. 53. Nine lines in a page. rt.JI J_,l.l (sic) bJ._\j t' d. --------------------1 The present MS. has '-'J;ll. Fragments of the Prayer-book of AJ!.MAD B. '0MAR AL-HrNDUWAN, who lived about the middle of the twelfth century. 1 The book contains forms of prayer for the different times of the day, viz., morning, noon, afternoon, and evening. Begins: Jl L:.>l}ll_, Plainly written, the first quire in a different hand from the rest. Defects after foil. 22 and 4 7. Inscribed I. Cf. Catal. 233 (Duawat), ii. 3. 366. B 437. Size 5k in. by 3! in.; foil. 23. Nine lines in a page. A Prayer for MuQ.ammad, mentioning all his bodily and mental qualities, and styled accordingly (fol. 6v.), 4). I 4-=--j (sic) I __lb The author gives his name as .. f-H w.JLJ\ Id '-'j ADI He compiled his work from (Tabr1z1's) .,UJ. I, (Tirmidhi's) '-'ljL..1JI, and ('Iya
PAGE 102

94 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 368. 2349. Size 6! in. by 3jin. ; foil. 16. Eleven lines in a page. Forms of prayer, called I ; beginning with the illl_fo.-:1, which are thrice repeated, and concluding (fol. 12) with a short prayer, which commences: ytJ)\ Y, In an edition of these prayers, published at Lakhnau, A.H. 1257, the author is called SAIYID '.A.Lr lLrnADM (d. A.H. 786) ; and this would agree with the brief statement of I;[. Kh. i. 492. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 176, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 341. Well written, with all the vowels. Dated '' A.H. 81 (i.e. 1181 ?). The last two pages contain an enumeration of the names of God, added by a different hand. It begins : c.l\ [College of Fort William.] 369. 5. Size 14 in. by 8! in. ; foil. 63. Seven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-19. The same prayers as in the preceding MS. II. Foil. 20-33. Forms of prayer, founded upon the Koran ; beginning with the first Sill'ah. With some Perst"an notes. Ill. A few Sill'ahs of the Koran, viz. SU.. 36, 48, 78, 73, and 67. Beautifully written in a large character, with all the vowel-points. Richly ornamented and gilt. The following name is written at the end of the prayers: k.J o1l \ _r.SU JW ill\ 4L ill\ [Johnson.J 370. 657. Size Si in. by in.; foil. 26. Nine lines in a page. Selections from the Koran, to be used as prayers. Beginning : :(_I to the end of the alphabet. Next comes SU.rah 1. Written in a large plain hand. Of the twelfth century. [Tippu.J 371. 473. Size 4! in. by 8! in.; foil. 400. Usually ten lines in a page. .A copious Shl 'ah Prayer-book. Well written through out, and mostly with vowel-points. Of the end of the eleventh and the beginning of the twelfth century. The following is a list of the principal contents: I. Foil. 1-11. Benedictions on Mu}:tammad, be'-'...s,. j.. pro ceeding in the same style, only the concluding words of each benediction being varied. A Persian introduction precedes. II. Foil. 16-22. Some prayers, ascribed to 'ALi; with Persian introduction and interlinear translation. Ill. Foil. 23-75, on paper sprinkled with gold, and all written in the same hand, contain : a. Foil. 23-26. .Another prayer of 'ALl. b. Foil. 28-54. The great "Coat-of-mail Prayer," handed down by i.e. 'Ad ZAIN AL-'ABIDIN, from the Prophet, to whom it was communicated by Gabriel, in one of his campaigns. Begins: I.:J:r.) ill\ Y, ,_JI Y. It is divided into one hundred and preceded by an introduction. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 77, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 345. .At the end of the introduction is the following note: 'L 1_,:>-Jlj The seal of Fakhr al-din Mu}:tammad (A.H. 1099) is impressed below c. Foil. 64-75. The little "Coat-of-mail Prayer," ascribed to the Imam MusA. (d. A.H. 183), from whom it descended to ABu JA'FAR +usi (d. A.H. 460). The present text was collected during the years A.H. 503-514, from four different authorities, who received it from rus1, in Rama<;lan, 458, at the mausoleum of '.Ali Ri<;la ('""f!J.\ lJI".:>.iWI), near 'rus. Their names are, Abu 'Ali alI;Iasan b. Mu}:tammad b. 'Ali Abu'l-wafa '.A.bd al-jabbar .. Razi, Najm al-din .A.bu'l-Fa<;ll ..

PAGE 103

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 95 :ij:usaini, of Jurjan, and Abu 'Abdallah Mul}.ammad b. Al}.mad b. al-Shahriyar, guardian of the mausoleum of 'Ali.1 The introduction, which contains the above statements, begins: w_,_r-J\ la?.' A:v._, W \ jx::;-l.!i The prayer commences: .AY_,I'-'.c ;..\.c f At the end of it (fol. 73v.) is added a charm, in several versions. Notes. This copy is derived from a MS. of Mir Mul}.ammad Damad, by whom the charm was added. It is very neatly written, and was transcribed by Mul}.ammad b. Astarabadi, for Mir 'Abd al-wahhab J;(usaini Sammaki Astarabadi, at AQ.madnagar in A.H, 1095. d. Between the two pieces last mentioned (foil. 54-64) the Burdah has been inserted, written across the pages. The remainder, which, with the exception of the con cluding portion, is written in one hand, contains : IV. Foll. 76-106. Several prayers, ascribed to 'ALi. a. Fol. 76. A prayer in verse, from the Diwan of 'AU, as edited by Saiyid RaQ.i al-din. It begins: \j ..M..sl\ u'ww With interlineation, notes, and introduction, in Persian. b. Fol. 80. I.!J.c l.JM;;.s-J\ \.ilz, i' Another prayer in five-lined strophes, beginning : There follows an advice how to use these two prayers, in Persian. 1 See no. 334. c. Fol. 87v. (\ A morning prayer, beginning: l:JW withaPersianinterlineartranslation. d. Fol. 103. A miraculous prayer, said to have been recited by 'ALi before the battle of N ahrawan. It was subsequently communicated by the Imam :Mahd'l to SA'ID It begins: J( ;> j (Su. 20, 70). The introduction is in Persian. This piece was copied at Lahore, in Ramac;lan, 1098 (year thirty-one of Aurangzib), from a MS., which had been transcribed at Tabriz, A.H. 1090, from the copy of Mirza Ibrahim, Waz1r of Azarbaijan. The latter copy was derived from a MS. in the handwriting of Shaikh :Mufid (d. A.H, 413). V. Foil. 109-121. A long prayer without title, beginning: J.s:l\ which is added (fol.121) (F)j\ J\.ct.), and (fol. 122) the latter ascribed to 'AL.i. Hence it would appear that the first prayer is the sk_'-' itself. This prayer seems to be also attributed to 'ALi, and is mentioned in Cat. Bodl. ii. 393, 6 ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 382a; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 165, etc. VI. Foil. 123v.-129. An advice how to use the p. \ y? of ShddhiU, in Persian VII. Foil. 130-152. A long prayer, beginning: d\.cJ t3 It is preceded by a note in Persian, in which it is called I..S ...s}.c. I..S\.c'-', and its origin related as follows. B. 'Ad 'Alawi persecuted by a tyrannical governor, :fled to Karbala. Here the I m am Mahdi i.:J L, appeared to him in a dream, and taught him this prayer, which on its first recital caused the instant death of the tyrant. VIII. Foil. 155v.-163. Prayers for Mul).ammad and the twelve Imams, to be recited on the seven week-days as follows: on Saturday, the prayer for Mu l;lammad; on Sunday, the prayer for 'All; on Monday, the prayers for and on Tuesday, those

PAGE 104

96 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. for Zain al-'abidin, Mu}:tammad and Ja'far on Wednesday, those for Musa 'Ali Riga, Mu and 'Ali on Thursday, the prayer for 'Askari; and on Friday, that for Mahdi \!.> L.) \ \...:, Each prayer represents a visit to the respective sanctuary. :Beginning: )JJ ill\ J' .. JJ.ol.J .c.lJ\ IX. Foil. 164-17 4. A prayer to be recited on Friday evening ; with a Persian introduction. X. Foll. 175-182. CU\ t:r r,\ JJU\ The "Prayer of Tears," so called from its beginning, t>\) Y, It is taken from the work of lBN mentioned above (no. 342). XI. Foil. 184-216. Prayers for the Imams, taken from r_rusi's a. Foil. 184-196. t:r AIT_, J-.c (sic) 41 -.\ Prayers for the Prophet and the I mams, ascribed to the eleventh Imam, J;IAsAN 'AsKARi, who dictated them to 'Abdailah b. Mu}:tammad, at Surr-man-ra, A.H. 255. Beginning: \ \ t:r A.:. \ 411\ Jl..; ..M.s.,. 41 <.::-lL Jl; r' J.c d The first prayer is for Mu}:tammad, 'All, and Fatimah; the second for Hasan and Husain ; and each following one for one of the. including 'Askari himself, and his successor, J_, b. Foll.196-201. r :.S_,_rt .A. prayer for Mu}:tammad and his family, attributed to 1 See his Fihrist, p. r M, 1. 61 and above, no. 342. Mahdi. It was revealed to J)A.RRAB I!i!fahani, at Makkah. The Isnad of this prayer is omitted for brevity's sake. It begins : rJ \ J..c ttD I c. Foll. 201-207. \.c...\!\ r )\. A prayer for Mahdi, the lmam who is to come, derived from '.A.Li RI:pA by YusuF B. '.A.Bn AL-RA.JilMAN. Begins: d d. Foll. 207-216. Jl j \..c-.\1\. A similar prayer, by A.Bu '.A.MR '01liARi, who dictated it to Abu '.A.li Mul;tammad b. Humam,1 etc. Begins : XII. Foll. 216-225. .A. in praise of the Prophet and his family, by Sm J;IIMYARI (.A.bu Hashim Ism a 'il b. Mu}:tammad, d. A. H. 179 or 171 ), the same as Cat. Mus. :Brit. 402, xi. It is preceded by an introduction, which begins: 43\ \:..:\.s.""' j J_,J\ f' J..c Jt d. From this we learn that the was composed by the poet in Heaven, and that it was first made known to the world by 'Ad who learned it in a dream With an interlinear Persian translation. XIII. Foll. 225-233. .A. prayer for 'All. It begins : XIV. Foil. 234-275. .A. long prayer for Mu}:tammad, beginning : \!).,. 411\ cJtl..o... \_, _,Ld I A considerable portion of it consists of verses from the Koran, which are invariably introduced by the words 11> j JW ill\ Foll. 260-65 have been reversed in binding. XV. Foll. 276-311. Names and attributes of God, selected from the Koran. According to the Persz'an introduction, this selection was made by 'Ad during Mu}:tammad's lifetime, with his and Gabriel' s approbation 1 See regarding him 'fusi, p. rrf.

PAGE 105

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 9i _XVI. Foll. 316-325. d. A. prayer, ascribed to '.A.Li ZAIN AL-'iBrniN. The name of it is taken from the beginning, L...R.; l. It is followed (fol. 324) by 'A.Li's night prayer, in scribed j t;. r.-1 It begins: L The rest of the MS. contains chiefly selections from the Koran. XVII. Foll. 385-399, of different paper, and added at a somewhat later date, contain: a. Prayers for Mul;tammad and the twelve Imams, beginning: J.:; b. (Fol. 394). "kcJ Invocations of 'A.H, Fatimah, and the Imams in succession, ascribed to AL-DIN rusi (d. A.H. 672). Jl This piece is written in a bold hand, by 'Izz al-din A.H. 1127. Red lines round the pages. Bound breadthways. [Johnson.J 372. 2352. Size 6 in. by 3jin.; foil. 131. From five to nine lines in a page. .A. Prayer-book, made up of different portions, mostly well written. Of the twelfth century. I. Foll. 1-14. SU.rah 18. II. Foll. 15-57. a. Some portions of the Koran, viz. SU.rahs 36, 48, 56, 67 and 78. With an interlinear Persan translation. b. Fol. 49v. Ten verses from the Koran, all speaking of love. They are to be used as a charm. ,, c. Fol. 52. A. Sh1 'ab prayer, I tfW, ascribed to the Imftm Mahdi with advice how to use it .. J::-l.ll It is taken from the glosses on (fusz's ?) by Begins : ) ))'-! Jl I. Notes in Persz'an are on the margin. According to one of them, this piece is derived, through two successive copies, from a MS. of Mir Mul;tammad Damad. IlL Foll. 58-67. A. prayer, comprising invocations of prophets and demons. Begins : Y, I It is preceded and followed by other pra;rers, charms in Persan, etc., which are rather illegibly written. IV. Foll. 68-114. a. .A. long prayer for Mul,lammad, beginning: '"'-t..sll l.. J.t: Jll It is followed by two short prayers of the same kind. b. Fol. 86v. The Burdah. c. Fol. 1 08.. .A. mystic beginning: U I "' \,; y}la,J I. The last two words are repeated at the end of every verse. V. Foll. 115-131. Various Persz'an notes and tracts, mostly illegibly written. A.t the end is a list of the names of God. Seal of Tippu on the first page. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 373. B 440. Size 7! in. by 4! in.; foiL 19. Fourteen and seventeen lines in a page. Fragments of a Prayer-book, written in various hands I. Foll. 1-3. SHADHILi's (d. A.H. 656) r!l\ Yj>. It begins: t::-k Y, Y, J;. \:, ADI \:,. Cf. I_[. Kh. iii. 56 sq., and Haneberg in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. Morgenl. Ges. vii. 25. Two short prayers for the Prophet, one by }ful,lammad B.AKRI (see II.), the other taken from SAKH.A.wi's (d. A.H. 902) J_,.ii.ll,t are added on the back of fol. 3, by different hands. II. Foll. 4-10. A. fragment, containing various prayers for Mul,lammad. Some of these prayers are attributed to b llAKRi (probably A.bu'l-l.Iasan 1 Cf. 1:1. Kh. iv. 682. 13

PAGE 106

98 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Mul}.ammad d. about A.H. 950), and are described thus: One prayer is by 'Ann AL-JFADIR GiLiN! (fol. 6). Others are taken from the \ ,.r \ y::: by B. who derived them from 'Ann AL-'AZiz MAHDA wi, etc. Of the prayers by 'Ann ALJFAniR B. JuNAID, j begin on fol. 10, only the first few lines remain, the rest having been lost. III. Foil. 11-19. Various pieces, in different hands. Fol. 11 contains the end of a prayer, styled .y_;J\ i.:)\bL Fol. 16. A hymn, by Anu Bm 'AnANi (?), son of 'Abdallah al-'Aidarus. At the end are written the ninety-nine names of God. 374. 2284. Size 8 in. by 5 k in. ; foil. 122. Twenty-one lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-13v. A treatise on augury, imperfect at the beginning. It gives a description of twenty-four omens connected with the names of as many prophets, the last being MuQ.ammad. The first heading is : J\; Fol. lv. gives a table of contents. II. Foil. 13v.-29. A treatise on lawful magic (J b.._,)\ by an unknown author. It has the superscription J"'l.:.,.,__, ..r>-1 tf The preface begins: AJJ 0 Ill. Foil. 31-43. d. u
PAGE 107

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 99 376. 2261. Size 8k in. by 4k in. ; foil. 81. Eleven lines 1n a page. I. Foil. 1-34. A work on the nativity of :Mul).ammad \ ),.. ), in the legendary style, mixed with prayers and poetry. The author is not known. It begins with the first Surah; next follow the words, ""'-t..s.l\ ctJJ\ u-:":J\ y\::.S' 4.S-'l\ All. It concludes (fol. 31): and is followed by a prayer. II. Foil. 35-64. Another work of the same kind. It begins also with the first Surah, after which follow the words, .. AU\ r All\ 'J\::.-...J\ It concludes (fol. 62): and is followed by a prayer, U-:":.1' III. Foll. 65-81. Various prayers and benedictions on the Prophet, and on 'Abd Gilani, mostly in verse. Well written in a large hand. Ornamented with red lines. Seal of J ang. .[College of Fort William, 1825.] 377. 2619. Size 8 in. by 5! in. ; foil. 160. Eleven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-8. A description of the personal appearance of the Prophet ), ascribed to 'ALi, which is to serve as a talisman. Begins: J\J l-. uk Y. Jii?. d" r j .. J, t_ ... II. Foll. 8v.-120. Abu 'Abdallah Mul).ammad b. Sulaiman JazfJLi's (d. A.H. 870) Ends: j yL(n F Ill. Foll. 121-138. Various prayers and pious ejacu lations, with introductions and explanations in Javanese written in the Arabic character. IV. Foll. 139-160. A prayer-book, containing invo cations of God by every Surah of the Koran in suc cession, etc. Begins: u:r F Ends: V:.)\ j:-J y\::.S' Written in different large and inelegant hands, apparently in Java. 378. 2939. Size 11! in. by 8 in.; foil. 305.. Number of lines varying. I. Foil. 7-72. JAZirLi's terminating abruptly. The earlier portion is accompanied by an interlinear translation in Javanese in the Arabic character. II. Foll. 72-251. Tracts in Javanese of the same kind, between vacant leaves. III. Foil. 251v.-257. a. Some verses of the Koran, inscribed in Javanese / jl .. / .. / b. The personal description of the Prophet, attributed to 'ALi; the same as in the preceding no. IV. FoU. 257v.-261. A short prayer in commemo ration of 'Abd al-l}adir Gllani, followed by a long prayer, / ., // / 9 inscribed \..A d::.' V. Foll. 265-279. Extracts from a work of Btmi (q the names of God. Beginning: j k..:\::.l\ With an interlinear Javanese translation VI. Foil. 281-305. Special prayers, forms of daily prayer, and selections from the Koran, mixed with tracts in Javanese. Written in a large inelegant character, the Arabic portions with vowel-points, but incorrect

PAGE 108

100 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 379. B 441. Size 8 m" b 43 P ll 28 y 4 m.; lO Twentyfour lines in a page. I. Fol. 1. The beginning of a treatise by A.L-Drn '_ftsi (d. A.H. 672), on a method of taking omens. It is said to have been revealed to him in a dream, by the I m am l\fahdi L.._;J I \...:, Beginning: '-'Li;\ JW l..\ ... J.z j j ... t' SCHOLASTIC 380. B 201. Size in. by 5 in.; foil. 59. Mostly seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary on the or Prin ciples of Mul}.ammadan Faith, by 'ABn AL-AWWAL b. 'Abd MU.sawi, who wrote it A.H. 1064, at This commentary was not known to Kh. (see iv. 458), nor is it found elsewhere. See on is commonly (and also by the present commentator) ascribed to .Abu J!anifah (d. A.H. 150), Cat. Lugd. iv. 227, and A. von Kremer, Geschichte der herrschenden Ideen des !slams, p. 39 sqq. It was printed, with a Hindustani translation, at Lakhnau, A.H. 1260. The preface begins: AJt.\1 All The author says in it that no labour deserving the name of a commentary had been bestowed upon the work before him (fol. 2): &-tO JJ, :w l. &-el 'C}_r.ll He quotes in his commentary the II. Foll. 2-8. The concluding portion of a cabbalistic treatise on the letters of the alphabet. With several magic circles. Written in a small current hand. Dated 22nd Rama<;lan, 1011. III. Foil. 15v.-16. A treatise in verse (Rajaz) on the fourteen letters called .J?.JGI \ namely: w l d 4..r' _, r-ua r-1 w. Beginning: w_.r-1 dFol. 28v. The beginning of a treatise on the pro perties of the names of God. The rest of the volume is in Persz"an. THEOLOGY. principal works on the Kalam down to (Dawwan1's) It concludes in the following manner: J..c. j tOt J..c_, L &-)r. j L_,r:-..J\ "\:..; j .L ts11 L...:..\Ji\1 .. ')) .. .. The present MS., the greater part of which (from fol. 20) is written in a legible N asta hand, though almost without diacritical points, and with no dis tinction of text and commentary, was transcribed during the author's lifetime. It bears corrections, additions, and some notes by the author (marked with M.L b \.i4 \) on the margin. The first portion is ill written by a different hand. It bears similar correcfew additions. (marked with t:) have been mserted m 1t on separate shps of paper. Fol. 19v., which remained vacant, has been filled with trials of the pen. Cat. 226, xx.

PAGE 109

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 101 381. 2906. Size 10! in. by Si in.; foil. 9. Twelve lines in a page. A Mul).ammadan Catechism, ascribed to Abu'l-Laith Mul).ammad b. Abu N b. Ibrahim (pro bably the well-known author, who is generally called b. Mul).ammad, d. A.H. 375 or 383). Cf. Catal. Mus. Brit. 393. Begins: J;; \3\ .. .. 41! l. dl With an interlinear Malay translation. Written in a large hand. The rest of the volume consists of treatises in Malay. 382. 1442. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 292. Nineteen lines in a page. An account of Religious and Philosophical Sects, by Abu'l-fatl). Mul).ammad b. 'Abd al-karim SHAHRASTANI (d. A.H. 548). A rather incorrect copy. It has already been described by Cureton in the preface to his edition of this work (vol. ii. p. vi.). [Johnson.J 383. 1011. Size 9i in. by 5i in. ; foil. 27. Sixteen lines in a page. A fragment, containing the beginning of the preced ing work (as far asp. r'A of Cureton's edition). Prefixed is an outline of the contents, inscribed j.s\JI_, J}J.\ j which extends to the commencement of the account of the Shi'ah sects. It begins : _,Ld 1_, l:J?}W I Ail ...\.-...sll Clearly written in Nasta'li:. [Johnson.J 384. 2323. Size 8 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 89. Principles of MuQ.ammadan Faith, entitled J-(l j, by Anu SnuKCJR SA.Lmi, i.e. MuQ.ammad b. 'Abd al-saiyid b. Shu'aib Kashshl (or Kiss!) 1 Cf. I,I. Kh. ii. 423, v. 153, and Bibl. Sprenger. 831. The author, who belonged to the old orthodox school, L.J \ jlb \ lived in the latter part of the fifth century. He says (fol. 78v.): Wl j J.JWI j tl U'_rl\ JY."-'.J .ft:.!l $ I)J L.._, L!>lJ_,=;.., and (fol. 80): ..M.s:""' ,:I d-L j JW' (sic) L;;;. .. - ,:,LUL.. "w 'J .. J:J ,rJI yl:.S'. He commonly quotes the opinions of Abu Ash'ari, the Mu'tazilites, and the Philosophers. The work begins: J'-' \ All ..M.sll Z:.J d. ...\JU (sic) 13 L;_rJ.I J-""'1 ,,) Jl_,.o...\ (sic) l. )-'.a_.. The chapters are inaccurately marked. The following titles occur here: fol. 1v., Jji,J\; fol. 8, fol. 14, t:j\,d\ fol. 20v., fol. 27, (onfol. 40 is marked as given by another MS., JJJ\ j fol. 65v., Ll.bll_, fol. 71, L;k!l; fol. 78, Wl Each chapter is subdivided into paragraphs, which in variably begin with the words j J ,JiJ I The name of the author, as given at the beginning, occurs often in the course of the work. Clearly written; only a few (generally two) lines at the top, in the middle, and at the foot of each page, are straight, dividing it into two squares. The rest run diagonally. Persian notes are on the margin. 1 See on this surname, Abu'l-fadhl, Homonyma, ed. De Jong, I r r 1 r; Liber as-Sojutii de nomin. rel., ed. Veth, r r r ; and iv. rvr and rvv.

PAGE 110

102 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. A statement of the answer given by the Imam Anu (NAsAFi) to four questions, which were put to the divines of Transoxania by those of Khurasan, in Persan, is written on the title-page. Another note, beginning \ t__,; t.b) \ is on the fly-leaf. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 385. B 190. Size 9! in. by 6i in. ; foll. 56. Twentyone and twenty-three lines in a page. Sa'd al-din Mas'ud b. 'Omar TAFT.Az.A.Ni's (d. A.H. 792) Commentary on the or Fundamental Articles of the Mul}.ammadan Creed, by N ajm al-din Abu 'Omar b. Mul).ammad Nasafz (d. A.H. 537). This commentary was written in A.H. 768. Cf. ];I. Kh. iv. 219; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 92; Cat. St. Petersb. 19, etc. It was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1244, and at Constantinople, A.H. 1260. The text of the was published by Cureton, as an appendix to the "Pillar of the Creed of the Sunnites,'' 1 London, 1843. A translation of it, with extracts from the commentary, is to be found in Mouradgea d'Ohsson's Tableau de l'Empire Othoman, vol. i. Well written, with marginal notes. B1j. Libr., A.H. 1014, from Molla '.Abd al-'all. Cf. Catal. 225, L 386. B 189. Size 7i in. by 5 in.; foll. 82. From thirteen to sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of TAFT.Az.A.Ni's Commentary. Well written, with many marginal notes. It concludes : \ \ (sic) YJ \ t:') '-" .... L.Sn Uj\bl 1:1. z --'?. 1:1. 1:1. p ...S.) \ o..\1 \ J This colophon is extended to the foot of the page, only a few letters being in a line. It is followed by two Persan couplets. On the recto of the first fol. is the beginning of a different treatise on logic. The margin is injured by insects. 1 See below, no. 434. z One word doubtful. 387. B 192. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 52. Nineteen and fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, with many inter linear and marginal notes, derived from Khayali, 'Izzi, etc. Much used and soiled. A defect after fol. 49. The lower part of the last fol., with the conclusion, is torn off. 388. 2275. Size 7k in. by 3i in.; foil. 115. Twelve lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, clearly written in N asta with a broad margin, but no notes. It breaks off abruptly, though the last words are written in the form of a conclusion. There follows (fol. 107v.) an incomplete Persz'an treatise, on the Principles of Tradition, beginning: At the end is a receipt, J)\ b.s.J\ j. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 389. B 217 A. Size 11! in. by 6 in.; foil. 44. Nineteen lines in a page. A very incomplete copy of the same work. Plainly written. Has the following colophon: (?) 1.:1. wJ,.rw --'?. yh.-'" J-b.) "_;' Jlb) w..,. J ; l; I.:) J

PAGE 111

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 103 390. 15A. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 45. Twenty-two lines in a page. Glosses on Taftdzdnz' s Commentary, by A}:tmad b. Musa KnAY1Li. Cf. ]J:. Kh. iv. 220; Cat. St. Petersb. 20 ; Tornberg, Codd. Lund. 26 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, 94, and Class. hanefit. Rechtsgel. 343. These glosses were written in A.H. 862. Consequently, the author was not already dead A.H. 860, as is usually stated. The preface contains a long dedication to the great Ma}:tmud Pasha. Legibly written. Dated Tuesday, 3 $afar, 1189. Seal of Jang. 391. 1219. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 92. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Glosses, without the preface. Beginning : cill\ \.c J'.r\1\ 0 W\ JL; Written in N asta by Saiyid Ibrahim b. Saiyid Shar1f, at Shahjahanabad. Date, Friday, 12 Mu}:tarram, 1089. This copy was made in seven days (see fol. 92). Marginal notes in the earlier portion. Fol. 84v. is left blank. A defect after fol. 47. [Hastings. J 392. 1218. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 95. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, without the preface. Clearly written, with the following colophon: -"w J.:. rr 1.9 9 Marginal notes, written in Shikastah. [Hastings. J 393. B 193B. Size 7 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 50. Mostly seventeen lines in a page. The Glosses of KhayaU. Well written, with additions by the author on the margin. Defective after fol. 8 and at the end. Erroneouslyinscribed F J. j)""\. Cf. Cat. 229, v. 7. 394. B 193. Size 7! in. by 4! in.; foll. 80. Five and thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, consisting of various fragments in N asta and Shikastah. The preface is omitted, as in the preceding MSS. The concluding portion was written by Mu}:tammad 'Adil, resident of Shaikhpurah, on Sunday, 10 Rab1' II., 1097. One portion has marginal notes. Cat. 225, x. 7. 395. B 193A. Size 7! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 17. Sixteen lines in a page. A fragment of the same Glosses, plainly written, with marginal notes. The beginning is wanting. The first entire gloss is : :( \ tJ_,:; There is a considerable defect after fol. 8. 398. B 199. Size 101 in. by 6! in.; foll. 176. Twenty one lines in a page. The Glosses of KhaydU, with additional notes by KA:rd.L (Kamal al-din Isma'il con temporary of Sultan Mu}:tammad the Conqueror). See Kh. iv. 223 and 221. The work begins: M.sl\ cJt;) j J.:. .J.:rdl\ t_)W\ JL; tt.:..c Al.ll tic J,.J\, and so on, to the end of the first gloss of KhayuU, which con cludes with the words \ .irb. It is followed by

PAGE 112

104 ARABIC a note Kamal, which runs thus: j yh.
PAGE 113

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 105 The first gloss begins: ...\_..)I j w-->) All I Written in Nasta'lil}. The colophon runs as follows: ;t.,. j J lrJ I j I y,. j I j I U\1 A:.w 1.:)\S) I.Sj Jy>-..> .. ;(_I I.S'-',:.j but on one side is the phrase i_l ill\, with the date, A.H. 1102. The earlier portion is injured by insects. Cat. 225, x. 5. 402. B 195. Size 9i in. by in.; foil. 254. Nineteen lines in a page. Glosses on Tajtdzdnl's Commentary, by AL-Dix B. 'ALI JlmAKHSHI d,\ 1.:);:-..\l\ They are compiled ftom various earlier works, such as the glosses of Khayal1, Al,tmad Jandl, al-din (d. A.H. 943), and extend in this MS. over about one-third of the original work. The preface begins : I cJJ \. It contains a dedication, beginning (fol. 2): J.i \:. JJ!l; yJW.IJ J}.1.).\ A__;_IW JW' The first gloss refers to the words : .... l:) t,J (sic), from the end of Taftazani's preface. Well written, the greater part (from fol. 8 4) in N asta The first few foil. contain many emenda tions. Bi:j. Libr., A.H. 1023, from Shaikh '.Alam Allah (b. 'Abd al 1\Iakki I;Ianafi al-'Aidarus). Inscribed: \j '""?. J. J l::->-t>-..r. l:) \.c 1 This 1\IS. has 403. B 195A. Size 10 in. by in.; foil. 15. Twenty three lines in a page A fragment of Glosses on TaftazdnZ' s Commentary ; the author not ascertained. 'rhe first gloss is: t' l:)lj Al_f. Closely, but legibly written. .A. considerable defect occurs after fol. 7. 404. B 329. Size 9! in. by 6k in.; foll. 130. Twentyfive lines in a page. The Leading Dogmas of Islam, arranged in forty "questions" by FAKHR AL-DIN Mul,tammad b. 'Omar R.Azi (d. A.H. 606). The work is entitled JJ,..;)\ j yt::.s'. It was composed by the author for the use of his eldest son, Mul;tammad. Cf. I}:. Kh. i. 242, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 567 ad no. lxxxvi. The author's preface begins: ... _,=..: j _,ll _,_..?."' j '"";.__,::._..!I I y J::;' -He says subsequently: l-.\ ..(1 .; :==--.o; w 1w ill\ -l; 1'r-_r '-' U"' l..5"'"") I.$ 1.:) .... o..\l_,ll :.?-J.::. 1, 1 .. JH.w.J I 1_, .... '-'-t-.s:-4 j ').;.:-:--> l:))q .:)?,...\11 j J,3t?.' J;,la).\ The first question is ...\>-j ; the second l:)\ j, etc. Each question has sub divisions, such as A,.:,L, etc. Carefully written in a round hand. Of about the eighth century. Imperfect at the end; terminating in the 36th question. Foll. 31 and 40 have been supplied by a different hand. Some extracts from the author's (see H.Kh v. 612) are written on the title-page'. In a recent inscription, the work is wrongly attributed to Ghazzali. Cat. Cf. 229, ix. 14

PAGE 114

106 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 405. 1190. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foil. 18. Twenty-one lines in a page. A Compendium of Metaphysics and Mu}:tammadan Faith, usually or by A.L-DiN Abu Ja'far Mu}:tammad b. Mu}:tammad '.fusi (d. A.H. 672). See Kh. ii. 193. Cf. Cat. J3odl. I., no. cxxi..'{., which also bears the above title. This MS. begins, slightly differing from the common version: uk uk t' \,., Jl Plainly written; completed on Wednesday, 17th Raj ab, 1100, by Saiyid Ma}:tmud I;fanafi Notes in the earlier portion. [Gaikwar.J 406. B 207. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foll. 228. Twenty one lines in a page. A Commentary on the Tafrid, commonly called r.rl \ by Shams al-din Abu'l-thana Ma}:tmud (d. A.H. 749). Cf. Kh. ii. 194 sq., and Cat. Lugd. iv. 246 sq. This is a commentary by J_f\ ... Jl;; it includes the whole text of the Tafrtd. The preface, quoted in Kh., Le., is wanting. Begins: .... l.l j\:; ..:r r-iC' r.:: w J;' ....SL:. (_\.}:.!1_, c....h=-?. l.J .)yt' Well written, by Idris b. ()', sic) b. Shu'aib of the tenth century. Some notes. Thin paper. Foil. 178, 184, 188, and 193 are injured. Single leaves are missing after foil. 195, 203, 205, 209, 214, and 216. Several foil., including the beginning, have been supplied by a later hand. Blj. Libr., A. H. 1055, "from the Nawwab" Khan). Seals of 'Adil Shah, "his servant" Mustafa Khan .. and '.Ata Allah b. J amal al-din A }:I mad Gilani. 1 .Added by a later hand. 407. B 247. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 398. Nineteen lines in a page. Glosses on the preceding Commentary of I$/alu1nz, by SAIYID SHARIF JuRJ.\Ni (d. A.H. 816). They are commonly called Kh. ii. 195, and Casiri, i., no. ncxv. Annotations on these Glosses are to be found in Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 388. The work extends only over the first two chapters ( or the philosophical part, of the Tajrld. It begins with the preface of '.fus1, instead of that of as follows: l.\ AI_,:; l.. uhll JJ\i.., va.=... The first gloss on words of is : _,J l. \.J Well written, by Ibra.him b. 'Abdallah, for Saiyid Shams al-din Atashi. Date, A.H. 1082. Corrections and notes are on the margin. Cat. 225, viii. 1 (?). 408. B 159. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 225. Twenty four lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first complete gloss is : t' Ill written, on European paper Erroneously described as glosses of Molla on a work on logic. Cf. Cat. 236, xiii 409. 865. Size 10! in. by in. ; foil. 348. Twentyone lines in a page. A Commentary ('[.J.ftv') on the by 'Ala al-dln 'Ali b. Mu}:tammad :usHJI (i.e. the Falconer, d. A. H. 879, at Constantinople). It is commonly called and was dedicated by the author to Sultan Mugh1th al-d1n Abu Sa'id Gurgan the Timuride. See :ij:. Kh. ii. 198 ; Catal. St. Petersb. 1 Compare Casiri, I.e.

PAGE 115

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 107 229 and 303. The work was printed in Persia (s.l. ), A.H. 1274. The commentary begins: .... 1_, .).:r L. I A!T Beautifully written. Dated Rabi' I., 874. With additional notes by the author (marked with W.w &.1.l I). Gold lines round the pages. There precedes a detailed list of contents, of later origin (foil. 1-4). 410. B 202. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 415. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of Commentary, imperfect at the beginning. The first words are : One leaf is also missing after fol. 2. Neatly written, with a broad margin, but no notes. Chapters ( I. and II. form a separate part, which has the following colophon (fol. 330v.), .).J 'Cr t!J"" '-!1"" J t!.ll j ).iiJI &.l.ll '-!1"" j t:ju' J' ""?. J.;. Jw All\ s\L:_.j\ ;s_;\.lb &.l.ll Cat. 226, xxvi. 411. 2969. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 409. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Well written, of the eleventh century ; with cor rections and a few notes. An ornament on the first page, and gold lines round the others. Injured by insects. The margin has been mended with new paper. The colophon is mutilated. Seals of Dilawar, II. Vansittart (A.H. 1194), and C. Boddam, and signature of the latter, Calcutta, 1787. The book is wrongly described as the commentary of l!?fahani. 412. 1156. Size 9 in. by 4,t in.; foil. 363. Generally twenty-four lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, without the preface. Written in different hands, and Shikastah With the same notes as no. 409. 413. B 233. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foil. 376. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of the same work. It begins: j\...s' ( = fol. 44v. of no. 409). There are slight defects after foil. 122 and 128, and a larger one after fol. 240; a few leaves are also wanting at the end Plainly, but inelegantly written, of the twelfth century. Erroneously inscribed xxxvii. Cf. Cat. 226, 414. 1839. Size in. by 5! in.; foll. 305. Nineteen and eighteen lines in a page. The first part of the same work, consisting of three separate portions. I. Foll. 1-136. Chapter I., without the preface. Written in According to the Persian colophon, it was transcribed from a bad copy in eight days between lOth Dhu'l-pijjah, 1063, and 1st Mu}J.arram, 1064, by Mu'min Khalil. It was, however, collated subsequently with a copy which had been revised by the author. II. Foil. 136v.-213. The first four sections of Chapter II. Transcribed, "in haste," by the same hand as the preceding. Dated 5th Rabi' I., 1063. Collated with the aforesaid copy. Marginal notes, chiefly taken from the glosses of al-din.1 Foil. 147-150 are misplaced. Two leaves arc after fol. 200. 1 See below, no. 424.

PAGE 116

108 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Ill. Foll. 214-305. The remaining portion of Chapter II. A separate volume, wTitten in by 'A.bdallah Mashhadl, at Shahjahanabad. Date, 4th Rabi' II., 1062. Emendations on the margin. [Hastings. J 415. B 208. Size in. by 3! in. ; foil. 133. Seven teen lines in a page. The second part of :{{usHJi's Commentary, containing Chapter II., j, but imperfect atthe end. Illegibly written in Shikastah, with some marginal notes. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028. 416. 2334. Size in. by 4 in. ; foil. 184. Fifteen lines in a page. f. LS _}.&. e> \ / I. Foll. 1-120. The concluding portion of I}:usHJi's Commentary on the TaJr2d, from Chapter j t:j l.al \) to the end. With marginal notes at the beginning. II. Foil. 121-184. Annotations on the commencement of the preceding portion, by M u}:lammad b. A}:! mad KHAFARi (u#!\, a pupil ofTaftazan1; see Cat. Bodl. ii., p. 606). Other glosses on the commentary of by the same author, are to be found in Cat. Mus. Brit., p. 107, no. clxx., 3. The author says in his short preface: J#. u_;s.l\ ... '"' &. Ul\ ,,. -=:... ;._,;-:-.. r..r u-u The annotations begin : !,)J::;J J ..\:: .. ..:\ J.JJ:; j v=.J' Jw L.!sJ \ {-"' \,1' ; and they end with the following words of tJ_,:; tl j ( =:fol. 18 of this MS.). Corrections and notes on the margin. Legibly written in a small hand. This MS. was bought at Aurangabad, A.H. 1094. It bears the seal of N J ang. [College of Fort William, 1832.] 417. B 243. Size 8 in. by in.; foll. 147. Twentytwo lines in a page. A. Gloss on l{ushJZ's Commentary, by JALAL AL-DiN Mul,lammad b. A.s'ad DAww.A.Ni (d. A.H. 907 or 908). This is the first of the three glosses which he wrote to that commentary. It is commonly t.J \ See H. Kh. ii. 200 sqq.; and on the author, Catal. St. 83, and Sprenger, Catal. Libr. Oudh, 73. The work begins with commenting on the first addi tional note of as found in the above MSS. (e.g. on fol. 8 of no. 409): !,)...,-?. t j JJJJ t' j J,:;' (' t.J .. It extends, in this MS., only over the first chapter ( and the commencement of the second. The last annota tion refers to the words: t ..)1 tJ_,J from the second J.a,; ( = fol. 161 of no. 409). There is prefixed, but only in the present MS., the author's preface (foll. 2-4), beginning: h.iiJ_, j It contains a dedication to Sultan Abu'l-fat}:l KhaB.l Beg Bahadur Khan, son of Sultan J:Iasan Beg (or Uzun the second prince of the Bayandur1yah Dynasty, or Turko mans of the White Ram, who reigned from A.H. 883 to 884.1 Written in mostly without diacritical points ; with marginal notes by the author (marked with ). It was copied by Mughlth al-d1n Mu l,lammad ij:usaini, for his own use. Of the tenth century. Blj. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. Cat. 226, xii. 1 Cf. De Guignes, Hist. des Buns, etc., i. 264, and Thompson's translation of the (Orient. Transl. Fund, 1839), p. 5.

PAGE 117

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 109 418. B 139. Size 7:} in. by 4:f in.; foil. 1.j3, Seventeen lines in a page. .A.nother copy of the preceding work. Very neatly written in by Ri<;la b. Isma 'il Hamadani, in the Ra<;lawiyah Academy at Shiraz. Dated Tuesday, 22nd Sha'ban, 999. Incomplete at the end. The last gloss is: } cJ_f I ( =fol. 138 of the preceding MS.). 419. B 191. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foil. 202. Twenty one lines in a page. Another imperfect copy of the same work, ending with the words p cJ...,.j ( = fol. Il6v. of no. 417). Written in a clear N of the tenth century; with some marginal notes by the author. A small ornament at the beginning; red lines round the pages. 420. 1600. Size 81 in. by in.; foil. 155. Seventeen and twenty-one lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, ending abruptly in the same note with which no. 417 concludes. Plainly written, with marginal notes. Various extracts are written on the fly-leaves (foil. 1-4). [Hastings: J 421. B 178. Size 81 in. by in.; foil. 175. From eighteen to thirty-one lines in a page. Notes on the greater part of nawwanZ' s tsl I by lfolla MinzA. JA.N Allah Shlrazi, d. A.H. 994). See Kh. ii. 202, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 387. The first note comments on the commencement of the Tajrzd; it begins: ... u..: l.l till\ v:-+ll Jl:; j t .. :l The second note refers to words of thus: (1 J....s: (1 LJWI J\.;, and the third to the first words of Dawwani, till\ o.z-..J The last gloss is: J::..JI (1 (referring to words from fol. 120 of no. 417). Written in different hands, partly in an illegible Shi kastah, with numerous marginal notes by the author. The colophon runs as follows: dLJ\ y\::...(1\ ;j j till\ f .... "', W A.JI. L'"' ._;-'-'J J yl.__, Two leaves are missing after fol. 7, and twenty-six after fol. 51. The seal (A.H. 1013) and signature of the owner, Khushl;lal, are on the title-page. On the last fol. is a list of twenty-four books, which he had with him at Burbanpur. BA L"b 1054 Seal of Muh. ammad 'Adil Shah. lJ. 1 r., A.H. Cat. 226, xix. 422. B 178A. Size 7 k in. by in. ; foil. 154. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. This book is in a bad condition, nearly one-half of it, from the margin inwards, having been eaten by white-ants. The text is, however, comparatively little injured. Clearly written in a small hand. Imperfect at the end. An ornament in blue and gold is on the title-page. Blj. Libr., A.H. 1029; with the following note: .(sic) ..... A,j \.=;.. 423. 1001. Size in. by 5i in.; foil. 304. Twenty one lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-15. Some notes to the earlier portion of the preceding work of Mz-rza Jan, terminating abruptly. Beginning: J.:. '-:-W\ ..u.: j ...\J r") (__' l.;. '-;-w'

PAGE 118

110 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. The words of Mirza Jan referred to here are found at the end of fol. 9v. of the preceding no. 11. Foil. 16-304. Glosses extending over the whole work of Mzrza Jan, as contained in no. 421. They are followed by some notes referring directly to the work of who is styled Jis,.JI, and to that of l[ushj'i. According to notes on the two title-pages, the name of the author is AGHA Additional notes by the same are on the margin. Closely written in a small, but clear N asta hand, by Hashim The second piece is dated Tuesday, 15th Rab1' I., 1072. Gold lines round the pages. The first piece is wrongly inscribed "-=-' r. [Hastings. J 424. B 172. Size 9k in. by 5! in. ; foil. 422. Twenty one lines in a page. Another Gloss on J!ushj' s Commentary, by MiR AL-DIN Abu N Mu}:tammad Shiraz1 (d. A.H. 903). This is the second gloss by the author, written in reply to the second gloss ( '-'?, \ \.s:l I) of Dawwanl. It is dedicated to the Ottoman Sultan Eayazicl II. (who reigned from 894 to 918). See Kh. ii. 200, and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 295. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 452. The first annotation begins: .... I..Sk AI, r J::-:; vWI Jl; 4.r,s"" t I Gl! This MS. terminates abruptly in a note to the words \.,. I..Sk i_>, from the fourth of the ( = fol. 189 of no. 409). It is written in various hands, of the beginning of the eleventh century. The first quire and the last were written by Nur Allah Yazd1. Corrections on the margin. Worm eaten. Bij. Libr., A.H.l059, from Nawwab Mu!?tafa Khan (Mul;lammad Amin). Seals of Mul}.ammad 'Adil Shah and 'Ata Allah. Cat. 225, xii. 2. 425. B 298. Size 10i in. by 5fl in.; foil. 164. Twenty seven lines in a page. A fragment of the preceding work, imperfect at the beginning and end. The first complete paragraph begins: j Al.,i ( = fol. lOv. of the preceding no.). Well written, of the twelfth century. A defect after fol. 72. Several leaves are injured. Erroneously inscribed : r..c UJ .J. Cf. Cat. 222, iii. 7. 426. B 203, 234. Size 9i in. by in. ; foil. 178. A.t first from eleven to fifteen, afterwards about thirty lines in a page. I. FoiL 4-90r. al-d1n 'Abdallah b. 'Omar EuJ?A.wi's (d. A.H. 685) Compendium of Scholastic Theology, entitled _}1:U (.!)-" r=ll_,b. Cf. I;J. Kh. iv. 168, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien1 ii. 607. Well written in a bold hand. With numerous glosses, which are chiefly derived from a commentary, for which the abbreviation is used; this is perhaps the commentary by 'Abd Farab1, mentioned in H. Kh. iv. 169. Fourteen leaves are missing after fol. 34. II. Foil. 90v.-94r. A Commentary by (d. A.II. 792), on the Exordium of MargMnanz's (see no. 211). Written in a smaller character than the preceding. Dated lOth Mu}:tarram r-x), 798 Ill. Foil. 94v. and 95r. An explanation of the Exordium of Barf,awZ's taken from the commentary of (see the follow ing no.). FoiL 95v.-1 78. A Commentary on the) 1_,3 l_,k The author is, according to :fr. Kh. iv. 169, Burhan al-din 'Ubaidallah b. Mu}:tammad 'Ubaidali Sharif Farghani, commonly called 'UBRI (d. A.H. 743). Cf. Cat. Bodl. i., no. cxl., and ii. 570. The text and the commentary are distinguished by

PAGE 119

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 111 the words Jl.; and J;\. The author says in his preface: y\::.S' Lf'-'>-u-"'l..::.l4 ... J' Yr;..J\ (' yiibl' The commentary begins: Jt; J.:. y\::..(l\ \_., J&. yb.C\ Carefully written in a small character, with copious marginal notes. Several leaves are missing after foil. 130 and 132. The whole volume was written by Mul;tammad b. Shihab (sic) 1 Siraj1, who was a pupil of Taftazant Foil. 1-3 are filled with Persan poetry and various extracts from Arabic works, partly in the original hand. Fol. 4r. bears an ornament intended to contain the title. This MS. was brought from Mul)ammadabad-Bidar, and came into the Bij. Libr. A.H. 1028. Seal of :Mal)mud Khwajah Jaban. Cf., on this and the following nos., Cat. 224, ii.; 226, xvi. 2, 3; 4, xvii., xxvii. 427. B 206. Size 9i in. by 6! in. ; foll. 156. Twentyfive lines in a page. A Commentary on Baif,awi' s ..) l_,..i r:-1 l,_b, by Shams al-din Abu'l-thana Mal;tmttd b. 'Abd al-ral;tman Sha.fi'i (d. A.H. 749). It is entitled j )b_j Cf. Kh. iv. 168, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 248. This copy contains the author's preface, in which he dedicates his work to Sultan of Egypt. The commentary begins: Ju J .. b'ilb Jj\ I 1 The regular form of this surname is 1_,1 \ from A:.GI_, or I), a place near Bukhara. See Liber as-Sojutii de nom. rel.,ed. Veth, p. rv., and iv. twr. Written in a good small hand, with frequent omission of the diacritical points. It was transcribed by 'A ta Allah b. Mul;tammad at at the beginning of Rajab, 829. There is a considerable defect after fol. 26. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028, from Molla. Payandah Mul)ammad. 428 .. B 223A. Size 11 in. by in.; foll. 296. Twentyone lines in a page Another copy of the preceding Commentary. It does not contain the author's preface, but includes the com plete text of the J'awdl'. Beautifully written in with a separate space for glosses, which have been occasionally added by the original hand. The word Ju is invariably written in gold, and J ,-; \ in blue. Each page is between gold lines. The colophon run-s as follows: 'y\::..C\ 1..\.lb_, J 'y\lb}\ r.Jl' d4n ..r.s14 ""''-' J.Sl. ... n 1..\l ... n 'tJ.J ..) .. .. .;r-r:! Al.l\ (sic) \+ tLll\ _);, 1.:) o:hj ji-. '4._,hl\ }H 1.:)\hL t\.,..\ j jlb\ Jvtts' J'-' 'J\.-.1 l.:)lp--.\;.J\ dl-... 1\ wUd\ fib..-. I:)?...\\ I, _;.?J' ...\:...JI J-.\11 L.-. j ---: till\ ..\k;... ill\ f I:J.. IS .... r:-' J::.:r) t:;ts' .c_,,, 'A::Jk_, _j>-1 tY.. j tilll f \ J;_j\_..j \...J-' '-' .).:>-' \&. J' Two seals of the above-mentioned owner, Mul>ibb Allah b. Khalil Allah J:lusaini, are on the titll-pagl, which also has an orname!iU; in gold and colours, intended to contain the title of the work. Seal of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.) on the first page.

PAGE 120

112 ARABIC !IANUSCRIPTS. 429. B 223. Size 7 in. by in.; foiL 199. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of AlilNi' s Commentary on the 1'awali', without the preface. Closely written in various N asta hands, with marginal notes added by the last hand. Of the ninth century. The beginning is much injured, and a few leaves are wanting at the end. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1054, from Khushl;la1. Seals of Mul;lammad 'Adil Shah, and of 'Abd al-ral;lim Mul}.ammad, who bought this MS. at Al}.madabad, A.H. 992. 430. B 204. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foil. 214. Nineteen lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same Commentary. Written in different hands, of about the tenth century. Marginal notes. Numerous leaves are missing, especially in the portion from fol. 60 to 88, and others are injured, owing to the bad quality of the paper. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. 431. 3009. Size 9! in. by 5fl in. ; foil. 138. Nineteen lines in a page. The first portion of the same Commentary, comprising about one-half of it. It ends with the following passage: uj\:J\ J,:;l Jhll Ju (1 b_r:-_,lt Only the exordium of the preface is given in this MS. Written in a small Shikastah. After fol. 55 a few leaves are missing. Fol. 100 should be placed after 106. Seal of H. Vansittart (A.H. 1194). 432. B 205. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 351. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on by HuM-m AL-niN Gulnarl. Cf. Kh. iv. 169. It begins: ./"1 J5' J.d,; W ;.,.. _,, .;:;..;1 ... 1\ ,,,, L .. . .. l-.1 till A.lj: till Neatly written. Conclusion: c?l d' i..:>) UJ\ \">.J ?) (sic) 4...r..'-':.i:J_, bl.., j 1.....:-?.J AJWW_, L The earlier portion bears corrections, derived from a MS. of Molla Ja1al al-din, and some notes. Injured by insects. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. 433. B 230. Size 8b in. by in.; foil. 40. Thirty three and thirty-seven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-31. A concise treatise on Mu];tammadan Theology, by Badr al-din Mu];tammad b. As'ad Yamani TusTARI (who wrote about A.H. 700, according to :J;I. Kh. v. 597). Beginning: Jy>-1.-S..\l\ Ull iwl Jis...l' \.; J.,4: .. sl.l.z L-.1c '-'t,..\tJI_, .. L . I I\ ill\ \1J.Jtj I-S .. .. q .:........!\ r. !J '.r--'-' u .. j (sic) JJJ"!:::o-k;ls.ll w.rJ 1..\lb -...:;._, L "I.:,. .I .I tl It comprises an introduction ( L.. and three chapters ( .. J.b,..) : I. ( fol. 3) j ; II. ( fol. 18) C'LW\ j; III. (fol. 25) probably j. This MS. is not quite complete, but terminates abruptly in the paragraph L..\. .. j. }farginal notes. II. Foll. 32-40. The beginning of a Commentary on the preceding work, by the author himself.

PAGE 121

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 113 Begins: r, A... le ... t 1 d::.:, \:..c _r.AAI 1 The author says subsequently: \$' LJ_, j J.a?. LJ.J .. ;_ j.lbl Jl I.:Y' trl Jl The text and the commentary are distinguished by Jl; and J_,:;l, but only the .first word of the former is given in each case. This :M:S. is imperfect at the end, and does not extend beyond the introduction (A... of the original work. Carefully written in a small hand, but often without the diacritical points. Of the eighth century. Rubrics omitted throughout. Stained by damp. 434. B 226. Size 11! in. by 6-t in.; foil. 53. Seven lines in a page. A treatise on the Mul,tammadan Creed, by al-din Abu'l-barakat 'Abdallah b. AQ.mad NASAFi (d. A.H. 710). It has been edited by Cureton (for the Society for the Publication of Oriental Texts, London, 1843), under the title k. I J.!b \ 3 or Pillar of the Creed of the Sunnites. It is named I ...\-t..e by Kh. iv. 261, and it is also called Written in a large hand, with many marginal and interlinear notes. Part of these are specified as extracts from commentaries on the present work, namely that by the author, entitled '-'\.ii::..c j and those of Rafl' al-din and Zakar1ya. Of the tenth century. One leaf is missing after fol. 49. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1027. Presented by al-din. ('at 22G, xxxi. 1 Namely, the Kalam, :z Here follows an invective against money-making scholars. 3 These words are from the author's preface. 435. B 241. Size 9 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 56. Seven lines In a page. Another copy of the same work, probably older than the preceding. The first leaf of it is missing. It begins: J.!bl. Written in a large inelegant hand, with many glosses. The name of the copyist is erased. A defect after fol. 4 7. The beginning and end are injured, and the whole is stained 436. 2247. Size 8! in. by in.; foil. 114. Five lines in a page. y\::.5' Another copy of the same work, beginning: .M...s:ll Y-' ill\ h;l>. Ju .... AU .. J, ....ll t. ..,/ \Yell written, with many glosses. Colophon: dLJI cUll .... :; cUll L 4sl' j j \ .... _}-i:. .(?), .o [College of Fort William. J 437. B 227. Size 9:i in. by 6 in.; foil. 236. Nineteen lines in a page. A Refutation of the Theology and Legal System of the Sunnites, entitled J...\..a!\ Jsll r!. The author, who is not mentioned, appears to be 1 J amal al-din Abu b. Yusuf, commonly called lBN AL-Mu'!'.\HHAR a great Shi'ah divine and pupil of 'J'usi, who died A.H. 726. See regarding him, Cat. Brit. 452 and 455. The present work is mentioned in Stewart' s Catal., p. 141. It is dedicated to Sultan Ghiyath al-din Uljaitu Khudttbandah 1\fuQ.ammad of Persia (A.H. 703-716). The preface begins: ) J cUl ..M.sl I L..LJ\ .Jt.(jl A:;.j r"'. The author blames the Sunni 1 See the conclusion of no. 4 71, ii. 15

PAGE 122

114 A.R.A.BIC MANUSCRIPTS. divines for their utter disregard of intuitive and natural knowledge, which in his opinion leads them to conclu sions quite unacceptable to the sound mind. He says : .... l\ W..)\_,b j .. _, _)tDI ly,))) J.ic _,j uk \jl I'*'" udl .Jl)1_, "tb.S:ll w1') A;..c He confines himself to eight questions ( u: ....... ., ), namely, I. (fol. 3) j; II. (fol. 9) _jdl j; Ill. (fol. lOv.) r:; j; IV. (fol. 53v.) .. j; V. (fol. 60) A..t.. j; VI. (fol. 142v.) j; VII. ( fol. 144) J )"" ; VIII. (fol. 160) o.iRJ t., t.....J . '-.: .... In the dogmatical part he chiefly attacks the Ash'arites, to whom, he says (fol. 3v.), with the ex ception of some divines of Transoxania, all the four orthodox sects are now reduced t....ll_, tkl 1_, l!J" J .... ""lS' "1)_, \., l!l" i1 il:Ls:ll_,); and he vindi cates against them the doctrines of the Imamiyah. Well written in N asta. Dated A.H. 1072. Inscribed: f_fJ-' Jsl\ Cf. Cat. 229, ii. 438. B 221, 245. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 343. Twenty-seven lines in a page. A .. hll .. "L.Rll (sic) il .... ll );j, ADI l.Jo'.l'-" .J 6:--A' The Commentary of SAIYID SHARiF JURJANI I No. 471, ii. reads: J..;.; ('Ali b. Mu}.tammad, d. A.H. 816) on the yid j, or System of Scholastic Theology, by 'Aif,ud al-dzn f.Jz (' Abd al-ra}.tman b. A}.tmad, d. A. H. 7 56). This work was printed at Constantinople, A.H. 1239. Books V. and VI. have also been edited by Soerensen (Leipzig,1848), from the Dresden MS., on which see Fleischer, Cat. Dresd., no. 379. Cf. Kh. vi. 236, Cat. Lugd. iii. 376, and regarding Iji, Cat. St. Petersb. 65. The latter dedicated his work to a statesman, whom he names Jam:U al-din Abu Ju:rjani completed his commentary in Shawwal, 807, at and dedicated it, in a special preface, to Sultan Ghiyath al-din Pir Mu}.tammad (son of Jahan gir and grandson of Timur, dethroned A.H. 809). Thjs preface begins: (.!.)"' J -.\.s:l I The commentary commences : I j 1J :(_\ .... ...; '-' .... .dl uk A valuable copy, dated A.H. 869. It was transcribed from a MS. which had been written by a pupil of the author, and revised throughout. The colophon runs as follows: .. ttll\ "-' .... b}.., ,_;j t....j, !::........:; k...., ) l!),.. k;:-....;.1, (.:}:; .. tjt., ctJ, I A.:>-\...? f:.aA j..,' ul; .. j.::-1 .. b_;d...T J' 1 ult...; I o:; \ llb \., j l!l? y;ltll d. '-':T \ J u\ I hs,J I bd... .. _, ... (\.n>-ill\ ek' ""':r' 4,)J )?. J \lt:; ill I J \ ..... ?.) \::...' '-' .... ::.lt .. J..,l J \ .. . ill ...\ .... si I, ...\! \ j w r J ...\ .... >' u""'J" ul w ill\ I J \ 4 ..J1, m' (?)

PAGE 123

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 115 Well written, but without diacritical points. Marginal notes. The preface of J urj ani is prefixed to the book in a different hand. This :_jiS. consisted originally of 360 foil. A. lacuna in the middle of it was restored by two more modern hands, but part of this modern portion (after fol. 172) is now also lost, and part is much injured by insects. The defect comprises the end of :Book ( J,..) Ill. The MS. is also damaged at the end. Bij. Libr., A.H. 992. The second part of this copy, which begins with fol. 173, is wrongly inscribed '"'?. \.ii..c t...fJ\ Cf. Catal. 225, vii. 1 and 226, xviii. 439. B 214. Size 9l in. by 7 in. ; foil. 353. From twenty-one to thirty-three lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, said to have been transcribed from the author's own copy, A.H. 909. Well written, in several hands, with marginal notes. Imperfect at the end. :Book Ill. left un finished (see fol. 16 9). The preface of Jurjani is wanting. :Begins: JJ:;I ... Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028, from Molla Payandah Mul).ammad. 440. 1300. Size 9t in. by 6 in. ; foil. 400. Twenty nine and twenty-seven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. The greater part of it is written in a legible N asta' though often without diacritical points. The remainder has been supplied by two more modern hands. Marginal notes. Injured by damp. Foll. 315 and 316, and foil. 319 and 320 should be transposed. [Hastings. J 441. 1443. Size 10 in. by in.; foil. 498. Twenty five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, with the preface and the cpilogu('. Written in It was transcribed for ...\...c 1..:)? ..\ll d))-'W1 at Lahore. Collated, and with some notes. Two leaves are missing after fol. 6 7. [Johnson.J 442. 425. Size 9! in. by 5! m. ; foil. 505. Twenty. ve lines in a page. The same work. Written in the concluding portion in a different hand from the rest. Three leaves are missing after fol. 1. Injured by insects. Seal of 'Abd al-subl).an, a servant of Shah (A.H. 1147). [Johnson.J 443. B 225. Size 111; in. by in.; foil. 306. Twenty five lines in a page. The first part of the same work, to :Book ( J,..) IV. :Begins: (_ \ \Veil written in Nasta'll]s:, completed at the end of Shawwal, 1015, by Nul}. b. al-I;Iajj Muf;!tafa. With numerous marginal notes. Prefixed is a detailed index, which extends also over the remaining portion of the work. The first leaf of it, however, is wanting, and it is injured at the beginning. 444. 1295. Size 11 in. by 61in.; foil. 449. Twenty three and twenty-five lines in a page. The first part of the u:;lj. \ I to :Book IV. The name of Ghiyath al-din Pir MuQ.ammad, to whom the work is dedicated in the preface, is preceded here by that of Jalal al-din Iskandar (L:.J?...\11_, J (1 .J), which perhaps was substituted.for it subsequently. Well written in N asta by two hands. Gold lines round the pages. The first two pages are richly orna mented. :Book IY. (fol. 345) formed originally a separate volume. This copy was mauc for 'Abd according to a note at the end, which is dated 22nd J um. II., 48th year of

PAGE 124

116 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. _tJ.amgir ( =A.H. 1116). It belonged subsequently to his grandson Mul;tammad Ghauth (A.H. 1160). The fly-leaf has a French inscription, "Chera mavakef commentaire sur la philosophie de Socrate" (!), written probably by Nicolas de la Merliere, from whom the copy passed to R. J ohnson. In an elegant Oriental binding. [Johnson.J 445. 1686. Size 9-i in. by 6 in. ; foil. 283. Twentyfive lines in a page. The first portion of the u:; 1_,...1 I extending nearly to the end of Book IlL The name of J alal al-din Iskandar is inserted in the preface as in the preceding MS. Plainly written. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 30 and 25 should be transposed. [Hastings. J 446. B 220. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foil. 184. Twentyone lines in a page. Glosses on the u; \_,.I. I rr ascribed to Molla ::ijASAN CHALABI (b. Mu}:tammad Shah Fanari, d. A.H. 886). See IJ. Kh. vi. 236, and Casiri I., nos. 1495, 1532, and 1573. Beginning: l;) I..; ( (1 Jd.....\;-t Closely written, in different hands, mostly Shikastah, and difficult to read. It ends abruptly in Book ( ._i:; yt) III. The latter part of a preface, which probably belongs to the present work, is on the titlepage. It begins: Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. Cat. 226, xiv. (?). 447. B 186. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 149. Twentyfour lines in a page. Various fragments of the preceding Glosses, extending from Book II. to Book YI. The first entire gloss is: '('._rii ( :(_I I ; and the last gloss begins: 1_, ( _,:;) i' AJI Jl Written in a small hand. Injured on the margin. 448. B 231. Size 8-k in. by 5! in. ; foil. 186. Twentyone lines in a page. Glosses on Book II. of the .... 11 which is on the unt'versalz'a ( )_,,.. ), by Molla MAs'uD (SHARWANI Kamal al-din, d. A.H. 905). See Casiri I., p. 521, no. 1495; .A.umer, Hdss. Miinch. 307 sq., and H. Kh. i. 207.1 Beginning : ... 1 l;) 1 Jj\.iill Written in The leaves are alternately white and yellow. Imperfect at the end. Four leaveR are missing after fol. 184. Cat. 225, vii. 4. 449. B 218, 219. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 275. Nineteen lines in a page. Two fragments of the Annotations on the by 'ABD b. Shams al-din (SIYALKUTr, d. about A.H. 1060). Cf. I;(. Kh. vi. 241. The author wrote these annotations while reading the book with his son '.A.bdallah Labib.2 The first fragment contains the commencement of the work, with the preface, which begins as follows: \ .. "-'-' dl 4:ill.c till --':--e w\;..c y\s""lli J:..s:l I \ u 1_, yL..s.l \ r. (1 It breaks off on fol. 102v., soon after the commence ment of Book ( u:; _,,..) II. The second fragment begins with the words (fol. 103v.) 4;.-.1!>-1 from the third .l..a.li.... of the first of Book II., and extends to the end of the same book. Well written in N asta Injured by insects. Cat. 225, vii. 3. 1 The statement of J:I. Kh. vi. 239 is incorrect, :: See above, nos. 113 and 327.

PAGE 125

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 117 450. 1812. Size 11 in. by 6! in. ; foil. 187. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the Annotations of SIYALKUTi, extending nearly to the end of the second The concluding portion is wanting. 'N ritten in N asta Red lines round the pages. Injured by damp and by insects. Foil. 7 4-83 should be placed in the following order: 74, 76, 79, 77, 78, 81, 82, 80, 75, 83; fol. 148 should come after 140; and foil. 181-7 should stand thus: 181, 187, 184, 182, 183, 185, 186. [Johnson.J 451. B 237. Size 10 in. by 5i in.; foil. 56. Twenty four and twenty-five lines in a page. Glosses on Book II. of the u:;'_r,l\ by MiR Z1nrn (Mul,tammad Zahid b. Mul,tammad Aslam :aasani Haraw1). The first portion of these glosses was printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1263. The preface, in which the author dedicated his work to Aurangzib, is wanting in this MS. It begins: 6.\j .(1 r b, l. Closely written in Shikastah. Has the following colophon: I.!.Y' (sic) Wl \ A;...., j J I 1.!.Y' \ if):; j u:; 'rJ \ _,, t .. AJl. r-'.>-I.!.Y' _r-I:.) J.l_, wJ; 1'-=-'jc :Y.bl\ 4.-(ll. 452. 1347. Size Tt in. by in.; foiL 160. Fourteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Glosses. Well written in Colophon: c..JLi.-. JL Ull y\::.S' 1 The MS. has '--'...1:.. _.r.: .Jr f!W 4.:..-J , \ ,t' .., ( ::s::. r,.; 1.-S,-.r:. .r I .. _f.,; [Hastings.] 453. 1883. Size in. by 6 in. ; foil. 99. Nineteen lines in a page. Annotations on the preceding glosses of Mtr Zahicl, ascribed to Mun_hAK. Beginning: W Alj &Y' Well written in of the twelfth century; terminating abruptly. [Hastings. J 454. B 232. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 65. Twenty-one lines in a page. Notes on the commencement of Book II. of the u:; ly_' ascribed to Moll a Beginning: l:J.., J.U.-. j u:;_,..,!\ This MS. terminates before the end of the first It is written in without dia critical points. Corrections, and some additions by the author (marked ... ), are on the margin. Cat. 225, vii. 2. 455. B 215. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 75. From fifteen to nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary .... ,..) on 'Arf,ud aldin f.Jz's (d. A.H. 756') Articles of by (JaliU al-d1n) Mul_lammad b. As'ad DAWWANI (d. A.H. 907 or 908). Cf. Kh. iv. 217, and Catal. St. Petersb. 225. This work was printed, together with a com mentary on it, at Constantinople, A.II. 1233. The author's preface begins: W;j' Y, j I.!.Y' The commentary, omitting Ij1's preface, begins with the words r Jl.:;.

PAGE 126

118 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Plainly written, by llyas b. Shaikh Farid, of Fat}:tpur Sikri w_, __ j), for his own use. Date, end of Rabi' I., 990. Cat. 225, x. 456. 949. Size 8!in. by 5! in.; foll. 78. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of D.aww.ANi's Commentary. Written in N asta with extracts from the glosses of Molla Yusuf, and from other works on the margin. A slight defect after fol. 32. Injured by damp. The following note of an owner is written at the end of the book : ..M..s..-. A.Gl. )-.) A:.S'_A cJ.....c ,, [Johnson.J 457. 1246. Size 8j in. by 5 in. ; foll. 115. Thirteen and seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of DA.ww.ANi's Commentary. It gives at the end the author's date as follows: J airun, Wednesday, 18th Rabi' I., 905.1 "\V ell written in two different hands, with the glosses of 'ABDA.LLAH b. 'Abd al-}:takim SrrhKi:rri on the margin of the first eight leaves. These glosses are preceded by a preface, which begins: ("'tlJ \ ..... In the original binding of Tippu's library. [Tippu.J 458. B 216. Size 7!in. by in.; foll. 169. Nineteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-43. Another copy of Com mentary, neatly written in Colophon: J.:-dLJ\ yh.(j\ J d.' ""':. t' .?' Some notes. 1 This date differs from that given in J:l. Kh. iv. 21 i. II. Foil. 44-169. A Persz'an treatise on the Mu }:tammadan Creed. Begins: J.Q>\ J)' J. _} J.>-c>U The second r-la-.. (fol. 123) treats of the prophets, and the third (fol. 139) of the Khalifate. Written in two small hands. Indications of the contents are on the margin. 459. B 213. Size 8k in. by 6 in.; foil. 127. Fifteen lines in a page. Glosses on IJawwdnz's Commentary, by MoLLA YusuF (b. Mu}:tammad Jan Mu}:tammadshahi, who died after A. H. 1 030). The first fol. being wanting, the book begins with the following words : \ r.:;-:. ..\I 1, ilJ c..:>-_? cl;.}J' c)J Jl,...\l\ t1 J/-ub The author says towards the end of his preface: ... (sic) r-'-'>-'-"t\.>-y,\ I:):' ..\I\ \.j W, .... All\ A..lw All\ G... J:j ., ... A I \ j ._\.;j.rt-' j ..... l \ -'.Q)' t \ u.Q> \.ii \sl4 . This i\ the first of his two glosses, as mentioned by Kh. (lv. 217). It does not extend over the last portion of the main text. The author finished it in Rab1' I., 1000. Plainly written, by Saiyid Zain al-'abidin b. Saiyid 'Abd at Makkah. Date, 3rd Dbu'l 1052 Catal. 226, xxiv. 1 See no. 380.

PAGE 127

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 119 460. B 240. Size in. by 6! in.; foll. 248. Twenty one lines in a page. y:.rJ' Annotations on the preceding Glosses, written by the author, MoLLA YusuF himself. He makes reference in them to the glosses of Khalklulll, which had appeared in the mean time. See :ij:. Kh. iv. 217 sq., according to whom the present work was finished in Shawwal, 1033, at :Bukhara. The preface quoted in Kh. is omitted. :Beginning : '-'....sll y .. }fc I ""'-'I ""'"I 1 ( AI_,.,) . JI .. t._ r-::... Well written. At the end is the following Persz'an distich: t...Sj .J,_j ,_j.Y. V_;w .J,_j _;11 J) 461. B 184. Size 1li in. by 8 in.; foll. 278. Twenty nine lines in a page. Sa'd al-din Mas'ud b. 'Omar T.1FrA.z:'l.xi's (d. 22nd 792, at Samar}fand) Commentary on his own Compendium of Metaphysics and Mu l).ammadan Theology, '-'""\.ii.-JI. This commentary was written in 784. Cf. J.I. Kh. vi. 48. The elaborate preface begins: d...\..,::S::. .. l:)'"J 'tJ The author says subsequently: j ...\.ii..i ... L.r' ... 0_,:JJI (1 The text and the commentary are distinguished by the words ji.J and J,l, but only a few words are given from the former in each case. Copies of the seem to be rare. It consists of the following 1 This word, though no blank is left for it in this i\IS., must be supplied, the author commenting here on the preface of his first work. six chapters I. (fol. 3v.) t_S..j'-:--JI u; II. (fol. 24v.) j; Ill. (fol. 74) J; IV. (fol. 117v.) j; V. (fol. 173) j; VI. (fol. 222) j. Written in a good small hand. The colophon runs as follows: t...S""4JI__, ).J. \_,. ..J.j ...ul '-'-'' .)_,J (sic) yl_rdl t_S..jt__, j C't.it.s..,ll l:l.c .. Lll "S.WI t.ll ,, ,AAow\:..11 A.J Then follows a list of the works of Taftazani, with their respective dates, derived from the author himself. Two blanks are left on foil. 138 and 152 for diagrams. Foil. 137-172 are in a different hand On the last page is the note of an owner, named Mul]ammad b. AQ.mad b. Sad, who read and collated this volume several times, and intended to write a commentary on it. This note is dated A.H. 863. lHj. Libr., A.H. 992 (Nauras). ln the original binding, which is tastefully ornamented. Cat. 224, iv. 462. B 183. Size lliin. by 8 in.; foll. 534. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. :Beautifully written, but rather incorrect. Many emendations are on the margin. Date, 27th Rajah, 961. Eij. Libr., from Amin Khan. Seal of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). 463 B 185. Size 9i in. by 6 in. ; foll. 444. Twentytwo, afterwards twenty-five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, without the preface. :Begins : E..,l ...\..,.s:ll dl. Blj. Libr., A.H. 992; brought from B1dar by 'Ata Allah. Seal of 'All 'Adil Shah. 464. 1407. Size 11 in. by in.; foll. 286. Thirty three lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written. Slightly imperfect at the end. Many corrections are on the margin.

PAGE 128

120 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. The title-page contains an IJazah of Taftazani, dated Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 790, which was given for this and for other works, to one Ghiyath al-din, from whose copy the present one seems to be derived. Injured by insects. [Hastings. J 465. 2178. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 70. Ten lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-38. ABu'L-B.A.R.A.KAT N.A.s.A.Fi's (d .A..H. 710) Articles of the Mul,lammadan Creed, called here J. ... I (see no. 434). .. Beginning: :(_I y,l J ... All ..M...s:ll. Hastily written in Shikastah. Every second leaf is left blank; glosses have been frequently written on these, and others have been added to the text. Date, beginning of Rajah, 1223. II. Foil. 39-70. A treatise on the Mul;tammadan Faith. The author is not named. :Begins: w_r-1 4.:)\,; .. ..M.sll ,).; .:(_I Arranged and partly also written like the preceding The latter portion is written more carefully in N asta With many notes. Some lacunm occur towards the end. Concludes: (sic) l5 -'?,)..a.J t.:J" 4.:) IS_, (sic) 4.:)# sr:.. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 466. J 1636. Size 8:i in. by 5 in.; foil. 172. At first fifteen, afterwards usually nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 4-102. D.A.wwA.Ni's Commentary on the (see no. 455). Inelegantly written in N asta With numerous marginal notes, derived from the glosses of Khalkhali, Siya.Ikuti, and others, in the first portion. The colophon runs as follows : JWI _ri>-b.:s:: rL' Al.!\ 9" A..:.....J J' dY. .M...s:" d. .J#I .. II. Foil. 103-172. T.A.FTAzANi's Commentary on the 4WI (see no. 385). Well written in Nasta'lilj:, with numerous glosses by Al,lmad J andi and others. 467. B 212, 244, 103E. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 34. Usually twenty-five lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-6. L...JI J.1bl I.)LSL::.;\ j ;JL) .. .M..s:" J.l t.:J?.-.\11 Jr Cb-.J d. J.:! d. Js-N\ d.' t.:J!.-.\11 JJ 4.:)\.d"..} j A:v-jd; d, d.' 1.:)!.-.\11 JL...::;---N\JI sl.:::.hJ\ ,...., A..l.c r..S:..JI woN..., ..J 4.....: I J'' .. .J "..1 Jo \:.... Dl..:;....,_, L o.:...c 1 d. AlJI d. .J..t.s" J:.LJI .Ji ..,_,..._";'. .. A short treatise on the Orthodox Faith, by Muw AL-DiN 'A.bdallah b. Al,lmad IBN (a d .A..H. 620; Rh. passim). :Begins: j 'I.:)W '-'_rs,J\ ill i.M..J\ l.:)l.j The J!amdalah leads directly to the first subject, the nature and attributes of God. The peculiar doctrines of the are prominently discussed. Conclusion: (1 \ I There follows closely, after a Basmalah, a similar tract, on the attributes of God. It is introduced by the following Isnad: (.::JI \ d. _;..a; y,\ $L.hl\ Ll-"';u, la,;\sl\ (_WI y,l (sic) JUI Jl.:; A->_; ...... 11 ...\.r' d. J..c r..:\Jil\ .M..s" k y,\ Jl.:; 1 Illegible.

PAGE 129

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 121 Jw I Jl; .. ks-ll d. 4111 I .J.L: I JJ3 4.:>_; l.!Y. l>-,. Ju -'>-ljl 11 .... .J, t: Concludes (fol. 7v.): A:tir Both tracts were written on the same day, the last of Jum. I., 793, by Ma}:tmud b. 'Othman .1 Then follow some traditions, terminating abruptly. 11. Foil. 8-29. The reply of al-din Abu'l-'Abbas AQ.mad b. 'Abd al-Q.alim commonly called IBN T..uMiYAH (a J_Ianbalite, d. A.H. 728), to a question put to him regarding the "attributes of perfection" ( JL..S' This question is prefixed to it. It begins: ill o.M..sll .... iJI ...u.; l.l ... L:i y,l J) 4111 J)r:ll JwJI L..k Y4:>" L;Jt I-I-;; ;, .. -J.s\JI. 11 .. '-JW')I ._....>-.... L;JJ- . L" .... .... j \. .. \.>\:::--illl 4,yJ 411 The reply of Ibn Taimiyah begins (fol. 9v.): Yk:-t.; J..c 0,... J'rJI 1..\lb ... (_1 ill r wl...'>-' Conclusion : L;J j J t;t..(J I J I tJ JL...(ll 4. ... JL..s' Written by the same person as the preceding. Dated Saturday, lOth Rabi' I., 797. Ill. FoiL 30-34. A general I.fasah (or authorization to use his books), given by the celebrated FiRiJz.A.B.ini, Majd al-din Abu Mu}:tammad b. Siraj al-din t Sec no. 329. Ya'kub b. Sadr al-din Mu}:tammad (d. A.H. 817), ;o the M.a}:tmud b. 'Othman b. Abu Bakr j.l', and at the same time to his four brothers and some other persons. Cat. 226, xxix., xxviii. 468 B 246. Size 8 in. by about 6 in. ; foil. 56. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-27. MiR AL-DIN MuQ.ammad Shirazi's (d. A.H. 903) treatise on the Divine Nature, u=-.w..s:l\ Jlw j See H. Kh. iii. 362 . The name of the author is given in the preface as follows: (r. The following is a list of the twelve sections of the work: I. (fol. 2) JW j; II. (fol. 4) Af?}JJ j; Ill. J:Ji.:. "'y:-_,l\ L:J\ j L\ LSl\ IV. (fol. 9) L;J\ j L;J\ J1b V. (fol. IOv.) r::J Mic j; VI. (fol. 16v.) j; VII. (fol. 18v.) j; VIII. (fol. 20v.) 4-Jr.> j IX. (fol. 2lv.) j; X. (fol. 22) j r:J XI. (fol. 26) t.Qjij \ j; XII. (fol. 27) AjiJ..-)L j. It concludes (fol. 27v.) with wl:;... .--:: .... j I1. FoiL 28-56. Another treatise on the same sub ject, which appears to be by JALAL AL-DiN DAww.A.Ni (d. A.H. 907 or 908). Cf. Kh. iii 361, whose statement is, however, inaccurate. This MS. begins: J.t:. ..M..J I AI) j 0 No title or name occurs in the preface. The 118. is imperfect at the end. The following is a list of the fourteen sections which occur here: I. (fol. 28) _,ll j. This section begins with the words quoted by J:f. Kh. (1. 6) as referring to the work in general. They run here somewhat differently, thus: \..)..lb j J:..lL.J J 16

PAGE 130

122 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. W\ J L.. r=' C-'' l. .,_;k lf1b (\ II. (fol. 31v.) '-':'). j; Ill. (fol. 32) j; IV. (fol. 38v.) i.:JI j u!l J.:JY, "'r:-)1 V. (fol. 40v.) i.:J\ j; VI. (fol. 42v.) 4k j; VII. (fol. 47v.) j; VIII. (fol. 49) j IX. (fol. 50v.) t:? j; X. (fol. 5lv.) j XI. (fol. 52) r::J j; XII. (fol. 54) WI j; XIII. (fol. j; XIV. (ib.) j. An indifferent copy of the middle of the twelfth century. Cat. 226, xxxix. 469. 2839. Size 6 in. by 3i in. ; foil. 38. Nine lines in a page. Two short treatises enumerating the seventy-three sects of Islam. 'l'he first (fol. 1-22) is in Persian, by MAMUD 'J.'A.HIR GHAZZALI. The other (foil. 23-38) is in Arabic. The author is b. M b. ZABini. It begins: ..!,)1\.::.l\ U\ d The author, in conclusion, refers for all details to the work of 'Abdallah b .A.s'ad Yafi'1. Well written in Nasta'lik. Of about the twelfth century. Worm -ea ten. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 470. 2587. Size 8 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 172. Eleven lines in a page. .A collection of religious treatises, bearing a remark able resemblance to Cat. Mus. Brit. 393, ncccLxxr. I. Foil. 2-21. A Commentary on Samar!candi' Catechism (see no. 381 ), by an unknown author. It is entitled (sic) j j 4f:' being the same as Cat. Mus. Brit., Le., ii. II. Foil. 22-54. .A Commentary on the "Sixty Questions" of b. al'Abbds, the ascetic, concerning the religious duties of the Shafi 'ites. The commentator is not named. The same work is to be found in Cat. Mus. Brit., Le., iii. Ill. Foil. 54v.-86. Articles of Faith, with a Com mentary, both blended together, and apparently by the same author. Entitled L..JJt.-. j LW\. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit., Le., v. Ends: d."' f_l (sic) .(_I IV. Foil. 86v.-98 .A treatise in Javanese, bound upside down. V. Foil. 98v.-130. A logical demonstration of the principal articles of faith, the same as Mus. Brit., I.e., vi. The author is not mentioned. Ends: ,} ,} VI. Foil. 130v.-170. b. 'Omar b. Ibrahim TrLIMsAN-i's Commentary on the Articles of Faith by b. Yusuf Sanusz (d. A.H. 895), the same as Mus. Brit., I.e., vii. Ends: j yh.
PAGE 131

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 123 unsound traditions and placets of Mujtahids which were contrary to the Catholic" faith and to the doctrines of the Imams. The names of both authors are unknown ; but the time of the second is fairly defined by his dedication of this work to Sultan 'Abdallah Shah (of Golcondah, who reigned from A.H. 1020 to 1082); while the first mentions in a passage quoted on fol. 3v., that his last Shaikh was Mlrza Mul,lammad AstaraM.di, whose lectures he attended between A.H. 1015 and 1020, at Makkah. The same speaks of his studies and of his present task as follows (fol. lv.): J.t: L. Jl '.:J" d ,.,)\ 4JL.j1Ji.sl J.::-l!Y' AAA\\ ...\.C.'.f ,).&. L\.S:l\ j_,""\ y j j j dl.J &; j yl_y,l The refutation by the second author begins : .M.sl I J.:. 1.:)' J,;\j ... NJ j He says that he was chiefly offended with the self conceit and the rude polemics of his predecessor, though he is not willing to follow his bad example, in depreciat ing the real merits of his work. His object, therefore, is only to defend the divines of the later church, such as Hz'lll and others, against his exaggerations and false imputations. The passages selected for refutation are given at full length, under the heading J 1J ; and they are followed by the refutation, which is introduced by Imperfect at the end. A few notes by the author are on the margin. II.1 Foll. 28-49. (]-.\.all t y\::.$', the same as no. 437. The author is called in the colophon, JL..;;o--JrJ W,.... fo\ d. ...\I\, i.e. Jamal al-din Abu Manfj!ur b. Yusuf, commonly called lBN AL-MU!AHHAR J;liLLi (d. A.H. 726). This copy was finished on Saturday, 27th Jum. II., 1154 =24th year of Mul;tammad Shah. It was sub sequently collated with the original copy. Ill. Foll. 50-60. yh$'. A concise vindication of the Sbi 'ab doctrine on the Imamate, fully J:.;.T-"' j See for a descrip tion of it, Fleischer, Cat. Sen. Lips. 4 7 5. The author is not named, but from its being, like the preceding treatise, dedicated to l.:)tkW\ ill\ ... ..M.s-" (var. l.:)tkL, it may be concluded that it is also by Some notes. IV. Foil. 60v.-77. A short treatise on the excellency of 'Ali, entitled '.:J::-iWI f.:" I Jj t.a.; j It was eo m piled by order of lTljaitU. Khudabandah. The author is probably also lBN AL-MU'!'AHHAR J;liLLl :Begins : . I W \ ("?. .iSJ I 4JJ tl 1.:)\b.L....l\ The author divides his subject into the following parts: I. (fol. 60v.) 6.l JjW\ j II. (ib.) ul..o.... Jt>-JjWI j; Ill. (fol. 61) d.lW' Jl:>(sic) J. This is the principal part. It treats of 'Ali's virtues and achievements, and is subdivided into two chapters : 1. JjWI j _,1 1.:),0 1.:)\ t...l JjWI the latter division being the subject of two each of which contains several The second chapter (fol. 67), 1 According to the table of contents and to the original pagina tion, one treatise has fallen out here, viz., 1_,:; '-:-'h$

PAGE 132

124 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. r ll..,\.s:l\ JjW\ j JI.!H (r. y'-:J\) treats of the honours bestowed on 'All during his lifetime, and contains thirty-seven Part IV. (fol. 76v.), r-jJ\ j .:. _r.\ JH.di j treats of miracles performed in 'All's name after his death. The author concludes as follows: \.irb J.:. &\.Q::o-\ l.irb j)..\Ji.\1 (' Jls..J\ -.W Marginal notes, and Persian interlineations, in red. The two following pages (77v. and 78r.) are filled with various poetical extracts, preceded by the story of a joke which and 'All played off on 'Oruar. It begins: y\b.S:l\ V. Foll. 79-105. .. yh$'. A concise treatise on the Fundamental Principles of the Sh1'ah Creed, fully entitled j_,...,l j th..; also by who completed it, according to the con clusion, on 6th Rab1' II., 680. Begins: _;4\ (].lG.._, '__PI .. 4JJ ..M.sl\. The author says in his short preface that the chief object of the present treatise is to prove the existence of God and his attributes. He refers to the system of the Scholastics, and to that of the earlier Philoso phers ; he points out the differences between the two sects, and decides, of course, in favour of the Shi 'ah. The work consists of an introduction on perception, and twelve chapters I. (fol. 79) j, on possibility and impossibility, entity and non-entity; II. (fol. 80) r-ji; j, on the division of existing things, according to the systems of the Scholastics (into and and of the Philosophers (into and ,_}.,....); Ill. (fol. 90) j, on accidents; IV. (fo1. 90v.) '-:-:::;-'-' j; V. (fol. 95) J W VI. (fol. 96) J ..Ml 1 j ; VII. ifol. 98v.) j; VIII.1 (fol. 100v.) j; IX. 1 The MS. has here instead of (fol. 103) X. (fol. 103v.) j; XI. (fol. 105) j; XII. (fol. 105v.) fo' d-.. j Date, middle of Rama<;lan, 1154 =24th year of Mu Q.ammad Shah. The copyist styles himself r-''-"' ._\,..s;-1_,11 Ail M.s:ll ,._.).:. j ..\Jt.?J A:t"\3 j J.:. and is divided into seven chapters: I. )2:.11 j; II. (fol. 108) 1.!:.,))..\s::ll j; Ill. (fol. 112) cJ j IV. (fol. 121v.) J-'-'tl\ j; V. (fol.l23) j; VI. (fol. 125) j; VII. (fol. 126v.) ..,w_1 j. The author concludes: b'V"'.J'' \.. ,.rCt l.-.\ilJ j Inelegantly written. VII. Foll. 131-159. yhS'. A copious Commentary on a similar work. The title of the latter is not mentioned, but it appears from quotations in the commentary that it is also by Qlll. The name of the commentator is not given. He quotes the opinions of the Mu'tazilites, and Ash'arl; the Scholastics; the Philosophers, especially Ibn S1na and r:rusi ; and the doctrines of his own sect, the Imamiyah. The text and the commentary are distinguished by Jl.:; and J_,JI. The work begins without a preface:

PAGE 133

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 125 j_,J\ )\ )\ 611\ 611\ UN..(; Jl.:; j Very often only the first words of the passages commented on are given (after j\,;). The preface of begins: .U:...JI d1l then follow probably the words I.:J"'. His work is divided into sections (J.a.i): I. (fol. 132) j; II. (fol. 132v.) r-W\ j; III. (ib.) j IV. (fol. 133) j; V. (fol. 142v.) j; VI. (fol. 145) j; VII. (fol. 145v.) VIII. (fol. 147) j..\.lJI j; IX. (fol. 148) j..\.lJI t_J} j; X. (fol. 150) j; XL (fol. 152) j; XII. (fol. 155v.) j :(_1 XIII. (ib.) _,\M.l\ j. This division comes very near to that of no. V. The commentator concludes with a prayer, which he ascribes to the Prophet, on the authority of Ibn Babawaih. It begins: roNJ I.:J"' Y, ....Ji.ll ,, VIII. Foil. 160-257. A work on the Imamate of 'Ali and his descendants, compiled by an unknown author, .A..H. 854. The correct title is t?.""'.t::.ll Jl The preface begins : ,._jb \ \ All I 1.!)\S' LJ..; L-.\ .. .l:)'.}l' 4jl The author says in it that he compiled this work from both Shl'ah and Sunnite authorities. It con tains arguments logical and scriptural, traditions, poetry, etc. In the first introduction he offers a list of works which he quotes from actual inspection-j l. u::J\ !.:}"' A::.lJij They are: 1. 2. 3. (sic) 6. JWI 7. 8. J_}ll; 9. (sic) 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. ujW\ 15. 16. 17. t U-t,? 18. 19. 20. J_r.dl; 21. (?) 22. .JJ ; 23. ; 24. d 25. 2. (.JN_,;\bll w):ll; 27. I.J"'J;\bl\ 28. _)I d 29. 30. J,:}J; 31. A.sl1 "JyJ I \.1,. ; 32. y .;.LI .;(l I j:;\A.,.. Id. I r-Y.. 34. s5. 36. t"'W\ 37. r-:l..iijl; 38. JjLJ.\; 39. I.!)IJ_rll 40. (sic) J.--. 41. k42 fi'a..,.. o:J\ -t; 43. 44.k-A.,..'}ll 45. ftw 46. _fik,.; 47. d iJ.l\ d ""_..s.J 48. (?) 49. (_,) t.J\ ,..\z"'l (sic) vw-:I.,J 50. 51. 52. (?)_r.="--t. The second (fol. 161) gives a much longer list of books which the author did not read himself, but which he found quoted by his authorities. The third A_,..i,ji.,.. (fol. 161v.) gives an epitome of the contents of the work. It is divided into seventeen chapters; their subjects are, as the author states, 1 Variant

PAGE 134

126 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. already indicated by the words of the preface. They are: I. j; II. (fol. 162) j 6-l..W fi1 Ill. (fol. 163v.) j JJ\i..,_, IV. (fol. 166) j; V. (fol. 169) 4.:4! VI. (fol. 171) j; VII. (fol. 175) illW j; VIII. (fol. 186v.) 4.J.J IX. (fol. 191v.) ,_} r.:J,.. X. (fol. 206v.) subdivided into four ; XI. (fol. 220) (1 j L.; XII. (fol. 227) f_l (sic) j j; XIII. (fol. 235) d::JiJ4..J1 j; XIV. (fol. 238) iJ.J j (fol. 248v.) j r.:J_.. _r.$ j XVI. (fol. 252v.) t' j j; XVII. (fol. 254v.) .,).) j The author's epilogue concludes with a poem, beginning: t?.,Jil' The last verse contains the date of the work : (sic) w..a:J rL...:i ...w JJ The numerical value of the four letters marked is 854. IX. Foil. 258-267. y\:S. A treatise in refutation of erroneous opinions entertained regarding the Imamate. The author, who is not mentioned by name, lived in the fifth century. The preface begins: L. J-c IJ\ W The author relates that a friend of his read a work of Mufid (i.e. MuQ.ammad b. MuQ.ammad b. al-Nu'man, d. A..H. 413)/ on the Imamate, called JjW\ and was particularly struck with its last chapter, which treated briefly of the common errors regarding the 1 See on him 'fusi rtf sqq. Imamate, in terms of astonishment \ r.:J,.. J-c 6.ll\ ..,.)_,, i.l..11 ). His friend, therefore, desired him to write, in the same style, a special and detailed treatise on that subject. Accordingly, he gives a series of discussions, all introduced by the words subdivided according to the subjects into sections, which are usually inscribed .. j \ j The above title does not occur in the work. The author scarcely quotes any authorities, but he mentions once (fol. 263v.) that he was told by Abu'l-l_Iasan Asad b. Ibrahim Sulami, that he met Ibn al-NaQ.Q.as (d. A.H. 376)/ at Mi!jlr, etc: .J X. Foll. 268-282. yh$'. A polemical treatise, in which is proved that it is lawful to curse the Sunnites like unbelievers. It is fully entitled j The author is 'ALi B. 'ABn .AL-'ALI (Jl..11 sic), who completed it in Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 917, at Mashhad cu-'__,,.. J..c ... )Y'_, ... and dedicated it to (Shah Isma'11) the founder of the dynasty. Another work of this author is to be found in Cat. Lugd. iv. 116. Beginning: _}t.; tflll ,_,j\$' The author praises the new dynasty t:.l_,..\11 W,JI L.,..W\ Lll..1\ A.$.J A 1\ \..JI .. ) .. .. .. .. .:r r_lb. 4,_,..:_,.1.1 l;.!bW\), and reviles the Omayyades and Abbasides, etc. He then proceeds to say that he had observed that, under the constant oppression to which they were hitherto exposed, many weak Shl 'ahs had of late become doubtful as to their right of cursing the Sunnites. He therefore intends to prove, not only from the Koran, but even from their own traditions, that they are liable to be cursed. The work consists of an introduction ( L...:iJL... ), on the meaning of cursing, and of seven sections, which contain arguments in support of the above assertion. Five of them refer to passages of the Koran, one to the Sunnah, and the seventh to the Shl'ah (Imamiyah) tradition. 1 See Lib. Class. Viror., ed. Wustenfeld, xii. 71.

PAGE 135

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 127 The appendix ( W l:;..) comprises two discussions, one regarding 'A'ishah, and whether she deserves to be cursed, the other treating of the diverging principles of the law of the two sects. XI. Foll. 283-316. yh$'. A treatise on the Leading Dogmas of Islam, entitled JJ""t j, with a copious Commentary on it, both by Mu}.tammad b. 'All b. Ibrah1m b. :.:rasan b. Ibrahim b. Faqil lBN Anu JUMHUR sic, r. as in the following piece).1 The preface begins: l. J_, \ \ 4\ The author gives in it a circum stantial account of the origin of both works. He states, first, that he had already written several other works on theology (specified in a note on the margin as yhS' fl \ \ etc.). He then proceeds to relate that, A.H. 877, he made the pilgrimage to Makkah, and after it visited (i.e. Madinah, according to a marginal note). He then went into and visited the tombs of the Imams there, and finally travelled into Khurasan, in order to pay his devotions to the tomb of 'A.li Riqa, at Mashhad. On his way thither he com menced the treatise at the request of a travelling companion, and completed it after his arrival at Mashhad. Having subsequently made there the acquaintance of a distinguished Saiyid and descendant of 'All Riqa, named Ghiyath al-din Mu}.tsin b. Mu}.tam mad, he was by him to write a commentary on the said treatise. He completed this commentary, as we learn from the conclusion, on Wednesday, 17th Dhu'l-}.tijjah, 878, at the mansion of the Saiyid. The original text and the commentary are dis tinguished by Jl; and j_,!\, and the former is given in full. It begins: .J_,.::;-}1 y_,:::-_y, d..IJ J.::. L.. ctll.w) . J"" Jj\...J.I_, \ \kl \ '-' tk..c I \ and is divided into seven sections : I. (fol. 284v.) '-'J.::;-}1 j; II. (fol. 287v.) C'ti.d\ j Ill. (fol. 291) C'l.i.d\ J; IV. (fol. 295v.) 41 J; V. (fol. 299t.) j; I Sec also below, xviii. VI. (fol. 302) ... \ .... j; YII. (fol. 313) j. In the commentary the author displays a great deal of learning. He always speaks of himself in the third person. Frequent marginal and interlinear notes, the latter in red. XII. Foll. 317-318. ctJ\.wJ. The Minimum of Tenets indispensable to the Shi 'ah ; by the same author, who completed his work on Monday, 25th Mu}.tarram, 889, at Mashhad. Begins : cU L.J 15 15 (.]->-4JJ ..M..s.l \ l .... J!' Additions by the author are on the margin. XIII. Foil. 319-331. yh$'. A Com mentary on a short treatise by Abu Ja'far Mu}.tammad b. fusl (d. A.H. 460), on the fundamental dogmas of the Shi'ah creed, which is called here .1 The author of the commentary is not named. The latter is entitled j_,"""l\ Begins: r-llbJ 4JJ \ The passages to be explained are introduced by cJ_,J, and the commentary by J_,JI. The preface of the original work is omitted. It consists of four sections I. ...\::->-J::.l\ j; II. (fol. 324v.) j ; Ill. (fol. 327) .... j; IV. (fol. 328v.) j. Each section comprises sundry dogmas .J""I ). Marginal and interlinear notes, the latter in red. XIV. Foil. 332-378. ""'?rP yh$'. A Com mentary on Na$lr aldzn fusz's (d. A.H. 672) ...\J-:ri' (see no. 405). The author is not named; 2 there is, however, no doubt that it is the commentary of InN AL-MU!AHHAR (I:asan b. Yusuf, d. A.H. 726) mentioned in Kh. ii. 194. It is true, the first words quoted there do not agree with this which 1 This treatise is not mentioned in the list of his works, Fillrist, no. r. 2 In a recent inscription it is erroneously ascribed to l!:lfahan i (cf. no. 406).

PAGE 136

128 .ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. begins : iJ (r. '6J Jlb W \ cill ..M..s:l I ; but the words following here subsequently, l.. I w.JW.I Jib W\ JW' (r. L.:.>t.; ?) Ju el seem to bear some relation to them. There are probably two different versions of the preface. The author styles the work of and he entitles his commentary, accordingly, .J\..ii::..c (it is, however, mentioned by him in his Lk1 under the fuller title J He was a disciple of and completed this commentary on 16th Rabi' I., 696. Some portions have copious marginal notes. The margin exceeds the size of the volume, and is generally folded down, but in some cases cut away. XV. Foil. 379-388. 'C_r, Glosses on that part of l(ushJl' s Commentary on the TaJrzd2 which comprises the fifth on the I m a mate; by Ntm ALLAH b. Sharif Imami Begins: 'JtA .. _, 'J4 J..c \ill The author observed that the criticisms of a Sunnite, on the tenets professed in the said part of the TaJrU, had not yet been answered by writers of the Shi 'ah sect; he, therefore, undertook this task, lest the opposite party should have the last word in the matter. He seems to have written in India, when the ::MuQ.ammadan kings of the Dakhan were still in power. This would appear from the following remark on fol. 380: JS' _,i (sic) Jr., W' JS' j j J\sll (sic) ..).;..fl I.:J'". He quotes occasionally a work of his father, namely a Persian commentary on A.....iL!Ji .. !JI, an alleged speech of 'AB,3 and also a supple to it (il....0), in which ::Mirkhond's (d. A.H. 903) U\ is quoted (fol. 38lv.). 1 Quoted in the J IJi..J I which will be described under" Biography." 2 See no. 409. s From the collection i.i:. on which see f.l. Kh. vi. 406. The first gloss is: i...k. (1 ( = fol. 323 in no. 409). There follows immediately: XVI. Foll. 388-389. 1.. B. 'ABD (?) account of his disputation with a gentleman of J;Ialab, A.H. 951, by which the latter was converted to the Shi'ah creed. Begins: ... cill-.\.t.sll I It comprises only that part of the debate which turned on fundamental questions, such as the superiority of the Imams, the principles etc., leaving the minor topics, which were discussed after wards, when the opponent was already convinced. XVII. Foll. 390-397v. ill J)_,-..!.!1 y'd W I I_,. A treatise on the Fundamental Dogmas, and on Piety, written, as appears from the end, by F AKHR AL-DiN b. Shaikh at Mash bad. Begins: 'iJ),_, ..M.s:ll j.lbl <.!.SJ o.M.sll JL..S' \:JJ ..... It is divided into two "Orients" ). The first, which is dogmatical b_}j ill\ J), consists of an introduction ( eb.. ), on know ledge, and five viz., I. (fol. 391) j II. (fol. 392) 4.1...\.c_, t:i 6JWI j; p:I. (b. v.) j; IV. (fol. 393) j; V. (fol. 395v.) j The second J.J!v., which is parenetical (j J..dj\), comprises viz., I. (fol. 396) j; II. (ib.) j (ib. j (1 L....., containing sermons ascribed to 'AIL This treatise seems to be rather modern. The in his epilogue, places his work under the patronage of the Imam 'All Ri9.a. His name is given in the con clusion, which has apparently been modified by the

PAGE 137

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 129 copyist: JM' t} Jc d. d,j d, ..\ll ft t' All I ct.L.k (?) There is added a laudation of the present treatise, by EAHA AL-DIN I,IilrTHr, written in a high-flown style. It is inscribed: AT) b.=;.. jJU JJi.j j cUll, and begins: c..!.SJL.w, J.:. rfl There follows immediately: XVIII. Foll. 397v.-403. (sic) y_rll An account of three disputations which the author, a Shi 'ite, had with one Molla Harawi, on differences of the two sects. The name of the author is, as appears from tbe opening of the first meeting, from L....s::lll, al-A}:tsa, in Ea}:train, and he is evidently identical with Mu}:tammad b. 'Ali b .... A.bu'l-jumhur, the author of XL The present treatise seems to be the same as Cat. Mus. Erit. 403, xxxiii. Eegins: '-!:..'t:;L J..::>-JL; '.$' Jt; J I -.J1 !\s,.. j . t I 4; I c-y,. ll:..J.M!1 '-';J j It appears that the meetings took place at Mashhad, where the author lived with Saiyid Mu}:tsin, the same whom he mentions in the preface of XL, where he uescribes his journey to Mashhad, A.H. 878. The first and third meetings took place in the mansion of the said Saiyid, the second on the c-Y.., or lOth Dhu'l l:tijjah, in the Academy of Sultan Shahrukh M1rza. The altercation chiefly turned on the Imamate and the Chalifate, and concluded with the defeat of the oppo nent, who, as the author asserts, had at last almost made up his mind to become a Shi 'ah. Colophon; till\ Ji J.:. t\)1 i_ I 4.c J.c J.:. t..;J .M..s:" &. I .J I: XIX. Foil. 404-439. I.!Jwls: 1_, y\:.S' Aphorisms of Abu 'Abdallah Mul:tammad .. L: b. Mu}:lammau b. al-Nu'man, commonly called Mufzd (d. A.H. 413; cf. p. rrf), extracted from two works, viz., the written record of his lectures and dis putations (L.JMl4:"), and his (men tioned by p. rr o ). The compiler, who does not give his name, made this selection for the use of a friend. It would appear that he was a contemporary of Mufid, and that the latter was still alive, when this selection was made. Probably it is the work of Allu JA'FAR 'f1Jsi (d. A.H. 460). Eegins ; d \w . c-..\il ...\>-_y.l. 1 till .M..sl I '-'::i-1.1 y\::S I.!J" NJI h0) vJ j \-t.Jt.:.ll ..M..s" .M.s" NJ I j w_,rJI These aphorisms bear on various Shi 'ah doctrines and points of controversy, but chiefly on the Imamate. Mufld is usually denoted by tilll XX. Foll. 440-450. y\::S. A. treatise proving Sh1 'itism to be the only true creed. It was composed by an unknown author, A.H. 11.52. The above title does not occur in the work Begins: U..Jt:; ill .M.sll Alll ... ::.-..11 Y.) ill\ Jr:J j Y. 1_,-t.kl; t .. l .... 1-S..\fl M.jl 4.JJ...c_, I.!J" j t!W' ...u JJI ... I.!)? ..\! I (1 .. J.i.Rll The author demonstrates his thesis from the Koran, from the Sunnah, of which he quotes all the standard down to Suyutl, and by argumentation. The epilogue begins: c-\,..:.;1 I.!J" vw"'WI (sic)_, I.!J,.. AJt.._, UJI Lw (' . J\ j The author relates a vision, in which he learned from the Prophet and 'AB that of the later Imams, and RiQ.a were those upon whose worship salva tion depended. li

PAGE 138

130 ARABIC XXI. Foil. 451-456. b-'r AILJ. XXII. Foll. 456v.-458. AIL.J. XXIII. Foil. 459-460. AIL.J. XXIV. Foll. 461-468. 4-lL.J. Four Persz"an treatises. XXV. Foll. 469-472. 4-ll,.J. The Funda mental Articles of the Shi 'ah Creed. Nothing is known about the author mentioned in the inscription. Begins: ... &JJ ythlb y'fl' ct.;..r-"J .J, 1.. ..\_ ... \.-. The subjects enumerated are treated of in six chapters, each of which is subdivided into sections ). The works contained in this volume are generally well written on good stout paper. The handwritings vary, but two prevail. Most of the texts have been collated ; however, they are not first-rate as regards correctness. A detailed table of contents is to be found on one of the fly-leaves. It enumerates twenty-six works, the second of which is not in the present volume (see above). Fol. 291v. is ornamented. [Johnson.J PHILOSOPHY. 472. 82. Size 8! in. by in. ; foll. 180. Twelve lines in a page. A treatise on Natural Philosophy, ascribed to the sage BA.LiNl!s or i.e .A.pollonius of Tyana), who received it from Hermes Trismegistus. It was translated (into Syriac) by the priest SA.x:airls (i.e. Zachaeus, '-"""'_r>.L in this MS.), and is called y\::.S' jhl\, or, ill See De Sacy in Notices et Extraits des Manuscrits de la Biblioth. Nation. iv. 107 sqq.; cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 166; Mus. Brit. 203; Upsal. 226; and Leclerc in Journal Asiatique, 1869, p. 111 sqq. This MS. does not contain the introduction of the translator. It begins: Y.J Y, c.:._(jy: ,.s..\1\ jhl\ yt::.s' 4-c ,.s..\1\ j \j\ J\:; (sic) '-"""',-1.! V"'W\ 1 The latter form of the name occurs in the epilogue. t:i \.al \ 1...:-j 4:-.ltl \ "-:-> L, (sic) '-"""' t' Compare De Sacy, I.e., 138 sqq. Neatly written in N asta Richly ornamented and gilt. One of the fly-leaves has the erroneous inscription .:) \ which appears to be taken from the concluding L words of the work .. [Hastings. J 473. 673. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foll. 59. Fifteen lines in a page. A treatise on Elixirs and Talismans, called Cf. Stewart's Catal. 121 sqq. Preceded by an introduction by MuAMMAD B. KniLID, the geometrician, giving an account of the alleged origin of the work, which is said to have been translated from the "Greek and Roman languages" by order of the Khalif The original work was discovered by the writer of this introduction in a Christian church at Amorium, after the capture of that place. It consisted of 360

PAGE 139

PHILOSOPHY. 131 leaves, being entirely of gold, and was deposited in a chest of the same material, and declared to be '' the Treasure of Alexander"-d. dl..J\ '-'j (sic) It had been buried there, after his death, by his disciple Antiochus _;JI '-'3 dL. .. ( IJ-1\ '..Sr.:-9 (.;,// The original preface is by ARISTOTLE \k I) and contains a dedication to A.lexander. It begins (fol. 4v.): I.)J::::;--}1 ...\>1_,11 We are told in it that this is a work of HERMES ( JW \ which was discovered by Bal1nas (Apol lonius, see the preceding no.), and made over by him to Aristotle. It consists of ten chapters :.1 I. (fol. 5v.) j II. (fol. 12v.) .r.-!...(i-' JJ""\ j Ill. (fol. 23) j; IV. ( fol. 30) ,;\:J::.I I k.:.,.,., j ; V. ( fol. 33) (sic) \ j ... ill k.;U\ VI. (fol. 36) j _j3; VII. (fol. 40v.) _j3 j VIII. (fol. 48) j vw_,.hl\ y_,l..aJ\; IX. (fol. 52v.) j X. (fol. 54) .. j and it concludes with an epilogue which was added by ALEXANDER. Well written, with all the vowel-points. Illustrated with drawings. Dated 1st Scribe, Imamwardi (I.SI.)JJ"'\...1). Another talisman has been added on the last page. [Tippu.] 474. 2770. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 173. Twelve lines in a page. The twenty-first of the treatises of the Ikhwdn al on the dispute between the animals and man. It has been printed at Calcutta, 1812 and 1846, and Tht following headings differ occasionally from the list of contents given on fol. 5. translated into German by Dieterici, Berlin, 1858. Cf. Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 295. The preface is omitted. Begins: '-'.LS:ll """'! j W A.il j\.a:,-like the :Munich MS. Well written in All rubrics omitted. [Biblioth. Leydeniana. J 475 1420. Size 11 in. by 6i in.; foil. 411. Thirty lines in a page. Jl >\ill\ Jb. .... ll .J ;, .... 1\ sL.k_ '-' ...\.:-:. J.:. s\,._<.sJ I 4>-V"'::-j) I t:t..l \ The first part of lBN S1x:\.'s (d. A.H. 428) System of Aristotelian Philosophy, called .... l\, on Logic. See Cat. IJugd. iii. 315, sqq. ; cf. J.I. Kh. iv. 62. This part comprises the first four fascicles of the work. It is divided into nine d; viz., 1. (fol. 3) without title (Isagoge); 2. (fol. 24v.) j; 3. (fol. 81v.) (7rp EPfl-1JVtac;); 4. (fol. 107) j 5. (fol. 201) j; 6. (fol. 272) y\::S (r. T07rJca); 7. (fol. 336v.) j; 8. (fol. 355v.) j; 9. (fol. 401) y\::.S'. An elegant copy, transcribed by order of (Saiyid) Mul}.ammad at Kashmir, by b. 'Abd al-l}.akim, from a MS. of A.H. 868. Completed on 4th Rabi' I., 1148. Each book ( D\.a...,) has its own conclusion, and the volume ends with a long epilogue by the said Saiyid (fol. 411 ill\ Jl )bJ .J\ ... .s:L,I A splendid ornament on the first page, and gold lines round the others. There precede (foil. 1 and 2), the life of the author, taken from the the introduction of Abu 'Ubaid (which is given at full length in Cat. Lugd., I.e.), transcribed from the original MS., where it bad been added by Sharif b. 'Abd al-lat1f A.H. 891; and an incomplete list of contents. In an elegant binding of red leather, with gold ornaments. [Johnson.J

PAGE 140

132 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 476. 1796. Size 11! in. by 6i in.; foil. 313. Thirty lines in a page. J\ y_,_:-J\ .)\ c.J\::J\ 'The second part of the preceding work, on Physics. The of this part are: 1. j; 2. (fol. 94v.) j; 3. (fol. 109v.) j I.:Jfl\; 4. (fol. 133) j; 5. (fol.l44v.) j; 6. (fol.16lv.) vw.hl\ y'.::S; 7. (fol. 214) j; 8. (fol. 222) j Like the preceding MS.; the colophon gives the same ,._ names of the transcriber (adding the surname 1...$-'.J and of his employer. Dated Kashmir, Sha'ba.n, 1150. Foll. 24-31 are to be placed in the following order : 24, 27, 25, 26, 29, 30, 28, 31. Slightly injured by insects. Bound in green leather, with gold ornaments. [Johnson.J 477. 1811. Size 11! in. by 6! in. ; foll. 286. Thirty lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-264. The remaining portion of the pre ceding work, written in the same hand, and arranged in the following manner :-1 1. (foll. 1-44) Geometry; without title, but concluding: 2. (foll. 47-131) .Astronomy. Concludes: Then follows the colophon of the original copy, which begins: J\3 '!b-' t:..:hl\ _?..\1\ This copy had been written by 'Abd al-]f.aiyum b. al b. 'AB Farisi, A.H. 642. 3. (foll. 134-149) .Arz'thmetic. Begins: 1 The numbering seems to be in confusion, as is also the case with the Leyden MS. (I.e., p. 319). (.!)_... Conclusion: .J\ ;; t.W .. t ') r 4. (foil. 152-174) Music. Jt;.l\ j 1.:)... 1.:)' l.l l.:)l> .. J, Ji ... ..., .J\ ..k '-,.1,.::>-t_u .. _j 1 "--J Fol. 17 4v. contains an epilogue to this part by the aforesaid Saiyid Mul;tammad. Date, A..H. 1152. Each of the preceding parts was copied from '' an old MS.," and collated with another which had been written at :Mauf:lil, A..H. 652. 5. (foil. 179-264) Metaphyst'cs. Begins: j yi.::.S' t.:J.-.p:. This part concludes also (fol. 264) with an epilogue by Saiyid Mul;tammad. It was transcribed from a copy of .A.. H. 897. The aforesaid Mul;tammad finished it at Shahjahanabad, on 2nd Rabi' I., 1154 (J\=.1\ j 4:) ... (.!) ... LS;\j t.:J,. (.!),. JWI t.:J,. d:J\,..l\ t.:J,. (\ ..)J,::;_,I\ j A!). He concludes with a poem in praise of the work, beginning : ... .:=;_) 1.:):. Each of the above parts has an ornament on its first page ; the vacant leaves between them are ornamented with gold lines. II. Foll. 266-286. The first part of the author's abridgment of the preceding work, called \, on Logic. This work has been printed at Rome, 1593, as an appendix to Ibn Slna's ..l(am1n. Cf. Kh. vi. 303. Begins: J.:. V"":ij\ NJ\ L.\ &JJ\ ill\ (,!)?\ t' ... __, ili\ 4-.c Written in the same hand as the preceding, with gold borders. In an elegant illuminated binding. This MS. and the two preceding are from Lakhnau. [Johnson.J

PAGE 141

PHILOSOPHY. 133 478. 423. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 154. Twenty three lines in a page. The Commentary of FA.KHR .A.L-DIN R.Azi (Mul).ammad b. 'Omar, d. A..H. 606) on the second and third parts of Ibn Sina's (d. A..H. 428) U.s::l\ on Physics and Metaphysics. See Kh. iv. 290, and especially regarding the first part, omitted in this MS., Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 600. Extracts from this work have been given by Haneberg in A.bhandl. d. baier. A.kad. xi. 250-267. :Beginning: JJ.aj /' j '-'\j\M.\.,. j J L.!sl\ J\; The remaining fourteen sections of this part are in scribed as follows: II. (fol. 5v.) j J..c III. (fol. 16v.) j IV. (fol. 23) l!JI j .... .... V. (fol. 26) j VI. (fol. 29) LS:ll j; VII. (fol. 36) j; VIII. (fol. 43v.) j l!)l._j.ll; IX. (fol. 56v.) JIJ>-\ j; X. (fol. 67v.) W\ JH.-.-. j; XL (fol. 73v.) j XII. (fol. 80v.) j; XIII. (fol. 81v.) j; XIV. (fol. 91v.) k.b'-:J\ j; XV. (fol. 96) j; XVI. (fol. 100v.) j The third part, (foil. 113-154), comprises nine J.a,;, as follows: I. without title; II. (fol. 118v.) j \ ; III. (fol. 124) j; IV. (fol. 127v.) jhll j; V. (fol. 130) .Jby,:ll Jl ev.\M.\jijl j; VI. (fol. 134v.) j; VII. (fol. 137) J- See Kh. i. 302; Cat. Lugd. iii. 321; and Cat. St. Petersb. 60.

PAGE 142

134 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. This work is dedicated to a patron, who is styled ill\ AJ)..\1\ $L..(sl\. It is partly written in refutation of the critics of Raz1, who is here called J....;lRl\. It begins: J_,J yb .. Cl\ \ ...u 1_, JJ .... }:. All\ ""-'""I All\ q .J b..U 0WI !,)\,;\ Jsll t1 ujW.\ The present copy consists of three separate yolumes. Vol. I. (foll. 1-87) contains the first part, on Logic. II. (foil. 88-163) gives the first three bl..j I of the second part, on Physics. It begins : b' \ J \.; J.:-J}""l Jl Ill. (foll. 164-251) contains the remaining seven bWI, on Metaphysics, but is slightly imperfect at the end. Carefully written in three hands. Of the eighth or ninth century. Vols. II. and Ill. are revised through out. The following note is at the end of Vol. I. : j (sic) '-..)h(, C, U""" . 'J" \.a,..l I I l. tU Lc....,J _, J'.sG-il:;J ..M..s-'19 l!J? ..... 9 M j (sic) A:..:. \,r UJ \bl \ J.:!l:; j Injured by insects. This ::\IS. belonged to Ibrahim 'Adil Shah II. (Nauras). Cat. 226, xxv. 481. 520. Size 7! in. by in.; foll. 350. Nineteen lines in a page. The second part of the preceding Commentary, on Physics and Metaphysics. Begins: (1 JJ..,\ Jl I X catly written, of the eleyenth century. Foll. 160 and 165 should be transposed. [Hastings.] 482. 2283. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 168. Fifteen lines in a page. A Commentary (by AI;) on !usi's Commentary to the first part, or Logic, of Ibn Sind's \ ".-.:.::..11 The author is not named. His preface begins : d...,..\:; y\:..;:; Jl \:.p,-,J; and he says subsequently: I \ j u? l:.S' ui \ u,;J ,j.:. (fol. 2) ./-!.1 I j _?... The commentary commences : I \ J J \M.\\ \::..::.: \:...iU _, 4.-S ..\ll AD \ All\ 1.!)-.M>-\ j b'..\lb j (1 J.:. The following date is given at the end: \,. .J.:>..T \.)..tb y\:;_(11 J'k:J.\ j b'!,)'.i\ IJ!,)J\ t_; From this it would appear that this is the first part of the commentary of ALDIN Mul;tammad b. Mu l;tammad RA.zi or (d. A.H. 766; see Cat. Bodl. ii. 354 ), which, on account of its purpose, to decide the controversies of J'usz and Rdzz, is often called It is mentioned by J:I. Kh. ii. 302, though his statements do not agree with the preface of this MS. The second part seems to be contained in Cat. Lugd. iii. 322, no. MCCCCLIV. Plainly, but incorrectly written; of the twelfth century. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 483. 2105. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 107. Twentytwo lines in a page. Glosses to fust' s Commentary on the Physics of and to the corresponding portion of

PAGE 143

PHILOSOPHY. 135 by Allah MiRzA JA.N Baghandtl (alias Shlrazl, d. A.H. 994). Kh. i. 303, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 627.2 These glosses are dedicated to the Shah Ism a '11 n. fo.JI y,l I J'-'4! who reigned from A.H. 983 to 985. Though, in the preface, r:l;usl's commentary and or '(Jii.JI are spoken of in equal terms, the glosses refer only to the latter work, with the words (i.e. In the preface allusion is made to the names of the author and the commentators, and their respective works, as follows: ... I J11 ... .s:ll tt.ltll I..SJJJ ... 'r.:.JA\.JI YJ \.!r.L'...: ... II /:-,; tJ?. t._ I J:..l _, I The first gloss begins: j cJI _,1 \.-.1 .f_l yh.Cll uk Closely written in Nasta'HJ.<:, with notes by the author. The title-page, which is covered with various notes, bears the seal of a" servant" of Mu}:!ammad Shah. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 484. 1233. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 17 4. Twenty nine lines in a page. Another Commentary on Ibn Sina's by 'lzz al-daulah Sa'd b. commonly called lBN KAMMUNAH, a Jewish philosopher (d. A.H. 676). See Kh. i. 303, and regarding other works of this author, Cat. Bodl. ii. 562, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 606, Cat. Lugd. iii. 349, etc. In two parts; the first of which (foil. 1-59) contains the Logic, and begins, without an introduction, as follows: d. dl\1 ,:::;-) Jl 1 This !\fS. has See, however, Cat. I,ugd. iii. 323. 2 In the latter it is, however, taken for Tal)tani's commentary. &J.J I ili_, _, ... d. I d. I d. d. JJ.a:-. JjJ \.J 1 ul.&. t..lJ 1 ... tkl t...\i:J\ AJ_r,-. 4\..JWI. Con cludes: Jb:..JI \.-. J..u.l 1 1 t:r ... Jb...l1 (1 AJ'-'.JJI The second part (foil. 60-17 4) comprises the Physics and Metaphysics. It is inscribed: uk j uj.\!.ll r.iill t ... ... ...\:.?, \.-. .. \,.._, The conclusion begins as follows: Ji I_,Ll I r.:.J'.. I j J.!! ... .._, \!f.,"f .,r:i:-r.:.J"' Carefully written, but almost without diacritical points, by .. 2 b. 'Abd al-ral;tman b. 'Abdallah, a )LUiki divine. Dated Tuesday, 12th Rabl' II. (?), 7 34. ReYised. A defect after fol. 15. The first few leaves are mis placed; they should stand thus: 1, 4, 3, 6, 5, 2, 7; and the last leaves should be placed in the following order: 168, 170, 169, 172, 171, 173, 174. Injured by insects, especially at the end. [Johnson.J 485. 1477. Size 7 in. by 3! in. ; foil. 115. Seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary on Sbihab al-din (Yal;tya b. Suhrawardz's (d. A.H. 587) _)yll by Jalal al-dln (Mul;tammad b. As'ad) DAwwA.Ni (d. A.n. 907 or 908). See for a full account of this work, Fliigcl, Hdss. Wien, iii. 328 (where, however, the name of the commentator is incorrectly given). Cf. J;r. Kh. vi. 505; Cat. St. Petersb. 59 sq.; Cat. Lugd. iii. 355; Stcwart's Catal. 122 sq.; and A. von Kremer, Geschichtc der herrschenden Ideen des !slams, 89 sqq. The name of the Sultan l:J\bL .... II 1.,;.}\bL .... II) to whom the commentary is dedicated, runs 1 These words of Ibn Sin a are wrongly cited by I.T. I\ h. as the beginning of the present work. 2 Erased.

PAGE 144

136 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. in the text of this :US. as in Fliigel, Le., but on the margin is added the name of 'AQ.ud al-din Abu Sa'id Gurgan (the Timuride, d. A..H. 873) as a variant.1 Written in a not very clear N asta' hand, with additions by the author on the margin. The end is wanting. The fly-leaf contains a notice regarding the death of a person at Yazd, which took place A.H. 1176. [Tippu.J 486. 2350. Size 6! in. by 4 in.; foll. 11. Ten lines 1n a page. The beginning of Shams al-din Mu}:lammad b. Ashraf (d. about A.H. 600) treatise on Dialectics, styled y\cii. Cf. Kh. i. 207, and Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 351. The introductory words are omitted. Begins: Y) yl-if j Well written. Imperfect at the end. W orm-e(lten. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 487. B 164. Size 7i in. by 4! in.; foll. Ill. Seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary on the second and third parts, or Physics and Metaphysics, of Athlr al-din Mufa., ,._ fol. 104) j. Well written in N asta with marginal notes, partly derived from the author. Dated Rajah, 1005. Foll. 1-17 have been supplied by a different hand Blj. Libr., A.H. 1023, from Molla Payandah. Cat. 238, i. 488. 2260. Size in. by 4! in.; foil. 111. At first ten, afterwards always seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of 1\fArBUDHi's Commentary on the Hdayah. It begins: (1 A;.\'-'il' fsll (sic). Written in Shikastah, with marginal notes. Of the beginning of the twelfth century. [College of Fort William.J 489. B 160n. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 78. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-75. A fragment of the same Commentary, written in N asta with marginal notes. The first portion is wanting (to fol. 25 of the original pagination). Begins: 1,;)/.J 1,;)\j\;:;-. There are slight defects after fol. 73 and at the end. II. Foll. 76-78. Three leaves of another copy of the same work, corresponding to fol. 2 sqq.

PAGE 145

PHILOSOPHY. 490. 3064. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 203. From twentythree to twenty-five lines in a page. Glosses on JJfaibuaM'& Commentary, by MUJ;IAMMAD n. entitled They were composed A.H. 966, and dedicated to Shah, of Al}.madnagar. Theae glosses are probably alluded to by Kh. vi. 4 75; cf. iii. 534. Extracts from them are to be found on the margin of the Lakhnau edition of Maibudh1.1 The preface begins: J} The author dates his work at the end as follows: ... JI (,!)'"' kW\ J_,l j L"'t"""ll Ul V"''"'tsl\ (,!)'"' AJWI t:?WI. The date A.H. 966 is also expressed by the chronogram '(_r. J>A?.I...\.lb (or rather Closely written inN asta approaching to Shikastah; with the following colophon : t_I)J I _, ...\:; yJ (sic) ti:..l I i.:, 1...5...,-.J_ I J..s' W I j &:. (s.ll A:...,) JWI (,!)'"' (,!)'"' ""'') J:.jt,..J WJI A::;-J '-': (.!)'"' u::.ll t.sJ \ .ilb ;..\:>\. .;' This MS., which is on rather thin paper, has been mended in several places. The first fifteen leaves have been misplaced in consequence ; they should stand in the following order: 1, 7, 5, 4, 6, 2, 3, 8, 9, 14, 15, 13, 10, 11, 12. Fol. 202 shoul. 4 J \....:>-\ (sic). Another MS. reads J lH

PAGE 146

138 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Legibly written; with various marginal notes, among which are glosses of Saiyid Sharif. Fol. 1 has been supplied carelessly by a different hand. 494. B 153. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foll. 77. Nineteen lines in a page. Another Commentary on the Physics and Metaphysics of the Hdayah, which was composed, according to Kh. vi. 4 73, by b. Mal;tmud Harawi...} commonly called MAUL.:i.NA.z.:i.nA.H. Cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 364. Another copy of this commentary, in the Bodleian Library (Catal. I., no. ncxvr.), was written A..H. 810. The author, therefore, must have lived as early as the eighth century. He says in his preface: L.,l L., .. .. (sic) .. wid.:, 4J ... (' d This copy is in a peculiar, not always clear, hand writing. As appears from several notes on the margin of the last page, it was transcribed by 'All b. Mir (?) 'All b. Mas'ud, for his own use, A..H. 881. Numerous marginal notes. Defects after foil. 15, 18, and 22. The first folio is supplied by a modern hand. 495. 965. Size in. by 3! in. ; foll. 236. Twentyone lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-140. Two Persian treatises on Astronomy. II. Foil. 143-230. Another copy of MAm.A.N.Az.inA.n's Commentary on the Hidayah, with glosses. Very neatly written. Of the end of the ninth century. The remaining pages are filled with various extracts, in the same hand, viz.:-Foll. 231-232. An extract from the ,t on the halo and the rainbow. 1 Probably a commentary on -.\.;.IJ.iJ\ see 1:1. Kh. iv. 283. Fol. 233. A short exttact from the Foll. 233v.-234. V'"''-':; '-'?j?. (sic) y.\. The relation of a vision of .A.Bu Y A.ZID Brs'!'Alri. Begins: ,.;?) Jl '-=-'_;l::U. The lower part of fol. 233 is destroyed. Fol. 235. An extract from an unknown work, on cause and effect. [Johnson.J 496. 1357. Size 8! in. by 6i in.; foll. 224. Nineteen lines in a page. A copious Commentary on the second and third parts of the Hz'dayah, compiled by f?ADJ{ A.L-DIN Mul;tammad b. Ibrahim Shirazi (d. A..H. 903). Cf. Stewart"s Catal. 117, ii. Part of this commentary, comprising the first d of the Physics, was printed in Oudh (?), A..H. 1262. The preface, which is without interest, begins: J Wl I I JJ. It is followed by an intro duction on philosophy in general. There is also a long epilogue, which begins: j U l. _r>-T 'y,_,.d\ 'y\::il\ ) Y,..\l\ jk;.._, 'r-.rf' c:.'Y'' j Wfi. tl Neatly written in N asta '111_{. This copy was tran scribed at (in Sindh), probably from the author's own copy, by a native of Siwistan.1 With some marginal notes of the author. The last two pages contain tables, in the same hand writing, on the influences of the stars, derived from lBN SiN.i, j_,:; j .. __Ji'u .._}:. which are followed by some notes and Persz'an verses. Conclusion: ""'\:;\ ... t I .J 1 This appears from a note on the title-pa"'e which however is partly illegible. 0 '

PAGE 147

PHILOSOPHY. 139 497. 1756. Size 8 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 72. Five and nine lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-13. ATHIR AL-DiN .ABnARi's (d. A.H. 663) Introduction to Logic, called ,.C \. See Kh. i. 502; Catal. St. Petersb. 69, etc. Printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1260. Written in a large hand. Dated 5th Mu}:tarram, 1096 (=27th year of .A.urangz'ib ). It was transcribed by Rukn al-d'in b. Saiyid '.A.bdallah of Far'idaba.d (?), for his own use. Vowel-points and notes have been added in the earlier portion. Fol. 7 should stand after fol. 4. II. Foll. 14-72. .A. Commentary on the preceding work, by Shams al-dln Mu}:tammad b. FANARI (d. A.H. 834). It is here called because it was written down by the author in one day. Cf. IJ. Kh. i. 503; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 603; Cat. St. Petersb. 74 (where it is, however, taken for a different work). It was printed at Constantinople, A.H. 1235. Written in a large stiff hand, by Daniyal b. '.A.bd alShaiban'i, for his own use. Date, 4th Rab1' II., 1055. Notes. [Hastings. J 498. 623. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 287. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on Najm al-d1n Abu Bakr (sic, alias 'All) b. 'Omar KatihZ J!azwznz's (d. A.H. 675) A,...(>-, or System of Metaphysics and Physics; by Shams al-din Mu}:tammad b. Mubarak Shah Bukharl, commonly called MiRAK. Cf. Kh. iii. 103 ; Bibl. Sprenger. 1809 ; Cat. St. Peters b. 7 5 ; and Cat. Lugd. iii. 367. The preface begins: _}\.; AD\ L-.' L,i.j\ J.rJ1 L:)\_; .... J#' d ..MS"" d. ..\l ,, DJ.' J,.ii!. ill\ The author says in it that his com mentary contains, besides extracts from other works, the entire glosses \_,.=.-) of flutb al-ain Shirad (d. A.H. 710). The first part of Katibl's work j of four AJt.ii,..; viz.: I. j (fol. 5); 2. jhl\ j (fol. 51v.); 3. j (fol. 69); 4. J (fol. 130). The second part j) com prises five cllt.ii,..: 1. j (fol. 150v.); 2. AS"_r:l\ j (fol. 163); 3. j (fol. 190); 4. (fol. 224), without title, on the elements, etc.; 5. (fol. 261) j. The greater part of this MS. (from fol. 76 to the end) is well written, by 'Abdallah b. Musa. Date, Satur day, 15th Sha'ba.n, 993. Red lines round the pages. The first portion is supplied by a different hand. It has numerous marginal notes, which are chiefly extracts from the glosses on this commentary by Saiyid Shar1f. Fol. 3 ought to be placed after fol. 7. Injured by insects. [Johnson.J 499. 2068. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foll. 146. Twenty three lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the preceding Commentary. It ends soon after the commencement of Part II. After fol. 134 is a large lacuna, which comprises the end of the third and the whole of the fourth book (ell of Part I. Written in various hands, of the tenth century. Long extracts from Saiyid Sharif are on the margin. Foll. 90 and 91 ought to be placed before fol. 86. Injured by damp and by insects. 500. 811. Size in. by 6 in. ; foil. 152. Fifteen lines in a page. The first portion of the same Commentary, written in an inelegant N with numerous extracts from Saiyid Shar1f on the margin. It ends abruptly in the third dJ IJi,_. of Part I. Its

PAGE 148

1-:lO ARABIC last words are, however, written in the form of r. real conclusion, and followed by a colophon, according to which it was finished by Mir Mul)ammad Amln, at Shahjahtmabad (?),on a Wednesday in Jumada I. ... 1 Cf. Stewart's Catal. 119. [Tippu.J 501. 1712. Size 8! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 250. Nineteen lines in a page. Annotations on the preceding Commentary of J1J1.rak, and on its by M UJ!HLMAD HA.sHIM a physician. They are entitled The long preface begins : \ U\ .Jj'"'""' L..h\\. The author states in it that he compiled these annotations only for prhate use, not for publication. He made use of the glosses of Mas'ud Sharwani,2 while he usually took no notice of the popular glosses of Jj \ J...:; \.Rl1 (probably al-dln, see no. 498). The preface con cludes with a long invocation of 'All. These annotations end with the first book (tU Ui.,..) of the \ The passages commented on are introduced by J \:; or Al_,i Well written. Coloured lines round the pages. Seals of Mul}ammad KhiQ.r Khan and Fail;l 'All Khan (A.H. 1174). [Tippu.J 502. 1620. Size 6! in. by 3! in. ; foiL 19. Thirteen lines in a page. The celebrated treatise on Logic by N ajm al-d1n 'All b. 'Omar KATIBi (d. A.H. 675). It is entitled AJ\..,)1, from its being dedicated to the \Yazir F;hams al-din Mul)ammad Juwaini (d. A.H. 681). Cf. 76; Cat. St. Petersb. 63; Cat. Lugd. iii. 369 ; and the edition of Dr. Sprenger (Bibl. Indica, First Appendix to the Dictionary of the Techn. Terms, etc.), Calcutta, 1854. 1 The year is wanting. 2 Xot Shirazi, as IJ. Kb. iii. 103 has. He died A.H. 905. See no. 448. Well written, of the beginning of the twelfth century. The preface is omitted. Begins: (1 J:,.....U.... .A defect after fol. 17. Fol. 18 belongs to a Persian treatise on the same subject. Signature of 'Abdallah b. Mul;lammad Mirak b. 'Abd al-l}ami:d, and seal of Amanat-dar Khan 1 (A.H. 1131). This 1\IS. was originally part of a larger volume. [Gaikwar.J 503. B 145. Size 7 in. by 4:j in.; foll. 133. Fifteen and twenty-five lines in a page. The Commentary of AL-niN Mal)mud b. Mu l)ammad Rtz! (d. A.H. 766) on the Sl1amsiyah. This is a commentary by JtJ and j_,:;r, It is entitled A.lL)\ j ..u-.I,Jil\J,,rs!', but is often simply called The author dedicated it to Amir Al)mad Sharaf al-d1n.2 Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 354; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 348; Casiri, i. 180. The work was printed in 1815, at Calcutta, and also, with glosses, in A. H. 1263, s.l. (Lakhnau ?). A valuable copy, dated 28th Rajah, 777. It was transcribed by Mul)ammad b. Al)mad Mul)yi al-dln, in the J'rfadrasah of Amir MU.sa at Larandah the capital of Marginal notes. 'rhe first few leaves are wanting. Begins: 4-l w1, Foil. 125 and 126, inserted by a later hand, repeat the contents of the preceding fol., but with the full text of the Shamszyah. There is added (foil. 130v.-132) ATHIR AL-DIN ABHARi's \ (see no. 497), closely written in the same hand. Then follow various notes. Slightly injured by damp. Cat. 236, vi. 2. 504. B 148. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foil. 160. Twelve and fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. The preface begins : 4.:) \ 4.:) .J) "-' 1 1 Written by two hands, the first in The 1 Possibly the same person. 2 The statement of IJ. Kh. is incorrect.

PAGE 149

PHILOSOPHY. 141 latter portion (from fol. 85) was transcribed by 'Ata Allah b. Jamal al-din in Rabi' I., 1014. Numerous marginal notes in the earlier portion. The diagrams near the end of the work have not been filled in. Seals of 'Ata Allah, Khan, and Mul}ammad Adil Shah. Cat. 236, vi. 4. 505. 1588. Size 9 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 326. From nine to eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, with many marginal notes. Well written, on thin paper. Slightly injured by insects. The last fol. is mutilated. [Hastings. J 506. 1068. Size in. by 4! in.; foll. 152. Fifteen and nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, well written by several hands. [Johnson.J 507. 509. Size 8 in. by 4i in.; foll. 259. Nine lines in a page. Glosses to I[utb al-dzn' s Commentary on the Shamszyah, by SAIYID SHARIF JURJANI (d. A.H. 816). Cf. J;I. Kh. iv. 76, Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 348, and Stewart, 119. This work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1261. Well written, with copious marginal notes both at the beginning and end. The colophon runs as follows : r. ...\:; --'?, r.v"; and on the margin is written: j_,l r.}l\ r.v" L _s-..; o J' ornamentcd. Fol. 258 should be placed before 250. 508. 2205. Size 7.f: in. by 4 in.; foll. 99. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses. Fol. 7 5 should stand after 83, fol. 84 after 7 i, and fol. 99 after 95. The last fol. is wanting. Seal of Nu!f>rat Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 509. 411. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foil. 64. Twenty lines in a page. The same Glosses. Clearly written in Red lines round the pages. Notes. On the fly-leaf is a Persian mnemonic verse, on the ten categories, with explanations. It is ascribed to Molla Jalal [Hastings. J 510. B 160B. Size 7! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 109. Sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, well written in Nasta'lik. p _9/,// Colophon : fJ}I \ ...\:; Arl ... c..,P $1.; j J.:. 1 IV r A.:._, J \!j\ Defects after foll. 64 and 70. Worm-eaten towardR the end. 511. B 149. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 78. :Mostly seventeen or twenty-two lines in a page. Another copy of tho same Glosses, written by several hands, with numerous marginal notes Injured at the beginning. A few leaves are wanting after fol. 43 and after fol. 46. 512. B 136. Size 7 k in. by 5 in.; foil. 71. Fourteen lines in a page. An imperfect and damaged copy of the same Glosses. Neatly written in with numerous notes. 1 i.e. A.H. 1072.

PAGE 150

142 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Clearly written. Red lines round the pages. Notes. The beginning is wanting. The first gloss is &J; There are defects after foll. 6, 20, 22, 28, and 29. 513. 1492. Size 7! in. by 41 in.; foil. 160. Mostly thirteen lines in a page. The preceding Glosses of SAIYID SnARiF, introduced here by the words : i-.d 1_, &.! l_,i J?j.::; J.t.:. dJJ &JT__, J.:. They are accompanied, on the margin, by two suc cessive explanations :-1. Foll. 1-121. The Glosses of 'bd.n b. YaQ.ya b. 'A.li Farist,l which extend over the first JJIJi..-. of the Shamszyah, and refer both to Saiyid Sharif's glosses and to the commentary of al-d1n. The date runs as follows: I L.. 1..\.lb (.:) ... """--' . All \..\.lb j 1-..J\ (.:) ... j j (sic) JL.. lr'.-.\sl\ W j :(_ 1 ill .M.sl w w__, ... J=>-__, The author's preface is written on the title-page of this volume. It begins : l!J W Y, ...:.i.M.:s:!- 2. Foll. 121v.-160. The Glosses of KnALiL b. Mu Q.ammad b. RaQ.aw11 on the remaining part of the work, viz., \?,la.Ji..ll, or as J.I. Kh. styles it (iv. 78 sq., where he gives an abstract of the preface). These glosses also refer both to those of Saiyid Shar1f and to the commentary itself. Very neatly written, of the eleventh century. Both the text and the margin are bordered with red lines. [Johnson.J 1 So the author gives his name in the preface. 514. B 147. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foil. 65. At first from nineteen to twenty-two, latterly sixteen lines in a page. The Glosses of 'br1D before mentioned, written in Shikastah and N asta 'li1r, of the tenth century. Blj. Libr., A.H. 992. Cat. 236, vi. 1. 515. 2313. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 117. Fifteen lines in a page Another copy of the same Glosses. Clearly written, with a broad margin. The passages to be explained are written in red. Seals Khan (A. H. 1179) and Jang. [College of Fort William.J 516. 1709. Size 7! in. by 41 in. ; foil. 156. Mostly eighteen lines in a page. Annotations to the Glosses of Saiyid Sltarif, by Molla (J.{ara) DA.'un, a pupil of Taftazani. Kh. iv. 77.1 These annotations extend only over the first cU Vi.... of the Shams1yah. ':_hey begin: (&.!_,.;) j\:; vd-1 J' (1 Js:l\ (r. Ubl Jl Carelessly written in Dated Friday, 1st 1044. The name of the copyist is erased Foil. 50-55 should be placed between foil. 1 and 2. Seal of Jang (A.H. 1175). [Tippu.J 517. 438. Size 9i in. by 5 in.; foll. 197. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the Annotations of Molla DA.'un, written in the same hand as no. 515. Seals Khan (A.H, 1179) and Jang. [Tippu.J 1 Compare, however, Catal. St. Petersb., p. 66, xcii.

PAGE 151

PHILOSOPHY. 143 518. B 152. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 108. Twenty one lines in a page. Notes to the earlier portion of the above Glosses of Saiyid Skarif, by 'Abd al-l).aklm b. Shams al-dln SIYhKuTi (d. soon after A.H. 1060). These notes have been printed at Dehli, 1870. The preface begins: I.:) W \.li.b ul> \ 1.:)\A,J\ J ts')'""-"t {\ c.l\. The author states in it that he wrote these notes by the advice of his father, and he dedicates his work to Shahj ahan. The first note is: Alj wts' Well written, but left unfinished. The last note dJJ AI_,:;. Cat. 236, ii. 519. B 158. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 80. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the Notes of Srr.A.LKUTi, more com plete than the preceding, but imperfect at the end. Written in Shikastah, by different hands. The first fol. is missing. Begins: JW' A defect after fol. 73. Erroneously inscribed (fol. 29) : _j. r-L. \.>I.S":"h:;; cf. Cat. 236, v. 3. 520. B 144. Size in. by 5! in.; foll. 190. Seventeen lines in a page. Other Notes to the Glosses of Saiyid Skarif, by an unknown author. Very incomplete. Both the beginning and end are wanting. There are defects after foil. 24, 71 (both slight), 102, 110 (considerable), 126 (slight), 142 (large), and 158. The first complete note begins : '-'?' ( c.l_,J) Plainly written. Date, about A.H. 1100. Injured by insects in some places. 521. B 223B. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foll. 30. Twenty one lines in a page. The concluding portion of other Glosses on Jlutb a Commentary on the Skamszyah. It appears from the quotations on the margin of the Lakhnau edition of this commentary that the author of these Glosses is AL-DiN (Ibrahim b. 'Arabshah Isfara'inl, d. A.H. 943). Cf. Kh. iv. 78. Imperfect at the beginning. The first entire gloss is: \ili_, AI_,;. Written in a small hand, mostly without diacritical points. Colophon : L.iJ; l. _;:>. \ \ .).,, l!Y' j -.\).... q ;_, kJ i.iu AJhS' ,_.,. I.:.J.T-. .. ,--w.:.; ::.r. 1.!.1 J\:>.. J..c Injured by damp, and worm-eaten at the beginning. 522. B 165. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foll. 10. .About twenty lines in a page. A Commentary ( on the beginning of an Ex planation of the Shamszyak by Jt; and JjL This commentary is ascribed in the colophon to SAIYID SHARiF JuRJ.A.Ni (d. A.H. 816). The author of the explanation is not named. He quotes al-din (d. A.H. 766), and is here spoken of as being dead. The present work extends only over his preface and his explanation of the preface of the Shamsiyak. Begins: .... ell M.sl\ J' JS' yib JS' J' r tJ.:s: This copy was transcribed by 'All b. J;Iajji Mir (?) 'All b. Mas'ud, A.H. 876. Marginal notes. Seal and signature of Mu"Qammad 'Adil Shah. 523. B 242. Size 8:f in. by in. ; foll. 123. )Iostly twenty-nine lines in a page. A Commentary on the first part, or I..Jogie. of :--\idj al-din Abu'l-thana b. Abu Bakr Urmawfa

PAGE 152

144 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. (d. A.H. 682) Cf. J.I. Kh. v. 595 sqq.; Casiri, i. 200 sqq., and Cat. Bodl. ii., no. ccxci. 7. It is wrongly ascribed here to Molla al-dln (the author of the following work). The real author is not ascertained. The text and commentary are distinguished by j\:; and and the former is fully given in the earlier portion. There is no preface to this commentary. It JL.. -tfJ\ j\J "h::.l\ y,\ ill\ 1 d.M.:s:!-\j\ y\k .i..: 1..5.\ d.\ .M..s:\\ The earlier portion of this MS. is written in an inelegant small and the remainder (from fol. 58) in a neat N askh, mostly without diacritical points. At the end we find the following date : f j y'.:&\ Bij. Libr., A. H. 1059, from Khan. Seals of the latter, '.A.ta Allah, and 'Adil Shah. Cat. 226, xvi. 4 (?); cf. 236, viii. 524. B 157. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 237. Twenty one lines in a page. Another Commentary (by j\J and j_,:;\) on Urrnawi' s e \h., imperfect at the beginning. This is the commentary by AL-DIN Mul}.ammad b. Mul}.ammad RA.zi (d. A.H. 766). See on it Kh. v. 595, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 582. Almost the whole of the first part is missing. Part II. j J\::.1\ t ...... begins on fol. 16v. It is slightly imperfect at the end. Written in an inelegant and not always clear hand, with several roughly drawn tables. Marginal notes. Some leaves are supplied by a more modern hand. Soiled. The latter portion is much injured by insects. 525. B 181A. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foll. 173. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on the preceding Commentary of I[utb al-dzn, hy SAIYID SHA.RIF JntJA.xi (d .A..H. 816). See :J;I. K.h. 1 Here follows the whole of Urmawi's preface. v. 595, and Casiri, i. 188, no. ncxxxvm; cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 373. These Glosses extend in this, as well as all the following copies, and also in the MS. of Casiri, only over the first part of the Logic, on the apprehensions, The work begins : 1 AJ l. j J' ""?} J \:; w)_,.,J\ w)_,..) cill ...\..t..s:l\. The single glosses are not introduced by 6-1,:;, as usual, but the text to which they refer is marked with red lines Neatly written, by al-din u:....::.s,l\, who died A.H. 881, according to a note on the title-page, which was written by the subsequent owner of this copy. Marginal notes. The last two foll. are filled with various notes and tracts, viz.-a. An arithmetical rule, which begins: b. A short tract by JuRJANi on the definition of and other words. It is inscribed: vw:U c. (fol. 173) A list of the "seventy and odd" articles of the Creed, beginning: j..) It is followed d. Another tract on the Creed. At the end the signature of 'AB b. Mal}.mud Gilanl. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1025. Seal of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). On the title-page is an ornament in colours, which contains the title of the book, and a note, according to which it was presented by Mir Zahid, A. H. 994. 526. B 181B. Size 7! in. by 3i in.; foll. 254. Seven teen lines in a page. Another copy of the Glosses of SAIYID SHARiF, beginning : \fo. ell\ l.j J \:; Very neatly written ; finished on 3rd Rabi' II., 984, by N alilr Allah :Mul}.ammad b. Al;lmad. An ornament on the first page, and gold and blue lines round the others. The beginning is much injured by insects. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. The seal of the latter is on the title-page. 1 This commencement slightly varies from the following copies and Casiri, l.c.

PAGE 153

PHILOSOPHY. 14-5 527. 1730. Size in. by in.; foil. 135. From twenty to twenty-five lines in a page. The same Glosses, inelegantly written, with marginal notes. 528. B 210. Size 7! in. by in.; foil. 101. Twenty one lines in a page. Notes on the preceding Glosses of Sat'yid Shadf, as cribed to SAIYID 'ALi ('Ajami, d. A.H. 860). See Kh. 597. l3egins: WJI I AI .. c...S 'J' J' #LJI The last note is: \...$' AI_,J. Irregularly written in According to a note on the title-page (which begins (.!.Yf wJ_,.s:l I), this copy was transcribed by Fakhr al-din 'AU b. Darwish Mul;tammad b. 'Abdallah, for his own use. Many additional notes by the author, and some by the transcriber, are on the margin. On the last page are noted the birth-days of three children of one Mu1;1tafa, all of which have the surname of Shah, at the beginning of the tenth century. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. Cat. 236, i. 529. B 211. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 67. From eighteen to twenty-two lines in a page. Annotations on the above Glosses of Saz'yd Sharif, ascribed to MiRzl JA.N Allah Shirazi, d. A.H. 994). Cf. v. 596. J3egins: Jsw ...\J u-u..\J JL; J \ AI_,:; uJbJ ( u-u) ""'-' &;:..c \>. y\!b}l J' Written in a varying character, with the following colophon: v j b..::;.. frtt L Jl Alii fil _;..JJ J A-:: ...\111, AI _j.i I .M.s...; \bL.: Frequent indications of the contents on the margin. A defect after fol. 20. Worm-eaten. 530. 1054. Size 9! in. by in.; foil. 44. Twenty five lines in a page. Other Notes on the Glosses of Saiyid Sharif The author is not named. He quotes l3awardi (who wrote notes on the same glosses; see Cat. Lugd. iii. 373), Dawwani, etc. l3egins: J""l AI_,J All Plainly written, with additional notes by the author, and others marked with b.;\>-, on the margin. Worm eaten. [Gaikwar.J 531. B 160c. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foll. 8. From nine teen to twenty-nine lines in a page. The commencement of Glosses on the second part of l(utb al-d2n's Commentary on the as cribed to MiRzK JA.N (d. A.H. 994).1 l3egins: ..1""'":, ...\..a::.l\ c...S\ (tUJ!) This MS. ends with fol. 8r. ; the back of this fol. i::; left blank and marked the remainder, however, is missing. Written in N asta of varying size. Additional notes by the author on the margin. Cat. 237, xiv 532. B 46. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 171. T.wenty-nine lines in a page. 'UBAIDALLAH B. Mas'un B. TA.r AL-SHARi'aH's (d. A. H. 7 4 7) Commentary on his own Encyclopmdia of the 1 Cf. no. 529. 19

PAGE 154

146 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Philosophical and Natural Sciences, Cf. Kh. ii. 315. The preface begins : ...\,-, I..S ..\l \ Al.l \ \;.;:;' \ The author says sub sequently: . uj\ j\ j__;JI ... j ... )L J::.>. f (r. The main text is given in full. It begins: All ..M.sl\ J#l Jj J=... 1.,.$..\ll This volume comprises the first three parts of the work. I. Logic (to fol. 6lv.). Concludes : J?. ...\Jr.J '.;)'"' JJ \:J'"' U j (sic) II. Foll. 6lv.-129. Metaphysics. Begins: ... Y.J J?.-W y\::.S' JWI Wl;,.. IlL Foll.l29-171. J:.-W. Astronomy. This part is to be found in Catal. Mus. Brit. 190. It is doubtful whether more of the work has ever been written, as the third part is, in the Brit. Mus. MS., dated A.H. 747, the year in which the author died. Kh. does not even know this third part. Neatly written in N asta Has the following colophon: ...\ ... s'"' ., ,.A(' 1.,$-S.!I:J &.:...w L: ) ..I .. J ) '.ft""'{. '..I 533. B 143. Size in. by 5! in. ; foil. 31. Nineteen lines in a page. The Glosses of Mul;tammad Zahid b. Mul;tammad ..:\.slam Haraw1 (commonly called :JiiR Z.A.Hm, a contemporary of Aurangzib) on Jfutb al-dln Rdzi's1 (MuI This .2\U). has I..Sj \ l;tammad b. Mul;tammad Ta}:ttani, d. A..H. 766) treatise on Apprehension and Affirmation, J?. ...\...::::.l I Cf. Kh. iii. 377, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 377. This treatise and the present glosses were printed, with the addition of notes on the latter, A..H. 1264, probably at Lakhnau. Begins: kbWI 4slb 4kll I..Sj ill Written in Shikastah, with marginal notes, which are partly derived from the author. The colophon runs as follows: _r. bl.w.J.I L!L,)' Y..J J.J r-,iJj w.r Of the beginning of the twelfth century. Two extracts from the author's glosses on the t:_r. u:;\rl\ (see no. 451) are written OD the title-page. 534 3030. Size 9 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 26. Seven lines in a page. The first part of Sa'd al-d1n Mas'ud b. 'Omar TAFTAzANi's (d. A..H. 792) treats of Logic. See Kh. ii. 4 79, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 378. Printed at Lakhnau. Well written, in narrow columns, with frequent glosses of various dates. On the last three pages are added the Greek names of the parts of the Logic, and some extracts from (Suhraward1's)2 vtlW.I y\::.S', and from other works. Foll. 23 and 26 should be transposed. This copy was made for Afc;lal al-din J a 'far I.I usaini Astarabadi, apparently near the end of the eleventh century. It became subse quently the property of 'Abd al-nabi b. 'Abd al-rasul (A.H. 1130). 535. B 135. Size 7! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 28. Three lines in a page. Another copy of the same text, with numerous glosses in the earlier portion. 1 The MS. has ; compare no. 461. 2 Cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 353.

PAGE 155

PHILOSOPHY. 147 Very well written. Dated 28th J urn. II.1 Defects after foil. 3 and 20. The latter portion is injured by damp. Cat. 236, iii. 1. 536. 1866. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foil. 23. Seven lines in a page. The same work, well written in N asta 537. 1177. Size 8 1n. by 5 in.; foll. 55. Three lines 1n a page. The same work, well written and ornamented. Foll. 26-37 should be placed after fol. 19. [Gaikwar.J 538. 1052. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foil. 146. Nineteen lines in a page. tL:.JI j A copious Commentary on the first part of the TahdhZb, by Mul,lyi al-din (Mul,lammad b. Sulaiman) KAFIY.bi (d. A.H. 879). Cf. ij:. Kh. ii. 482, and regarding the author and his surname, Liber As-Sojutii de nomin. relat., ed Veth, p. rtA. This commentary is apparently also to be found in Aumer, Hdss. Munch., p. 304, no. 673, 2. This is a commentary by j\J and J.,Jt and it con tains the full text of the Tahdhib. Begins : ill ..\.u:l I et.:. ... l:.l fi-' jl v1..u I..S..\11 .a:JI (.)'.. 'J )' Plainly written, but left unfinished. Slight defects, which are indicated by blank leaves, occur after foil. 49 and 68; another defect, after fol. 76, has been supplied from "a different commentary." In the latter portion several blanks, intended for diagrams and rubrics, have not been filled in. Slightly injured by damp. 1 The is omitted. The following note regarding the author is on the title-page : ... 11 cJWI I..S..\11 ch..J d t.=>.. 1.:1. \. This MS. was the property of Mul}ammad Abu'l-Fag.l J5:.utb al-dtn .. Nahrwalll:lanafi. [Gaikwar.J 539. B 140. Size 7! in. by in.; foil. 32. Seventeen lines in a page. Another Commentary (by 4.\j) on the first part of the Tahdldb, by Jalal al-din Mul,lammad b. As'ad DAww.ANi (d. A.H. 907 or 908). See I,I. Kh. ii. 480, and Cat. St. Petersb. 67 sq. The first portion of it was printed (at Lakhnau ?) A.H. 1264. Very neatly written in Nasta'lllj:, by Mul,lammad RiQ.a b. Isma'H, at Shiraz, about A.H. 1000. Additions by the author, and other notes, are on the margin. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from the Nawwab (Shah Nawaz Khan). 540. 1370. Size in. by 4 in. ; foll. 66. Twelve lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Beautifully written in Ornamented and gilt. Marginal notes. Slightly injured by damp. [Johnson.J 541. 1201. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 56. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Clearly written, with numerous notes. Dated 24th 1132. It was transcribed by Saiyid FaiQ. Allah, for Saiyid Mu4ibb Allah. [Gaikwar.J 542. 2202. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 50. Fifteen lines in a page. The same work, written in Shikastuh, of the twelfth century. [College of Fort Willium, 1825.J

PAGE 156

148 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 543. B 160A. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foll. 71. Twentysix lines in a page. Glosses on IJawwdnZ' s Commentary on the TahdMb. The author is Mir Sa'idi (d. aboutA.H. 950). See Kh. ii. 480, and Cat. St. Petersb., p. 69, xciv. 2. Begins : 1_, \ '--:-?. J.:. till \ All_, wJ.c\ J..c cJ_,; JS' Jl (r. el L-1 The epilogue, to which I;. Kh. alludes, begins here: J>. _, 'y\::t.l 1 t:J,. I l. .;>-T .. ...u, t:J .. \,. 1. t' A;..,. y)_,::v. Written chiefly in a clear N askh, towards the end of the tenth century, 2 with marginal notes. Scribe, 'Abd al-mu'min. According to an ill-written note at the end, this copy, text and notes, was taken from a MS. which had been revised by the author. The text of foil. 15-1 7 is in a state of confusion. There are slight defects after foil. 2 and 44. The title-page has the following inscription : \ d-ti: .. J..c ..M..s:ll_, {'.J4)\ r:_}.!-11 w The book is, however, wrongly described ..:.J ..;.:,IJb.. by a more modern hand; cf. Cat. 232, xxiii. 544. B 171. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 32. From twenty-two to twenty-four lines in a page. Other Glosses on IJawwdnz's Commentary on the TahdMb, by MiR ZiHrn (Mul;tammad Zahid b. Mul;tammad Aslam Harawi, who flourished under Aurang zib ). Part of this work has been printed at Lakhnau, .A..H. 1264. It begins : .M.sl 'rJ \ I Al; 1 The text of the following passage is rather incorrect. 2 On the title-page we find the date, 5th Rabi' I., 988, which apparently refers to the completion of this copy. and it ends abruptly in the gloss: (Alj) t,!.l\ Jl Closely written in Shikastah, with marginal notes. 545. B 141. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foll. 85. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on IJawwdnl's Commentary, by Molla 'ABDALLAH YAzni. These glosses are not mentioned by Kh., but they are often quoted on the margin of the Lakhnau edition of the commentary, under the name The preface begins : JJ \ '--:-?. ti The first gloss is: A.!; .. J, .J.J _,-;q ... q t. .. .;r..... .. This MS. terminates abruptly, though a formal conclusion has been added to it, running as follows : J_..\.(J\ J..;u.l\ u::.ll u'lbll (r. All\ .J1 cJ JW ADI t. .. -"J u rNeatly written in N asta but rather incorrect; of the eleventh century. Injured by insects. This MS. was once in the possession of Baha al-din b. MuQ.ammad Laithi Jaza'iri. Cat. 236, iii. 2, or 4. 546. B 138. Size 7 in. by 5! in. ; foil. 49. From thirteen to twenty-three lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the preceding Glosses, extend ing as far as fol. 62 of the preceding no. Written partly in Shikastah. Much injured by insects. 547. B 142. Size in. by 4 in. ; foil. 94. Fifteen lines in a page. 1 ... . Another Commentary (by tJ;) on Tajtdzdnz's by Najm al-din 'ABDALLAR b. Shihab al-dln,

PAGE 157

PHILOSOPHY. 149 who appears to be identical with the preceding author. He completed his work on 27th 'dah, 967. Kh. ii. 481, and Cat. St. Petersb., p. 69, xciv. 3. This commentary was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1243. The author's conclusion runs as follows: 4,;,Y' U dJl (r. AA.JI.J) L:7. 1' J .. .. 4.;.Y' L. All I _,.c.l..l I l;)# (r. E ?) J.!!f->-4,;,Y' Alii j U""JII (r. I...SI_y,l Plainly written, in narrow columns. The text of the Tahdkih, and some notes, are added on the margin of the earlier portion. Date, A.H. 1005 (I .c ).1 }5:adirl:yah Library, A. H. 1075. Blj. Libr., A.H, 1091. Cat. 236, iv. 548. 2328. Size 7! in. by in. ; foil. 72. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Well written. Dated Jum. I., 1078. The text of the Tahdhlb is added on the upper margin. Notes. [College of Fort William.J 549. 1467. Size 6 in. by 3! in. ; foil. 148. Nine lines Tahdhfb and numerous notes are added in the earlier portion. Of the ele'fenth century. Seals of Khan J ahan, and J ang. Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 119, xiv. [Tippu.J 551. 1616. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foil. 69. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the end. Well written, of the eleventh century. All rubrics omitted. Notes in the earlier portion. The date of the author, as given in no. 54 7, is written on the title page. [Gaikwar.J 552. B 137. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 126. Twenty three lines in a page. .A diffuse Commentary on the first part of the Logic of the Taltdhib The name of the author is not given. He quotes Yazdl. .Begins: All ..M..s:ll .J.-ull ill Plainly written, on European paper, of the middle of the twelfth century. 'C._r., Cf. Cat. 237, xvi. in a page. 553. I..Sk rl' . ,.j\::.11 .. .. ') .,-,Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Well written; both the beginning and end in a different hand. Foil. 41 and 42 should be placed after fol. 7. [Gaikwar.J 550. 2085. Size in. by in. ; foll. 48. Thirteen and fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Well written, but left unfinished. The text of the 1 The rest of the colophon is mutilated. 1468. Size 5! in. by 3! in.; foll. 90. Thirteen lines in a page A series of explanations of that section of the Tahilh'ib which begins: ( = fol. 20 in no. 534 ). These explanations are either special treatises, or only extracts from scholia on the Tahdhib. I. Foil. 1-5. The Glosses of Mir ( s('t no. 543). I I. Foil. 6-11. The Commentary of Molla 'ABDALLA n Y.Azni (see no. 547). IlL Foll. 12-21. A special Commentary on thP passage in question, by F1piL Ru.Mi.

PAGE 158

150 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Begins: J' ..... Jw A]\ JtJ (' L..,., Conclusion: J l-. t'?-1 yhS' IY. Foil. 22-36. The Commentary of Shah FAT ALLAH SHiRwlNi, 2 a disciple of Taftazanl. Begins: (1 d:.IL)\ j V. Foil. 37-44. The Commentary of Saiyid SHAH MiR (Hibat Allah Cf. I;[. Kh. ii. 482. Begins: Jis:..,l\ v4\ JJJ ...(j_,. VI. Fol. 45r. A Note on the subject, beginning: At the end is written : AD\ .J '-'J;u An explanation of it is written round the margin. It begins: and ends: 4.:.-t.! ill\ VII. Foll. 46-58. A Commentary on the passage in question, inscribed: Jk:v. Lb!\...; b'). J""-''' V"..\J 3, The author appears to be 'l:rtrA.n AL-DIN (see no. 588, iv. ). .... J\:; (1 JS' j 6-j\ J::Jp\ Jjl VIII. Foll. 59-90. Another special Commentary, by AJ;IMAD B. SuLAll\IAN (probably Gujaratl, who is quoted in no. 534, fol. 23). Prefixed is a preface, which begins: t,.;,Y' ..;.i..;,\ 4Jj The author states in it that he wrote this Commentary at the request of a friend, Abu'l-sa'adat Saiyid 'Abd al-'ali. The work concludes with a long epilogue, which begins: .JSL>\ l.. ..;>-T d I. Some additions by the author are on the margin. Neatly written, of the eleventh century. [Gaikwar.J 1 The whole passage commented on. z This MS. has 3 Two words, but no name, destroyed by insects. 554. 1351. Size in. by 5 in.; foll. 65. Seventeen lines in a page. y\.)\ or, more (fol. 4), -er j a Commentary by 'ABn b. Ghauth al-islam on the treatise on Dialectics, y\Ji r:. j A..ll,)l Sazyiil Sharif JurjariZ (d. A.H. 816). The author of this commentary was a pupil of Mal).mud of J aunpur, 1 of whom he speaks in the following terms (fol. 3): Y.J \...1 \.a)""-. yl.=;-. j j t .. \-.\lr (sic) '-'.rs...J' tl Alli 4.)J\ :\,.,. He composed his com mentary for the use of students, in RamaQ.an, 1060. The preface begins : s\_c'-' dJ and the epilogue runs as follows: J.:. sh3\ j J L.fW\ j j...;\,;1 -c.rJ' L..S' _r>-l L_}l\ J.(ll J.! The treatise of Jurjani commences: Al.l c.M..s:ll .... It consists of a nine a il-...0 and a wt>-. Clearly written in of the twelfth century. It was transcribed by M ul).ammad FaQ.il by order of Mir Saiyid Lutf 'All, son of M1r Saiyid Ibrahlm. Marginal and (Pers't'an) interlinear notes in the earlier portion. On the title-page are seventeen Persian disticha, in scribed .J'-' and attributed to J.A.Mi. [Hastings. J 1 See no. 561.

PAGE 159

PHILOSOPHY. 151 555. B 180. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foil. 48. From seventeen to twenty-two lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary, somewhat varying in the preface; where, for instance, the name and the predicates of Mal}.mud are omitted in the text, and added subsequently in a marginal It has also a different epilogue, which runs as follows : j r-lt.:.;\ \,. ill\J WI J l.. 1\ u 6.! l...S..;:i l...S ..;:i usl' '{_ }:__, l.5 l.5 _; l.. From this it would appear that the present copy represents a later edition of the work. The author states in a marginal note that the y 1"'11 the commentary mentioned also in the epilogue of the pre ceding no., is the work of 'Abd al-rash1d JaunfUri. ell; till\ --':-.c ... ... Written in Shikastah, with marginal additions by the The last few pages (foll. 46v.-48) are filled with the following texts. 1. A short treatise on Dialectics, by 'A:vuD AL-DIN hi (d. A.H. 756), beginning: j 131 2. An "appendix" ( W\.:;..) on certain princip1es of commenting and glossing. Begins: '{_..J\..tl\ r.c1 uh \3\ This appendix is derived from Shaikh 'ALi:M ALLAH, a native of 3. (fol. 47) A Persian tract, inscribed ..\Ji.c ..J'-' J--.\j\ 4. (fol. 48) A short mystical treatise, ascribed to Shaikh ARSLAN Begins: w) .. ,J\ t:..i.H JW k?,_;..i.l\ Cf. Kh. iii. 363. These four pieces are written in across the pages. Various extracts from philosophical works are written on the title-page. 556. 1964. Size 9k in. by 4k in. ; foil. 93. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of 'ABD agreeing with the preceding MS. Written in by Najaf 'AB, at Aurangabtt.d, in Rabi' II., 1091, or twenty-third year of Aurangz1b. Foll. 36-38 are to be placed after fol. 30. There follow, written by the same hand:-1. (foil. 82-84v.) The same tracts as nos. 1 and 2 of the preceding MS. 2. (foil. 84v.-93) A logical treatise, by B. Nr'MAT ALLAH Bukharl, the same as no. 559. Begins: b' .... (var. r.Rl\) j.a...QJ\ J)' It is imperfect at the end. The latter portion of it is written across the pages rJohnson.J 557. 700. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 110. Thirteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 2-5. The same tracts by AL-DIN IJ!, and 'ALIM ALLAH, as in the two preceding nos. Written in II. Foll. 6-16. The treatise of SAIYID SHARiF J URJ1Ni before mentioned. Plainly written. Dated 11th Sha 'ban, 1193. Ill. Foil. 13-110. y".ii. 'ABD AL-BA:Ifi's Commentary on the preceding treatise, with the epilogue of no. 554. Written in the same hand as I. Seal of Jang on the last piece. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 123. [Tippu.J 558 B 179. Size 8i in. by 5 in.; foil. 29. Fourteen lines in a page. Another Commentary on It is sty1ed in the conclusion L_rl', and is evidently that of 'ABD AL-RASHID JArNYCni,

PAGE 160

152 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. of which mention is made in 'Abd epilogue (see above). Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 1799. Begins: I.:J_..=:-::.l\ r-\b.;.!l 'Vritten in Shikastah, about A.H. 1100. 559. B 224. Size 7-b in. by 5 in.; foil. 11. Twenty three lines in a page. A treatise on Logical Subtilties, by B. Nr'MA.T ALLAH BuKHARr, the same as no. 556, 2. The author frequently refers to Saiyid Sharif. The present text is rather incorrect. It begins at the top of the first page, without a Basmalah, as follows :1 .. JrJ_, JJ\ __;>-\ (r. .... ..r...J d. ,JJ ;.,..o..\;i.\.\ \,..\ i' illti).\ On the last page is added a syllogism by JalU al-din DAWWANI in Persian. Written in two hands, of about A.H. 1000. 660. R 166. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 15. Twenty three lines in a page. A treatise on Theoretic Existence, by B. Aifl\IAD. Begins: J#. r-).k\ r 4J ill' r ""'.r' Y-' .. r' j L';j It consists of an introductory k.J and two \. In the first of the latter (fol. 3v.) the author mentions nine difficult questions, which had been unsatisfactorily discussed by preceding philosophers; and in the second (fol. 6) he undertakes to ascertain the truth regarding them. 1 I do not transcribe all the errors of the MS. 'The MS. has t.lJ\ l:Y' Well written in two hands. Dated 1st Mul,tarram, 1013 (?).1 Injured by insects. This MS. was made a for the use of students, by its owner, Mu'izz al-din Mul;lammad Tustar1, commonly called ll,.., the famous Malik 'Anbar being witness thereto. This appears from a note on the title-page, which seems to be written by Malik 'An bar himself. Erroneously inscribed r, L:) L \::... t:l \b,.. ; cf. Catal. 230, xiv. 561. 201. Size 9k in. by 5! in.; foil. 129. Mostly twenty-one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-102. An unfinished System of Philosophy, accompanied by a Commentary; both by the celebrated Indian philosopher J AUNFiJRr who flourished in the eleventh century. The original text is entitled M,(sll, and the commentary Under the latter title the work was printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1280. See regarding the author Afsos's Araish-i-mal,tfil, Calcutta, 1809, p. 9 r. Compare no. 554. The preface begins : l!):')'W \ 4JJ \ o..\,r \ The author wrote it during his last illness. He gives in it an account of his work. It was to extend over all the parts of Philosophy, viz., Logic, Physics, and Metaphysics; but only the Physics had been worked out to a certain point, while the other two parts, the third in particular, remained in an unfinished state. The author disposes at the same time of some ma terials w hi eh he did not use for the present work ; namely, discussions regarding the elements ( W. \ which are to form a separate treatise under the title j k>-.;!!1 In accordance with the above statements, we have here only the physical (or second) part of the work, as far as it was finished. The original text as given in .9 portions, introduced by and the commentary follows it with J,.;L Begins: J..WI j_,:;\ (r. L:J_,:J) Jyai k-, r' j \..U j l:Y' \j.Jlci\ 1 The figures are not quite clear.

PAGE 161

PHILOSOPHY. 1-53 The first is the auscultatio physica, t._ W I \. It consists of two books ( 6J Ui,. ), the first l.S .. of which treats of the elements, and the second (fol. 18v.) of the accidents, '--;:.::, .. I_,UI The second (which is wrongly described here as the fourth chapter of the first) is ... ....JI j, and forms one (fol. 87v.). The third :;,;; ( fol. 9 8v.), "-' 1_, \ is unfinished. Some words from the preface are explained in Persian, on the upper margin of fol. 1 v. Fol. 79 should be placed after 76, and foll. 82 and 83 should be transposed. II. Foll. 103-129. A treatise by the same author, on the First Matter, Begins: j F. j '-'J.::::-J These two pieces are written alternately in two hands Nasta'lik and Shikastah, difficult to read. The se has the postscript : .\..b ... l.iJJ ct;_,_r..J\ ..... l:Y.' J:-.:> .J.f ... 1 ADI '-'J. J.:..> ill I l/"" .... j J\...s' ... J_,.JI .. 2J..c u:...cl ... d.-.\11 j J""J .. (sic) t..S'-'\?\._,J'-' f-. ..M.s.-. j _}M.c "n JY-'s:U Revised and emended. Slightly injured by insects. Seal of Ral)mat Khan (.A..H, 1164). 562. 1875. Size 7 4 in. by 5 in.; foll. 218. Twenty lines in a page. Glosses on ascribed to Molla ALLAH cilll unfinished. 1 This word has been subsequently altered into i.e. ::The next words are illegible. Beginning: b'}.dl AIT_, Aly-:J J..c) kJ.I_, ct.l j t0l_.;.lbtkll ;i j ..J..ull et.!_,:; ,; ,..:._j \,.. "?'_.) "J \....: ... !I t?. ""'Ji.J _, \ t,.J l_r..J I (' J..c Carelessly written, of the twelfth century. [Hastings.] 563. 1528. Size 11 in. by 6! in.; foll. 40. From eleven to fourteen lines in a page. A treatise on Logic, sty led r-I by MuHrBB ALLAH b. 'Abd al-shakurBahari (d. A.H.1119). treatise and its commentaries have been printed in India. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger., nos. 1787-1791, and also Stewart's Catal. 123, l. Begins: ...... ...Jj..::::.?, .:\.:s=:: t0 \.!, I \,. N j \,.1 Well written in N asta with many notes. Has the following colophon : t:; Al.ll )J .. i J W I ...\....s,. i.. Y l. r-_r,. t:'J ) .(sic) v llfA 564. 1576. Size 10 in. by in. ; foll. 7 4. Generally six or seven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding treatise. Written in various hands, mostly Shikastah. The colophon runs as follows: t_\}11 (t:'_,) ...\:; 1 1 J..c ,_, oil t,. _,hll ccl I A!_,.d w La,. ts' r t..S _,_r.+.-l 1 Numerous notes. Several leaves supplied by different hands. The margin mended with modern paper. [Hastings. J 1 The name is destroyed. 20

PAGE 162

154 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 565. B 154. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foll. 42. Generally nine lines in a page. Another copy of the Sullam. Written in Nasta'lllf. and Shikastah, with numerous notes. The first leaf is wanting. Begins : l.. I Cat. 236, ix. 566. B 155. Size 8! in. by 6 in.; foil. 47. Eleven lines in a page. The same work, plainly written, on European paper. 567. 1575. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foll. 141. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on the Sullam, by Mm;rurMAD MuBARAK b. Mul}.ammad Da'im Adhaml -srUjjl. The first part of it has been printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1265. The preface commences : d U I I c.:..tJ \S)...l The commentary begins: l.. oJ_,:; Fl Well written. Dated A.H. 1182. [Hastings.] 568. 2069. Size 9 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 201. Fifteen and sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Written in N asta Many additions by the author on the margin. Of the twelfth century. Seal of Jang. [Tippu.J 569. B 181 B. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foil. 46. Nineteen lines in a page. c....s: The second and concluding part of the same Com mentary. Begins : l:.> I fi c.-. fsl \ ..\..a::.l I AJ _,:; j Ends: JWJ All\ I.!Y' cfJ\ f I.:Y' r.dr.l!J ...\:>.\ (sic) j J.a.;\ 11,0 L '-=-'.,ri=--j j c..:.Jyd-> J,, '-'..\11_, u.w' Jli.> 1 I.:Y' .. AU 1 t' oJ Aill_ft Written in an inelegant but legible Nasta'lilf. hand. Cat. 236, ix. 3 (?). 570. B 55. Size 10! in. by 5! in.; foil. 28. Nineteen lines in a page. A fragment of the same Commentary, written in Shikastah, of the twelfth century. It contains the beginning of the work, complete to fol. 22. Foil. 23 and 24 repeat the contents of pre ceding pages. After them is a lacuna, and the MS. is imperfect at the end. Cat. 236, ix. 4. 571. 2154. Size 10l in. by 5! in.; foil. 82. Thirty lines in a page. Another Commentary ( on the Sullam, by MUJ,IAMMAD I..S..Ms.J1 ... .s"' hb, '-'Jj1Jb u'J.JIJJ\ Ail I The preface begins : l:.> 1l:.' The commentary commences: (sic) t' J.l! )lb (.:)'# Plainly written, of the twelfth century, not quite finished. Fol. 17 should stand after 7. The last few leaves are injured. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 1 This word is written in red, and the following words are indistinctly written, without diacritical points.

PAGE 163

PHILOSOPHY. 155 572. 1728. Size 9 in. by 5! in. ; foil. 215. Nineteen lines in a page. Another Commentary on the Sullam, by 'ALi Mubaraki MuQ.ammadi JaunfUri, who entitled it j The preface begins : cLll I and the commentary: \.., .... 11 j '-'.J-' W $U::.:;I (,!) .... ;i .t_l Added to this :a. Fall. 213-14. A short tract on the definition of by Molla 'ABD AL-BAI Jaunfurl. (see no. 554). It begins: j I_,.Ql::..d..\ and iS followed immediately by two other notices, the first of which begins : cti I 1_, r-_,...\5:-t.l (.!)? ...\l I w t:::; _, Di::-Ji>-liJ j J L .. -' J l!l?. ...\ll J r-I and the second : .....!I b. Foll. 214v.-215. A short treatise, also on by Molla (?). c. Foil. 215. An argument against the infinitude of the world, derived from MiRz.A. J.A.N, and two other extracts. Written in several and Shikastah hands, of about A. H. 1100. Some marginal notes. [Hastings. J 673. 72. Size in. by 5 in. ; foil. 45. Five lines in a page. A treatise on Logic, entitled uU I The author of it is not known. It was printed at Lakhnau. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 1782. After a short preamble, the text begins : L.J JS o:b....l\ Well written in a large hand, with occasional vowel points, but not quite finished. The name of the copyist is erased. Some marginal notes. 674. 1084. Size 7! in. by 4! in.; foil. 69. Nine lines in a page. A Commentary on the preceding work, by 'Abdallah IBN AL-HAnn.A.n See Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 304, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 455. It has been printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1261. Ill written, with numerous notes. Somewhat injured, the leaves having stuck together. [Hastings. J 676. 1199. Size 8! in. by 4! in. ; foil. 26. Five lines in a page. A. concise treatise on Logic, by an unknown author. It is called j) or more commonly, \:) \ .r"'::..s'"'. It was printed at Lakhnau ; cf. Bib I. Sprenger. 1781. Begins : . . tJ J...l.J J till ... b \ \:) .... ll j y.:::..i='"' \ Written in a large character, with \owel-points. Numerous glosses. Of the eleventh century. The first leaf has been restored by a later hand. [Gaikwar.J 676. 2164. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 20. Five lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, well written, and, with the exception of the last portion, furnished with vowel-points. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 577. 545. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foil. 82. Fifteen and thirteen lines in a page. J l.."""..!J' I A Commentary on the preceding treatise, by 1 (Toolumba) in the Panjab, according to a note in the Lakhnau edition.

PAGE 164

156 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 'ALA. AL-DIN MANG.A.LURi. It appears from this MS., that the author wrote this commentary at Asawul (i.e. A}_!madabad in Gujarat), and dedicated it to Mu}_!ammad Unnar Khan, who was probably a son of Jam Fat}_! Khan b. Sikandar, ruler of Sindh (A.H. 812-827).1 If so, the treatise in would be comparatively ancient. The preface begins: u.:.Jt.r.M?, l!J/f I...S:.l \w ... uO _rl ,_,..Jib y) Y.. JJ d. c-J_,r.J\ l!J_.. l.:i (fol. 3)2 j ufi_.. \,. ... (' f?. t.: Plainly written. Dated 2nd Sha'ban, 1081. Marginal notes. There is a double beginning to this MS. (foll. 1 and 2). Both title-pages give a table of the abbre viations used in the marginal notes and the first contains also a prayer, which is to be recited before reading the book. The following statement is to be found at the end : ...\U L) ... Jl (?) d. J_,L, JJLI Signature of the owner, 'Abd b. 'Abd al-kartm, of Cambay, j (sic) k.S'\"""'!1, who made this MS. a .-"Presented by J. Cotton, Esq., 19th November, 1813." 1 See Sir H. Elliot, Hist. of India, i. 229 and 224, and Briggs's Ferishtah, iv. 426. z There should probably be read ).x-.L. 3 The following words are added by a different hand, and partly written over the original colophon. The two words are uncertain. 578. 1339. Size 8! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 61. Mostly seventeen lines in a page. F' j W -"1c Another copy of the same Commentary, well written, with many glosses. Begins: V"''-'D AlJ (' _rll_, l.!,),.,.\sl4 A table of abbreviations on the title-page, as in the preceding :US. [Johnson.J 579. 2290. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 119. Thirteen and eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well wr-itten in a large character, by Sa'id b. Saiyid Abu Bakr, A.H. 1150. The main text is not distinguished from the commentary. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 580. 1321. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 331. Nineteen lines in a page. The first part of a voluminous work on Metaphysics, entitled "the clear horizon" by Mu b. commonly called BA.:pR DA.MAD . n) J;Iusaini. The preface begins:_}._, Y) Y. It is stated in it that this work consists of two (?), ..I the first of which comprises the "universal" part of the metaphysics (fol. 3), y\::.5' j '!b-" 0:HI \... i..!.::o-J!IL It is divided into c.::.J\Jl..v., each of which is subdivided into sections and special headings Only the first, fifth, and sixth L'; L..v. of the first k... r are to be found in this MS., viz.: I. 1 From Surah 81, 23.

PAGE 165

PHILOSOPHY. 157 _ri-Al..:;--j J_, k... \ J.. t?. ..\.li.::.l \ j \ being introductory, on definition, perception, etc. ; V. (fol. 64v.) J:.:;L...J 1 .. e,jJ y 1.!)_.. J) .rd' \.s:l' (r. '-'J.:::--_,1\) rl.c j J_,;JI y_y;--_,1\, on necessity, possibility, and impossibility. Ends as follows: j J_,JLI\ fS:\_L; e,jJ yhS' l,}, k>. rl \ ... \_i:l' L; w 1 (r. }.:::--_)) $\.:::--)_, Jsll tl L'-'\..,.1\ j The sixth begins (fol. 184v.) : iJW\ yhS' (sic) A>-_;JI (..).> JUi:>\ j 0 0 0 J.s:l1 )_,.:;....:'-' j .. 1o. . (r. t \ I on accidents, such as time, distance, and motion. This work is written in a bombastic and rather obscure style. It comprises both the Greek and the Mul,lam madan systems. Ibn Sina is frequently quoted. Well written, of about A.H. 1000. Collated, and fur nished with marginal notes, which are written in a minute Shikastah. Originally in two volumes, the second of which began with fol. 184. The beginning and end of the first volume, and the last leaf of the second, have been supplied by a more modern hand. [Johnson.J 581. 3003. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foil. 197. Twenty one and nineteen lines in a page. A collection of philosophical treatises, mostly by :BAifiR DA.MA.n. The leaves have been misplaced in binding. It consists of the following pieces : I. Foil. 172v.-179, 2-35, 38-41, 36, 37, 42-74. The beginning of a treatise on the connexion between the Infinite and the finite, or God and the world, by BA.:pn DA.Mln. The title, which does not occur here, appears to (see II.). Begins: '--'..;\ l:JJ'-' (\ <.! .. The author speaks of the origin and subject of this work as follows (fol. 173v.): f>-j\b .>3 bw 1 j ... 1-"JI 11 .... L -.\lil\J, .. .. .. r. ,._?1-::r t?. meaning by the latter the Mul,lammadan philo sophy. He dedicates his work to a king, whom he does not name, very probably the then ruling Shah of Persia. It is arranged in '-!:.:\:;L..,., like the pre ceding work. However, only the first portion of the introductory J\........w-t (sic) is given here. It is styled (fol. 177v.) j t,._, (r. '-!:.)I _,....J \) '-'.r;-_,.J I It is subdivided into sections ), with numerous vague and insignificant headings, such as 'L t.aj I etc. The whole work is written in an obscure style. This MS. contains the colophon of the author's copy, from which it appears to have been transcribed: ..ul.; ... .. A:;d\ j J_,;J\ Incorrect. Plainly written inN II. Foll. 7 5-82. The beginning of the second of the first J 'w...-. of the same work, inscribed _;J 1 bl -1\ '-'\::.S' .. ..-. J .. W1 ,.. A.,.j\;.n :.r \,;./ ) I.) .. It treats of beginning after non -existence ( ..\.s.l1 ,._} L .. _;J I), and especially of motion and time. Written in a close and indistinct Nasta'lllf, approach ing to Shikastah. Terminates abruptly before the end of the first J.aj Ill. Foll. 1, 111-165. A theosophic work, by the same author, styled in the colophon yhS'. It begins without a preface: ll""rJI j;\,; )Jb j L.) 1 In a gloss, taken from the $al)al), A-:}, pl. t), is said to mean a "door" t_l) "door-keeper" (yl_y,), or "meadow" (A..:;J.J) or "IStep, grade''

PAGE 166

158 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. A.LJ...., J'y,:l' W ,_. I .... j .li.J .. .. I.,F>'" ... t?-' 1. (' It is said in an additional note of the author that this part is to the following what the Isagoge is to the other parts of Logic. It contains detached paragraphs with the of the first of which begins: c..S' J..c f::.:s:..a:i )j J; l. t' This part concludes (fol. 119) A}J' The second part J...ai) contains chiefly and treats of the origin of all existence in God.2 The third part (fol. 124v.) contains .. ?Jsti; the fourth (fol. 135) is inscribed '-!.1.-. \,.. c.:;.)\..t.?,_,.idl; and the fifth (fol. 148v.), j i.J c.:;.)\...._, Ji.j J.J o..\J c.:;.) .. .. ..;;--' .. The MS. concludes: AJ\.w)l \.wl' '-!),. r..# J.ai' i' .j\.-.lo..\11 It cannot be decided whether this conclusion or the above beginning is inaccurate, and whether, accordingly, this MS. contains the complete work, or not. Written in a loose N asta 'li"lf hand, approaching to Shikastah. The copyist gives his name as 4.:1-o..\1 I fl o..\.t..s:.,.. He transcribed this MS. in a few days, from an incorrect copy, "whose very sight would have frightened and sickened i \p. Date, probably A.H. 112 7. 3 A defect after fol. 131. IV. Foil. 166-169. A fragment of the preceding work, on red paper. It contains the end of the second and the beginning of the fourth part. Written in Shikastah, mostly across the pages. The headings are 1 The words next following are indistinct. :L The words of the inscription are partly corrupted. s This date is partly destroyed. omitted. Imperfect at the beginning, and ending abruptly. Fol. 170. An extract from the same work ( t?.P' I.:Y' ), written in a similar style, but more hurriedly. Fol. 171. An extract from MUfUBB ALLAH Bahar1's bp' A..l L), ill written in a small hand. V. Foil. 108, 180-181. A short treatise on motion, by the same author. Begins: W..>.>-\ A.S'.Jsl\ I.:J' t' A.S'_rll Conclusion: j AJL)\ (sic) _r. L.:.-' \h.a.... VI. Foil. 181v.-185, 193, 191, 186, 187. A treatise on time, evidently by the same author. Begins: l:Jl.J' j .. A}J r' .._}J vw\;.1\ Imperfect at the end. Terminates in the fourth dis cussion ( ). VII. Foil. 188-192, and, probably, 196 and 195r. Glosses by D.A.M1n, on a passage of an unknown philosophical work, concerning the simple bodies. Begins: .. '-!.1,.. V, j.c...\.JI o..\.t.s,.. \ l.l (' A.4.c) J...c_r c.:;.)\.J.S' (sic) The first gloss begins: I.:JI 1(t.l_,J) (' J;' tf J'3 c..SA He quotes (of Tal}tan1), and Mirza Jin's glosses on them, 2 but the work commented on here is not Ibn Sina's Imperfect after fol. 192. Foil. 196 and 195r., which are stray .leaves, probably belong to the same work. The first words of both are effaced. The latter has a conclusion, which would agree with the above beginning. It runs as follows : -.\.> j rJ 3 AJL)\ Ub?l j_,l I.:Y' 1 A blank. 2 See nos. 482 and 483. s The following words are effaced.

PAGE 167

PHILOSOPHY. 159 VIII. Foil. 195v. and 197. .A fragment of Mu}:tam mad b .As'ad (DAww.A.Ni, d. A.H. 907 or 908) Commentary ( on N al-din :['usz' 8 treatise on the immaterial and self existing intellect, inscribed: ct4n .. AJL,)\ j Ail\ (r. JJ\.W\ Cf. Kh. iii. 387, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 453, xx. and xxi. The beginning of fol. 197 is effaced. IX. Foll. 83-107, 109, 110. .A treatise on the simple substance 1 by ALLAH b. '.Abd al-shakur Mu}:tibbabadi Bahari (d. A.H. 1119). Im perfect at the end. Begins: J#. t;.l ... ... '-:-.s,.. I A.;_r.-. j L..;Jt.-. j I '-:-.s::..l\ d. Ail\ t_l r.JI The author, who belongs to the purely philosophic school, refutes the scholastic doctrine on indivisible atoms. This treatise ends abruptly with fol. llOr. Written in N asta approaching to Shikastah. 682. 98. Size 7 in. by 4i in.; foll. 68. Five and seven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-19r. ATHIR AL-DIN ABHA.Ri's (d. A.H. 663) no. 497). II. Foll. 19v.-50. The logical treatise Jk;J. I (see no. 573). Transcribed in Dhu'l-l)ijjah, 1210, in the camp r-IJL-. .J"') at Fat}:tgarh. Ill. Foil. 51-68. TAFT.A.d .. Ni's (d. A.H. 792) (see no. 534). Copied A.H. 1212, also in the camp at Fat}:tgarh. Written in a good N asta hand, with a few no tea. 683. B 170. Size 8! in. by in. ; foil. 72. Mostly nineteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-24. The beginning of MArnunHi's (see no. 487). Plainly written, with marginal notes. Stained, and injured on the margin. II. Foil. 25-72 .A fragment of MiRAK's J:....(.. (see no. 498). It begins soon after the commencement of the work, with the words S..\kll. Well written. The margin covered with glosses, and in better preservation than that of I. 684. B 146, 167. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 151. Seven teen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-71. SAITID SHARiF's Glosses on l{utb aldzn' 8 Commentary on the Shamslyah (see no. 507). The latter portion wanting. Eight leaves missing after fol. 31. II. Foll. 72-151. MiRA.K's Commentary on the (see no. 493). The first leaf missing. Begins: \:Jb Both pieces are boldly written, by Yusuf b. Mu}:tammad b. Yusuf Zauzani. The second is dated 4th 825. Foil. 110 sqq. are worm-eaten, but the text is not injured. 585. B 162, 454, 173, 163. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 22. Nineteen and twenty lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-10 : a. (foil. 1-5.) .A treatise on the subdivision of know ledge, by Sm SHARiF J uru.A.Ni. It is termed in the colophon j vw..).j AJ\.-.))1 F'. Cf. Kh. iii. 382 (?). Begins: j rk' U) .After having explained the four ways in which knowledge has been divided by the different schools, the author proceeds to say (fol. 4): tl A:r) \._;\. This is a gloss on the beginning of the introduction .... ) of the Shamsiyah, which nearly agrees with the latter portion of his gloss on the words of al-d1n's commentary L...<..s.ll ( = p. rr of the Calcutta edition, cf. no. 507). The colophon

PAGE 168

160 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. bears the double date, 15th 932,1 and Jum. I., 980. b. (foll. 5v.-10.) Glosses on i{utb al-ilin's Corn mentary, and on JurJanfs Glosses on the aforesaid passage of the Shamszyah. Beginning : j \ b J=:.,; _,:.! \ t:t.J.l (rcJW\)JJ.\ J\j Conclusion : (' y,. A.l \.,.)) \ (sic) \:.l \ r:i.MJ L .. (sic) 9A. L The author is perhaps Tabrizi Kh. i. 210 and 211). II. Foll. 11-14. A Gloss on a passage near the beginning of Jurjani' s Glosses on l(utb al-din' 1 Com mentary on the Shamszyah (p. r, Calcutta ed. ). Begins: c.l_,J *!\ JJJ4_, J_f\ (I J;; J;; The colophon runs as follows : \ J:J L) \ '-'4 k.,.l\_,\ j dr-J\ uk L The author, accordingly, seems to be the aforesaid AFi. Ill. Foll. 15-1 7. Glosses on the passage of JurJanz, immediately following the preceding one, probably by the same author. Colophon: J:JL)\ ... :i j l'rl' J.c J c_,rJ' 9A. '-'4 The beginning is wanting ; the first words are : 0 \ IY. FoiL 18-20. A short treatise on argument, sty led in the colophon : (sic) \ \ J:J L) \ It begins: j Y. Foll. 21-22. This seems to be another edition of the same treatise, differing, however, entirely in the latter portion. -------------------------1 Probably the date of the original copy. Begins: \,..\ _,\ l.!)......a.J _,\ Concludes: \.ilb r:..:_,l\ \.i'-') \,.. .J>-T A.!\.,.))' .9"-L Well written in N asta ; the last piece in a smaller character. 586. B 156. Size 8! m. by 5 in.; foil. 157. Mostly twenty-five lines in a page I. Foll. 1-99. SAIYID SH.A.RIF JuRJANi's Glosses on J[utb al-dzn's Commentary on the )J.i r:ltk,.. (see no. 525). The first part written in a small but legible hand, and the rest in a minute and rather illegible character ; the beginning of each gloss marked with an asterisk, instead of AI_,:;. Finished on 8th RamaQ.an, 828, by b. Various marginal notes. Two leaves missing after fol. 6. Fol. 55 mutilated. II. Foll. 100-102. 'A:pun AL-DIN IJi's ('Abd al b. d. A.H. 756) short treatise on Dia lectics, or more commonly, ilL)\ Kh. mentions this treatise under j i!L.J (iii. 453), but describes it more fully under y\Si (i. 210). Cf. Krafft, Hdss. Akad. Wien, 155, and Cat. St. Petersb. 221. It begins here, with the omission of the introductory words, as follows: (":;\.:;... ...\.d.c J_,...l\ j\:; r, J.+.::.k:i -'j IJ Written by the second hand of the preceding piece, but more plainly. Dated 831. Ill. Foll. 102v.-139. Glosses on the second part (C'\.ii.:,w\.a::.l\ of lfutb al-dzn's Commentary on the t::::l\k,... The author not mentioned. Beginning: \...,.. cJ-'.d' \,.. This piece is written, as is also the remainder of this volume, in the same sty le as the second part of I. Dated Sha'ban, 818 (sic!). Some notes. 1 Words from the commentary ( =fol. 16v. of no. 524).

PAGE 169

PHILOSOPHY. 161 IV. Foll. 140-141. Some Glosses on a dialectic treatise, beginning: AJ,! l..f?.""=--' 1..\.lb .rt' Jl V. Fol. 142. A short treatise on the three grades of existence. It is inscribed by a different hand, i!\...,.J According to the beginning ((_I it seems to be identical with the treatise mentioned by Kh. iii. 452, under \..:) j in the second place, and ascribed by him to SAIYID SHARIF; and also with Cat. Lugd. iii. 376, MDLxv., though the latter is ascribed to Molla Lutfi. VI. Foll. 142v.-143. Another treatise on existence, inscribed by the later hand, '-'J::=;-J AIL). Begins : jJ ..J.. J$'. The remainder of fol. 143 is filled with a note, which is written in the opposite direction. It begins : rk I l.:)h '-''-' VII. Foil. 143v.-146. AL-DIN's j J:.l\...,.J the same as that described in Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 308, no. 5, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 377. Kh. iii. 433. The colophon gives the name of the copyist as above, and the date, Sha'ban, 828. VIII. Foll. 146v.-l55. A treatise on fenced pro positions, author unknown. It is inscribed by the later hand: JJLJ. Begins: AJJ The first is .... l\ j and the second (fol. 152), j .Lb .a.s..JI .. -_; ')J The colophon gives the name of the copyist as above, and the date, 6th RamaQ.an, 828. IX. Foll. 155v.-157. The treatise, JJL)\ LlJ .iJ\, described in Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 308, no. 6. .... The author appears to be SAIYID SnARiF JuRJA.Ni. "\Vritten in a more legible style. Dated A.H. 831. The book is injured by damp. 587. 1480. Size 6! in. by 3! in.; foil. 64. Nineteen and fifteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-7. A treatise on the Definition of Know ledge \ ), compiled chiefly from works of Saiyid Sharif. The author is MiRZA JA.N (d. A.H. 994). It begins with a quotation from the u.;I,_J\ 'C.J1N (near the beginning of that work), as follows: j Jt! ...... l\ AJ ).::.5:-t.l I Written in in narrow columns. Marginal notes, marked w VJ. The first two leaves are written in a different sty le. The colophon runs as follows : U!..\.J\ ;._rs\l\ Uii.s:.J\ L.hll j\ j ill\ t.At L M.s:'"' j (_I (_L., ll_.. J-'\.., II. Foll. 8-64. DAwwA.Ni's Commentary on the '-';;,k;J,.\ (see no. 539), without the preface. Written in a hurried by ,r.:'"' J \,:;....) \ (?), at Shahj ahanabad. The first two pages have ornam@nts in gold and blue, and the others are written within blue lines. [Hastings.] 588. 1618. Size 8l in. by 4i in. ; foil. 97. Three, five, fourteen, eighteen, and fifteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-50. Sa'd al-d1n TAFTAzANi's uh:..l.' (see no. 534), with numerous marginal notes. Well written. A. double red line round text and notes. Foil. 18-24 reversed. II. Foil. 51-70. The logical treatise called or (see no. 575). wen written in a large hand. Has the following colophon: t" b..\Jb Wl ._\...!! d. J.;; t. V A A_;._, I. 21

PAGE 170

162 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. III. Foil. 71-86. B. SuLA.IrlN's Commentary on the passage from the Talulhlb, the same as no. 553, viii. Plainly written. Dated RamaQ.an, 1106. Injured by insects. IV. Foil. 87-95. Another Commentary on the same passage, identical with no. 553, vii., ascribed here to 'hr..in AL-DIN. It is followed immediately (foil. 95-97) by the Glosses of MiR ABu'L-FAT::Jil on the same passage (see no. 543). Well written. Injured by insects. [Gaikwar.J 589. 2716. Size in. by 6 in. ; foll. 84. Fifteen and seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-60. Molla 'ABDALLAH's Commentary on the Tahdldb (see no. 547). Well written in N asta The text of the TahdMb added on the upper margin. Notes. II. Foil. 61-84. Mu::JiiiBB ALLAH's (see no. 563). Neatly written in N asta [Bibliotheca Leydeniana. J 590. 3104. Size 7 in. by in.; foll. 168 . Nineteen and seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-110. A Persian on Tajtdzdnfs "-'k:....ll (see no. 534). Begins : ..M..s.l \ l-.J...ly.\ .UL)\ r-1-J' r-T" j t_l Well written in Nasta'lik. II. Foll. 113-159. Glosses on the Commentary of Sa 'd al-din 1 Mas''lld R'llmz (Sharwani, who flourished in the ninth century) on Shams al-din (d. about A.H. 600) treatise on y\Ji (see no. 486). Cf. Aumer, Hdss. 1\Ii.inch. 298. The author of these glosses is not ascertained. 1 So in the preface, alias Kamal al-d1n. The preface begins: The author says subsequently:_}\).::>. r..:X' AJ\....,.J j A.IL)I J.:. ... illl J...?w.l .. N.!\ LS"J)\ He dedicates his work to Jalal al-din Mal).mud. Clearly written. The colophon runs as follows : --'?. .... }; \.J \ jtJ?. j .. (sic) Ill. Foil. 160-163v. The same Glosses as described under no. 585, ii. Closely written in Conclusion: A:..w AJL)\ IV. Foil. l63v.-168. A short logical treatise. Begins: Jl 1 1..:)\..\ll The author of this treatise is not named. There are additional notes of his on the margin, marked with &.JJ\ &.:..... He was, therefore, alive when this MS. was written, i.e. about A.H. 930. Written like II. The colophon runs as follows : z L j F:.. .. l\ j Partly injured by insects. Signature of Chas. Boddam, Calcutta, May 1st, 1787. 591. B lB. Size 9-! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 56. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-51. A fragment of Glosses on a logical treatise, imperfect at the beginning. II. Foll. 53-56. A spiritual pedigree, inscribed A.s.,;la.., Persian. Dated 13th Jum. II., 959. 1 According to a gloss of the author's, the authority alluded to is Raz1, in his e \h.J \ 2 A blank.

PAGE 171

PHILOSOPHY. 163 APPENDIX. PHILOSOPHY AND THEOLOGY MIXED. 592. B 217. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foil. 67. Twenty nine and twenty-seven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-36, TAFTAzANi's H (see no. 385). Written by two hands. The margin covered with notes. Worm-eaten. Fol. 37. Some prayers and notes in Arabic and Persian. II. Foll. 38-67. The Commentary of MiRAK J.ANKI (Mu}:lammad b. Mubarak Shah Bukharl) on the Physics and Metaphysics of A thir al-dzn .A.bhar2' s (see no. 493). Neatly written in Dated A.H. 982. Marginal notes in the earlier portion. In very bad condition. Worm-eaten. The paper dark-brown and crumbling. 593. B 222. Size 7-k in. by 5 in. ; foil. 121. Twenty one, twenty-four, and twenty lines in a page. I. Two fragments of the Glosses of MiRz.A. J.A.N (J.Iablb Allah Shlrazi, d. A.H. 994) to Mzrak's Com mentary on the L.t..:::(see no. 498), as well as to Saiyid Shar2f' s Glosses to this commentary. See H. Kh. iii. 103. a. Foll. 1-55. The first portion, comprising the greater part of the first J:J \L. ; imperfect at the end. Begins: .. WI r:._)-!.11 Jl; J.:. L;Jb... \.:.>1 J;l ll..WI 4-l_,:; Additions by the author on the margin. b. Foil. 56-81. Another fragment, extending from the end of the first to the commencement of the fourth A.! IJL.. of Part I., but defective after foll. 63, 71, 72, and 73. Begins: \_ _,t.JI Jl The text of foiL 64-69 is in a state of confusion. II. Foll. 82-121. A fragment of the Glosses of MiBz.A. JN on IJawwanl's (see no. 421). Begins with Some additions by the author on the margin. A defect after fol. 83. Written in three small N asta hands. Cat. 226, xvi. 1. 594. 2310. Size 8 in. by 4t in. ; foil. 108. Seventeen and nineteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-81. Glosses to the beginning of IJawwani's ...ull LJ I The author appears to be a younger contemporary of Dawwani, and of .Mir al-din to whose second he makes frequent reference. Imperfect at the end. The right corner of fol. 1, with the first words of the text, is torn away. Begins: \.:.>1 W v \.:.> j w_)k.JI II. Foll. 82-108. The first portion of MiRAK's ending in the fourth of the first \L.. Marginal notes. Written in a minute but clear N asta Much injured by insects and by damp. Both pieces bear the seal of 'Abd al-ral}man b. Mul}ammad Akram, dated A.H. 1101 and A.H. 1120 respectively. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 595. 1289. Size in. by 6! in. ; foil. 193. Twentyone and twenty-five lines in a page. I. FoiL 1-24. Glosses on I$jahdnz' s _) \J.b.j !:l\k.-. (see no. 427), the same as those described in Fhigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 609. The author is SAIYID SrrARIF Kh. iv. 168 The last gloss is: (I AI_,-'. Clearly written in N asta II. Foll. 25-193. JURJANi's Glosses on l{utb al-dzn's Commentary on the )i \k.-., the same as no. 525. Carelessly written. Dated 7th Dhu'l-l;lijjah, 872. The last foll. are emended. [Hastings.]

PAGE 172

164 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 596. B 209. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foll. 103. Twenty one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-81. Annotations to Jurjanz's Glosses on Itutb al-dzn's Commentary on the )_,.1 (see no. 525). It appears from the more modern inscription, \ b and from the dedication of the work to Shahjahan, that the author is 'Abd al-l,takim b. Shams al-din Srrhxt:rTi (d. soon after A.H. 1060). The preface, which is written on the title-page, A1t_; J,=--1.:.1_. Y,. The first annotation is (fol. lv.): ji.J L!Y' _,!b W ... (1 j. The copy was left unfinished. II. Foll. 82-103. A fragment of Glosses on IJawwanZ' s Commentary on ...\...::i.J I ...\j \.ii..J I (see no. 455). These glosses were also written by SrriLKUTi. Extracts from them are to be found on the margin of no. 466. Begins : pi:. Aj {J Al):; U, .. i Defects after foll. 90, 91, and 101. Foll. 102 and 103 give the conclusion of the work. Written in SUFISM AND ETHICS. 597. B 396. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 156. Twenty eight lines in a page. A Commentary (by .. AJ_,;) on the mystic work, w!'_.r..ll of b. 'Abd al-Jabbdr I..Sp\1 (d. A.H. 354), evidently by 'AFiF AL-DIN TILIMSANi (d. A.H. 690). Kh. vi. 235, Cat. Bodl. i. 59, 60, and also 97. Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 230, and N afal,tat al Uns, ed. Lees, p. o 9. Begins, after the Ifarmlalah: Jt:; All\ '-' .... .s:.-. Jlt)\ w)t.J\_, ]:.\ j i.S'-'..t..S:....ll )_,;.!\ t.:.h;:--J AI_,: fi\ j r.5JU_,\ fi\ l...iJ_,_. j ul j.JI j There are seventy-three "stations," a list of which is given on the title-page. The second is inscribed y jil \ )_., the .-., the fourth _. 1 So in this MS. (Nufari ?). The name is differently spelt, viz., I..S)J\ (Al-No:ffazi) in Cat. Bodl., Le., and u;4l\ (Ni:ffari) in 1:1. Kh. Regarding the latter form, see Lib. as-Sojutii de nom. rel., ed. Vetb,p. nf,and v9". Clearly written. Transcribed by Zain b. 'Abdallah from a correct copy, which had been taken from that of the author, and had passed through the hands of several learned Shaikhs. Dated Sunday, 14th Jum. I., 1087. There follows a short treatise by ( Al,tmad Burnusi, d. A.H. 899), which had been added in the original copy by Salim, one of the Sbaikhs aforesaid. It bears chiefly on the meaning of the word _,. Begins: fY.I) Ail\ l.iik> Y, JW J.;. it . ::..!._. f: J""J ..>.:; cU L; o o _,11 t:ll To this is added an extract from lBN 'ARABi' s ...\lb 1 inscribed 1.:.1_. j It begins: Jsl\ j\!_, Worm-eaten towards the end. 598. B 93. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foll. 278. Nineteen lines in a page. An imperfect copy of 'A.bd al-kar1m b. Hawazin l}:usHAIRi's (d. A.H. 465) celebrated treatise 1 See 1:1. Kh. v. 552.

PAGE 173

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 1G5 (tU L.,)) on and See Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 320, etc. Printed at Bulal.r, A.H. 1284. Well written, of the tPnth century. Two leaves are wanting at the beginning ; the first words are : Single leaves are missing after foil. 6, 11, 60, 138, 264, and at the end. Foil. 27, 59, 60, and 107 are injured by fire. 599. B 411. Size 7-k in. by 4 in.; foll. 81. Twelve lines in a page. A treatise on called d,)W\ J):.,-,, by Abu Isma'il 'ABD.A.LLA.H HaRawi (d. A.H. 481). Cf. ij:. Kh. vi. 129; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 321; Cat. Bodl. ii. 579, etc. See regarding the author, Nafa}:tat alUns, ed. Lees, p. rv,. This MS. is slightly imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words are: AJ (from the preface). Plainly written in different hands, with numerous extracts from Kashani's commentary on the margin. Wrongly inscribed: Jkl 600. B 399. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 110. Twenty eight lines in a page. JL..S' ... J}:...-. a:r.)J iL . n A Commentary on the preceding work, by Kamal al-din 'Abd K.Asn.ANi (d. A. H. 730). See Kh. vi. 129 sq.; Cat. Bodl. ii. 81 sq.; and regarding the author, Cat. :M us. Brit. 400, and N afa}:tat al-Uns, ed. Lees, p. oov. Begins: L.S..\::.411 Jt:; J,--.WI ... II L ill\ JL..S' )Y'J !.!)' ir ill\ Jlj)l All ..\-t.Sll d.) W I J) LJ \:>-.J &;..:...\J .JI . t. W-", This work is dedicated to Ghiyath al-din Mu}:tammad, the son of the great Rashid al-din, and Wazir of Abu Sa'ld, the ilkhan (d. A.H. 736), J.s.ll d. ill\ d-""11 d. u-:' The author says at the end (fol. 110): \.:.!\ I p\ j W j ujtkl C' ti.Hii.> J.:..;,t;-::..-. 'w;r\JI) 1/1, .'!11 L 'I \ ...d' l.;).c .Jw\.ll.l J -' 1 j J 1 '-:-"1\bl I J> j '("?. -.\Jil I A:, h.c All\ J..c 't?.-'.ii.l\ 6JD j u;rl\ ... A>--'J LJM-t..:>. cl.;...; 1.;)"' i.;)::i?. J..c '-:-"W1 )..\.J\ j \jj\_, t1J1 '.,j.) l:J"' ,.,)_,:; (' -c.rJI The original copy had been written by A}:tmad b. Mu}:tammad b. Mu}:tammad Shirazi, in 738, and collated with the author's own copy. The present copy, which was transcribed by a sailor (l:Y' J.=::-) is legibly written, with vowel-points, and belongs to the end of the eleventh century. It has been revised, and furnished with some notes, by the owner, Zain b. 'Abdallah Cat. 225, ix. 601. B 399A. Size 7-k in. by 5! in.; foll. 20. About thirty lines in a page. if J\ y\S An abridgment of the preceding work. ,\s this is evidently the author's own copy, and as it is written

PAGE 174

166 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. in the same hand as no. 679, the author appears to be 'ALAwi B. 'ABDALLAH ("J.f., who flourished in the earlier part of the twelfth century. He says in his preface: c..._} jlb tJJ ..\...sll W uj\.; L-.1 ... ill\ w.JWJ JJ\:.v. ill\ '"' .. ill\ (sic) J\UI J.:>. YiJ J' I.!)J\.w Jl..:>. J?._,k::.ll l.!).(j L.. ..),;_, The text and commentary are marked with (" and J. respectively. Corrections and additions by the author are on the margin. The greater part of the MS. is wanting ; it terminates now in L \?) \ y ( = fol. 19 of the preceding no.). There is a defect after fol. 18. 602. B 377. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 318. Nineteen lines in a page. The first part of Abu :ij:amid Mu Q.ammad b. Mu}:tammad GrrAZzhi's (d. A.rr. 505) cele brated work on Ethics, Kh. i. 180 sqq.; Hitzig in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. vii. 172 sqq.; Gosche in Abh. d. K. Akad. Berlin, 1858, p. 253 sqq., etc. This work has been printed at Cairo, .A..H. 1278, and at Lakhnau, .A..H. 1281. Well written, of the eleventh century. 603. B 378. Uniform with the preceding no. ; foll. 385. The second part of the Clearly written. In the colophons of the single books, the copyist, who does not give his name, prays invariably for his son, "Shaikh 'Abdallah, who died a martyr." Some marginal notes. Injured by insects towards the end. A list of the contents of the ten books belonging to this part is on the fly-leaf. 604. B 379. Uniform with the preceding nos.; foil. 417. The third part t:?J) of the same work. Written like the first part (no. 602). Some corrections on the margin. 1'he fhst fol: injured. 605. B 380. Uniform with the preceding nos.; foll. 558. The fourth part r:-!J) of the same work. Mostly written like the preceding MS. Some cor rections on the margin. A few leaves missing at the end. Both the beginning and end injured. These four volumes form one complete copy; the first three of them bear the same seal, which is, however, now illegible. Cat. 2301 i 606. B 381. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foil. 207. At first twenty-three, afterwards mostly twenty-five lines in a page. The first part t:?J) of the consisting of two separate volumes. The first, which concludes (fol. 163) with Book viii. ylii is written in a clear steady hand, though without any vowel-pointR, of the ninth century. Only foil. 1-58 have been supplied at a modern date. The second volume, which begins (fol. 164v.) with l_,z ..\l ) y is older than the first, and may belong to the eighth or even the seventh century. It is written in a bold hand, often with vowel-points, and has occasional emendations. The end is slightly injured by insects. This MS. was once the property of 'Abd b. I:Jusain I;Iusainl. 607. 2145. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foil. 250. Twentyseven lines in a page. The first part t:U) of the same work. Well written. Completed on Thursday, 11th Dhu'll;lijjah, 1098, by Molla Abu'l-fat}:t b. Shaikh Yunus. Ornamented. Worm-eaten, and sometimes injured in mending. [College of Fort William.]

PAGE 175

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 167 608. 7 49. Size 11! in. by 7 in.; foil. 439. Thirty three lines in a page. The first half, or the first two parts ( r:?J ), of the slightly imperfect at the end. Plainly written on European paper, with frequent vowel-points. Ornamented. Revised and emended by different hands. Of the twelfth century. 609. 2021. Size in. by 8 in.; foil. 297. Thirty-one lines in a page. The second and third parts ( of the same work. Very neatly written, richly ornamented and gilt. Of the eleventh century. The date, A.H. 952, which is given at the end, evidently belongs to the original copy. Slightly injured by insects. Fol. 295 should be placed after 288. [College ofFort William, 1825.] 610. 2046. Size 10l in. by in.; foil. 378. Generally twenty-nine lines in a page. The third and fourth parts of the same work. Closely written, by Sa'd Allah, the son of Molla Shaikh AQ.mad, a resident of Tattah ( J.::.J, in Sindh ), who completed the fourth part on Saturday, 23rd Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 1111. Foll. 1-22 are written in a dif. ferent hand. The rubrics are omitted in the latter portion of the third part. Coloured lines round the pages. A list of contents on the fly-leaf. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 611. B 455. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foil. 36. Twenty-five lines in a page. An anonymous Commentary on select passages of the containing explanations of difficult words, and criticisms on traditions quoted in this work. In the latter the author chiefly follows (d. A.H. 806). He terms Shumunni (d. A.H. 872), whose glosses on the Sltzfd1 he quotes on fol. lv., 1 I,I. Kh. iv. 69. This MS. comprises only the commentary on the -----second part. It begins: yt::S Jlll }sll l..SI _,Jb WI and ends abruptly. Well written. The upper part of the last fol. is torn away. Inscribed: h.zJ )IJ Jl_j.i y\::S cf. Cat. 230, ix, 612. B 382. Size 10 in. by 5i in. ; foil. 15. About twenty lines in a page. ,,:i 4:::-.. cUL)I yt::S i u..: _,bl I J "-',...s:.-. A short treatise of GHAZz.:hi (d. A.H. 505), in which he claims for (.._}.ill I \ the name of a science ( ). He also gives a general classification of the Mul,tammadan sciences. Cf. Kh. iii. 436, who gives an abstract of the preface. The author says in conclusion : _;.a:S:. .JU::J I W j ctl\..l_)l .... cUL.J j \..J G' _,; A1.l I _, I.:.) L..L
PAGE 176

168 ARABIC Inelegantly written, with vowel.points, rather in correct. It was revised by (.!}?.)\ j_,.,dl (t.-:11 on 1st Rabi' I., 1013, and it was collated subsequently with the original and another MS. Hence numerous corrections on the margin. The last page is filled with a rather illegible gloss on a passage of this work. Begins: tJJ\ )JS \.....:sl. ),:.l\ J_,l Jw Signature of 'Abd al-ral_lmau b. al-'Aidaril.s I:Iusain1 on the title-page. 614. B 393A. Size 8-k in. by 6 in. ; foll. 32. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, imperfect at the end. Plainly written, on European paper, of the twelfth century. 615. 2529. Size 11! in. by 8 in.; foll.105. Nine lines in a page. The Arabic version of GrrAZz.A.Li's d_,LJI or Advice to Kings. See Cat. Bodl. ii. 99, Kh. vi. 352 sq. According to the latter, the work is entitled \ The name of the translator is not known. The Persian original, which was dedicated to the SaljlilF Sultan Mu:Qammad b. Malikshah, is lost. Written in a large hand, with vowel-points. The greater part of the text is accompanied by a Javanese translation, written in the Arabic character. The rest of the volume contains tracts in Javanese, written in the Arabic character. 616. 1365. Size 7 i in. by 5 in. ; foll. 94. Fifteen lines in a page. ,..liS .... I t' )..,IJijl (.!}:'.-.\11 'AlJn JiLi's (or Jilan1, d. A.H. 561) 'L-'::..,; \ or Rules of Asceticism, handed down by his .. son, Sharaf al-d1n 'Isa. Cf. Kh. iv. 386, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 317. Beginning: r-l.l u-.\11_, ji.J .J"'\Jij\ y,l JJ;_, A>-_,J tJJI vw..\! cJJI (.!}! (_L., u-!\ \ \.,J I '-:-'.) tJJ I The above title occurs in a passage of the preface, which runs as follows (fol. 3): (.!}(.,.\ L-. iL..::;-(.!}.....; 4:),.. L_,::..,; (.!},.. J '-=-'J..r. Each rule is introduced by the words, tJJI ji.J 1.(6) A;.,c Well written, with marginal and interlinear notes. Ornamented and gilt. Colophon : _r.:k:-_r.Jij 1.:1. w_,_rll .AI tJJI_ft ?) [Tippu.J 617. 1447. Size 10 in. by 6 m.; foll. 358. Eighteen lines in a page. W, l:J w::-.:va:; tkl \ y hS' N.\1 )JIJi.ll (.!}?.-.\!\ .J;J I J w A large work on Religious Duties, by 'ABn JiLANi. This work comprises also theological matter, treats at great length of the properties of the single months and days of the week Jj\,..jj jj j I), and of prayer, and concludes with rules of asceticism, d.""'?J.I It is merely mentioned Kh. iv. 338. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 149. Begins : yi.::.S' J$' \ tJJ o..\....sll The author says subsequently: t' \,.I \.U '-4:...ii j y\k.S:ll j LJ.j . . '-:-' 1_,-.aD L j y \::..Cl I 1 The last word is only added in the earlier instances.

PAGE 177

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 169 -j j 0kl cl;?J (fol.8) _.r ill I d_,L AI u .,-c j "" AI \f=-jl_, Jb-.1_, Jl j t:J::J Plainly written. Completed on Saturday, 17th Dhu'l 1169, at C)J j ..M..s._. .JJ.:.ll). Prefixed is a detailed list of contents (foil. 1-6). An interlinear Persz'an version is added to a few passagea. Seal of 'Abd al-wahMb Khan Jang). In the original binding of Tippu's library. [Tippu.J 618. B 117. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foiL 347. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Plainly written. The colophon begins as follows (fol. 347r.): \ ill\ t} 15)} c...S)JIJill (sic) Jl 1.:.1--Ul\ j c...S.)ts' Cat. 230 (Vaz), xiii. 619. 2050. Size in. by 6 in. ; foil. 37 4. Fifteen lines in a page. A collection of Sermons of 'ABD GiLANi. These sermons were held by him in the years 545 and 546, partly in the Academy (L.J.MJI), and partly in the dwelling-house of the (b\.,)1), at Baghdad. They are followed here by other sayings of 'Abd which conclude with an account of his death. As appears from the latter, this collection was made by a person who was acquainted with the sons of 'Abd It is called in this and the following :MSS., It 1 This passago gives a fair outline of the contents of the work. seems to be identical with the _}Ls:11 mentioned in Kh. ii. 605 sq., though the two dates do not agree. The sermons are here not in the chronological order. Cf. Stewart's Cat. 46. Begina: ADI d. -\1 IJ lLJ I 1.:.1_. }5\...;}, illl .JI.)\Ji.ll ADI d. .... / .. t_L; A:its'.J. do 1.:.1:' ill I l:J! t::.l I ill I ui t::.ll l -.,,., P I ..J 1(l!)AMS' 1.:,1! I Jw AUI ill\ I.:J?...\11 ... s: .. y,l t!.ll Jt:; (fol. 2) 1..!.-.J\.3 ... A:..c J.s:l1 L.JM.c>. L I.:]!. ..\I\ b_,, .. J_,y ].:: r' The last sermon is dated Friday, the last of Raj ab, 546. The begins (fol. 288v.): J )\ Al.\\ r u!l 1.:.1?....\ll 1.:.1_,. L.JMl j (_ ...s, I I ... s: .. Aill:;_, Al.l \ A.:s:\.; \.....,. j.: 1.:.1_. Al:!...c J 1.:.1_. J\.cl_, A:...c ill\ (fol. 289) Well written, with all the vowels. Ornamentecl and gilt. On the margin are numerous notes, amongRt them constant indications of the contents of the text, which begin .. L:J j, and are written in red. An index to these, and also extracts from the and from other works, are written on the fly-leaves. Seal and signature of 'Ali Khan, dated A.H. 1191. Scnl of Mul]ammad Khan. [College of Fort William, 1825.] I Added on the margin. 22

PAGE 178

170 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 620. 1631. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 320. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written, with many vowel-points. The sermons are here inscribed and numbered (60). Frequent indications of the contents, and notes of strik ing passages, are on the margin. Numerous passages in the latter portion are marked with red lines. Fol. 317 should stand after 319. This copy was made for Jamal 'Ali, who collated it subsequently. Seal of al-daulah Nu!?rat Jang. [Tippu.J 621. 2243. Size 12 in. by 7i in.; foil. 365. Twelve lines in a page. An elegant copy of the same work, well written in a bold hand. Ornamented and gilt. It is stated in the long colophon, that this copy was made for 'Abd al-Q.amid Khan Miyanah, son of Nawwab 'Abd al-nabi Khan, by Saiyid MuQ.ammad b. MuQ.ammad Rig.a Baharl, at Sidhaut A.Jj Date, Tuesday, 23rd Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 1163. [College of Fort William.J 622. B 464. Size IOi in. by 7! in.; foil. 45. Twentyfive lines in a page. A collection of various short Essays on by Gir.A.Ni, concluding with a biographical notice. The name of the compiler is not mentioned. Well written, but imperfect both at the beginniug and end. The first words are u;J. The essays are introduced by the Jl;J. Foll. 43-45. Another fragment, written in the same hand, containing notices of eminent Shaikhs and theologians. 623, B 80. Size 10 in. by 5'] in.; foll. 288. Twenty three lines in a paf?e. A work on Morals, called \ J:..d \;;.... / by Abu'l b. AQ.mad b. FiRrrhi (d. A. H. 607). See Kh. iii. 128, who, however, calls the author always Farabi ('Imad al-din). Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 829. The author states that after two earlier compositions, viz. l:J4l\ 'Chi.-._, .. and L.:..)\.-.tii.l.\ Lk, he compiled the present work from more than seventy books, by order of a prince named Bur-han al-din ic' j \;t..-. I.!Y' \hii..::.L.. .. : .
PAGE 179

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 171 '.;1?} .iJ \ J L.. by Mu}.tammad b. al-Husain b. 'Anbasah (sic) Buzjani; 11. 12. d.}.i.JI '[_\j', by b. (sic); 13. }-t!ll, by Abu b. Faris1; 14. by Rukn al-din .. Shahidi (sic); 15. Bukhari's 16. !brahim .. Harawi; 17. J-+.:::--, by Bayan ... Nisabur1; 18. Nasafl's 19. by .Abu Bakr ... Shashi; 20. by .Abu Is}.talF Ibrah1m b. MuQ.ammad -21. o:jiJLsl\ by . N1sabur1; 22. y'} j (sic) by MuQ.ammad b. Zaid Baghdad!; 23. by Abu Nu 'aim ; 24. by Bayan (see 17.); 25. Lk (seeabove); by .Abu A}.tmad 'Isa b. al-I;fusain Nasafi; 27. hl\, by Isma'n b. Ibrahim ... ,:...e.JI; 28. by Mustaghfir1 Nasaf1; 29. by the same; 30. by Abu 'Abd al-raQ.man .. Bukhari; 31. Zamakhshar1's );. 32. $L.hll A.&)), by 'All .. 33. ; 34. J\VI, by 'Abdallah b. al-Mubarak Marwaz1; 35. LY,J J )i,:;..JI, by al-din Samar]fand1 i 36. I by MuQ.ammad b. Abu Bukhar1; 37 .JUjJI by Yusuf .. 38. yhS', by Abu'l '.Abbus 39. ..Jw' by Mu'in al-d1n .. N1sabur1; 40. The author's own rjJ dL J:::"" I_,_) I; 41. by .Abu Da.'ud Sajastan1; 42. by t:;!..\1; 43. _.;.ii.QJI J..c, by Abu Kalabud1; 44. by '.Abd al-malik b .Abu 'Othman; 45. Tirmidhi's 46 by 47. Jauharl's L\s.d\; 48. y_,Lill by al-FaQ.l b. Salamah; 49. w_,dl by Abu '.Abd al raQ.man Sulam1; 50. by 'Abd al-karim Sam'ani; 51. Ibn (r. 52. by 53. 4;.l I, by Sahl .. Tustar1; 54. by Ibn al-Sallam; 55. (r. I) yhS', by Abu 'Ubaid Harawi; by Shlruyah b. Shahrdar Hamadan1; 57. JH...:.;, by 'Abd aljabbar 58 .l:JiJI, by Nasafi; 59. by AQ.mad Tha'alib1 (sic); 60. ... iHblJI, by 61. by Abu :Mutl' MakQ.ul Nasafi; 62. by Abu Sa'id 'Abd al-malik b. Abu 'Oth-man; 6a. by J!iya al-d1n Bistam1; 64. by al-Haitham b. Kulaib Shash1; 65. Baghawi's 66. A.;_r-, by 67. by }IuQ.ammad .. Farghani; 68. by Abu 'Abd al-raQ.man Sulam1; 69. W::JI, by Abu Bakr Wasit1; 70. L ls..d\ j t: by Nasaf1; 71. .J_,:.ll, by Abu Yazid Bistami; 72. j, by WaQ.id1; 73. by Mu Q.ammad .. Farghan1; 74. by AQ.mad .. Sarakhsi. This list has been used by Kh., who occasionally also mentions the LiS:\\ 4-.:-.::>-\...? as his authority. The author concludes with nine verses (rather incorrect in this MS.), in which he gives the date of his work, as mentioned by J;I. Kh., namely, A. H. 597. They begin: '-";j \Jisll A..a1 \>. ..,\;i.; hl \ .l.iiz j All I ..M..:s;::' }::.5::' lj_, ifj_, ._\j In the following verses he praises a prince of Samar apparently the same whom he mentioned in the preface. His name was Ibrahim (Jk There is added a general IJa:;,ah of the author for thf' present work. Neatly written. Dated Sha'ban, 984. An ornament at the beginning. Gold lines round several pages. Injured by insects. Cat. 230, iii. 624. 433. Size in. by in. ; foll. 42:3. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work.

PAGE 180

172 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Well written by 'Abd al-raQ.man, son of Shaikh X MuQ.ammad. Emendations, and some extracts from other works, are on the margin. The concluding verses are incomplete. The first two foil. are supplied by a later hand. Foil. 296 and 297 should be transposed. [(Walker) Gaikwar.J 625. B 90. Size 9! in. by in. ; foll. 232. Twentyone and twenty-three lines in a page. \.:)\hL..l . n y\:.S' d. .M..s.AI v:z .. .r.' t' ...S'-'J_,_;FI\ ill\ A system of f;!ufism, by Shihab al-din Abu J;faf!:l '0mar b .MuQ.ammad SuHRAWARDi (d. A.H. 632). See l_I. Kh. iv. 275 sq., and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 329 sqq. Plainly written. Dated Rabi' II., 1077. Emended. The beginning in a different hand. A defect after fol. 148. Worm-eaten at the end. At the end is the signature of Saiyid Zain b. Abdallah who also wrote the above title. It is followed by some statements regarding tbe author of this work. He was born in Rajah, 539, went to Baghdad A.H. 555, adopted the ascetic life A.H. 556, and died on Wednesday, 1st Mul;tarram, 632. Cat. 230 (V az ), ii. 626. 437. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 254. Seventeen lines in a page. )) c..$).J)fr Another copy of the preceding work, well written in Seal of Anwar al-din Khan, dated A.H. 1145. [Tippu.J 627. B 91. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foll. 253. Seventeen lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the same work, plainly written by FatQ. Mul].ammad. Dated 14th Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, sixth year of :lluQ.ammad Shah ( =A.H. 1136). The beginning is wanting. The first words are : (from the preface). Slight defects after foll. 3, 5, 11, 27, 35, 37, and 68, a larger one after fol. 52, and a considerable lacuna after fol. 163. 628. 1378. Size 15! in. by 10 in.; foll. 423. Twentythree lines in a page. Two fragments of the great work on Mystic Theology, by lBN 'ARABi (.MuQ.yi al-din .MuQ.ammad b. 'All Andalusi, d. A.H. 638). See, for a full account of this work, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 361. Cf. Fleischer, Catal. Sen. Lips. 490. 'rhe first fragment (foil. 1-175) gives the beginning of the work as far as chapter 41. A blank at the beginning of fol. 40. A defect after fol. 65. Fol. 31 should be placed after 28. The second fragment ( fol. 176v.) begins with chapter 197, y\!b.}1\ j L-.) and ends in chapter 304. Well written in a large hand, of the eleventh century. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 139. [Tippu.J 629. B 385. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 469. Twentynine lines in a page. l;sJ. \ u \ y \ \::J \ t_-J) \ t' ,._s.r d. The second quarter of the preceding work, from chapter 73 to chapter 275. It comprises the following parts ( of another division of the work. Part VI. (foil. 1-112), or chapter 73. Part VII. (fol. 112), or chapters 7 4-176. Part VIII. (fol. 232), or chapters 177-197, and part of chapter 198. Part IX. (foil. 352-448), or the re mainder of chapter 198, and chapters 199-269. Foll. 449-469 contain the beginning of Part X., or chap. 270. Plainly written. Dated Thursday, 1st Jum. I., 1091. This copy was transcribed by Zain (b.) 'Abdallah who also collated it subsequently with a copy superior to that which he had had before him. Cat. 232, ii.

PAGE 181

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 173 630. B 386, 387. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 696. Twenty-nine and thirty lines in a page. The same work, from chapter 276 to chapter 557. Written, like the preceding MS., by Zain b. 'Abdallah Dated Bljaplir (I.!J.-. J'..>.l\ Monday, lOth Rabi' I., 1097. Revised. On foil. 428-430 are drawings, representing Paradise, Hell, etc. A blank on fol. 72 is intended for another drawing. This volume was subsequently divided into two, which are described as the second and third parts of the work. The latter begins with fol. 359. Both of them are injured at the beginning and end. 631. B 388. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foll. 396. Twenty three lines in a page. '-:J"" \ J:;.,.QJ \ __ r.!J \ 30ft)\ The concluding portion of the same work, from chapter 558 to chapter 560. Plainly written by the same hand as the two pre ceding MSS., but at an earlier period. Chapter 558, which ends on fol. 144, is dated Sunday, 7th Jum. I., 1076, and the remainder was completed on lOth Dhu'l 1077. Revised. The transcriber intended to add to this MS. an extract from the author's preface, but after writing a few lines relinquished his task. 632. 19. Size 1lf in. by 7l in.; foll. 606. Twenty nine lines in a page. The second volume of \ C: \,::.-\ from chapter 74 j y'-:J\) to chapter 360. Ends with the inscription of chapter 361 : j Plainly written, of the twelfth century. Coloured lines round the pages. Injured by insects. [Hastings. J 633. B 383. Size 8 in. by 5l in. ; foll. 360. Seventeen lines in a page. The first portion of the same work, slightly imperfect at the commencement, and incomplete at the end. Begins: J_,ll r.:. Ends in the middle of chapter 49. Clearly written, on European paper, of the middle of the twelfth century. 634. B 393D. Size 8 in. by 6! in.; foil. 64. Seventeen lines in a page. The beginning of another of written like the preceding. It begins with chapter 53, and ends in the middle of chapter 65. A defect after fol. 56. 635. B 393c, 38!. Size Si in. by 6! in.; foil. 341. Seventeen lines in a page. Two fragments of the same work, written like the two preceding :MSS. I. Foil. 1-79. The concluding portion of the second part, containing the end of chapter 69, on prayer. Imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: b'll.lbj j. Ends: (sic) Dated Thursday, 13th Jum. II., 1144. II. Foil. 80v.-341. A separate volume, comprising chapters 70, 71, and 72, which treat of alms, fasting, and pilgrimage. A lacuna on fol. 338. 636. B 389, 390. Size 8! in. by 6 m. ; foll. 366. Twenty-three lines in a page. Some fragments of the same work. I. Foil. 1-86. From chapter 206 to the middle of chapter 265. Imperfect at the end. II. Foil. 87v.-352. A separate volume, comprising from chapter 276 to part of chapter 337. Ends abruptly Single leaves are missing after foil. 208 and 214. III. Foil. 353-366. Chapter 178, unfinished. Ill written, on European paper, of the middle of thG twelfth century.

PAGE 182

174 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 637. B 393:s. Size 8A in. by 6 in. ; foll. 437. Seven teen and eighteen lines in a page. Another fragment of G.J\ l.:.)b.p\, containing from chapter 351 to chapter 383. Imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: il:M.Vt. Ends (fol. 437r.) in the inscription of chapter 384. Plainly written. The text of foil. 17 5-191 is re peated on the leaves next following, as far as fol. 207. It would appear that this copy was transcribed from no. 630. Foil. 113-127, and also 380-382, are much injured. Defects after foil. 127 and 151. 638. B 395. Size in. by 6! in.; foil. 280. Seven teen lines in a page. Another fragment of the same work, containing from chapter 384 to chapter 512. Imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words are : r-\ Jj Written like the preced ing :Mf5. 639. B 456. Size 81 in. by in. ; foll. 40. Twenty one lines in a page. (Foil. 1-8) the beginning, and (foiL 9-40) another fragment of chapter 69 of the same work, j Plainly written, of the twelfth century. 640. B 459. Size 7! in. by 4! in